Television – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Mon, 21 Jul 2025 23:06:19 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png Television – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 Sky TV to buy channel Three owner Discovery NZ for $1 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/sky-tv-to-buy-channel-three-owner-discovery-nz-for-1/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/sky-tv-to-buy-channel-three-owner-discovery-nz-for-1/#respond Mon, 21 Jul 2025 23:06:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117637 By Anan Zaki, RNZ News business reporter

Sky TV has agreed to fully acquire TV3 owner Discovery New Zealand for $1.

Discovery NZ is a part of US media giant Warner Bros Discovery, and operates channel Three and online streaming platform ThreeNow.

NZX-listed Sky said the deal would be completed on a cash-free, debt-free basis, with completion expected on August 1.

Sky expected the deal to deliver revenue diversification and uplift of around $95 million a year.

Sky expected Discovery NZ’s operations to deliver sustainable underlying earnings growth of at least $10 million from the 2028 financial year.

Sky chief executive Sophie Moloney said it was a compelling opportunity for the company, with net integration costs of about $6.5 million.

“This is a compelling opportunity for Sky that directly supports our ambition to be Aotearoa New Zealand’s most engaging and essential media company,” she said.

Confidential advance notice
Sky said it gave the Commerce Commission confidential advance notice of the transaction, and the commission did not intend to consider the acquisition further.

Warner Bros Discovery Australia and NZ managing director Michael Brooks said it was a “fantastic outcome” for both companies.

“The continued challenges faced by the New Zealand media industry are well documented, and over the past 12 months, the Discovery NZ team has worked to deliver a new, more sustainable business model following a significant restructure in 2024,” Brooks said.

“While this business is not commercially viable as a standalone asset in WBD’s New Zealand portfolio, we see the value Three and ThreeNow can bring to Sky’s existing offering of complementary assets.”

Sky said on completion, Discovery NZ’s balance sheet would be clear of some long-term obligations, including property leases and content commitments, and would include assets such as the ThreeNow platform.

Sky said irrespective of the transaction, the company was confident of achieving its 30 cents a share dividend target for 2026.

‘Massive change’ for NZ media – ThreeNews to continue
Founder of The Spinoff and media commentator Duncan Greive said the deal would give Sky more reach and was a “massive change” in New Zealand’s media landscape.

He noted Sky’s existing free-to-air presence via Sky Open (formerly Prime), but said acquiring Three gave it the second-most popular audience outlet on TV.

“Because of the inertia of how people use television, Three is just a much more accessible channel and one that’s been around longer,” Greive said.

“To have basically the second-most popular channel in the country as part of their stable just means they’ve got a lot more ad inventory, much bigger audiences.”

It also gave Sky another outlet for their content, and would allow it to compete further against TVNZ, both linear and online, Greive said.

He said there may be a question mark around the long-term future of Three’s news service, which was produced by Stuff.

No reference to ThreeNews
Sky made no reference to ThreeNews in its announcement. However, Stuff confirmed ThreeNews would continue for now.

“Stuff’s delivery of ThreeNews is part of the deal but there are also now lots of new opportunities ahead that we are excited to explore together,” Stuff owner Sinead Boucher said in a statement.

On the deal itself, Boucher said she was “delighted” to see Three back in New Zealand ownership under Sky.

“And who doesn’t love a $1 deal!” Boucher said, referring to her own $1 deal to buy Stuff from Australia’s Nine Entertainment in 2020.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/sky-tv-to-buy-channel-three-owner-discovery-nz-for-1/feed/ 0 545513
Dawn service held 40 years on from Rainbow Warrior bombing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/dawn-service-held-40-years-on-from-rainbow-warrior-bombing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/dawn-service-held-40-years-on-from-rainbow-warrior-bombing/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 22:52:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117174 TVNZ 1News

The Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior has sailed into Auckland to mark the 40th anniversary of the bombing of the original Rainbow Warrior in 1985.

Greenpeace’s vessel, which had been protesting nuclear testing in the Pacific, sank after French government agents planted explosives on its hull, killing Portuguese-Dutch photographer Fernando Pereira.

Today, 40 years on from the events on July 10 1985, a dawn ceremony was held in Auckland.

Author Margaret Mills was a cook on board the ship at the time, and has written about her experience in a book entitled Anecdotage.

Author Margaret Mills tells TVNZ Breakfast about the night of the Rainbow Warrior bombing 40 years ago
Author Margaret Mills tells TVNZ Breakfast about the night of the Rainbow Warrior bombing 40 years ago. Image: TVNZ

The 95-year-old told TVNZ Breakfast the experience on board “changed her life”.

“I was sound asleep, and I heard this sort of bang and turned the light on, but it wouldn’t go on.

She said when she left her cabin, a crew member told her “we’ve been bombed”.

‘I laughed at him’
“I laughed at him, I said ‘we don’t get bombs in New Zealand, that’s ridiculous’.”

She said they were taken to the police station after a “big boom when the second bomb came through”.

“I realised immediately, I was part of a historical event,” she said.

TVNZ reporter Corazon Miller talks to Greenpeace Aotearoa executive director Russel Norman and journalist David Robie after the Rainbow Warrior memorial dawn service today
TVNZ reporter Corazon Miller talks to Greenpeace Aotearoa executive director Russel Norman (centre) and journalist David Robie after the Rainbow Warrior memorial dawn service today. Image: TVNZ

Journalist David Robie. who travelled on the Rainbow Warrior and wrote the book Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior published today, told Breakfast it was a “really shocking, shocking night”.

“We were so overwhelmed by the grief and absolute shock of what had happened. But for me, there was no doubt it was France behind this.”

“But we were absolutely flabbergasted that a country could do this.”

He said it was a “very emotional moment” and was hard to believe it had been 40 years since that time.

‘Momentous occasion’
“It stands out in my life as being the most momentous occasion as a journalist covering that whole event.”

Executive director of Greenpeace Aotearoa Russel Norman said the legacy of the ship was about “people who really stood up for something important”.

“I mean, ending nuclear testing in the Pacific, imagine if they were still exploding bombs in the Pacific. We would have to live with that.

“And those people back then they stood up and beat the French government to end nuclear testing.

“It’s pretty inspirational.”

He said the group were still campaigning on some key environmental issues today.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/dawn-service-held-40-years-on-from-rainbow-warrior-bombing/feed/ 0 543842
How live TV technology changes have opened up remote areas of Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 06:57:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117154 By Anish Chand in Suva

How Pacific live media communications have changed in the past 21 years.

In May 2004, the live broadcast of Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara’s funeral from Lau required a complex and resource-intensive setup.

Fiji TV relied on assistance from TVNZ, deploying a portable satellite installation to transmit signals from Lau to a satellite up in the sky, then to Auckland, back to another satellite, and finally down to Suva.

This set-up required approval from FINTEL.

This intricate process underscored the technological limitations of the time, where live coverage from remote Fiji areas demanded significant logistical coordination and international support.

Fast forward to 2025, 21 years later, and the communication and media landscape in Fiji has undergone a remarkable transformation.

Today, I see video production houses, TV stations, radio stations, and newspaper media outlets delivering live coverage directly from Lau.

This shows how high-speed internet, mobile networks, and portable streaming devices like Starlink has eliminated the need for cumbersome satellite relays. No approval from any authority.

Where once international partnerships were essential, today’s media teams in Fiji can operate independently, delivering seamless live coverage of cultural, political, and social events from even the most isolated areas.

Republished from Fiji Times managing digital editor Anish Chand’s social media post with permission. He is a former Fiji TV news operations manager.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/feed/ 0 543381
Fiji coup culture and political meddling in media education gets airing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/fiji-coup-culture-and-political-meddling-in-media-education-gets-airing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/fiji-coup-culture-and-political-meddling-in-media-education-gets-airing/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 12:59:49 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115565 Pacific Media Watch

Taieri MP Ingrid Leary reflected on her years in Fiji as a television journalist and media educator at a Fiji Centre function in Auckland celebrating Fourth Estate values and independence at the weekend.

It was a reunion with former journalism professor David Robie — they had worked together as a team at the University of the South Pacific amid media and political controversy leading up to the George Speight coup in May 2000.

Leary was the guest speaker at a gathering of human rights activists, development advocates, academics and journalists hosted at the Whānau Community Centre and Hub, the umbrella base for the Fiji Centre and Asia Pacific Media Network.

She said she was delighted to meet “special people in David’s life” and to be speaking to a diverse group sharing “similar values of courage, freedom of expression, truth and tino rangatiratanga”.

“I want to start this talanoa on Friday, 19 May 2000 — 13 years almost to the day of the first recognised military coup in Fiji in 1987 — when failed businessman George Speight tore off his balaclava to reveal his identity.

She pointed out that there had actually been another “coup” 100 years earlier by Ratu Cakobau.

“Speight had seized Parliament holding the elected government at gunpoint, including the politician mother, Lavinia Padarath, of one of my best friends — Anna Padarath.

Hostage-taking report
“Within minutes, the news of the hostage-taking was flashed on Radio Fiji’s 10 am bulletin by a student journalist on secondment there — Tamani Nair. He was a student of David Robie’s.”

Nair had been dispatched to Parliament to find out what was happening and reported from a cassava patch.

“Fiji TV was trashed . . . and transmission pulled for 48 hours.

“The university shut down — including the student radio facilities, and journalism programme website — to avoid a similar fate, but the journalism school was able to keep broadcasting and publishing via a parallel website set up at the University of Technology Sydney.

“The pictures were harrowing, showing street protests turning violent and the barbaric behaviour of Speight’s henchmen towards dissenters.

“Thus began three months of heroic journalism by David’s student team — including through a period of martial law that began 10 days later and saw some of the most restrictive levels of censorship ever experienced in the South Pacific.”

Leary paid tribute to some some of the “brave satire” produced by senior Fiji Times reporters filling paper with “non-news” (such as haircuts, drinking kava) as act of defiance.

“My friend Anna Padarath returned from doing her masters in law in Australia on a scholarship to be closer to her Mum, whose hostage days within Parliament Grounds stretched into weeks and then months.

Whanau Community Centre and Hub co-founder Nik Naidu
Whanau Community Centre and Hub co-founder Nik Naidu speaking at the Asia Pacific Media Network event at the weekend. Image: Khairiah A. Rahman/APMN

Invisible consequences
“Anna would never return to her studies — one of the many invisible consequences of this profoundly destructive era in Fiji’s complex history.

“Happily, she did go on to carve an incredible career as a women’s rights advocate.”

“Meanwhile David’s so-called ‘barefoot student journalists’ — who snuck into Parliament the back way by bushtrack — were having their stories read and broadcast globally.

“And those too shaken to even put their hands to keyboards on Day 1 emerged as journalism leaders who would go on to win prizes for their coverage.”

Speight was sentenced to life in prison, but was pardoned in 2024.

Taeri MP Ingrid Leary speaking
Taeri MP Ingrid Leary speaking at the Whānau Community Centre and Hub. Image: Nik Naidu/APMN

Leary said that was just one chapter in the remarkable career of David Robie who had been an editor, news director, foreign news editor and freelance writer with a number of different agencies and news organisations — including Agence France-Presse, Rand Daily Mail, The Auckland Star, Insight Magazine, and New Outlook Magazine — “a family member to some, friend to many, mentor to most”.

Reflecting on working with Dr Robie at USP, which she joined as television lecturer from Fiji Television, she said:

“At the time, being a younger person, I thought he was a little but crazy, because he was communicating with people all around the world when digital media was in its infancy in Fiji, always on email, always getting up on online platforms, and I didn’t appreciate the power of online media at the time.

“And it was incredible to watch.”

Ahead of his time
She said he was an innovator and ahead of his time.

Dr Robie viewed journalism as a tool for empowerment, aiming to provide communities with the information they needed to make informed decisions.

“We all know that David has been a champion of social justice and for decolonisation, and for the values of an independent Fourth Estate.”

She said she appreciated the freedom to develop independent media as an educator, adding that one of her highlights was producing the groundbreaking documentary Maire about Maire Bopp Du Pont, who was a student journalist at USP and advocate for the Pacific community living with HIV/AIDs community.

She later became a nuclear-free Pacific parliamentarian in Pape’ete.

Leary presented Dr Robie with a “speaking stick” carved from an apricot tree branch by the husband of a Labour stalwart based in Cromwell — the event doubled as his 80th birthday.

In response, Dr Robie said the occasion was a “golden opportunity” to thank many people who had encouraged and supported him over many years.

Massive upheaval
“We must have done something right,” he said about USP, “because in 2000, the year of George Speight’s coup, our students covered the massive upheaval which made headlines around the world when Mahendra Chaudhry’s Labour-led coalition government was held at gunpoint for 56 days.

“The students courageously covered the coup with their website Pacific Journalism Online and their newspaper Wansolwara — “One Ocean”.  They won six Ossie Awards – unprecedented for a single university — in Australia that year and a standing ovation.”

He said there was a video on YouTube of their exploits called Frontline Reporters and one of the students, Christine Gounder, wrote an article for a Commonwealth Press Union magazine entitled, “From trainees to professionals. And all it took was a coup”.

Dr Robie said this Fiji experience was still one of the most standout experiences he had had as a journalist and educator.

Along with similar coverage of the 1997 Sandline mercenary crisis by his students at the University of Papua New Guinea.

He made some comments about the 1985 Rainbow Warrior voyage to Rongelap in the Marshall islands and the subsequent bombing by French secret agents in Auckland.

But he added “you can read all about this adventure in my new book” being published in a few weeks.

Taieri MP Ingrid Leary (right) with Dr David Robie and his wife Del Abcede
Taieri MP Ingrid Leary (right) with Dr David Robie and his wife Del Abcede at the Fiji Centre function. Image: Camille Nakhid

Biggest 21st century crisis
Dr Robie said the profession of journalism, truth telling and holding power to account, was vitally important to a healthy democracy.

Although media did not succeed in telling people what to think, it did play a vital role in what to think about. However, the media world was undergoing massive change and fragmentation.

“And public trust is declining in the face of fake news and disinformation,” he said

“I think we are at a crossroads in society, both locally and globally. Both journalism and democracy are under an unprecedented threat in my lifetime.

“When more than 230 journalists can be killed in 19 months in Gaza and there is barely a bleep from the global community, there is something savagely wrong.

“The Gazan journalists won the UNESCO/Guillermo Cano World Press Freedom Prize collectively last year with the judges saying, “As humanity, we have a huge debt to their courage and commitment to freedom of expression.”

“The carnage and genocide in Gaza is deeply disturbing, especially the failure of the world to act decisively to stop it. The fact that Israel can kill with impunity at least 54,000 people, mostly women and children, destroy hospitals and starve people to death and crush a people’s right to live is deeply shocking.

“This is the biggest crisis of the 21st century. We see this relentless slaughter go on livestreamed day after day and yet our media and politicians behave as if this is just ‘normal’. It is shameful, horrendous. Have we lost our humanity?

“Gaza has been our test. And we have failed.”

Other speakers included Whānau Hub co-founder Nik Naidu, one of the anti-coup Coalition for Democracy in Fiji (CDF) stalwarts; the Heritage New Zealand’s Antony Phillips; and Multimedia Investments and Evening Report director Selwyn Manning.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/fiji-coup-culture-and-political-meddling-in-media-education-gets-airing/feed/ 0 536296
Ethiopian journalist Ahmed Awga sentenced to 2 years in prison https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/ethiopian-journalist-ahmed-awga-sentenced-to-2-years-in-prison/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/ethiopian-journalist-ahmed-awga-sentenced-to-2-years-in-prison/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 16:45:22 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=483682 Nairobi, May 30, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is dismayed by an Ethiopian regional court’s decision to sentence Jigjiga Television Network founder Ahmed Awga to two years in jail on charges of disseminating hateful information via a Facebook post he did not author.

On May 22, the Fafen Zone High Court in Jigjiga, the capital of Ethiopia’s eastern Somali Region, sentenced Ahmed, whose legal name is Ahmed Abdi Omar, to two years in prison. He had been detained since his April 23 arrest on incitement charges related to an interview he conducted with a man whose son died following an alleged police beating, as well as for commentary on Ahmed’s Facebook page. The charge was later changed to “propagation of disinformation and public incitement,” under the 2020 anti-hate speech law, according to the charge sheet, which was reviewed by CPJ.

“Ahmed Awga’s conviction and two-year prison sentence, based on a Facebook post he didn’t write, is outrageous and a stark illustration of Ethiopia’s escalating assault on press freedom,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa regional director, from Durban. “Ethiopian authorities must cease using the legal system to silence critical voices.”

The charge sheet alleges that on April 17, Ahmed posted statements on his Facebook page, describing a regional election as a “so-called election,” accusing regional government officials of holding the population hostage, and claiming specific districts were seized by certain individuals. He was also accused of inciting residents by allegedly stating, “we have no justice — only killing and death.”

A CPJ review of the prosecution’s evidence, corroborated by an analysis by VOSS TV, an online media outlet, shows his conviction was primarily based on a post he didn’t write. His account was merely tagged in an April 20 post, which clearly originated from another Facebook page, not Ahmed’s. None of Ahmed’s April 17 posts appeared to reference the allegations in the charge sheet, according to CPJ’s review.

Ahmed’s conviction is part of a broader crackdown on media in Ethiopia. At least six other journalists were arrested in the month of April alone, as the government tightened its control over the media regulator, the Ethiopian Media Authority (EMA).

In a May 27 interview with BBC’s Somali service, Somali Region President Mustafa Mohammed Omar rejected suggestions that people were being jailed simply for what they posted online. The four people currently in custody — “a journalist, a former official, and two activists” — face charges of “harming the reputation of security agencies, spreading false information about jail conditions, and exploiting the death of an inmate to incite the public,” he said, adding that the regional judiciary is independent.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/ethiopian-journalist-ahmed-awga-sentenced-to-2-years-in-prison/feed/ 0 535726
Immigrants and Reality Television https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 08:49:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158394 Shocking it might be, yet still part of an old pattern. The US Department of Homeland Security is floating the idea of using a reality television program to select immigrants vying for US citizenship. Whether this involves gladiatorial combat or inane pillow battles remains to be seen, though it is bound to involve airhead celebrity […]

The post Immigrants and Reality Television first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Shocking it might be, yet still part of an old pattern. The US Department of Homeland Security is floating the idea of using a reality television program to select immigrants vying for US citizenship. Whether this involves gladiatorial combat or inane pillow battles remains to be seen, though it is bound to involve airhead celebrity hosts and a set of fabricated challenges. What matters is the premise: the reduction of a government agency’s functions to a debauched spectacle of deceit, desperation and televisual pornography. Much, in some ways, like the Trump administration itself.

In an interview with The Wall Street Journal, television producer Rob Worsoff, the man behind the Duck Dynasty reality show, comes clean in his monstrous intentions behind this proposed series he hopes to call The American: he has been pursuing this seedy project since the days of the Obama administration, hoping for some amoral stakeholder to bite. Worsoff, in true fashion, denies that such a project is intended as malicious (“this isn’t the ‘The Hunger Games’ for immigrants”), let alone denigrating the dignity of human worth. In the grand idea of full bloom, optimistic America, it is intended as hopeful, but most of all, competitive. Forget equal protection and a fair evaluation of merits; here is a chance for Social Darwinism to excel.

Worsoff insists he is free of political ideology. “As an immigrant myself, I am merely trying to make a show that celebrates the immigration process, celebrate what it means to be American and have a national conversation about what it means to be American, through the eyes of people who want it most”. He proposes to do this by, for instance, sending immigrants to San Francisco where they find themselves in a mine to retrieve gold. Another would see the contestants journey to Detroit, where they will be placed on an auto assembly to reassemble a Model-T Ford chassis.

The winners would end up on the Capitol steps, presumably to receive their citizenship in some staged ceremony for television. The losing contestants would go home with such generous prizes as a Starbucks gift card or airline points.

DHS spokesperson Tricia McLaughlin has apparently spoken to Worsoff on this steaming drivel, with the producer describing the response as “positive”. DHS Secretary Kristi Noem, it is said, has not officially “‘backed’ or even reviewed the pitch of any scripted or reality show. The Department of Homeland Security receives hundreds of television show pitches a year.” The mind can only dissipate in despair at such an observation, unsurprising in a land where the television, or televisual platforms, remain brain numbing instructors.

That the DHS is considering this is unremarkable. The department has already participated in television projects and networks, To Catch a Smuggler being a case in point. Noem has also made much of the camera when it comes to dealing with immigrants. An ad campaign costing US$200 million promises to feature her admonishing illegal immigrants to return to their countries. No doubt the hairdressing and makeup department will be busy when tarting her up for the noble task.

Broadcasters in a number of countries have also found the unsuspecting migrant or foreign guest captured by television irresistible viewing. It’s not just good, couch potato fun, but also a chance to fan prejudice and feed sketchy stereotypes. The reality TV show Border Security, which first aired on Australia’s free-to-air Channel 7 in 2004, proved to be a pioneering model in this regard. Not only did it provide a chance to mock the eating habits of new arrivals as food stuffs were confiscated by customs officers with names like “Barbs”, the program could also impute an intention to attack the Australian agricultural sector with introduced pests and diseases. These depictions went hand in hand with the demonising strategy of the Australian government towards unwanted asylum seekers and refugees (“Stop the Boats!” was the cry), characterised by lengthy spells of detention in an offshore tropical gulag.

The plight of the vulnerable immigrant has also become a matter of pantomime substitution, an idea supposedly educative in function. Why not act out the entire migrant experience with reality television individuals with particularly xenophobic views?

In February, this is exactly what took place in a reality television show vulgarly titled Go Back to Where You Come From aired on the UK’s Channel 4, running four episodes where selected, largely anti-immigration participants, according to Channel 4, “experience some of the most perilous parts of the refugee journeys”. It comes as little surprise that the series is modelled on an Australian precursor made in the early 2010s.

Even pro-immigrant groups were reduced to a state of admiring stupor, with the Refugee Council, a British charity, praising the worth of such shows to “have huge potential to highlight the stories behind the headlines”. Gareth Benest, advocacy director at the International Broadcasting Trust charity, also thought it instructive that the participants “face the reality of irregular migration and to challenge their preconceptions.”

French politician Xavier Bertrand failed to identify similar points, calling the program “nauseating”. In his attack on the experiment, he saw the deaths across the English Channel as “a humanitarian tragedy, not the subject of a game”. But a game it has become, at least when placed before the camera.

The post Immigrants and Reality Television first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/feed/ 0 533894
7 journalist arrests in a month as Ethiopia quashes independence of media regulator https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/7-journalist-arrests-in-a-month-as-ethiopia-quashes-independence-of-media-regulator/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/7-journalist-arrests-in-a-month-as-ethiopia-quashes-independence-of-media-regulator/#respond Fri, 16 May 2025 16:10:15 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=480302 Nairobi, May 16, 2025—Journalist Ahmed Awga has been in prison for over three weeks for interviewing a man who said his 16-year-old son Shafi’i Abdikarim Ali died following a police beating — one of at least seven journalists arrested in Ethiopia in the last month as the government tightens the screws on the media.

After his April 23 arrest in eastern Somali Region, Ahmed, the founder of Jigjiga Television Network, appeared in court on incitement charges on April 25, and was remanded in custody pending investigations, the journalist’s relative, who declined to be named, citing fear of retribution, told CPJ.

In the interview, Abdikarim Ali Ahmed demanded justice for his son’s death, saying that an officer kicked the teenage boy’s head, while wearing boots, after which he was hospitalized and died from his injuries. Regional police commander Abdi Ali Siyad told the BBC’s Somali service, “The boy simply died. There is no one to be held accountable.”

Meanwhile, on April 17, parliament passed a widely criticized amendment to the 2021 media law, increasing government control over the regulatory Ethiopian Media Authority (EMA), which is responsible for issuing sanctions against news outlets that violate press ethics, including by revoking their licenses. Press and human rights groups have warned that this shift in power “opens the door to undue influence” from politicians. 

“Ethiopia’s hostility to the press has been evident in the frequent arrests of critical journalists, and now the country is well on its way to reversing the gains it made in passing its 2021 media law, once considered progressive,” said CPJ Africa Program Coordinator Muthoki Mumo. “Authorities should release journalists detained for their work and amend or repeal laws that can be used to undermine press freedom.”

More April arrests

In the month of April, in addition to Ahmed’s detention and the brief arrest of three Addis Standard employees as part of a raid on their newsroom, CPJ also confirmed:

Muhyidin Abdullahi Omar
Muhyidin Abdullahi Omar (Screenshot: Biyyoo Production/YouTube)
  • On April 5, police arrested Muhyidin Abdullahi Omar, an editor at the state-owned Harari Mass Media Agency and founder of the YouTube channel Biyyoo Production, in eastern Harari Region, his wife Helen Jemal and a person with knowledge of the case, who declined to be named, citing fear of reprisal, told CPJ.

On April 28, Omar was charged with defamation and disseminating disinformation in connection with two Facebook posts, according to the charge sheet, reviewed by CPJ, in which he alleged mismanagement at a local mosque and corruption at the regional attorney general’s office.

He could face up to three years imprisonment for defamation under a 2016 law and another three years for incitement under an anti-hate speech law, which broadly defines the crime.

Muyhidin had been on administrative leave from Harari Mass Media Agency since 2022, following an arrest over his social media activity, but on April 7, 2025 — two days after his latest arrest — his employer suspended his salary pending a disciplinary meeting, according to Helen and documents reviewed by CPJ.

Fanuel Kinfu (Screenshot: Fentale Media/YouTube)
Fanuel Kinfu (Screenshot: Fentale Media/YouTube)
  • On April 23, Abebe Fikir, a reporter with the weekly newspaper The Reporter, was arrested. Abebe told CPJ that he was seeking comment from city officials about a housing dispute but the police accused him of filming without permission — an allegation he denied. On April 25, he was released on bail of 10,000 birr (US$75), without charge.

Increased government power over the press

Ethiopia’s 2021 media law won praise for progressive provisions, including for reclassifying defamation as a civil rather than criminal offence. But the amended law, passed with only one dissenting vote, increases the government’s power over the press. Sections that allowed the public to nominate candidates to the media authority’s board and four slots reserved for media and civil society representatives have been repealed, with board members instead being chosen from “relevant” bodies.

It also removed a ban on board members being members of a political party — a rule that the government had been criticized for breaking in parliament and transferred power to nominate the authority’s director general from the board to the prime minister.

Ethiopia is sub-Saharan Africa’s second worst jailer of journalists, after Eritrea, according to CPJ’s latest annual prison census, with six behind bars on December 1, 2024. One of these, Yeshihasab Abere, was released in January.

In March, seven journalists from the privately owned Ethiopian Broadcasting Service were detained. All have since been freed. Two are awaiting trial on charges of dissemination of hateful disinformation.

CPJ did not receive any responses to queries sent via email and messaging app to federal, Harari and Somali regional police and government spokesperson Legesse Tulu.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/7-journalist-arrests-in-a-month-as-ethiopia-quashes-independence-of-media-regulator/feed/ 0 533434
Haitian gang takes over radio station, renames it Taliban FM  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/haitian-gang-takes-over-radio-station-renames-it-taliban-fm/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/haitian-gang-takes-over-radio-station-renames-it-taliban-fm/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 19:53:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=473578 Miami, April 25, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalist is appalled that a Haitian gang has taken over a local radio station, renamed it Radio Taliban FM, and is using it to broadcast propaganda on the troubled Caribbean island.

“We are critically concerned that the chaos in Haiti makes it nearly impossible for anyone — journalists included — to safely go about their daily lives,” said CPJ U.S., Canada, and Caribbean Program Coordinator Katherine Jacobsen. “Order must be restored, not least so that media outlets such as Radio Panic FM can provide news to Haitians and the world, rather than being hijacked to become mouthpieces for gangs.”

Privately owned Radio Panic FM’s director Joseph Allan Jr. told the Haiti-based SOS Journalists group, that the station in the central city of Mirebalais has been under the control of gang members since April 20.

“The gunmen have their own producer to operate the radio station and they played repeatedly a song recently released by their boss Jeff Larose,” the Haitian-Caribbean News Network reported.

Larose heads the Canaan faction of Viv Ansanm, or Living Together in Creole — an alliance of former rival gangs who joined forces in 2023 and took control of most of the Haitian capital, Port-au-Prince.

Viv Ansanm attacked Mirebalais in March, forcing residents to flee. Journalist Roger Claudy Israël was taken hostage along with his brother. Both were later released; another journalist, Jean Christophe Collègue, was reported missing by his family.

Panic FM is the fourth Haitian broadcaster to be struck by gangs in the last month, following attacks on Radio Télévision Caraïbes (RTVC) and Mélodie FM, and TV Pluriel, in Port-au-Prince.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/haitian-gang-takes-over-radio-station-renames-it-taliban-fm/feed/ 0 529543
Haitian gangs set fire to 3 Port-au-Prince radio stations as violence escalates https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/haitian-gangs-set-fire-to-3-port-au-prince-radio-stations-as-violence-escalates/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/haitian-gangs-set-fire-to-3-port-au-prince-radio-stations-as-violence-escalates/#respond Thu, 20 Mar 2025 22:46:51 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=464927  
Miami, March 20, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is alarmed by the arson attacks on at least three TV and radio stations in Haiti’s capital Port-au-Prince over the last week, as escalating gang violence has caused widescale destruction.

Between March 12 and 13, armed gangs from the Viv Ansanm (Living Together) coalition attacked independent stations Radio Télévision Caraïbes (RTVC) and Mélodie FM, setting fire to both buildings, which had been previously abandoned due to insecurity in the area. No casualties were reported.

On March 16, heavily armed Viv Ansanm members also ransacked and set fire to the privately owned TV channel Télé Pluriel in the Delmas 19 neighborhood, according to staff members who spoke to CPJ and wished to remain anonymous out of concern for their safety.

Separately, at least 10 journalists were physically attacked and had equipment stolen during a large street demonstration on March 19, according to the Haitian Online Media Association (CMEL).

“Journalists, particularly those in radio broadcasting, have long played a vital role in keeping Haitians informed about what is happening in their communities,” said CPJ U.S., Canada, and Caribbean program coordinator Katherine Jacobsen. “The arson attacks on these three radio stations are the latest attempt from Haitian gangs to sow chaos and destruction and weaken the media’s ability to work. The security situation in the country must be stabilized to allow journalists, and all citizens, to live without fear of violence.”  

Haitian Prime Minister Alix Didier Fils-Aimé called the attack on RTVC “a despicable act” against freedom of expression and issued a statement promising to reinforce security for media institutions.

“The losses were enormous,” Télé Pluriel staff said in a report, adding that they have been unable to access the area due to ongoing violence. Télé Pluriel is owned by Pierre-Louis Opont, a former head of Haiti’s Provisional Electoral Council, and his award-winning journalist wife Marie Lucie Bonhomme. They were each separately abducted and subsequently released in 2023.

RTVC is the oldest radio station in Haiti. Mélodie FM is owned by Marcus Garcia, a renowned Haitian journalist who was exiled during the Duvalier dictatorship in the 1980s.

Violence, instability, and impunity in journalist killings have plagued Haiti since the 2021 assassination of President Jovenel Moïse.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/haitian-gangs-set-fire-to-3-port-au-prince-radio-stations-as-violence-escalates/feed/ 0 520467
Comedian, writer, and director Dan Perlman on making work independently https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/comedian-writer-and-director-dan-perlman-on-making-work-independently/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/comedian-writer-and-director-dan-perlman-on-making-work-independently/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 08:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/comedian-writer-and-director-dan-perlman-on-making-work-independently I get the impression that you don’t let anything stop you from creating. Where does that drive come from?

I think part of it is that [standup] is what I’ve wanted to do for so long. It took a lot of years of working up the courage to do it.

When I was a kid I was super shy. I’d write jokes and hide them under my bed.

There’s something really nice about finding something that you love putting the work into. It doesn’t feel like labor or the labor is way more enjoyable. I’m always trying to follow the excitement of whatever thing (standup, animated project, short film) that I’m excited about. Even if only 50 people see it, that’s something.

Did going from no-budget web series to having a budget for a broadcast show change your creative practice?

Not really. I guess the thing that changed was we had permits which I’d never had before. Before we were sneaking onto the subway and bribing a janitor to let us into a school. So it’s definitely a change in that sense where it’s like, “Oh, it’s legal that we’re filming here.”

Flatbush only got to Showtime because we made it as a zero budget web series. So it had that proof of concept.

We still worked with the same comedians, filmed in Brooklyn, and kept it small and local. If you can create independently it helps.

It just shows you how to keep a producer’s hat in mind. Then, when you’re given a little more budget and they’re like, “You need to rewrite this scene. It can’t take place in a hospital” or whatever. You’re like, “Okay, fine.” And you just change it because you’ve dealt with those curveballs before.

Does finding funding get easier with success, or is it always starting over from zero?

It’s always a challenge. I think it’s easier to have the initial conversations with people because maybe they liked the show or they know that they’re supposed to have liked the show.

The thing that gets easier is your confidence that you can get it done.

Especially for people who’ve made stuff independently—whether it’s sketches or shorts or features, it’s so hard to make a thing. If you have the ability to do that and pull something together, the next one will be easier then the next one will be easier.

It’s just that confidence and also finding those people at each stage where you’re like, “Cool, you are my person and anything I’m fortunate to try to do again you’re going to be the first person I ask.”

Flatbush was one of Showtime’s lowest-budget comedies, and they greenlit it because they saw what we could do independently.

Do you treat your art practice like a business? How did you figure out how to make a living through your creative work?

I’m very regimented. I have hours every day that I write. I am big with to-do lists and I make them the night before.

I teach undergrads at college once a week. I teach a grad school class once a week and that’s also just helpful for making a living in between projects when stuff is in development, whether it’s TV or feature.

Before that, when I was doing standup, I worked all these different temp jobs. I worked at a radio show. I tutored for years. I sold mattresses at a Costco. I was a proctor on law school exams, just sitting there on my phone. I had a million different gigs and then would go and bomb doing stand-up at night.

Finding that balance can be tricky. I think that’s why it’s so important to stay motivated by working on stuff that you actually like.

In the traditional Hollywood model, success is less about what you want to be making and more about how you can have the biggest career possible. Do you think that focusing on what you want to make is hard advice to follow?

A thing that’s kind of overstated is when people say, I had an idea to write this thing but my manager said don’t do that because people aren’t looking for that right now. They’re looking for the next Ted Lasso.

I always feel like that’s silly advice because by the time you write the thing, they’re not looking for the next Ted Lasso anymore. They’re looking for the next The Bear, Shōgun, or whatever it is. It changes so quickly.

For so many people whose work we love. There’s years in between. You look at directors we love and there’s maybe years in between their first feature and their second feature. People who’ve won Oscars.

Something’s happening in between. I totally get that nobody wants to come out and be like, “Boy, I was really doubting myself for a while.” You just want to paint yourself like it’s all smooth sailing.

There are certain people where they had a thing hit and the rocket ship pulled them up. For many of us, it’s like a slog and you have good runs and you have times where you can’t control the external.

Beyond money, what does it actually cost to be creative?

All through my 20s, I did stand-up every night. Multiple times a night. I didn’t really take nights off. A lot of it was probably good and needed. A lot of it was not.

I’ve learned in an ongoing journey how to balance work and life.

That’s why it’s so important to find positive dynamics within work. So you’re living a life and respecting other people’s lives as well.

So it’s like we all care about this thing but also you should have a weekend where you don’t think about this. We’ll be back Monday to get going again.

You seem to really enjoy working with people you know, whether it be someone you’ve known from high school or an interesting character that you’ve met along the way. Do you view collaboration as a valuable resource? How has collaboration contributed to you being able to make works?

If you’re trying to write, direct, or create in any sort of form, it’s nice to be able to decenter yourself or your own point of view and work with people you trust who might have different experiences.

I think it is so helpful to make things. Finding those people who you have this kind of shared language with I think is fun and makes the thing better.

Last question, fun question. You’ve auditioned for notable scripted series roles. Do you now identify as an actor?

I guess I don’t identify as an actor but It’s fun to act.

I’ve been fortunate to work with amazing actors and I see what they put into it. And that ain’t me. But that’s what I put into the other stuff like all of my writing in the margins of a billion different emotions.

I view myself as a comic more than an actor. As a comedian, you have a sense of your own voice and I know what jokes I can hit in my voice.

I think for a lot of roles I’ve been sent, like to read for Yellow Jackets, I’m like, I wouldn’t cast me as that guy. Not in a million years. Just cast some handsome actor man.

Dan Perlman Recommends:

I made these two short filmsCramming (2020) and Practice Space (2024) in collaboration with the same two kids, non-actors. They were 11 & 12 when we shot Cramming; 15 & 16 when we shot Practice Space. I’m very proud of them and our work together and the films.

The Heartbreak Kid (1972). I just watched this a few months ago for the first time. Elaine May’s such a good, funny filmmaker. Great jokes and Charles Grodin is so punchable in this role.

Rewind & Play (2022). A super interesting doc I saw recently. The filmmaker got access to all this unused raw archive material and outtakes from a 30-min French doc about Thelonious Monk from 1969. He re-edits and assembles this footage to tell a wildly different story that showcases the making of this original French doc, a story that shows the original French filmmakers manipulating and rejecting Monk’s answers and agency in his replies to their questions. It’s fun to think about how you could scratch the surface of a sterile, boring doc and – with the same footage – could dissect the emotion and actions in the making of it and reassemble it to something insightful and interesting and frustrating. Plus, Monk’s music is good.

Framing things. I’ll print these glossy stills for 40 cents each at CVS Photos, then place ‘em in frames and mount them on my walls. I’ve never done much decorating, but I’ve found it to be a fun hobby. It’s fun to think about how to curate the images – finding little meanings in why certain ones are arranged together, making themes and threads and altering them sometimes. It’s a range of images from film to music to comedy to random things that speak to me in one way or another.

My cat, Crim. My IG story highlights are mostly photos of Crim, so if you want to see a cute tuxedo cat who will never do anything wrong, @danjperlman.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Taylor K. Shaw.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/comedian-writer-and-director-dan-perlman-on-making-work-independently/feed/ 0 516531
Terminating Neighbours (Again) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again/#respond Sat, 22 Feb 2025 09:10:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156130 Soppy, soapy and interminable, the Australian series Neighbours, the staple for millions of British (and Australian) watchers for years, their tonic and medication from reality, is being terminated for the second time. In 2022, steady followers and dedicated fanatics of this program of irritating suburban geniality were met with the news that Channel 5 would […]

The post Terminating Neighbours (Again) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Soppy, soapy and interminable, the Australian series Neighbours, the staple for millions of British (and Australian) watchers for years, their tonic and medication from reality, is being terminated for the second time.

In 2022, steady followers and dedicated fanatics of this program of irritating suburban geniality were met with the news that Channel 5 would be concluding its support for a series that had incubated such Australian performers and thespians as Margot Robbie, Guy Pearce and Kylie Minogue.  Fremantle Media, the program’s producer, had failed to secure another broadcaster in the UK as a replacement, despite the 1.5 million regular viewers that would tune in each day it was run.

Then came Amazon MGM Studios, which decided to give a blast of oxygen to the 37-year-old relic that had already passed 9,000 episodes.  It took a mere four months to do so, possibly helped by the ratings for what was meant to be a farewell episode studded with stars.  The streaming service Prime Video became the conduit, the new program returning as Neighbours: A New Chapter.

Salvation jobs tend to be rare in show business, and the whole industry remains inherently and manically brutal.  A sure signal that Neighbours might be in trouble was the 2024 move by Amazon to cease its Freevee service, which had been responsible for broadcasting the revived variant globally.

The language being used in this latest withdrawal of support is an object study in euphemistic endings.  “We are sad to announce that Neighbours will be resting from December 2025,” read an official statement on the program on February 21.  But the viewers were assured that the axe, while inevitable in its deployment, would not do away with those episodes scheduled to run on the global Amazon Prime Video channel, and Australia’s Channel Ten four times a week until then.  These would still have “all the big soapie twists and turns that our viewers love”.

A spokesperson for Amazon, in confirming the company’s withdrawal of support, stood by the remit in saying little on the reasons behind the decision.  The language used was that of putting down a beloved pet that had endured that bit longer because of a noble intervention.  “Forty years is an incredible milestone and we are proud that Amazon MGM Studios was able to have a small part of bringing further episodes to Freevee and Prime Video customers over the last two years, spanning 400 episodes.”

Things were left to Neighbour’s executive producer, Jason Herbison, to soften matters and offer a sliver of hope.  First, there was the soap’s enduring popularity in the UK.  There was also the show’s first Daytime Emmy nomination in 2024.  “As this chapter closes, we appreciate and thank Amazon MGM Studios for all they have done for Neighbours – bringing this iconic and much-loved series to new audiences globally.  We value how much the fans love Neighbours and we believe there are more stories of the residents of Ramsay Street to tell in the future.”

These stories will remain either in cold storage or floating in purgatory unless an international backer can be found.  It fills barrels of irony that Australia’s longest running soap drama would need the broadcasting heft from overseas to sustain it.  The Australian backer, Channel Ten, claims that funding it alone will not pass muster.

Placed in that precarious situation, the program’s success does not merely depend on a steadfast series of ratings in one market.  Neighbours, with its sedate, soft treading approach to human relations in a fictional Melbourne suburb, appeals in a very specific way to British audiences.  For them, this is Australia imagined as sun, pools and conviviality.  Disputes irk but are eventually resolved.  As the BBC press release described it in October 1986, the show “is down-to-earth, centres on ordinary families, with a particular emphasis on young people and the problems they face.”

When the wedding of Scott and Charlene, played respectively by Jason Donovan and Kylie Minogue, aired in 1988, 19.7 million British viewers tuned in.  This was stupendous for a production that had initially been savaged for its corniness, comical awfulness and its seeming inertia.  It was also the sort of success that enraged critics for challenging the enduring supremacy of Britain’s own EastEnders and Coronation Street.

The actual city of the program’s setting is irreverent in terms of weather, teasing, toying and frustrating the visitor with lengthy spells of overcast doom, occasional spits of rain, and then, variable temperatures.  The latter phenomenon drives the local resident to travel equipped with a wardrobe of clothing options: raincoat, warm jacket, short sleeved shirts.  Ramsay Street, with its particular pretentious brand of sunny friendliness, should have been located in Sydney, though this remains the unmentionable heresy.

Taking the temperature of the broader public reaction to the decision, and bafflement abounds.  Why would, asked one follower of the program, take away “YOUR number one show!” screeched one at Amazon.  But Amazon, according to The Sun, was not happy with its broader returns.  It is a global beast with global appetites, a coded way of saying that success, to be genuine, had to be an American one.

An unnamed source (of course), told the paper that Fremantle had been given “two years to see if it worked, but sadly, they just didn’t get the viewers.”  Fremantle’s hunt for the cash for continued production will have to start in earnest, but short of returning to a British backer, the prospects look decidedly final for a show that has lasted well beyond its time.

The post Terminating Neighbours (Again) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again/feed/ 0 514765
Terminating Neighbours (Again) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again-2/#respond Sat, 22 Feb 2025 09:10:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156130 Soppy, soapy and interminable, the Australian series Neighbours, the staple for millions of British (and Australian) watchers for years, their tonic and medication from reality, is being terminated for the second time. In 2022, steady followers and dedicated fanatics of this program of irritating suburban geniality were met with the news that Channel 5 would […]

The post Terminating Neighbours (Again) first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Soppy, soapy and interminable, the Australian series Neighbours, the staple for millions of British (and Australian) watchers for years, their tonic and medication from reality, is being terminated for the second time.

In 2022, steady followers and dedicated fanatics of this program of irritating suburban geniality were met with the news that Channel 5 would be concluding its support for a series that had incubated such Australian performers and thespians as Margot Robbie, Guy Pearce and Kylie Minogue.  Fremantle Media, the program’s producer, had failed to secure another broadcaster in the UK as a replacement, despite the 1.5 million regular viewers that would tune in each day it was run.

Then came Amazon MGM Studios, which decided to give a blast of oxygen to the 37-year-old relic that had already passed 9,000 episodes.  It took a mere four months to do so, possibly helped by the ratings for what was meant to be a farewell episode studded with stars.  The streaming service Prime Video became the conduit, the new program returning as Neighbours: A New Chapter.

Salvation jobs tend to be rare in show business, and the whole industry remains inherently and manically brutal.  A sure signal that Neighbours might be in trouble was the 2024 move by Amazon to cease its Freevee service, which had been responsible for broadcasting the revived variant globally.

The language being used in this latest withdrawal of support is an object study in euphemistic endings.  “We are sad to announce that Neighbours will be resting from December 2025,” read an official statement on the program on February 21.  But the viewers were assured that the axe, while inevitable in its deployment, would not do away with those episodes scheduled to run on the global Amazon Prime Video channel, and Australia’s Channel Ten four times a week until then.  These would still have “all the big soapie twists and turns that our viewers love”.

A spokesperson for Amazon, in confirming the company’s withdrawal of support, stood by the remit in saying little on the reasons behind the decision.  The language used was that of putting down a beloved pet that had endured that bit longer because of a noble intervention.  “Forty years is an incredible milestone and we are proud that Amazon MGM Studios was able to have a small part of bringing further episodes to Freevee and Prime Video customers over the last two years, spanning 400 episodes.”

Things were left to Neighbour’s executive producer, Jason Herbison, to soften matters and offer a sliver of hope.  First, there was the soap’s enduring popularity in the UK.  There was also the show’s first Daytime Emmy nomination in 2024.  “As this chapter closes, we appreciate and thank Amazon MGM Studios for all they have done for Neighbours – bringing this iconic and much-loved series to new audiences globally.  We value how much the fans love Neighbours and we believe there are more stories of the residents of Ramsay Street to tell in the future.”

These stories will remain either in cold storage or floating in purgatory unless an international backer can be found.  It fills barrels of irony that Australia’s longest running soap drama would need the broadcasting heft from overseas to sustain it.  The Australian backer, Channel Ten, claims that funding it alone will not pass muster.

Placed in that precarious situation, the program’s success does not merely depend on a steadfast series of ratings in one market.  Neighbours, with its sedate, soft treading approach to human relations in a fictional Melbourne suburb, appeals in a very specific way to British audiences.  For them, this is Australia imagined as sun, pools and conviviality.  Disputes irk but are eventually resolved.  As the BBC press release described it in October 1986, the show “is down-to-earth, centres on ordinary families, with a particular emphasis on young people and the problems they face.”

When the wedding of Scott and Charlene, played respectively by Jason Donovan and Kylie Minogue, aired in 1988, 19.7 million British viewers tuned in.  This was stupendous for a production that had initially been savaged for its corniness, comical awfulness and its seeming inertia.  It was also the sort of success that enraged critics for challenging the enduring supremacy of Britain’s own EastEnders and Coronation Street.

The actual city of the program’s setting is irreverent in terms of weather, teasing, toying and frustrating the visitor with lengthy spells of overcast doom, occasional spits of rain, and then, variable temperatures.  The latter phenomenon drives the local resident to travel equipped with a wardrobe of clothing options: raincoat, warm jacket, short sleeved shirts.  Ramsay Street, with its particular pretentious brand of sunny friendliness, should have been located in Sydney, though this remains the unmentionable heresy.

Taking the temperature of the broader public reaction to the decision, and bafflement abounds.  Why would, asked one follower of the program, take away “YOUR number one show!” screeched one at Amazon.  But Amazon, according to The Sun, was not happy with its broader returns.  It is a global beast with global appetites, a coded way of saying that success, to be genuine, had to be an American one.

An unnamed source (of course), told the paper that Fremantle had been given “two years to see if it worked, but sadly, they just didn’t get the viewers.”  Fremantle’s hunt for the cash for continued production will have to start in earnest, but short of returning to a British backer, the prospects look decidedly final for a show that has lasted well beyond its time.

The post Terminating Neighbours (Again) first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/terminating-neighbours-again-2/feed/ 0 514766
Swedish public broadcaster SVT’s building vandalized https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/swedish-public-broadcaster-svts-building-vandalized/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/swedish-public-broadcaster-svts-building-vandalized/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 16:47:07 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=451029 Berlin, February 6, 2025—Swedish authorities should quickly investigate the recent vandalistic attack on Sveriges Television’s (SVT) building in Stockholm and ensure the broadcaster’s journalists’ safety, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday. 

“CPJ is concerned by the repeated attacks on SVT, Sweden’s public broadcaster,” said Attila Mong, CPJ’s Europe representative. “This fourth attack of vandalism in six months creates a climate of fear for journalists. Authorities must take these attacks very seriously, swiftly investigate them, hold those responsible accountable, and act to prevent future attacks.”

Late Monday night, unidentified perpetrators threw red paint on SVT’s entrance and smashed a window, marking the fourth time the broadcaster was vandalized since last September.

In a similar attack last September, red paint was thrown on the door and side windows of the building. In October and December, foul-smelling substances were sprayed at the entrance.

After the December attack, SVT security chief Camilla Josephson said it was an “attack on public service, a protected site, and by extension, on our democracy.”

CPJ emailed questions to SVT’s and the Swedish Prosecutor Authority’s press offices but received no reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/swedish-public-broadcaster-svts-building-vandalized/feed/ 0 512672
Moana Maniapoto on the sound of the 80s to world-class journalism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/moana-maniapoto-on-the-sound-of-the-80s-to-world-class-journalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/moana-maniapoto-on-the-sound-of-the-80s-to-world-class-journalism/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2024 13:22:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108642 By Emma Andrews, Henare te Ua Māori journalism intern at RNZ News

From being the headline to creating them, Moana Maniapoto has walked a rather rocky road of swinging between both sides of the media.

Known for her award-winning current affairs show Te Ao with Moana on Whakaata Māori, and the 1990s cover of Black Pearl, the lawyer-by-trade doesn’t keep her advocacy a secret.

Her first introduction to news was at the tail end of the 1980s when she was relaxed in the guest seat at Aotearoa Radio — Auckland’s first Māori radio station — but her kōrero hit a nerve.

“I said something the host considered radical,” she said.

“He quickly distanced the station from my remarks and that got the phones ringing.”

It became a race for listeners to punch numbers into the telephone, the first person to get through was New Zealand filmmaker, producer and writer Merata Mita, who ripped into the host.

“How dare you talk down to her like that,” Maniapoto recalled. The very next day she answered the call to host that show from then on.

No training, no worries
Aotearoa Radio was her first real job working four hours per day, spinning yarns five days a week — no training, no worries.

“Oh, they tried to get us to speak a bit flasher, but no one could be bothered. It was such a lot of fun, a great bunch of people working there. It was also nerve-wracking interviewing people like Erima Henare (NZ politician Peeni Henare’s father), but the one I still chuckle about the most was Winston Peters.”

She remembers challenging Peters over a comment he made about Māori in the media: “You’re going to have to apologise to your listeners, Moana. I never said that,” Peters pointed out.

They bickered in true journalist versus politician fashion — neither refused to budge, until Maniapoto revealed she had a word-for-word copy of his speech.

All Peters could do was watch Maniapoto attempt to hold in her laughter. A prompt ad break was only appropriate.

But the Winston-win wasn’t enough to stay in the gig.

“After two years, I was over it. It was tiring. Someone rang up live on air and threatened to kill me. It was a good excuse to resign.”

Although it wasn’t the end of the candlewick for Maniapoto, it took 30 years to string up an interview with Peters again.

Short-lived telly stints
In-between times she had short-lived telly stints including a year playing Dr Te Aniwa Ryan on Shortland Street, but it wasn’t for her. The singer-songwriter has also created documentaries with her partner Toby Mills, their daughter Manawanui Maniapoto-Mills a gunning young actress.

Moana Maniapoto
Moana Maniapoto has featured on the cover of magazines. Image: RNZ

Maniapoto has featured on the cover of magazines, one in particular she remembers was Mana magazine in 1993.

“Sally Tagg photographed me in the shallow end of a Parnell Baths pool, wrapped in metres of blue curtain net, trying to act like it was completely normal,” she said.

Just 10 years ago she joined Mana Trust which runs the online Sunday mag E-Tangata, mentored by Gary Wilson (co-founder and co-editor) and print journalist Tapu Misa who taught her how to transfer her voice through computer keys.

“Whakaata Māori approached me in 2019, I was flattered, but music was my life and I felt wholly unequipped for journalism. Then again, I always love a challenge.”

Since jumping on board, Te Ao with Moana has completed six seasons and will “keep calm and carry on” for a seventh season come 17 February, 2025 — her son Kimiora Hikurangi Jackson the producer and “boss”.

It will be the last current affairs show to air on Whakaata Māori before moving the TV channel to web next year.

Advocating social justice
Her road of journalism and music is winding. Her music is the vehicle to advocating social justice which often landed her in the news rather than telling it.

“To me songwriting, documentaries, and current affairs are all about finding ways to convey a story or explore an issue or share insights. I think a strength I have are the relationships I’ve built through music — countless networks both here and overseas. Perfect for when we are wanting to deep dive into issues.”

Her inspiration for music grew from her dad, Nepia Tauri Maniapoto and his brothers. Maniapoto said it was “their thing” to entertain guests from the moment they walked into the dining room at Waitetoko Marae until kai was finished.

“It was Prince Tui Teka and the Platters. Great vocal harmonies. My father always had a uke, gat, and sax in the house,” she said.

Born in Invercargill and raised in Rotorua by her māmā Bernadette and pāpā Nepia, she was surrounded by her five siblings who some had a keen interest in kapa haka, although, the kapa-life was “too tough” for Maniapoto. Instead, nieces Puna Whakaata, Mourei, and Tiaria inheriting the “kapa” gene. Maniapoto said they’re exceptional and highly-competitive performers.

ONO songwriters - Te Manahau Scotty Morrison, Moana Maniapoto and Paddy Free
ONO songwriters Te Manahau Scotty Morrison, Moana Maniapoto and Paddy Free. Image: Black Pearl/RNZ

Blending her Ngāti Pikiao, Ngāti Tūwharetoa, and Tūhourangi whakapapa into song was no struggle.

The 1990s was filled with soul, R’n’B, and reggae, she said, singing in te reo was met with indifference if not hostility.

‘Labelled a radical’
“If you mixed in lyrics that were political in nature, you were labelled a ‘radical.’ I wasn’t the only one, but probably the ‘radical’ with the highest profile at the time.”

After her “rare” single Kua Makona in 1987, Moana & the Moahunters formed in the early 1990s, followed by Moana and the Tribe which is still going strong. Her sister Trina has a lovely singing voice and has been in Moana & The Tribe since it was formed, she said.

And just like her sixth television season, Maniapoto has just churned out her sixth album, Ono.

“I’m incredibly proud of it. So grateful to Paddy Free and Scotty Morrison for their skills. Looks pretty too on vinyl and CD, as well as digital. A cool Xmas present. Just saying.”

The microphone doesn’t seem to be losing power anytime soon. All albums adequately named one-to-six in te reo Māori, one can only punt on the next album name.

“It’s kinda weird now morphing back into the interviewee to promote my album release. I’m used to asking all the questions.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/moana-maniapoto-on-the-sound-of-the-80s-to-world-class-journalism/feed/ 0 507237
Taliban bans television broadcasts and public filming and photographing in Takhar province  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/taliban-bans-television-broadcasts-and-public-filming-and-photographing-in-takhar-province/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/taliban-bans-television-broadcasts-and-public-filming-and-photographing-in-takhar-province/#respond Mon, 28 Oct 2024 21:06:59 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=430314 New York, October 28, 2024On October 13, the Taliban banned television operations and the filming and photographing of people in public spaces in northeast Takhar province according to a local journalist who spoke to the Committee to Protect Journalists under the condition of anonymity, fearing reprisal from the Taliban, and media reports.

“The Taliban’s latest ban on television and filming and photography in Takhar should trouble anyone who cares about media freedom worldwide” said CPJ’s program director, Carlos Martínez de la Serna, in New York. “The citizens of Afghanistan deserve fundamental rights, and the international community must cease its passive observation of the country’s rapid regression.” 

The ban was approved by senior officials from the Taliban’s provincial General Directorate of Intelligence (GDI), directorates of Information and Culture, and the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice, as well as the governor’s office of Takhar province.

Takhar is the second province in Afghanistan to institute such a ban. Previously, the Taliban implemented a similar ban in Kandahar province, its unofficial capital and the residence of the group’s leader, Mullah Hibatullah Akhundzada, according to a Kandahar-based journalist who also spoke to CPJ under the condition of anonymity for fear of Taliban retaliation.

Saif ul Islam Khyber, a spokesman for the Ministry for the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice, confirmed to the Associated Press that media outlets in the provinces of Takhar, Maidan Wardak, and Kandahar had been “advised not to broadcast or display images of anything possessing a soul—meaning humans and animals,” according to the AP. Khyber said the directive is part of the implementation of a recently ratified morality law. 

Taliban leader Hibatullah Akhundzada signed the Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice bill into law on July 31, though the news was not made public until August 21, when it was published on the Ministry of Justice’s website.

Article 17 of the law details the restrictions on the media, including a ban on publishing or broadcasting images of living people and animals, which the Taliban regards as un-Islamic. Other sections order women to cover their bodies and faces and travel with a male guardian, while men are not allowed to shave their beards. The punishment for breaking the law is up to three days in prison or a penalty “considered appropriate by the public prosecutor.”

On October 14, Qari Yousuf Ahmadi, the director of Taliban-controlled Radio Television Afghanistan (RTA), informed senior management of Kabul’s national TV station that a phased strategy to implement the new law had already begun. TV stations across Afghanistan’s provinces will be gradually closed and converted to radio stations, with plans to eventually extend the ban to Kabul, where RTA and other major national broadcasters operate, according to two journalists familiar with the meeting and a report by the London-based independent outlet, Afghanistan International. 

On October 19, during a visit to Sheikh Zahid University in Khost province, Neda Mohammad Nadim, the Taliban’s Minister of Higher Education, barred the filming of the event, according to the London-based Afghanistan International.

On October 23, the Taliban’s Ministry of Defense launched the broadcast of Radio Sada-e-Khalid, which is managed by the ministry and operates from the 201st Corps of the Taliban army.

Since taking power in Afghanistan on August 15, 2021, the Taliban has employed a gradual strategy to suppress media activity in the country, with the General Directorate of Intelligence forcing compliance with stringent regulations.  These include bans on music and soap operasbans on women’s voices in the media, the imposition of mask-wearing for female presenters, a ban on live broadcasts of political shows, the closure of television stations, and the jamming or boycotting of independent international networks broadcasting to Afghanistan. To enforce these policies, the Taliban have detained, assaulted, and threatened journalists and media workers throughout the country.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/28/taliban-bans-television-broadcasts-and-public-filming-and-photographing-in-takhar-province/feed/ 0 499418
In Nigeria, at least 56 journalists attacked and harassed as protests roil region https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/#respond Wed, 21 Aug 2024 17:53:38 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=411240 “He hit me with a gun butt,” Premium Times newspaper reporter Yakubu Mohammed told the Committee to Protect Journalists, recalling how he was struck by a police officer while reporting on cost-of-living protests in Nigeria’s capital of Abuja on August 1. Two other officers beat him, seized his phone, and threw him in a police van despite his wearing a ”Press” vest and showing them his press identification card.

Reporter Yakubu Mohammed of Premium Times shows a head wound which he said was caused by police officers who hit him with gun butts and batons in the Nigerian capital Abuja on August 1.
Yakubu Mohammed shows a head wound which he said was caused by police officers who hit him with gun butts and batons. (Photo: Courtesy of Yakubu Mohammed)

Mohammed is one of at least 56 journalists who were assaulted or harassed by security forces or unidentified citizens while covering the #EndBadGovernance demonstrations in Nigeria, one of several countries across sub-Saharan Africa that have experienced anti-government protests in recent months.  

In Kenya, at least a dozen journalists have been targeted by security personnel during weeks of youth-led protests since June, with at least one reporter shot with rubber bullets and several others hit with teargas canisters. Meanwhile, Ugandan police and soldiers used force to quash similar demonstrations over corruption and high living costs, while a Ghanaian court banned planned protests.

Globally, attacks on the press often spike during moments of political tension. In Senegal, at least 25 journalists were attacked, detained, or tear gassed while reporting on February’s protests over delayed elections. Last year, CPJ found that more than 40 Nigerian journalists were detained, attacked, or harassed while reporting on presidential and state elections. In 2020, at least a dozen journalists were attacked during the #EndSARS campaign to abolish Nigeria’s brutal Special Anti-Robbery Squad (SARS) police unit.

CPJ’s documentation of the incidents below, based on interviews with those affected, local media reports, and verified videos and photos, are emblematic of the dangers faced by reporters in many African countries during protests – and the failure of authorities to prioritize journalists’ safety and ending impunity for crimes against journalists.

All but one of the journalists – a reporter for government-owned Radio Nigeria – worked for privately owned media outlets.

July 31

News Central TV journalists were stopped and questioned by police officers while live reporting.
News Central TV journalists were stopped and questioned by police officers while live reporting. (Screenshot: News Central TV/YouTube)
  • In western Lagos State, police officers harassed Bernard Akede, a reporter with News Central TV, and his colleagues, digital reporter Eric Thomas and camera operators Karina Adobaba-Harry and Samuel Chukwu, forcing them to pause reporting on the planned protests at the Lekki toll gate.

August 1

  • In Abuja, police officers arrested Jide Oyekunle, a photojournalist with the Daily Independent newspaper, and Kayode Jaiyeola, a photojournalist with Punch newspaper, as they covered protests.
  • In northern Borno State, at least 10 armed police officers forcefully entered the office of the regional broadcaster Radio Ndarason Internationale (RNI) and detained nine members of staff for five hours. Those held said that police accused them of publishing “fake news” in the arrest documentation and RNI’s project director David Smith told CPJ that the raid was in response to the outlet’s reporting via WhatsApp on the protests.

The detained staff were: head of office Lami Manjimwa Zakka; editor-in-chief Mamman Mahmood; producer Ummi Fatima Baba Kyari; reporters Hadiza Dawud, Zainab Alhaji Ali, and Amina Falmata Mohammed; head of programs Bunu Tijjani; deputy head of programs Ali Musa; and information and communications technology head Abubakar Gajibo.

  • In Abuja, police officers threw tear gas canisters at Mary Adeboye, a camera operator with News Central TV; Samuel Akpan, a senior reporter with TheCable news site; and Adefemola Akintade, a reporter with the Peoples Gazette news site. The canisters struck Adeboye and Akpan’s legs, causing swelling.
  • In northern Kano city, unidentified attackers wielding machetes and sticks smashed the windows of a Channels Television-branded bus carrying 11 journalists and a car carrying two journalists.
The windows of a Channels Television bus were smashed by unidentified assailants as it was transporting 11 journalists to cover protests in the city of Kano on August 1.
The windows of a Channels Television bus were smashed by unidentified assailants as it was transporting 11 journalists to cover protests in the Nigerian city of Kano on August 1. (Photo: Ibrahim Ayyuba Isah)

The journalists were: reporters Ibrahim Ayyuba Isah of TVC News broadcaster, whose hand was cut by glass; Ayo Adenaiye of Arise News broadcaster, whose laptop was damaged; Murtala Adewale of The Guardian newspaper, Bashir Bello of Vanguard newspaper, Abdulmumin Murtala of Leadership newspaper, Sadiq Iliyasu Dambatta of Channels Television, and Caleb Jacob and Victor Christopher of Cool FM, Wazobia FM, and Arewa Radio broadcasters; camera operators John Umar of Channels Television, Ibrahim Babarami of Arise News, Iliyasu Yusuf of AIT broadcaster, Usman Adam of TVC News; and multimedia journalist Salim Umar Ibrahim of Daily Trust newspaper.

  • In southern Delta State, at least 10 unidentified assailants opposed to the protest attacked four journalists: reporters Monday Osayande of The Guardian newspaper, Matthew Ochei of Punch newspaper, Lucy Ezeliora of The Pointer newspaper, and investigative journalist Prince Amour Udemude, whose phone was snatched. Osayande told CPJ by phone that they did not make a formal complaint to police about the attack because several police officers saw it happen, but added that the state commissioner for information, Efeanyi Micheal Osuoza, had promised to investigate. Osuoza told CPJ by phone that he was investigating the matter and would ensure the replacement of Udemude’s phone.
Police oversee protesters in Lagos on August 2, 2024
Police oversee protesters in Lagos on August 2, 2024. (Photo: AP/Sunday Alamba)

August 3

  • In Abuja’s national stadium, masked security forces fired bullets and tear gas in the direction of 18 journalists covering the protests, several of whom were wearing “Press” vests.

The journalists were: Premium Times reporters Abdulkareem Mojeed, Emmanuel Agbo, Abdulqudus Ogundapo, and Popoola Ademola; TheCable videographer Mbasirike Joshua and reporters Dyepkazah Shibayan, Bolanle Olabimtan, and Claire Mom; AIT reporter Oscar Ihimhekpen and camera operators Femi Kuku and Olugbenga Ogunlade; News Central TV camera operator Eno-Obong Koffi and reporter Emmanuel Bagudu; the nonprofit International Centre for Investigative Reporting’s video journalist Johnson Fatumbi and reporters Mustapha Usman and Nurudeen Akewushola; and Peoples Gazette reporters Akintade and Ebube Ibeh.

Kuku dislocated his leg and Ademola cut his knees and broke his phone while fleeing.

  • In Abuja’s Wuse neighborhood, unidentified men robbed Victorson Agbenson, political editor of the government-owned Radio Nigeria broadcaster, and his driver Chris Ikwu at knifepoint as they covered a protest.

August 6

  • In Lagos State, unidentified armed men hit four journalists from News Central TV and their vehicle with sticks. The journalists were News Central TV’s Akede, camera operator Adobaba-Harry, reporter Consin-Mosheshe Ogheneruru, and camera operator Albert David.

Abuja police spokesperson Josephine Adeh told CPJ by phone on August 16 that police did not carry out any attacks on the media and asked for evidence of such attacks before ending the call. She also accused CPJ of harassing her.

Police spokespersons Bright Edafe of Delta State and Haruna Abdullahi of Kano State told CPJ that their officers had not received any complaints about attacks on the press.

Lagos State police spokesperson Benjamin Hundeyin referred CPJ to the state’s police Complaint Response Unit, where the person who answered CPJ’s initial phone call declined to identify themselves and said they had no information about attacks on journalists. CPJ’s subsequent calls and messages went unanswered.

CPJ’s repeated calls and messages to Borno State Commissioner for Information Usman Tar requesting comment were unanswered.

See also: CPJ’s guidance for journalists covering protests  


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Evelyn Okakwu.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/feed/ 0 489787
Nigerian security forces attack, arrest journalists covering protests https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/06/nigerian-security-forces-attack-arrest-journalists-covering-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/06/nigerian-security-forces-attack-arrest-journalists-covering-protests/#respond Tue, 06 Aug 2024 16:41:53 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=408528 Abuja, August 6, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Nigerian authorities to investigate reports that dozens of journalists were assaulted, harassed, and detained while covering cost-of-living protests, which began on August 1.

CPJ is investigating multiple incidents including one in the capital Abuja on August 3, where masked security forces fired bullets and teargas at several journalists wearing “Press” vests and their media-branded cars at the national stadium.

Attacks on the press have been reported across the country since July 31, including by unidentified assailants who smashed the windows of a Channels Television-branded bus carrying 11 journalists and a car carrying two journalists in the northern city of Kano and others who assaulted journalists while they were reporting in southern Delta State, as well as police arrests of reporters in Maiduguri in northeastern Borno State.

“Nigerian authorities must identify and hold accountable all those responsible for shooting at, attacking, harassing, and arresting numerous journalists while covering the #EndBadGovernance protests,” said Angela Quintal, head of CPJ’s Africa program, in New York. “The Nigerian public and the world deserve to be informed about the nationwide protests, but too often, journalists covering demonstrations are met with violence. Nigerian security forces must prioritize the safety of the press.”

Abuja police spokesperson Josephine Adeh told CPJ via messaging app that police did not carry out any attacks on the media. Delta State police spokesperson Bright Edafe told CPJ by phone that police in the state had not received any official complaints about attacks on the press.

CPJ is working to confirm whether the journalists that it interviewed filed police complaints.

CPJ’s calls to Borno State Commissioner for Information Usman Tar and Kano State police spokesperson Abubakar Zayyanu Ambursa requesting comment went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/06/nigerian-security-forces-attack-arrest-journalists-covering-protests/feed/ 0 487389
Chinese authorities arrest 2 ethnic Kazakh TV journalists in Xinjiang https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/chinese-authorities-arrest-2-ethnic-kazakh-tv-journalists-in-xinjiang/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/chinese-authorities-arrest-2-ethnic-kazakh-tv-journalists-in-xinjiang/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2024 14:46:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=401140 Taipei, July 2, 2024—Chinese authorities must immediately release ethnic Kazakh journalists Kairat Domalin and Kuandyk Koben, who were arrested in China’s Xinjiang region, and cease harassing members of the press, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

Chinese police arrested Domalin and Koben in Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang region, in April, according to the U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Asia (RFA). The arrests were first reported by Atajurt Kazakh Human Rights, a human rights organization based in Kazakhstan’s biggest city, Almaty, in June.

They both worked as Kazakh-language television journalists for the local state-run television network Xinjiang Television in Urumqi.  

CPJ was unable to confirm what, if any, charges the pair face or other details about their arrest. According to RFA, Koben’s arrest may be linked to his work on a historic building in Xinjiang that the government has intentionally neglected.

“Chinese authorities must free Kazakh journalists Kairat Domalin and Kuandyk Koben,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “It’s time for China to cease its campaign of harassing and arbitrarily detaining press members of the Muslim ethnic minorities and release all imprisoned journalists.”

Domalin was a TV presenter for the program “Zholaushy” (Traveler) on Xinjiang Television network, and Koben produced, directed, and presented Kazakh-language documentaries and more than 20 award-winning television programs.

CPJ’s call to the Public Security Department of Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region went unanswered. 

Serikzhan Bilash, founder of Atajurt Kazakh Human Rights, told CPJ that Koben’s brother asked the organization to remove a May 10 YouTube video asking for information from the public about Koben’s arrest, fearing that the video would “complicate” Koben’s detainment. 

According to the RFA report, “several” Kazakh journalists for the state-owned newspaper Xinjiang Daily, along with a few Kazakh editors from different magazines, were also arrested. CPJ could not independently verify these arrests.

China was the world’s worst jailer of journalists, according to CPJ’s latest annual prison census, with at least 44 behind bars as of December 1, 2023. Many journalists held were ethnic Uyghurs from Xinjiang.

Human rights groups, the United Nations, and foreign governments have accused Chinese authorities of crimes against humanity and genocide in the Xinjiang region as authorities harshly repress the region’s Muslim ethnic groups.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/02/chinese-authorities-arrest-2-ethnic-kazakh-tv-journalists-in-xinjiang/feed/ 0 482138
Drug-related violence fuels an exodus of Ecuador’s press https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/drug-related-violence-fuels-an-exodus-of-ecuadors-press/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/drug-related-violence-fuels-an-exodus-of-ecuadors-press/#respond Tue, 18 Jun 2024 14:17:32 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=396674 On the only radio station in the remote Ecuadorian town of Baeza, morning show host Juan Carlos Tito updates listeners on the weather, recent power outages, and repairs to a bridge spanning a nearby river. For the last 24 years, Tito, 53, has been the trusted voice of Radio Selva, broadcasting important community news to this town of 2,000 in the Andean highlands. 

But now, Tito’s voice is beamed into Baeza from abroad.

After investigating drug gangs in and around Baeza, he received several death threats last year. So, in October, he and his wife and show producer Elvira del Pilar Nole, and their two children jammed their suitcases into the back of a borrowed car and escaped from Baeza in the dead of night. 

“We were absolutely sure that within the next 24 to 48 hours they were going to attack us,” Nole said. “So, we had to escape.”

Now, they transmit their two-hour morning program, “Buenos Días, América,” from the kitchen table of their cramped apartment in a smoggy, traffic-choked Latin American city which they declined to name out of fears for their safety.  Explaining why she and Tito continue to broadcast from abroad, Nole, 42, says: “We are like an umbilical cord for Baeza because we are the only ones providing local news.”

Tito and Nole have joined a growing exodus of journalists from the South American nation. An outbreak of drug-related violence has led to a surge in threats against journalists, César Ricaurte, the director of Quito-based press freedom group Fundamedios, told CPJ. He said that 16 members of the press have fled Equador since 2023, according to Fundamedios records.

“It has become a regular occurrence due to the rise of organized crime,” Ricaurte said in a phone interview. “Any reporting that that these groups think will hurt their businesses leads to threats and attacks on journalists.” 

Ecuadorian journalists are not the only ones on the run. Across the world, journalists are fleeing direct threats, war, and repressive regimes. Between 2020 and 2023, CPJ’s support to exiled journalists jumped by 227%, with journalists from Afghanistan, Iran, and Nicaragua making up the largest shares of exiled media members to receive help. 

“When a journalist is forced into exile, journalism suffers,” wrote CPJ Emergencies Director Lucy Westcott last year. “Many journalists cease reporting when they relocate, and readers, viewers, and listeners are robbed of the information they need to make informed decisions about their lives.” 

One recent prominent Ecuadorian journalist to pack his bags is José Luis Calderón, a reporter and on-air host for TC Televisión who was held hostage by masked gunmen when they briefly occupied the public TV station in Guayaquil on January 9. During a live newscast, viewers watched as Calderón, 48, tried to reason with the intruders who pointed guns at the journalist, placed a stick of dynamite in his jacket pocket, and threatened to kill his colleagues if police intervened.

“I was trying to calm down the gunmen because we were all in danger,” Calderón told CPJ in a phone interview. “My coworkers were pleading for their lives.” 

Ecuador’s TC Televisión station journalist José Luis Calderón fled the country after gunmen stormed into a studio during a live TV broadcast. (Photo: Reuters/Vicente Gaibor del Pino)

Eventually, police arrested the gunmen, but the episode had a devastating impact on Calderón. He told CPJ that he became anxious and paranoid, sought psychiatric help, and was diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder. Maintaining that TC Televisión could not guarantee his safety, he quit his job and in April left Ecuador for the United States, where he is seeking political asylum.

“I had to leave because I was in really bad shape,” Calderón said. “My mental health was at stake.”

A CPJ special report published last year found that political turmoil combined with rising organized crime in Ecuador have put journalists at much greater risk, leading to self-censorship among reporters working in high-risk areas, and prompting some to leave the country.

Over the past decade, the country’s drug-trafficking gangs have become increasingly violent while turning Ecuador into a major transit point for cocaine from neighboring Colombia, according to Insight Crime. Between 2019 and 2023, the homicide rate increased by more than 500 percent, according to the independent Ecuadorian Observatory on Organized Crime. 

Following the armed takeover of TC Televisión in January, President Daniel Noboa, who was elected last year on a law-and-order platform, declared a state of “internal armed conflict” against 22 criminal gangs. Since then, overall killings have decreased but extortions and kidnappings have risen and “the security situation remains dire,” according to Human Rights Watch.

Ecuador’s two main gangs, known as Los Choneros and Los Lobos, control many of the country’s prisons and work in concert with Colombian and Mexican cartels as well as corrupt Ecuadorian officials. Ecuadorian prosecutors say that members of Los Lobos planned last year’s assassination of presidential candidate and former journalist Fernando Villavicencio, who had vowed to crack down on gangs.

Journalists reporting on gangs are usually the ones who get threatened, says Karol Noroña, who used to write for the Ecuadorian news site GK. Her troubles began when she began investigating how gang leaders control penitentiaries and run illicit businesses from behind bars. After one of her sources told her that a gang leader was threatening to kill her, Noroña fled Ecuador in April 2022.

“The gangs realized I was not on their side,” Noroña told CPJ in a phone interview. “That’s why I had to go into exile.”

She has split her time between Bogotá and Buenos Aires but says life in exile is sad, depressing, and expensive. 

“The hardest part is getting uprooted,” she said. “I never wanted to leave the country. Not being able to work took away the most important thing in my life.” 

Detainees, weapons, and drugs are shown at a police station in the aftermath of a wave of violence in Guayaquil, Ecuador, on January 11, 2024. (Photo: Reuters/Ivan Alvarado)

Noroña and other Ecuadorian journalists who have gone into exile told CPJ they’ve received some help from independent groups, like Fundamedios. (CPJ has also provided journalists assistance grants to reporters from Ecuador.) But these journalists complain that government officials in Ecuador have shown zero interest in their plight.

Last year, Ecuador’s government created a “protection mechanism” made up of government officials, civilians, and independent media workers to support at-risk journalists. But Ricardo Rivas, president of the mechanism, told CPJ that the government has so far refused to provide it with any money despite a budget request for about $66,000 to protect media workers. 

“The government talks about the importance of freedom of expression and respect for the press, but in practice it’s not interested,” said Rivas, whose brother, photographer Paúl Rivas, was kidnapped and killed by Colombian guerrillas in 2018. 

Carlos Lauria, author of the CPJ special report on Ecuador and currently executive director of the Inter-American Press Association, said it’s imperative for Ecuador’s government to fund the protection mechanism. In a phone interview with CPJ, he added that the forced exodus of so many journalists — as well as self-censorship by those who remain in the country — had badly damaged press freedom in Ecuador. 

“This is a huge blow for Ecuadorians who need access to vital information in order to debate the country’s problems and make informed decisions,” Lauria told CPJ.

Irene Vélez, the government’s secretary of communications, did not respond to CPJ’s text messages seeking comment. 

The longer journalists remain in exile, the harder it can be for them to remain in the profession, says Ricaurte of Fundamedios. Calderón, for example, is living in Miami, unemployed, and wondering if he’ll ever again find work as a journalist.

“I feel more at peace living in the U.S.,” he says. “But now I have to start my career over, from scratch.”

For Tito and Nole, the husband-and-wife team running Radio Selva from exile, the station keeps them linked to Ecuador and doing the work they love. That’s why from Monday through Friday, they rise at dawn to gather information via phone interviews, chat groups, and social media to keep their morning news show alive.

One subject they no longer cover is drug trafficking. Indeed, their problems began two years ago when Tito, at the urging of local residents whose children were becoming addicting to cocaine, began investigating who was selling drugs in and around Baeza. 

Soon after, burglars broke into Tito and Nole’s house in Baeza and stole their laptops and cell phones. A lawyer who defends gang members warned that they should leave Baeza. To emphasize the point, a man on a motorcycle threatened Tito.

“He lifted up his shirt and showed me his gun,” Tito said. “He called me a ‘toad’ [a police informer] and said: “If you keep publishing this stuff, you will see what will happen.” 

When the family, which includes two daughters ages 13 and 8, decided to flee, they initially moved to another town in Ecuador last October. But when the menacing phone calls didn’t stop, they left the country in January. 

Few people know their whereabouts. Indeed, Baeza residents and town officials are sometimes puzzled when Tito and Nole insist on telephone rather than in-person interviews for their radio program. But they prefer to be discreet about their location. Should people in Baeza find out that the journalists were forced out, they may feel too afraid to speak with them, Nole says. 

It’s unclear how long the family can keep up the charade. They will have to return to Ecuador by the end of the year if they want to renew their government license to operate Radio Selva. It’s also difficult to drum up advertising when they can’t go door-to-door to win over prospective clients. 

But Tito and Nole acknowledge that it’s unlikely security will improve in Ecuador anytime soon or that the drug gangs in and around Baeza will go away. Meanwhile, the journalists have applied for political asylum in the country where they are staying and are mulling proposals from the U.N. refugee agency to relocate to a country even farther away from Ecuador.  

However, such a move would mean unplugging Radio Selva for good. And if that happens, Nole said, “it means that the bad guys win.” 


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by John Otis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/18/drug-related-violence-fuels-an-exodus-of-ecuadors-press/feed/ 0 480113
Russia expels Austrian journalist Maria Knips-Witting in retaliatory response https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/russia-expels-austrian-journalist-maria-knips-witting-in-retaliatory-response/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/russia-expels-austrian-journalist-maria-knips-witting-in-retaliatory-response/#respond Fri, 14 Jun 2024 14:13:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=395716 Berlin, June 14, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists denounces the expulsion of Austrian journalist Maria Knips-Witting from Russia and calls on the country’s authorities to immediately reinstate the journalist’s credentials and cease turning journalists into political pawns.

Russian authorities revoked the accreditation of Knips-Witting, a journalist with the Moscow bureau of public broadcaster Austrian Radio and Television (ORF), on Monday, June 10. In a Monday statement, the Russian Foreign Ministry said Knips-Witting, who had been reporting from Moscow since January, was ordered to surrender her accreditation and leave Russia immediately.

Russian Foreign Ministry spokesperson Maria Zakharova said Knips-Witting’s expulsion was a response to Austrian authorities’ expulsion of Ivan Popov, a Vienna-based correspondent of the Russian state news agency TASS.

“The Kremlin’s openly tit-for-tat policy concerning Austrian journalist Maria Knips-Witting shows what little regard Russia holds for journalists,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Journalists should not be used as a tool to retaliate against another country when there are appropriate diplomatic avenues available. Russia should reinstate the credentials of Knips-Witting and allow her and other foreign journalists to report from Russia without fear of reprisal.”

The Austrian Foreign Ministry told CPJ that Knips-Witting’s expulsion “has no basis” and was “completely unjustified.” “This is yet another blatant attack on the freedom of the press in Russia,” the Austrian Foreign Ministry said in an emailed statement.

“ORF regrets the decision and cannot understand it,” the Austrian broadcaster said in a Tuesday statement, adding that it will take “all necessary steps to ensure that ORF audiences continue to receive independent and comprehensive reporting from Russia.”

News reports said that in April, Austrian authorities expelled two Russian TASS correspondents due to security reasons. The Russian Foreign Ministry’s statement said that Austria revoked Popov’s accreditation in late April, forcing him to leave the country on June 7. CPJ was unable to confirm further details about the second correspondent.

“These are not some draconian methods,” Zakharova said on the Russian state-funded Sputnik radio, adding later in a social post: “If you touch our journalists, other foreign correspondents will be sent home too.”

In March, independent Austrian weekly Falter reported that Russian intelligence was surveilling politicians in Vienna under the guise of working as journalists for TASS. The report also mentioned an unnamed foreign correspondent, based in Vienna since 2023, as being closely affiliated with the Russian foreign intelligence service (SVR).

Zakharova said on Sputnik radio that about two weeks before the expulsion of Popov, the Austrian ambassador was summoned to the Russian Foreign Ministry to discuss Vienna’s move regarding Russian journalists, adding that there was no substantive response.

“He (Austrian diplomat Werner Almhofer) was asked to convey the following message to Vienna: leave Russian journalists alone, we do not want any exchanges, let the media representatives work normally. But Austria, naturally under pressure from the ‘big brother,’ decided otherwise,” Zakharova said on her Telegram channel.  

In March, Russian authorities refused to renew the visa of Spanish journalist Xavier Colás, a Moscow-based correspondent of Spanish daily newspaper El Mundo, and gave him 24 hours to leave Russia after working in the country for 12 years. 

Russia has a history of expelling foreign reporters, including The Guardian’s Luke Harding in 2011 and the BBC’s Sarah Rainsford and Tom Vennink of the Dutch daily de Volkskrant in 2021. Since the start of Ukraine’s full-scale invasion, Russian authorities have failed to renew the visas and accreditations of Finnish journalists Arja Paananen and Anna-Lena Laurén, and Dutch journalist Eva Hartog.

CPJ emailed the Russian Foreign Ministry requesting additional comment on both the TASS correspondents’ and Knips-Witting’s expulsions but received no immediate response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/14/russia-expels-austrian-journalist-maria-knips-witting-in-retaliatory-response/feed/ 0 479569
Television reporter struck while reporting outside Massachusetts court https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/television-reporter-struck-while-reporting-outside-massachusetts-court/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/television-reporter-struck-while-reporting-outside-massachusetts-court/#respond Mon, 10 Jun 2024 17:49:28 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/television-reporter-struck-while-reporting-outside-massachusetts-court/

Brian Felsenthal, a news photographer for WPRI-TV, was attacked alongside other members of the press while reporting outside a courthouse in Taunton, Massachusetts, on June 3, 2024. His alleged assailant was charged with multiple counts of assault later that day.

According to a police report shared with the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker, a man identified as Louis Chaves was being arraigned at the Taunton District Court on unrelated assault charges and was released on a $250 bond. Following his hearing, Chaves and his wife exited through a side door of the courthouse and were approached by a gaggle of broadcast journalists from multiple local stations seeking comment on the allegations against him.

“Louis appeared to be overcome with rage at the sight of the reporters and started advancing on a cameraman,” the report stated. After striking and kicking the first photojournalist, identified in the report as James Cullity of the Boston-based station WFXT, Chaves directed his attention and aggression toward Felsenthal.

In footage aired by Rhode Island-based WPRI-TV, Chaves’ wife can be seen attempting to hold him back while he slaps at Felsenthal and his camera. Felsenthal told police that he was not injured and his equipment was not damaged.

According to the police report, WPRI-TV reporter Alex Torres-Perez was working alongside Felsenthal that day. She told officers that while Chaves threatened her and the other journalists when they attempted to ask him questions, he did not assault her.

After walking a short distance away, Chaves also picked up a branch from a nearby tree and attempted to throw it at the group of journalists but it struck the tree in front of him instead.

Chaves was arrested several hours later and booked on three charges: assault and battery with a dangerous weapon and assault with a dangerous weapon for his alleged attacks on Cullity, and assault and battery for his alleged attack on Felsenthal.

He was arraigned at 10 a.m. the following day and released on the same bond, but was issued a warning and ordered to undergo a mental health evaluation.

According to court records reviewed by the Tracker, Chaves has a pretrial hearing on Aug. 8.

Neither Felsenthal nor WPRI-TV responded to requests for comment.


This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/10/television-reporter-struck-while-reporting-outside-massachusetts-court/feed/ 0 478897
Comic book artist and television writer Brad Neely on maintaining everyday momentum https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/comic-book-artist-and-television-writer-brad-neely-on-maintaining-everyday-momentum/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/comic-book-artist-and-television-writer-brad-neely-on-maintaining-everyday-momentum/#respond Fri, 07 Jun 2024 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/comic-book-artist-and-television-writer-brad-neely-maintaining-everyday-momentum At the start of 2024, you released the book, You, Me, and Ulysses S. Grant. I’ll start with the obvious: why Ulysses S. Grant?

Well it started twenty years ago so it’s an odd thing to consider. I wanted to do a project with a flawed narrator that could love an American hero too much and make the subject all about themselves. I wanted someone lesser known, yet consequential to American history. And I wanted someone who was a “good guy” with flaws. But honestly, I live for projects that are funny on the level of “Why did this person even decide to do this?” If it kinda glows for me and provides the practical needs for structure and theme, tone and setting, then I can’t resist. Grant did all that initially. and then across the two decades he and the project became much more.

It’s already in the past enough for me to start unfaithfully narrating it when recollecting. In order for me to share my past with you I must convert it into shareable forms. Memory fades. Memory is relative, memory morphs the more you mess with it. Imagine a photo being changed by your eye each time you look at it. That’s memory. It’s hard (or impossible?) to access the raw sense data without subjective alteration, consciously done or not.

I’m answering these questions so my past is going to be filtered toward that goal and not, say, the goal of talking to a therapist or to myself, or even as an aspect of the book we’re discussing. I can try to be honest and objective but even that is an altering directive to memories if they are ambiguous or ambivalent. Objectivity itself can lead away from accuracy. Forgetfulness and loss happens to memory across time but we pretend it hasn’t. We “predict the past.” We feel good that we, in the present, are what we’re supposed to be or even if we’re the result of some bad things we can feel a false certitude from the narration we apply to the gaps of past times. We assume we are the cumulative effect of the past’s causes, and this seems right. But when we look back and explain our past through present day contexts, we are the cause, and the past-facts get lined up in our created effect of a story.

We can’t ever say exactly, nor completely, how it was. So we say how we feel about what we can talk about. We can only use what we can recall (or collect, and even then we must wonder about the accuracy of the process of whomever took down whatever from whichever POV, always subjective even if first hand). Put on top of that the demands of narrative structure, and publishing and reading norms, and the vast past gets reduced to childishly simple chains of cause and effect based on storytelling sense, on present day sense. Our biographies might have correct facts but our presentations are subjective. Even if only editorial. Even if only in what we choose and choose not to include.

How can we really know what it was like to be there? How can we really recall what it was like to be ourselves 20 years ago when we have all these 20 years worth of other experience (including continuous accessing and altering the same memories, which mixes things up).

Biopics are my real bugbear. How dare we?! I love them and hate them. Oppenheimer. I’ve watched it a few times. Everyone is great. The movie is great. But come on. The poison apple controversy is just a perfect example of the needs of narrative overriding the ethics of historical objectivity. Both in American Prometheus and in the film Oppenheimer, an actual person, is depicted as a would-be murderer if he hadn’t rushed to correct his own mistake. He is depicted as having injected his professor’s apple with cyanide and left it on his desk overnight. It’s compelling and thematically supports the narrative themes of doing without considering the consequences until it’s too late. The Oppenheimer family refute this bit of history as it was based on some loose talk with considerable character repercussions if true. But here’s my problem: doesn’t matter if it’s true, from now on everyone will assume it is because it was told so convincingly via the powers of narrative.

That’s what I tried to do on purpose with my book. It’s one big poison apple.

I can see this even in The Professor Brothers! Thank you for taking it in this direction. You’ve got me thinking about how complex your book is, despite what you called it in the first email you sent (you called it “silly,” maybe?) And you’ve got me thinking about how complex humor is, how complicated our relationship is to the truth right now, and the way the truth and a sense of humor interact. Like what does it even mean to be funny right now? Usually a quick shortcut to something being funny is bending the truth and playing with it, but like you say, it’s a poison apple, and right now we’re kind of being poisoned to death. So where do we go from here? Where do humor and the truth go from here?

I know a lot of funny people, professionally and not, and the funniest are as serious as they are silly. I like things to be balanced. I agree, it’s possible to be drowning in distractions. My phone. My TV. Everyone is trying to make me laugh and it’s easy to get sick of it. I won’t pretend to have an answer for all that, but personally I like works of art that feel personal and balanced with all sorts of silly and serious, profundity and profanity, with anything in there that feels like it was urgent to the artist. There is a long list line of literary laughers. Voltaire. Rabelais. Etc. I’m a big admirer of the modernists as much as the postmodernists and I like the pastiche mixing pot approach. Perfect example are the Beatles—I like the silly stuff as much as the serious. It makes it feel human, alive and deep.

So for my book—which for me is an avenue of self expression whereas my TV work is more of a sport with rules for general audience approval—I tried to bury a bunch of heavy themes under a bunch of layers of silly so it would work for lots of different moods. It’s a comedy for sure, but the best comedies have sound philosophy and psychology underneath. We might be underwater with all this comedy coming at us 24/7 but I don’t think funny is dead; just because we’re forever drowning doesn’t mean we don’t need a drink now and then.

Definitely agree with you that underneath humor is always something serious, something weighty. You mention literary laughers—do you have favorites who are still alive and writing today?

Who writes funny lit now? Well, Since Richard Rorty died, the obvious answer is Pynchon, natch. Hahaha. Admittedly I’m still catching up to the living, and don’t have a lot of contemporary names on hand, but Percival Everett is obviously great, and Beatty’s The Sellout was fun. But Pynchon is the Jordan/LeBron of our time. Those works are dear to me. He connects to the past and future. American yet a citizen of the world. Deep and funny. Wide and varied. He’s earned the hype.

I’d add Ellmann’s Ducks, Newburyport to that short sample of funny lit. It’s such a funny idea, but a big idea. and it cooks. Just such a fun and deep and surprising work. Way beyond the 1000p sentence but also totally living up to it in a way that made it easy to forget.

I haven’t read it! I have been extra careful with my reading time these past few years because it’s so rare to have free time. Do you have a writing routine? How was it with writing this book? Was there a point when it really took on a life of its own and just started writing itself?

This book took twenty years. I wrote a version in 2004-5 ish after initial research, but it was not good. Then I fell backwards into cartoon work, which was never a plan. I am a book person. So this Grant book was one of many spinning plates that I like to keep warm. As I go about my day doing whatever I’ve promised myself and others, I collect epiphanies and jokes, insights and facts for a variety of projects. I jot them down and throw them into neat little files, which swell until something is feeling lived-in and as well known as I might achieve. I’ve got quite a few books pretty near completion, some ten year projects, some more, some less. When I felt like finally this Grant book was ready, I relied on the high-pressure story-making process from TV writing. I love a good outline. Often I’ll linger on an outline for years, just throwing details into the spots as they come to me. But for the Grant book it went fast: outline, sentence focus, revisions, revisions, revisions. Themes and Passes are big for me; going over the whole, or section by section with one thing in mind, then another, then another. I do Punch ‘N’ Scrunch which is a kind of punch up and slim down pass. I did the audiobook for this so I wanted to make sure it was sound in the sound. I whispered it out loud, catching bad music, moving little things for the words to feel like a match to the content. But this being based on a real life of facts, I worked between the marks of the timeline. I had to stay close to the real events, just play with the presentation and interpretation of everything.

When you’re stuck and you aren’t sure where to go next with a project, what do you do? What helps? What doesn’t help?

I don’t usually have the problem of not knowing where to go with a project. If there are unknown aspects to a project those are exciting areas that I get to push into. I never see the missing parts as a problem, more of the reason to do this. The unexplored unknown that will become something real.

My problem is the opposite: too many options. I get option paralysis. Analysis paralysis is a real thing if you have a deadline sooner than 20 years. I usually am fast and sound with the concept, with the outline, with the plan. TV writing was like boot camp for this kind of thing. Working on a series of stories at a time on a schedule with a room full of writers is a no BS zone. I’m thankful for the experiences there. What gets me is when you’ve got all the big blocks sketched in on the canvas: the composition works. But it’s not enough to just work. It’s gotta sing. So, that’s when things start getting spooky.

I can start doubting the choices. And often there is positive negativity here. I’m open to that. Destruction can be useful. Negativity is great. Sometimes you don’t need a cheerleader, you need a coach to tell you the hard destructive truths that something isn’t as great as it needs to be. It can freak people out when you start taking apart a car that can go. In my mind I’m always wondering if it can go better, faster, farther, and into places that people might be excited to see for the first time. It’s not enough to just work.

When I’m stuck? I have to tell myself to stop mulling and testing variations. That realization comes from embarrassment. It’s like, oh I’ve taken too long. Time to actually prove to myself that this wasn’t a waste of time. When it’s time to really draft it out then I put on a very different persona: scheduled berserker.

“Scheduled berserker feels” right to me too. Like you’re in some kind of trance, but with a heightened awareness of time.

I make a schedule of daily quotas and I work through it bit by bit. Schedules and reasonable expectations get me across the finish line. I use a big physical calendar with post-its. It’s not for anyone else but for me, to be a good worker and to rise above hobbyist or amateur or tinkerer.

Brad Neely recommends:

Glenn Gould’s Goldberg Variations (both)

Cherry Flavoring

Gargantua and Pantagruel

Virginia Tufte’s Artful Sentences

Cy Twombly


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Lindsay Lerman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/07/comic-book-artist-and-television-writer-brad-neely-on-maintaining-everyday-momentum/feed/ 0 478379
TVNZ breached union pact when deciding on programme cuts, ERA rules https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/11/tvnz-breached-union-pact-when-deciding-on-programme-cuts-era-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/11/tvnz-breached-union-pact-when-deciding-on-programme-cuts-era-rules/#respond Sat, 11 May 2024 03:45:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=101005 RNZ News

Television New Zealand has breached its collective agreement with the E tū union when deciding on discontinuing programmes, the Employment Relations Authority has ruled.

It was announced in March that 68 staff members who work for news programmes Midday and Tonight, consumer justice programme Fair Go, current affairs programme Sunday, and the youth programme Re: and in-house video content production were affected by redundancy.

Last month, the company confirmed the axing of Fair Go and Sunday, along with its midday and late night news bulletins.

Yesterday, the Employment Relations Authority (ERA) ordered the broadcaster to go into mediation with E tū union.

“The Authority finds that TVNZ has breached cl 10.1.1 of the collective agreement,” the ruling stated.

It said that if after mediation, matters were not resolved, an order would be made against TVNZ to comply with its collective agreement.

Executives, staff gave evidence
TVNZ executives and staff were among those giving evidence in an investigation meeting at the ERA in Auckland on Monday relating to the state broadcaster’s alleged breaches in its redundancy process.

E tū union took the case against TVNZ, arguing the company did not follow the consultation requirements under its collective agreement with its members.

E tū wants more of a role in the initial decision-making, which it said TVNZ was obliged to do under the collective agreement.

But TVNZ opposed the application, claiming there had been no breach and that the company had clearly communicated to staff and unions that redundancies would take place.

In a statement, TVNZ said: “We are disappointed by the decision today from the Employment Relations Authority. We will now take the time to consider the decision and our next steps”.

Staff still employed
E tū negotiator Michael Wood told RNZ Checkpoint yesterday that the determination was a very clear one and any redundancy notices that had been issued were therefore not valid.

Staff still continue to be employed during this mediation because “there has not been a legitimate process to result in their redundancies”, Wood said.

It had been a “botched process”, he said.

E tū negotiator Michael Wood
E tū negotiator Michael Wood . . . a “botched process” by TVNZ. Image: RNZ

“If you have an agreement with someone that says you’re going to work through something in a particular way, you need to follow it and TVNZ did not follow it in this case and the ERA has affirmed that.”

It had been an incredibly disruptive time for stuff and they were “really happy about this outcome”, Wood said.

The ERA said the clause that TVNZ had breached was an uncommon provision, but Wood said the company signed off on it.

“We would like to meet as soon as we reasonably can.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/11/tvnz-breached-union-pact-when-deciding-on-programme-cuts-era-rules/feed/ 0 474056
Former Fiji PM Voreqe Bainimarama jailed over block of USP probe https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/former-fiji-pm-voreqe-bainimarama-jailed-over-block-of-usp-probe/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/former-fiji-pm-voreqe-bainimarama-jailed-over-block-of-usp-probe/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 02:12:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=100890 RNZ Pacific

Former Fiji Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama has been sentenced to one year in prison, Fiji media are reporting.

Bainimarama, alongside suspended Fiji Police Commissioner Sitiveni Qiliho appeared in the High Court in Suva today for their sentencing hearing for a case involving their roles in blocking a police investigation at the University of the South Pacific in 2021.

Qiliho has been sentenced to two years jail.


Bainimarama and Qiliho jailed.      Video: Fiji Village

Bainimarama, the 69-year-old former military commander and 2006 coup leader, had been found guilty of perverting the course of justice.

Qiliho had been found guilty of abuse of office by the High Court Acting Chief Justice Salesi Temo, who upheld the state’s appeal.

Bainimarama and Qiliho walked out of the High Court in Suva in handcuffs, and were escorted straight into a police vehicle.

“The former PM and the suspended COMPOL were found not guilty and acquitted accordingly by Resident Magistrate Seini Puamau at the Suva Magistrates Court on 12 October 2023,” the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions said.

“The State had filed an appeal against their acquittal where the Acting Chief Justice, Salesi Temo then overturned the Magistrate’s decision and found the two guilty as charged. The matter was then sent back to the Magistrates’ Court for sentencing.

Headlines on the Fiji state broadcaster FBC website today 9 May 2024
Headlines on the Fiji state broadcaster FBC website today. Image: FBC screenshot APR

“In sentencing the duo, Magistrate Puamau announced that both their convictions would not be registered. The former PM was granted an absolute discharge while the suspended COMPOL received a conditional discharge with a fine of $1500 on 28 March 2024 by the Suva Magistrates Court following which the State had filed an appeal and challenged the discharge for a custodial sentence.

“The Acting Chief Justice quashed the Magistrate Court’s sentence and pronounced the custodial sentences respectively.”

Qiliho walks out of the Suva High Court and escorted by police officers to the be taken to jail. 9 May 2024
Qiliho walks out of the Suva High Court and escorted by police officers to the be taken to jail. Image: Fiji TV screenshot RNZ

Earlier today, local media reported an increased police presence outside the Suva court complex.

“There is more pronounced police presence than usual with vehicles being checked upon entry. A section has been cordoned off in front of the High Court facing Holiday Inn,” broadcaster fijivillage.com reported.

State broadcaster FBC reported that police only allowed close relatives and Bainimarama and Qiliho’s associates, along with the media, to sit in the courtroom.

MPs from the main opposition FijiFirst party in Parliament, including opposition leader Inia Seruiratu, Faiyaz Koya were present in court.

Brief timeline:

  • The duo were sentenced by the Magistrates Court on 28 March.
  • Magistrate Seini Puamau gave Bainimarama an absolute discharge — the lowest level sentence an offender can get and no conviction was registered.
  • Qiliho was fined FJ$1500 and without a conviction as well.
  • The 69-year-old former military commander and 2006 coup leader was found guilty of perverting the course of justice in a case related to the University of the South Pacific; and suspended police chief Qiliho was found guilty of abuse of office by the High Court Acting Chief Justice Salesi Temo.
  • Magistrate Puamau’s judgement had left many in the legal circles and commentators in the country perplexed.
  • The State – through the Office of the Director of Public Prosecution – had appealed the sentencing straightaway to the High Court.
  • They were back in court 7 days later — during the court appearance at the High Court, the Acting Chief Justice Salesi Temo, gave time until the 24 April for the respondents to file their submissions and for the State to reply by the 29th.
  • The sentencing hearing was last Thursday, 2 May.
  • Acting Chief Justice Salesi Temo sentences Bainimarama to one year in jail and Qiliho for two years.

Bainimarama’s attempt to pervert the course of justice charge had a maximum tariff of five years while Qiliho’s charge of abuse of office carried a maximum tariff of 10 years.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/former-fiji-pm-voreqe-bainimarama-jailed-over-block-of-usp-probe/feed/ 0 473638
The Government’s Propaganda of Fear and Fake News https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/24/the-governments-propaganda-of-fear-and-fake-news/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/24/the-governments-propaganda-of-fear-and-fake-news/#respond Wed, 24 Apr 2024 14:08:22 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=149975 It is the function of mass agitation to exploit all the grievances, hopes, aspirations, prejudices, fears, and ideals of all the special groups that make up our society, social, religious, economic, racial, political. Stir them up. Set one against the other. Divide and conquer. That’s the way to soften up a democracy. ― J. Edgar […]

The post The Government’s Propaganda of Fear and Fake News first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

It is the function of mass agitation to exploit all the grievances, hopes, aspirations, prejudices, fears, and ideals of all the special groups that make up our society, social, religious, economic, racial, political. Stir them up. Set one against the other. Divide and conquer. That’s the way to soften up a democracy.

― J. Edgar Hoover, Masters of Deceit

Nothing is real,” observed John Lennon, and that’s especially true of politics.

Much like the fabricated universe in Peter Weir’s 1998 film The Truman Show, in which a man’s life is the basis for an elaborately staged television show aimed at selling products and procuring ratings, the political scene in the United States has devolved over the years into a carefully calibrated exercise in how to manipulate, polarize, propagandize and control a population.

Take the media circus that is the Donald Trump hush money trial, which panders to the public’s voracious appetite for titillating, soap opera drama, keeping the citizenry distracted, diverted and divided.

This is the magic of the reality TV programming that passes for politics today.

Everything becomes entertainment fodder.

As long as we are distracted, entertained, occasionally outraged, always polarized but largely uninvolved and content to remain in the viewer’s seat, we’ll never manage to present a unified front against tyranny (or government corruption and ineptitude) in any form.

Studies suggest that the more reality TV people watch—and I would posit that it’s all reality TV, entertainment news included—the more difficult it becomes to distinguish between what is real and what is carefully crafted farce.

“We the people” are watching a lot of TV.

On average, Americans spend five hours a day watching television. By the time we reach age 65, we’re watching more than 50 hours of television a week, and that number increases as we get older. And reality TV programming consistently captures the largest percentage of TV watchers every season by an almost 2-1 ratio.

This doesn’t bode well for a citizenry able to sift through masterfully-produced propaganda in order to think critically about the issues of the day.

Yet look behind the spectacles, the reality TV theatrics, the sleight-of-hand distractions and diversions, and the stomach-churning, nail-biting drama that is politics today, and you will find there is a method to the madness.

We have become guinea pigs in a ruthlessly calculated, carefully orchestrated, chillingly cold-blooded experiment in how to control a population and advance a political agenda without much opposition from the citizenry.

This is how you persuade a populace to voluntarily march in lockstep with a police state and police themselves (and each other): by ratcheting up the fear-factor, meted out one carefully calibrated crisis at a time, and teaching them to distrust any who diverge from the norm through elaborate propaganda campaigns.

Unsurprisingly, one of the biggest propagandists today is the U.S. government.

Add the government’s inclination to monitor online activity and police so-called “disinformation,” and you have the makings of a restructuring of reality straight out of Orwell’s 1984, where the Ministry of Truth polices speech and ensures that facts conform to whatever version of reality the government propagandists embrace.

This “policing of the mind” is exactly the danger author Jim Keith warned about when he predicted that “information and communication sources are gradually being linked together into a single computerized network, providing an opportunity for unheralded control of what will be broadcast, what will be said, and ultimately what will be thought.”

You may not hear much about the government’s role in producing, planting and peddling propaganda-driven fake news—often with the help of the corporate news media—because the powers-that-be don’t want us skeptical of the government’s message or its corporate accomplices in the mainstream media.

However, when you have social media giants colluding with the government in order to censor so-called disinformation, all the while the mainstream news media, which is supposed to act as a bulwark against government propaganda, has instead become the mouthpiece of the world’s largest corporation (the U.S. government), the Deep State has grown dangerously out-of-control.

This has been in the works for a long time.

Veteran journalist Carl Bernstein, in his expansive 1977 Rolling Stone piece “The CIA and the Media,” reported on Operation Mockingbird, a CIA campaign started in the 1950s to plant intelligence reports among reporters at more than 25 major newspapers and wire agencies, who would then regurgitate them for a public oblivious to the fact that they were being fed government propaganda.

In some instances, as Bernstein showed, members of the media also served as extensions of the surveillance state, with reporters actually carrying out assignments for the CIA. Executives with CBS, the New York Times and Time magazine also worked closely with the CIA to vet the news.

If it was happening then, you can bet it’s still happening today, only this collusion has been reclassified, renamed and hidden behind layers of government secrecy, obfuscation and spin.

In its article, “How the American government is trying to control what you think,” the Washington Post points out “Government agencies historically have made a habit of crossing the blurry line between informing the public and propagandizing.”

This is mind-control in its most sinister form.

The end goal of these mind-control campaigns—packaged in the guise of the greater good—is to see how far the American people will allow the government to go in re-shaping the country in the image of a totalitarian police state.

The government’s fear-mongering is a key element in its mind-control programming.

It’s a simple enough formula. National crises, global pandemics, reported terrorist attacks, and sporadic shootings leave us in a constant state of fear. The emotional panic that accompanies fear actually shuts down the prefrontal cortex or the rational thinking part of our brains. In other words, when we are consumed by fear, we stop thinking.

A populace that stops thinking for themselves is a populace that is easily led, easily manipulated and easily controlled whether through propaganda, brainwashing, mind control, or just plain fear-mongering.

Fear not only increases the power of government, but it also divides the people into factions, persuades them to see each other as the enemy and keeps them screaming at each other so that they drown out all other sounds. In this way, they will never reach consensus about anything and will be too distracted to notice the police state closing in on them until the final crushing curtain falls.

This Machiavellian scheme has so ensnared the nation that few Americans even realize they are being brainwashed—manipulated—into adopting an “us” against “them” mindset. All the while, those in power—bought and paid for by lobbyists and corporations—move their costly agendas forward.

This unseen mechanism of society that manipulates us through fear into compliance is what American theorist Edward L. Bernays referred to as “an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.”

It was almost 100 years ago when Bernays wrote his seminal work Propaganda:

“We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of… In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons…who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind.”

To this invisible government of rulers who operate behind the scenes—the architects of the Deep State—we are mere puppets on a string, to be brainwashed, manipulated and controlled.

All of the distracting, disheartening, disorienting news you are bombarded with daily is being driven by propaganda churned out by one corporate machine (the corporate-controlled government) and fed to the American people by way of yet another corporate machine (the corporate-controlled media).

“For the first time in human history, there is a concerted strategy to manipulate global perception. And the mass media are operating as its compliant assistants, failing both to resist it and to expose it,” writes investigative journalist Nick Davies.

So where does that leave us?

Americans should beware of letting others—whether they be television news hosts, political commentators or media corporations—do their thinking for them.

A populace that cannot think for themselves is a populace with its backs to the walls: mute in the face of elected officials who refuse to represent us, helpless in the face of police brutality, powerless in the face of militarized tactics and technology that treat us like enemy combatants on a battlefield, and naked in the face of government surveillance that sees and hears all.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, it’s time to change the channel, tune out the reality TV show, and push back against the real menace of the police state.

If not, if we continue to sit back and lose ourselves in political programming, we will remain a captive audience to a farce that grows more absurd by the minute.

The post The Government’s Propaganda of Fear and Fake News first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/24/the-governments-propaganda-of-fear-and-fake-news/feed/ 0 471390
Myles Thomas: Newshub, TVNZ job cuts: We now have the worst TV in the Western world https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/myles-thomas-newshub-tvnz-job-cuts-we-now-have-the-worst-tv-in-the-western-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/myles-thomas-newshub-tvnz-job-cuts-we-now-have-the-worst-tv-in-the-western-world/#respond Tue, 16 Apr 2024 19:18:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=99893 COMMENTARY: By Myles Thomas

The announced closure of Television New Zealand’s last primetime current affairs programme seems to be the final nail in the coffin for New Zealand’s television credibility. Coming a day after the announcement of the closure of Newshub, it shows that Kiwis have the worst television and video media in the Western world.

Let’s compare ourselves with our mates across the ditch. Australia’s ABC TV features a nightly current affairs show called 7.30. The blurb for it reads:

“Sarah Ferguson presents Australia’s premier daily current affairs program, delivering agenda-setting public affairs journalism and interviews that hold the powerful to account. Plus political analysis from Laura Tingle.”

Clearly 7.30 is far more serious than our Seven Sharp with its fluffy stories and advertorials. The ABC also screens six weekly current affairs shows and documentaries this week. Shows like Australian Story, Four Corners and Media Watch.

But Australia has five times as many people as we do so that’s why they can afford it, right?

Ireland has five million people, like NZ, but they still have primetime current affairs. In fact, the Irish enjoy quite a lot of it. The Irish version of TVNZ is RTÉ and features a nightly current affairs show called Nationwide and three weekly current affairs programmes on serious topics.

There are several other human interest factual programmes too, on subjects like history, gardening, dance and more. It’s the same in other countries with similar populations such as Norway, Denmark, Finland and so on.

It’s true that in New Zealand, there’s still the off-peak studio politics programmes like Q+A, and current affairs in te ao Māori are well examined on Whakaata Māori. But what about the rest of NZ?

Some people might say television is dead, and everything is online now. But nearly all online current affairs videos start out as television programmes. The only exceptions are Newsroom’s video investigations with Melanie Reid, and Stuff Circuit which is now disbanded. And for younger audiences there is Re: which TVNZ is also making cuts to.

Death of current affairs TV
The death of New Zealand’s prime-time current affairs television has been a long time coming. At first it was documentaries that dwindled and then disappeared off our screens.

Other genres that are expensive to produce have also become extinct or rarer than a fairy tern — drama, science programmes, kidult, arts programmes, wildlife documentaries, chat shows. Now we can add consumer affairs and prime-time current affairs to the list.

But it doesn’t have to be this way. If other countries can do it, why not NZ?

On Wednesday, the Minister for Media and Communications, Melissa Lee, said “I don’t think I can actually save anything. I’m trying to be who I am, the Minister for Media and Communications.”

This suggests either a lack of understanding of her role or a lack of ambition. She also let slip that there was no way she could save Newshub.

The only substantive solution to come from the minister is her promise to review the Broadcasting Act. But that review process was initiated by the Ministry for Culture and Heritage years ago and started under the Labour government.

Moreover, the Broadcasting Act does little more than lay out the rules for broadcasting complaints, election broadcasting, and establish NZ On Air, the BSA and Te Māngai Pāho.

Minister just tweaking
The minister says she is reviewing the Broadcasting Act to create a “more level playing field” and allow media businesses to “innovate”. That doesn’t sound like it will do much for television and video current affairs, which will take much more than just tweaking how NZ On Air and the BSA work.

Perhaps she intends something much more comprehensive, such as a new funding stream for public media, perhaps through a levy, a compulsory subscription, or even a licence fee.

Despite her protestations, there are several options available to the minister. To save TVNZ’s Fair Go and Sunday, she could provide TVNZ with an interim cash injection (which is actually what governments often do in disasters) until the comprehensive long-term funding is sorted out.

To save Newshub she could promise to remove advertising from TVNZ, or partially on weekends only. This would throw Warner Bros Discovery a lifeline in the form of advertisers looking for a television station to advertise on. She does not have to stand by and watch while our media burns.

Sunday is only with us for a few more weeks. Enjoy it while it lasts.

Myles Thomas is a trustee for Better Public Media Trust. This article was first published by The New Zealand Herald and is republished with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/myles-thomas-newshub-tvnz-job-cuts-we-now-have-the-worst-tv-in-the-western-world/feed/ 0 470130
Stuff to provide news bulletins to replace Newshub on Three https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/stuff-to-provide-news-bulletins-to-replace-newshub-on-three/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/stuff-to-provide-news-bulletins-to-replace-newshub-on-three/#respond Tue, 16 Apr 2024 02:58:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=99870 By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

Warner Bros Discovery has done a deal with Stuff to provide news to replace Newshub. It will keep news on TV channel Three from July 6 and help Three retain some viewers.

It also means important income for Stuff, but it will also stretch the company’s staff, finances and technology.

Stuff will provide a one-hour bulletin each weekday and a half-hour on weekends.

Stuff will also retain a live Newshub website.

Warner Bros Discovery chief executive and Stuff publisher Sinead Boucher confirmed the arrangement at a joint news conference today.

Boucher had told her staff the company will “definitely be bringing some Newshub staff” to produce the 6pm bulletins.

She then told reporters she was unsure how many staff would be required, but it would be fewer than “40 to 50” specified in a “stripped back” proposal from Newshub’s own staff.

‘We are digital first’
“We’re not getting into the TV business. We are a digital first multimedia company building a new 6pm product for Warner Brothers,” she said.

Mediawatch understands many media companies approached WBD with proposals to provide news after the company first proposed the cost-saving closure in late February.

However, by the time of the confirmation earlier this month most of those had been rejected by WBD.

Sky TV was also reported to be in the running. It currently runs a Newshub-produced bulletin at 5:30pm each weekday on the free-to-air channel Sky Open and would require a replacement. It also had plenty of TV production facilities.

Sinead Boucher said a Sky bulletin was not included in the deal, but she hoped there would be discussions about that.

Negotiations were carried out in secret both before and after Warner Bros Discovery (WBD) confirmed the complete closure of Newshub on July 5, leaving the company with no news presence.

Stuff refused to comment during the process and Stuff journalists told RNZ Mediawatch on Monday night they were unaware of an impending announcement.

“We didn’t want to raise expectations for Newshub staff when we weren’t sure what would be required,” Boucher told reporters today, explaining that the deal had been done in haste.

Why do the deal – and what’s it worth?
The money WBD is putting into the deal is confidential but it is certain to be just a fraction of the current cost of running Newshub, which would run to tens of millions of dollars a year.

WBD was clearly determined to carve that cost off the bottom line of its loss-making local operation. The financial benefit for Stuff may not be great taking the set-up and running costs into account.

WBD’s Glen Kyne said neither company would comment on specific commercial details, but when asked about the possible profit margin for Stuff, Boucher said: “Both parties are satisfied with where we have ended up.”

But while the audience for TV news bulletins is declining — and the ad revenue has fallen accordingly — it is still substantial for TVNZ 1 and Three. The “appointment viewing” time of 6pm creates a viewing peak which the TV broadcasters use to hold viewers for the entertainment or factual programmes that follow.

Former Newshub chief Hal Crawford told Mediawatch the overall audience for Three could collapse without news in the evening.

“There’s still a reason that the 1 and the 3 on remotes around the country are worn down. News is the one programme that runs 365 days a year . . .  which the schedule is going to rely on to lead into prime time. So the rest of your schedule is going to dwindle. Ratings are gonna fall off and everything is going to go to pieces,” Crawford told Mediawatch.

“The loss of the newsroom represents the loss of the ability to respond to any event in real time. That is the heart and soul of a traditional TV broadcaster.”

Why Stuff?
Stuff has journalists in more places around the country than any other news publisher.

Stuff’s publisher Sinead Boucher recently told a parliamentary committee it had journalists in 19 locations, even after years of cuts and successive retrenchments.

“We have replatformed our business and have new ways of working. We look at this as starting this bulletin afresh rather than using the broadcast-heavy technology of today,” she told reporters at today’s news conference.

It also has audio and video production facilities at some sites and some senior journalists with TV reporting and presenting experience, such as former Newshub political editor Tova O’Brien, former TV3 current affairs reporter Paula Penfold and senior journalist Andrea Vance.

But Stuff video ventures have not endured. It launched its own free online video platform Play Stuff in mid-2019. It also hired key former TV3 current affairs staff for its own longform video productions but disbanded the Stuff Circuit team earlier this year.

When the Stuff app and website were refreshed recently, short vertical videos were added as a feature, called Stuff Shorts.

Stuff’s weakness has in the past been a dependence on newspaper advertising. It was only last year that Stuff launched its first paywalls for online news for three of its mastheads.

Stuff’s main rival NZME has half the country’s radio networks in addition to newsrooms supplying its newspapers and websites. NZME’s New Zealand Herald has been getting revenue from “premium content” digital subscriptions for four years.

After Boucher acquired Stuff in 2020, Stuff embarked on a digital transition creating more digital audio and video content. It has hired executives from multimedia companies such as Nadia Tolich (ex-NZME now Stuff Digital managing director) and former NZME digital leader Laura Maxwell, now Stuff’s chief executive.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/stuff-to-provide-news-bulletins-to-replace-newshub-on-three/feed/ 0 469981
RNZ Mediawatch: End of the news in NZ as we know it? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/14/rnz-mediawatch-end-of-the-news-in-nz-as-we-know-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/14/rnz-mediawatch-end-of-the-news-in-nz-as-we-know-it/#respond Sun, 14 Apr 2024 06:51:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=99818 This week the two biggest TV broadcasters in Aotearoa New Zealand confirmed plans to cut news programmes by midyear – and the jobs of a significant proportion of this country’s journalists.

Many observers said this had been coming but few seemed to have a plan for it, including the government. 

Mediawatch looks at what viewers will lose, efforts to resist the cuts and talks to the news chief at Newshub which is set to close completely.

By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

On the AM show last Wednesday, newsreader Nicky Styris suffered a frog in the throat at the wrong time.

Host Melissa Chan Green took over her bulletin while Styris quickly recovered. Minutes later Styris had to take the place of no-show panel guest Paula Bennett.

Just before that, viewers saw co-host Lloyd Burr on his knees fixing the studio flat-pack furniture with a drill.

Three hours later they were at an all-staff meeting at which executives from offshore owner Warner Bros Discovery (WBD) confirmed the complete closure of Newshub by midyear.

On TVNZ’s Midday news soon after, reporter Kim Baker-Wilson was live from the scene of the announcement of Newshub’s demise.

The previous day the roles were reversed, with Newshub’s Simon Shepherd outside TVNZ’s building reporting TVNZ’s Midday had been scrapped, along with the late news Tonight and Fair Go. 

On Wednesday TVNZ also confirmed flagship current affairs show Sunday will cease next month.

So as things stand, it’s the end of the line for all news bulletins on TVNZ other than 1 News at 6, though the news-like shows Breakfast and Seven Sharp survive because they accommodate lucrative sponsored content (“activations” in the ad business) as well as ads.

And TV channel Three will be entirely news-free for the first time in its 35-year history.

Senior journalists led by investigations editor Michael Morrah presented a proposal for a stripped-back and shortened news bulletin to keep the Newshub name alive (and some jobs) but while WBD took it seriously, it eventually turned the idea down.

Another media player to fill the Newshub void?
There have been rumours and reports that other media companies were talking to WBD about filling the Newshub at 6 news void.

Initially light-on-detail reports of lifelines suggested a possible sale of Newshub to another media company. Then there were reports of other media companies pitching to make news for WBD on a much-reduced budget.

Among the names mentioned in media despatches was NZME, which has radio and video studios and journalists around the country, though most of them are north of Taupo.

NZME told Stuff “it was not currently part of the process”.

The Herald’s Media Insider column reported on Tuesday that Newshub was “set to receive a lifeline” and understood Stuff was “among the leading contenders.”

However when Stuff itself reported on Wednesday that Stuff was “understood to be a likely contender,” a spokesperson for Stuff declined to comment to Stuff’s reporter on whether Stuff had been in talks with WBD — or not.

RNZ said it wasn’t in the frame for this. (It recently killed off the video version of its only daily news show with pictures, Checkpoint).

Sky TV has production facilities galore and its free-to-air TV channel Sky Open currently runs a Newshub-made news bulletin at 5:30 each weekday. Sky has only said it was an “interesting idea” — or words to that effect.

“At this point there is no deal,” WBD local boss Glen Kyne told reporters after confirming the closure of Newshub on Wednesday.

Kyne also said the company’s “door has been open to all internal and external feedback and ideas, and we will continue to be”.

But anyone opening that door clearly isn’t willing to do it in daylight — or  tell the rest of the media about it.

Lifelines likely?

Investigations editor Michael Morrah
Senior journalists led by investigations editor Michael Morrah presented a proposal for a stripped-back and shortened news bulletin to keep the Newshub name alive. Image: RNZ/Marika Khabazi

If there is to be any kind of “Newshub-lite” lifeline, a key question is: what is WBD prepared to pay for the programme?

Presumably not much, given that they said they had no choice but to carve the cost of Newshub — amounting to tens of millions a year — from its bottom line in line with its reducing revenue.

So is it worth any major media company’s while to commit to making news in video for another outlet? And it would have to be done in a hurry because the last Newshub bulletins screen on July 5.

When Newshub’s owners first announced they wanted to get rid of it in late February, its former chief editor Hal Crawford told Mediawatch the problem with finding a buyer was that minimum viable cost for a credible TV news operation was greater than anyone here was prepared to spend.

Longtime TV3 news boss Mark Jennings (now co-editor of Newsroom) said any substitute service on the fraction of the current budget would have another problem — TVNZ’s 1 News.

“You’re up against a sophisticated TVNZ product so viewers will have an immediate comparison. Probably that won’t be favorable for Warner Brothers,” he told RNZ.

TVNZ has its own news production problems after the cuts they confirmed this week.

“We’re proposing to establish a new long-form team within our news operation, which would continue to bring important current affairs and consumer affairs stories to Aotearoa in a different way on our digital platforms.”

TVNZ declined Mediawatch‘s request to speak to TVNZ’s news chief Phil O’Sullivan about that at this time.

Newshub’s news boss responds

Newshub interim senior director of news Richard Sutherland & Newshub strategic projects director Darryn Fouhy leaving the Auckland Newshub office.
Newshub news boss Richard Sutherland . . . “The so-called legacy news operations have almost done too good a job of keeping the lights on and papering over the cracks.” Image: RNZ/Marika Khabazi

One who did though is Newshub news boss Richard Sutherland — appointed as interim senior director of news at Newshub in January.

It was his second spell at Newshub, during a career in broadcast news spanning four decades at almost every significant national news outlet in the country, including RNZ, where he stepped down as head of news a year ago.

In that time he’s experienced many a financial crisis in the business — but did he see this one coming?

“The last couple of weeks has been coming for quite some time. I think that the so-called legacy news operations have almost done too good a job of keeping the lights on and papering over the cracks. And we just got to a point [the industry] couldn’t paper over the cracks any longer.

“But when you look at audience behaviour and the fall off and revenue, particularly in the advertising market, then that doesn’t surprise me that we’ve got to where we’ve got to.”

But if the audience was big, the ad revenue would be too?

“It’s certainly by no means as big as it once was simply because people have other options available to them. The cliche is that you’re not in a war with the other media, but in a war for people’s attention.”

“It’s not so much the audience has changed so much as the dynamics of the advertising market that has really changed over the last sort of 10 to 15 years. The digital advertising — and the big two main players in that space, Facebook and Google — are eating everybody’s lunch.”

TV ad income on the slide
Annual advertising stats that came out this very week show media in 2023 attracted $3.36 billion across the whole of the media industry — about the same as in 2022.

But TV advertising revenue of $517 million in 2022 slumped to $443 million last year.

“That’s why what the TV industry has found is that can’t cut its costs fast enough to meet the falloff in the advertising income,” Sutherland told Mediawatch. 

Digital-only ad revenue rose by $88 million in 2023 — but it’s Google and Facebook which secures the vast bulk of that.

But if this has been coming for a number of years, as Sutherland says, has there been enough planning for it?

After the closure of Newshub was mooted by its owner last month, seven of Sutherland’s colleagues led by investigations editor Michael Morrah put together a transition plan to keep Newshub on air in a few days.

Shouldn’t this sort of transition planning have been done at high levels over recent years right across the television business?

“Every media company that I’ve worked for or have observed over the last few years has been trying to innovate and get to a more sustainable level. The revenue was just collapsing far faster than anyone ever anticipated.”

“It annoys me when I hear people say older media haven’t innovated enough. We’ve done a lot of innovation. That’s pretty lazy politics to just say: ‘You need to innovate.’

“It’s also lazy politics to say, the government should just come in and bail everyone out. New Zealand Incorporated needs to have a big conversation about what it wants to do with the media and how it wants to fund it.

“For the past few years the industry has been like so many rats in a sack, fighting with each chasing a smaller and smaller amount of ad dollars. We need to get together and work out how we get ourselves collectively out of the sack,” Sutherland told Mediawatch.

Shortly before TVNZ and Newshub announced their cuts, there was a meeting of chief executives including Newshub’s owners Warner Bros Discovery to discuss a shared new service. TVNZ rejected the idea.

“But a lot has changed in the last couple of months. And I would like to think that eventually we’ll get to a point where we can actually have honest and productive conversations about what we can do to help each other as well as maintaining a degree of competition, but also realising that if we just keep fighting with each other, we’re not going to have a sustainable industry,” Sutherland said.

Would Sutherland want to work for a low-budget alternative to Newshub stave off the complete closure? And would Kiwis want such a service?

“There is a segment of the audience that appreciates a very highly produced, well-curated news bulletin every night. And there’s large numbers of people who no longer see that as part of their media diet.

“The trick is to provide options so that people can get what they want when they want it.

“It’s not really for me to say what a possible replacement for Newshub might look like. I’m well away from those negotiations.

“If we reach a stage where the media scene here withers away to nothing, there’ll be no-one to tell the stories. The media uncovers a lot of shady stuff in this country.

“And the fear of media coverage prevents people in positions of power and authority at all levels doing a lot of shady stuff. So it is important to document the ructions of the New Zealand media scene just like we do in other parts of the country.”

Minister in a corner

National MP Melissa Lee
Broadcasting and Media Minister Melissa Lee . . . “If only I was a magician, if I could actually just snap up a solution, that would be fantastic.” Image: RNZ / Angus Dreaver

The day the axe fell at Newshub and at TVNZ, New Zealand’s screen producers’ guild Spada said “while the newsroom cuts have dominated media coverage to date, it is actually the whole production sector being impacted”.

“While TVNZ and Three aren’t giving definitive numbers at this time, Spada has calculated that we are looking at around $50 million coming out of our sector,” said president Irene Gardiner.

Spada is also asking the government to exempt screen funding agencies from the percent public spending cuts and to force the international streaming platform to support local production.

Spada called for” swift and decisive action” from the government on this.

Should they be holding their breath?

When confronted by reporters for a response to the current TV news crisis, Broadcasting Minister Melissa Lee said: “If only I was a magician, if I could actually just snap up a solution, that would be fantastic.

“But I’m not a magician, and I’m trying to find a solution to modernise the industry . . .  there is a process happening.”

But the media are not expecting magic — just a plan rather than assertions of a process with no timeline.

She has repeatedly said she’s preparing policy in a paper to take to cabinet, but refused to give any details.

On RNZ’s Checkpoint, persistent and pointed questions from Lisa Owen yielded few further clues.

Newstalk ZB Drive host Heather du Plessis-Allan told Melissa Lee she was being “weird and shady” and the next morning ZB’s Mike Hosking told her she was using “buzzwords that don’t mean anything” and was doomed to fail.

Stuff’s Tova O’Brien reported that the need to consult coalition allies on policy means it can’t be progressed until after Winston Peters returns from overseas at the end of the month.

The under-wraps media policy is also not in the government’s recently-released quarterly action plan.

Meanwhile this week, our two biggest TV news broadcasters ran out of time.

Ex-minister leading resistance to cuts

E tū union negotiator Michael Wood
E tū union negotiator Michael Wood . . . “There is a bit of a delicate dance which has to happen when media companies themselves are making these decisions. And media need to report on that.” Image: RNZ

After his unenlightening on-air interview with minister Melissa Lee on Thursday morning, Mike Hosking’s ZB listeners told him she reminded them of ministers in the last government.

Coincidentally, one of them was also one of few people who did speak out about the crisis while it was unfolding.

Michael Wood represented TVNZ journalists from the E tū union as its negotiations specialist.

E tū  is now taking legal action against TVNZ, claiming it failed to abide by the conditions of their employment agreement.

Could that reverse or wind back any of the cuts TVNZ has announced?

“That does remain to be seen. The collective agreement has very clear processes around what should happen if TVNZ wants to move forward and make changes. It requires [staff members] to be involved throughout the process, and for the company to try and reach agreement with them. Our very strong view is that that hasn’t happened.”

“Staff have said: ‘Look, five years ago, we came to you and said we want to do these things with our shows to make sure they have a sustainable future to make sure that they have a strong online platform.’ And [TVNZ] frankly has not demonstrated strategy and leadership around those things.”

“These are still shows that are very, very popular. Canceling them will reduce costs, but based on TVNZ’s own information that they’ve provided, it will reduce revenue by more.”

It’s been difficult to get any media company executives or even journalists at the two companies affected by these cuts to talk about them, even off-the-record.

Wood is one of the few people who has spoken frankly to broadcasters’ executives, albeit confidentially behind closed doors.

“There is a bit of a delicate dance which has to happen when media companies themselves are making these decisions. And media need to report on that.

“So I have some sympathy, but these aren’t just individual employment issues. This is a public policy issue . . .  about whether we have a functioning and vibrant Fourth Estate.”

Wood was until last year a minister in the Labour government which could have averted the TVNZ cuts.

It spent more than $16 million planning a new public media entity to replace TVNZ and RNZ with a not-for-profit public media entity — but then scrapped it weeks before it was due to begin.

“You’ve just identified one of the core things that we’ve got to deal with. TVNZ, in terms of its statutory form, is neither one thing nor the other. It has a commercial imperative and it also has some other obligations in terms of public good.

“News and current affairs should be at the heart of that — and that is something that we should be much clearer about.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/14/rnz-mediawatch-end-of-the-news-in-nz-as-we-know-it/feed/ 0 469779
Nigerian soldiers hit and detain journalist Dele Fasan, thugs attack 3 journalists covering election https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/03/nigerian-soldiers-hit-and-detain-journalist-dele-fasan-thugs-attack-3-journalists-covering-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/03/nigerian-soldiers-hit-and-detain-journalist-dele-fasan-thugs-attack-3-journalists-covering-election/#respond Wed, 03 Apr 2024 16:15:14 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=374378 On February 23, at least seven soldiers arrested and handcuffed journalist Dele Fasan and hit him with a gun as he filmed at the scene of a planned protest in Nigeria’s southern Delta State, according to news reports and Fasan, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

Fasan, regional bureau chief for the privately owned Galaxy Television, told CPJ that he was using his phone to film people and soldiers arriving at the site of a planned protest over economic hardship in Uvwie, part of the city of Warri, when a soldier demanded that he hand over his phone.

Fasan said he refused and presented his press identification, but one soldier hit him in the chest with a gun and ordered him into their van. The journalist said the soldiers accused him of resisting arrest, handcuffed him, and drove him around for an hour, during which time they took his phone and deleted the images that he had shot that morning.

When the military van returned to the site, a senior military official directed the soldiers to release the journalist without charge, which they did, according to Fasan and Gbenga Ahmed, a camera operator with ITV, who witnessed the event and spoke with CPJ. 

Disrupted vote counting

Separately, on February 17, unidentified men disrupted vote counting for a governorship election primary for the ruling All Progressives Congress (APC) party in a hotel in Benin City, capital of southern Edo State, attacked at least three journalists covering the event, and destroyed an unknown number of cameras, laptops, and tripods, according to news reports, a journalist who was at the event, and Festus Alenkhe, chairperson of the Nigeria Union of Journalists in Edo State, both of whom spoke with CPJ.

Two APC factions were simultaneously collating votes and announcing results when one group’s process was violently disrupted, according to media reports.

Fortune Oyem, a reporter with the state-owned Federal Radio Corporation of Nigeria, told CPJ that he was slapped and lost his digital voice recorder as he ran from the assailants. He also said he witnessed a reporter with the state-owned Nigerian Television Authority (NTA) being beaten. CPJ phoned the NTA reporter who declined to comment.  

Bernard Akede of News Central TV said in an interview with his outlet that he was hit, causing his lip to bleed, his phone was seized, although later retrieved, and his tripod was damaged. He said at least two other reporters fled the assailants, and several had their cameras, laptops, and tripods destroyed.

A video by AIT Live showed chairs overturned and journalists’ equipment strewn on the floor and reported that the damage occurred in the presence of armed policemen who did not intervene.

At a news conference, Alenkhe of the Nigeria Union of Journalists condemned the violence and called on the APC to apologize, replace the damaged equipment, and compensate any injured journalists who had sought medical treatment.

Alenkhe told CPJ on March 11, that the APC had apologized and pledged to pay for damages by March 16. At the time of writing, Alenkhe told CPJ that the APC was yet to make the payment.

CPJ’s calls and texts to Nigerian army spokesperson Onyema Nwachukwu requesting comment on the attack on Fasan did not receive any response.

APC’s national spokesperson Felix C. Morka declined to comment and directed CPJ to the party’s Edo State chapter. CPJ’s calls and texts to APC’s Edo State spokesperson Peter Uwadia-Igbinigie did not receive any replies.

Edo State police spokesperson Chidi Nwabuzor declined to comment and referred CPJ to the police’s earlier statement, without providing further details.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/03/nigerian-soldiers-hit-and-detain-journalist-dele-fasan-thugs-attack-3-journalists-covering-election/feed/ 0 467993
Israel’s Al Jazeera ban ‘alarms’ media watchdog on free press stranglehold https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/israels-al-jazeera-ban-alarms-media-watchdog-on-free-press-stranglehold/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/israels-al-jazeera-ban-alarms-media-watchdog-on-free-press-stranglehold/#respond Tue, 02 Apr 2024 08:00:50 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=99295 Pacific Media Watch

The New York-based media watchdog Committee to Protect Journalists says the announcement by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of his intention to ban Al Jazeera follows a similar pattern of media interference, including the killing of media workers.

“We’ve seen this kind of language before from Netanyahu and Israeli officials in which they try to paint journalists as ‘terrorists’, as ‘criminals’. This is nothing new,” Jodie Ginsberg told Al Jazeera.

“It’s another example of the tightening of the free press and the stranglehold the Israeli government would like to exercise. It’s an incredibly worrying move by the government.”

Netanyahu wrote on X on Monday that “Al Jazeera harmed Israel’s security, actively participated in the October 7 massacre, and incited against Israeli soldiers.

“The terrorist channel Al Jazeera will no longer broadcast from Israel. I intend to act immediately in accordance with the new law to stop the channel’s activity.’

The Qatar-based network rejected what it described as “slanderous accusations” and accused Netanyahu of “incitement”.

“Al Jazeera holds the Israeli Prime Minister responsible for the safety of its staff and network premises around the world, following his incitement and this false accusation in a disgraceful manner,” it said in a statement.

‘Slanderous accusations’
“Al Jazeera reiterates that such slanderous accusations will not deter us from continuing our bold and professional coverage, and reserves the right to pursue every legal step.”

Netanyahu has long sought to shut down broadcasts from Al Jazeera, alleging anti-Israel bias, the network reports on its website.

The law, which passed in a 71-10 vote in the Knesset, gives the prime minister and communications minister the authority to order the closure of foreign networks operating in Israel and confiscate their equipment if it is believed they pose “harm to the state’s security”.

White House spokesperson Karine Jean-Pierre said that an Israeli move to shut down Al Jazeera would be “concerning”.

“The United States supports the critically important work of journalists around the world and that includes those who are reporting in the conflict in Gaza,” Jean-Pierre told reporters.

“So we believe that work is important. The freedom of the press is important. And if those reports are true, it is concerning to us.”

The legislation’s passage comes nearly five months after Israel said it would block Lebanese outlet Al Mayadeen. It refrained from shutting Al Jazeera at the same time.

Move with closure
After the vote on Monday, Israel’s Communications Minister Shlomo Karhi said he intended to move forward with the closure. He said Al Jazeera had been acting as a “propaganda arm of Hamas” by “encouraging armed struggle against Israel”.

“It is impossible to tolerate a media outlet, with press credentials from the Government Press Office and offices in Israel, acting from within against us, certainly during wartime,” he said.

According to news agencies, his office said the order would seek to block the channel’s broadcasts in Israel and prevent it from operating in the country. The order would not apply to the occupied West Bank or Gaza.

Israel has often lashed out at Al Jazeera, which has offices in the occupied West Bank and Gaza.

In May 2022, Israeli forces shot dead senior Al Jazeera journalist Shireen Abu Akleh while she was covering an Israeli military raid in the West Bank town of Jenin.

A UN-commissioned report concluded that Israeli forces used “lethal force without justification” in the killing, violating her “right to life”.

During the war in Gaza, several of the channel’s journalists and their family members have been killed by Israeli bombardments.

On October 25, an air raid killed the family of Gaza bureau chief Wael Dahdouh, including his wife, son, daughter, grandson and at least eight other relatives.

Israel’s war on Gaza has killed at least 32,782 people, mostly women and children, according to Palestinian authorities.

Pacific Media Watch and news agencies.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/02/israels-al-jazeera-ban-alarms-media-watchdog-on-free-press-stranglehold/feed/ 0 467536
Journalist Md Shofiuzzaman Rana arrested, 5 correspondents confined in Bangladesh government office https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/20/journalist-md-shofiuzzaman-rana-arrested-5-correspondents-confined-in-bangladesh-government-office/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/20/journalist-md-shofiuzzaman-rana-arrested-5-correspondents-confined-in-bangladesh-government-office/#respond Wed, 20 Mar 2024 20:57:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=368368 New York, March 20, 2024—Bangladesh authorities must immediately drop all charges against journalist Md Shofiuzzaman Rana and investigate the harassment of five journalists in northern Lalmonirhat district, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

Rana was held in jail for a week after police arrested the journalist on March 5. Rana, who works for the Bangla-language newspaper Desh Rupantor, was arrested at a local government office in the northern Sherpur district after he filed a right to information (RTI) application regarding a government-run development program, according to news reports, the local press freedom group Bangladeshi Journalists in International Media, and Mustafa Mamun, acting editor of Desh Rupantor.

Later that day, an assistant land commissioner, who is also an executive magistrate, sentenced the journalist to six months in prison on charges of disobeying an order by a public servant and insulting the modesty of a woman. The action was taken through a mobile court, which is empowered to try offenses instantly.

Mohammad Ali Arafat, state minister for information and broadcasting, stated that the country’s information commission would investigate the incident and told CPJ that he would receive a copy of the commission’s investigative report on Monday, March 18.

Arafat did not immediately respond to CPJ’s subsequent requests for comment on the report’s findings. Mamun told CPJ that as of Wednesday, he had not received a copy of the report.

Separately, at around 12 p.m. on March 14, employees at an assistant land commissioner’s office in Lalmonirhat held Mahfuz Sazu, a correspondent for the broadcaster mytv and the newspaper The Daily Observer, after the journalist filmed a land dispute hearing allegedly conducted by an unauthorized official, according to news reports, Bangladeshi Journalists in International Media, and the journalist, who spoke to CPJ.

Twenty minutes later, four members of the Lalmonirhat Press Club arrived to help Sazu and were also confined within the premises. After a district revenue commissioner arrived at the scene, the five journalists were released around 12:50 p.m.

“CPJ welcomes a government investigation into the retaliatory jailing of Bangladeshi journalist Md Shofiuzzaman Rana. Journalists should not face reprisal merely for seeking information,,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “Authorities should launch a transparent probe into the confinement of five correspondents in a  government office in Lalmonirhat and ensure that journalists are not harassed with impunity.”

Rana’s arrest unfolded after an office assistant refused to provide the journalist with a receipt for his RTI application. Rana then called the Sherpur deputy commissioner, or district magistrate, to resolve the issue, Mamun told CPJ, citing Rana. The chief of the local government office arrived at the scene and shouted at Rana, saying, “You are a broker journalist” (an insult used to refer to a media member who makes money through one-sided stories).

Police then arrived at the scene, arrested the journalist, and seized his two mobile phones. Rana was held for one week in Sherpur District Jail and released on bail on March 12. A local magistrate court is scheduled to hear Rana’s appeal against the verdict on April 16.

Separately, Sazu told CPJ that after filming the land dispute hearing, he interviewed three people connected to the case in the corridor of the assistant land commissioner’s office when an official unsuccessfully attempted to confiscate his phone.

The official then called the assistant land commissioner. At the same time, the office staff escorted the three people he interviewed out of the building and locked the entrance, leaving the journalist confined within the premises, Sazu said.

Sazu told CPJ that the journalist’s four colleagues later entered the building with the assistance of a local ward councilor but were also locked inside the premises. The journalists were:

  • Mazharul Islam Bipu, a correspondent for the broadcaster Independent Television
  • SK Sahed, a correspondent for the newspaper Daily Kalbela
  • Neon Dulal, a correspondent for the broadcaster Asian TV
  • Liakat Ali, a correspondent for the newspaper Daily Nabochatona

The assistant land commissioner then arrived at the scene and shouted at the journalists, calling them “brokers” and threatening to send them to jail via a mobile court, Sazu said, adding that the journalists also heard him telling an unidentified individual on the phone that he would file legal cases against them.

Later that day, the divisional commissioner of Rangpur, which encompasses Lalmonirhat, issued an order transferring the assistant land commissioner to another locality. As of Wednesday, the order had not been executed, and no further legal or administrative action had been taken, Sazu told CPJ.

Arafat did not immediately respond to CPJ’s request for comment on the incident in Lalmonirhat.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/20/journalist-md-shofiuzzaman-rana-arrested-5-correspondents-confined-in-bangladesh-government-office/feed/ 0 465220
Mediawatch: TV news meltdown – what will NZ government do? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/17/mediawatch-tv-news-meltdown-what-will-nz-government-do/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/17/mediawatch-tv-news-meltdown-what-will-nz-government-do/#respond Sun, 17 Mar 2024 03:22:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=98374 RNZ MEDIAWATCH: By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

The future of Aotearoa New Zealand television news and current affairs is in the balance at the two biggest TV broadcasters — both desperate to cut costs as their revenue falls.

The government says it is now preparing policy to modernise the media, but they do not want to talk about what that might be — or when it might happen.

On Monday, TVNZ’s 1News was reporting — again — on the crisis of cuts to news and current affairs in its own newsroom.

The extent of discontent about the proposed cuts had been made clear to chief executive Jodi O’Donnell at an all-staff meeting that day.

The news of cuts rocked the state-owned broadcaster when they were announced four days earlier.

In fact, it rocked the entire media industry because only one week earlier the US-based owners of Newshub had announced a plan to close that completely by mid year.

No-one was completely shocked by either development given the financial strife the local industry is known to be in.

But it seems no-one had foreseen that within weeks only Television New Zealand and Whakaata Māori would be offering national news to hundreds of thousands of New Zealanders who still tune in at 6pm or later on demand.

Likewise the prospect of no TV current affairs shows (save for those on Whakaata Māori) and no consumer affairs watchdog programme Fair Go, three years shy of a half century as one of NZ most popular local TV shows of all time.

Yvonne Tahana’s report for 1News on Monday pointed out Fair Go staff were actually working on the next episode when that staff meeting was held on Monday.

All this raised the question — what is a “fair go” according to the government, given TVNZ is state-owned?

Media-shy media minister?
After the shock announcements last week and the week before, Minister of Media and Communications Melissa Lee seemed not keen to talk to the media about it.

The minister did give some brief comments to political reporters confronting her in the corridors in Parliament after the Newshub news broke. But a week went by before she spoke to RNZ’s Checkpoint about it — and revealed that in spite of a 24-hour heads-up from Newhub’s offshore owner — Warner Bros Discovery — Lee did not know they were planning to shut the whole thing.

By the time the media minister was on NewstalkZB’s Drive show just one hour later that same day, the news was out that TVNZ news staff had been told to “watch their inboxes” the next morning.

In spite of the ‘no surprises’ convention, the minister said she was out of the loop on that too.

After that, it was TV and radio silence again from the minister in the days that followed.

“National didn’t have a broadcasting policy. We’re still not sure what they’re looking at. She needs to basically scrub up on what she’s going to be saying on any given day and get her head around her own portfolio, because at the moment she’s not looking that great,” The New Zealand Herald’s political editor Claire Trevett told RNZ’s Morning Report at the end of the week.

By then the minister’s office had told Mediawatch she would speak with us on Thursday. Good news — at the time.

Lee has long been the National Party’s spokesperson on media and broadcasting and Mediawatch has been asking for a chat since last December.

Last Sunday, TVNZ’s Q+A show told viewers Lee had declined to be interviewed for three weeks running.

Frustration on social media
At Newshub — where staff have the threat of closure hanging over them — The AM Show host Lloyd Burr took to social media with his frustration.

“There’s a broadcasting industry crisis and the broadcasting minister is MIA. We’ve tried for 10 days to get her on the show to talk about the state of it, and she’s either refused or not responded. She doesn’t even have a press secretary. What a shambles . . . ”

A switch of acting press secretaries mid-crisis did seem to be a part of the problem.

But one was in place by last Monday, who got in touch in the morning to arrange Mediawatch’s interview later in the week.

But by 6pm that day, they had changed their minds, because “the minister will soon be taking a paper to cabinet on her plan for the media portfolio”.

“We feel it would better serve your listeners if the minister came on at a time when she could discuss in depth about the details of her plan for the future of media, as opposed to the limited information she will be able to provide this Thursday,” the statement said.

“When the cabinet process has been completed, the minister is able to say more. That time is not now.”

The minister’s office also pointed out Lee had done TV and broadcast interviews over the past week in which she had “essentially traversed as much ground as possible right now”.

What clues can we glean from those?

Hints of policy plans
Even though this government is breaking records for changes made under urgency, it seems nothing will happen in a hurry for the media.

“I have been working with my officials to understand and bring the concerns from the sector forward, to have a discussion with my officials to work with me to understand what the levers are that the government can pull to help the sector,” Lee told TVNZ Breakfast last Monday.


Communication and Media Minister Melissa Lee on plans for the ailing industry. Video: 1News

A slump in commercial revenue is a big part of broadcasters’ problems. TVNZ’s Anna Burns Francis asked the minister if the government might make TVNZ — or some of its channels — commercial-free.

“I think we are working through many options as to what could potentially help the sector rather than specifically TVNZ,” Lee replied.

One detail Lee did reveal was that the Broadcasting Act 1989 was in play — something the previous government also said was on its to do list but did not get around to between 2017 and 2023.

It is a pretty broad piece of legislation which sets out the broadcasting standards regime and complaints processes, electoral broadcasting and the remit of the government broadcasting funding agency NZ On Air.

But it is not obvious what reform of that Act could really do for news media sustainability.

Longstanding prohibitions
The minister also referred to longstanding prohibitions on TV advertising on Sunday mornings and two public holidays. Commercial broadcasters have long called for these to be dumped.

But a few more slots for whiteware and road safety ads is not going to save news and current affairs, especially in this economy.

That issue also came up in a 22-minute-long chat with The Platform, which the minister did have time for on Wednesday.

In it, host Sean Plunket urged the minister not to do much to ease the financial pain of the mainstream media, which he said were acting out of self-interest.

He was alarmed when Lee told him the playing field needed to be leveled by extending regulation applied to TV and radio to online streamers as well — possibly through Labour’s Fair Digital News Bargaining Bill.

“Are you seriously considering the government imposing tax on certain large companies and paying that money directly to your chosen media companies that are asking for it?” Plunket asked.

“I have actually said that I oppose the bill but what you have to do as the minister is listen to the sector. They might have some good ideas.”

When Plunket suggested Lee should let the market forces play out, Lee said that was not desirable.

Some of The Platform’s listeners were not keen on that, getting in touch to say they feared Lee would bail the media out because she had “gone woke”.

That made the minister laugh out loud.

“I’m so far from woke,” she assured Sean Plunket.

A free-to-air and free-to-all future?
At the moment, TVNZ is obliged to provide easily accessible services for free to New Zealanders.

TVNZ’s Breakfast show asked if that could change to allow TVNZ to charge for its most popular or premium stuff?

The response was confusing:

“Well ready accessibility would actually mean that it is free, right? Or it could be behind a paywall — but it could still be available because they have connectivity,” Lee replied.

“A paywall would imply that you have to pay for it — so that wouldn’t be accessible to all New Zealanders, would it?” TVNZ’s Anna Burns-Francis asked.

“For a majority, yes — but free to air is something I support.”

When Lee fronted up on The AM Show for 10 minutes she said she was unaware they had been chasing a chat with her for 10 days.

Host Melissa Chan-Green bridled when the minister referred to the long-term decline of linear real time TV broadcast as a reason for the cuts now being proposed.

“To think that Newshub is a linear TV business is to misunderstand what Newshub is, because we have a website, we have an app, we have streaming services, we’ve done radio, we’ve done podcasts — so how much more multimedia do you think businesses need to be to survive?

“I’m not just talking about that but there are elements of the Broadcasting Act which are not a fair playing field for everyone. For example, there are advertising restrictions on broadcasters where there are none on streamers,” she said.

Where will the public’s money go?
On both Breakfast and The AM Show, Lee repeated the point that the effectiveness of hundreds of millions of dollars of public money for broadcasting is at stake — and at risk if the broadcasters that carry the content are cut back to just a commercial core.

“The government actually puts in close to I think $300 million a year,” Lee said.

“Should that funding be extended to include the client of current affairs programs are getting cut?” TVNZ’s Anna Burns-Francis asked her.

“I have my own views as to what could be done but even NZ on Air operates at arm’s length from me as Minister of Media and Communications,” she replied.

It is only in recent years that NZ On Air has been in the business of allocating public money to news and journalism on a contestable basis.

When the system was set up in 35 years ago that was out of bounds for the organisation, because broadcasters becoming dependent on the public purse was thought to be something to avoid — because of the potential for political interference through either editorial meddling or turning off the tap.

That began to break down when TV broadcasters stopped funding programs about politics which did not pull a commercial crowd — and NZ started picking up the tab from a fund for so-called special interest shows which would not be made or screened in a wholly-commercial environment.

Online projects with a public interest purpose have also been funded by in recent years in addition to programmes for established broadcasters — as NZ on Air declared itself “platform agnostic”.

Public Interest Journalism Fund
In 2020, NZ on Air was given the job of handing out $55 million over three years right across the media from the Public Interest Journalism Fund.

That was done at arm’s length from government, but in opposition National aggressively opposed the fund set up by the previous Labour government.

Senior MPs — including Lee — claimed the money might make the media compliant — and even silent — on anything that might make the then-Labour government look bad.

It would be a big surprise if Lee’s policy plan for cabinet includes direct funding for the news and current affairs programmes which could vanish from our TV screens and on-demand apps within weeks.

This week, NZ on Air chief executive Cameron Harland responded to the crisis with a statement.

“We are in active discussions with the broadcasters and the wider sector to understand what the implications of their cost cutting might be.

“This is a complex and developing situation and whilst we acknowledge the uncertainty, we will be doing what we can to ensure our funding is utilised in the best possible ways to serve local audiences.“

They too are in a holding pattern waiting for the government to reveal its plans.

But as the minister herself said this week, the annual public funding for media was substantial — and getting bigger all the time as the revenues of commercial media companies shrivelled.

And whatever levers the minister and her officials are thinking of pulling, they need to do decisively — and soon.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/17/mediawatch-tv-news-meltdown-what-will-nz-government-do/feed/ 0 464515
‘The Forever War’ – ABC Four Corners reports on the assault on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/the-forever-war-abc-four-corners-reports-on-the-assault-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/the-forever-war-abc-four-corners-reports-on-the-assault-on-gaza/#respond Tue, 12 Mar 2024 08:50:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=98145

The War on Gaza will be etched in the memories of generations to come — the brutality of Hamas’s 7 October 2023 attack, and the ferocity of Israel’s retaliation.

In this Four Corners investigative report The Forever War broadcast in Australia last night, ABC’s global affairs editor John Lyons asks the tough questions — challenging some of Israel’s most powerful political and military voices about the country’s strategy and intentions.

The result is a powerful interview-led piece of public interest journalism about one of the most controversial wars of modern times.

Former prime minister Ehud Barak says Benjamin Netanyahu can’t be trusted, former Shin Bet internal security director Ami Ayalon describes two key far-right Israeli ministers as “terrorists”,  and cabinet minister Avi Dichter makes a grave prediction about the conflict’s future.

Is there any way out of what’s beginning to look like the forever war? Lyons gives his perspective on the tough decisions for the future of both Palestinians and Israelis.


‘The Forever War’ – ABC Four Corners.      ABC Trailer on YouTube


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/12/the-forever-war-abc-four-corners-reports-on-the-assault-on-gaza/feed/ 0 463500
Mediawatch: Apocalypse now for NZ news – take 2? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/10/mediawatch-apocalypse-now-for-nz-news-take-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/10/mediawatch-apocalypse-now-for-nz-news-take-2/#respond Sun, 10 Mar 2024 00:49:49 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=98013 RNZ MEDIAWATCH: By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

Television New Zealand’s proposals to balance its worsening books by killing news and current affairs programmes mean New Zealanders could end up with almost no national current affairs on TV within weeks.

It is a response to digital era changes in technology, viewing and advertising — but also the consequence of political choices.

“I can see that I’ve chosen a good night to come on,” TVNZ presenter Jack Tame said mournfully on his stint as a Newstalk ZB panelist last Wednesday.

The news that TVNZ news staff had been told to “watch their inboxes” the next morning had just broken.

It was less than a week since Newshub’s owners had announced a plan to close it completely in mid-year and TVNZ had reported bad financial figures for the last half of 2023.

The following day — last Thursday — TVNZ’s Midday News told viewers 9 percent of TVNZ staff — 68 people in total — would go in a plan to balance the books.

“The broadcaster has told staff that its headcount is high and so are costs,” said reporter Kim Baker-Wilson starkly on TVNZ’s Midday.

On chopping block
Twenty-four hours later, it was one of the shows on the chopping block — along with late news show Tonight and TVNZ’s flagship weekly current affairs show Sunday.

“As the last of its kind — is that what we want in our media landscape . . . to have no in-depth current affairs show?” said Sunday presenter Miriama Kamo (also the host of the weekend show Marae).

Consumers investigator Fair Go — with a 47-year track record as one of TVNZ’s most popular local shows — will also be gone by the end of May under this plan.

TVNZ staff in Auckland
People at TVNZ’s building in central Auckland. Photo: RNZ/Marika Khabazi

If Newshub vanishes from rival channel Three by mid year, there will be just one national daily TV news bulletin left — TVNZ’s 1News — and no long form current affairs at all, except TVNZ’s Q+A and others funded from the public purse by NZ on Air and Te Mangai Paho.

Tellingly, weekday TVNZ shows which will carry on — Breakfast and Seven Sharp — are ones which generate income from “partner content” deals and “integrated advertising” — effectively paid-for slots within the programmes.

TVNZ had made it known cuts were coming months ago because costs were outstripping fast-falling revenue as advertisers tightened their belts or spent elsewhere.

TVNZ executives had also made it clear that reinforcing TVNZ’s digital-first strategy would be a key goal as well as just cutting costs.

Other notable cut
So the other notable service to be cut was a surprise — the youth-focused digital-native outlet Re: News.

After its launch in 2017, its young staff revived a mothballed studio and gained a reputation for hard work — and then for the quality of its work.

It won national journalism awards in the past two years and reached younger people who rarely if ever turn on a television set.

Reportedly, the staff of Re: News staff is to be halved and lose some of its leaders.

The main media workers’ union E tū said it will fight to save jobs and extend the short consultation period.

Some staff made it plain that they weren’t giving up just yet either and would present counter-proposals to save shows and jobs.

In a statement, TVNZ said the proposals “in no way relate to the immense contribution of the teams that work on those shows and the significant journalistic value they’ve provided over the years”.

Money-spinners
But some were money-spinners too.

Fair Go and Sunday still pull in big six-figure live primetime TV audiences and more views now on TVNZ+. Its marketers frequently tell the advertisers that.

TVNZ chief executive Jodi O’Donnell knows all about that. She was previously TVNZ’s commercial director.

So why kill off these programmes now?

Jodi O'Donnell, new TVNZ chief executive
TVNZ chief executive Jodi O’Donnell . . . “I’ve been quite open with the fact that there are no sacred cows.” Image: TVNZ

Mediawatch’s requests to talk to O’Donnell and TVNZ’s executive editor of news Phil O’Sullivan were unsuccessful.

But O’Donnell did talk to Newstalk ZB on Friday night.

“I’ve been quite open with the fact that there are no sacred cows. And we need to find some ways to stop doing some things for us to reduce our costs,” O’Donnell told Newstalk ZB.

“TVNZ’s still investing over $40 million in news and current affairs — so we absolutely believe in the future of news and current affairs. But we have a situation right now that our operating model is more expensive than the revenue that we’re making. And we have to make some really tough, tough decisions,” she said.

“We’ll constantly be looking at things to keep the operating model in line with what our revenue is. Within the TVNZ Act it’s clear that we need to be a commercial broadcaster, We are a commercial business, so that’s the remit that we need to work on.

“Our competitors these days are not (Newstalk ZB) or Sky or Warner Brothers (Discovery) but Google and Meta. These are multi-trillion dollar organisations. Ninety cents of every dollar spent in digital news advertising is going offshore. That’s 10 cents left for the likes of NZME, TVNZ, Stuff and any of the other local broadcasters.”

Jack Tame also pointed the finger at the titans of tech on his Newstalk ZB Saturday show.

Force of digital giants ‘irrepressible’
“Ultimately the force of those digital giants is irrepressible. Trying to save free-to-air commercial TV, with quality news, current affairs and local programming in a country with five million people . . .  is like trying to bail out the Titanic with an empty ice cream container. I’m not aware of any comparable broadcast markets where they’ve managed to pull it off,” he told listeners.

But few countries have a state-owned yet fully-commercial broadcaster trying to do news on TV and online, disconnected from publicly-funded ones also doing news on TV and radio and online.

That makes TVNZ a state-owned broadcaster that serves advertisers as much as New Zealanders.

But if things had panned out differently a year ago, that wouldn’t be the case now either.

What if the public media merger had gone ahead?
A new not-for-profit public media entity incorporating RNZ and TVNZ — Aotearoa New Zealand Public Media (ANZPM)  — was supposed to start one year ago this week.

It would have been the biggest media reform since the early 1990s.

The previous government was prepared to spend more than $400 million over four years to get it going.

Almost $20 million was spent on a programme called Strong Public Media, put in place because New Zealand’s media sector was weak.

“Ailing” was the word that the business case used, noting “increased competition from overseas players slashed the share of revenue from advertising.”

But the Labour government killed the plan before the last election, citing the cost of living crisis.

The new entity would still have needed TVNZ’s commercial revenue, but if it had gone ahead, would that mean TVNZ wouldn’t now be sacrificing news shows and journalists?

Tracey Martin has been named as the head of a new governance group.
Tracey Martin who had been named as chair of the board charged with getting ANZPM up and running . . . “Nobody’s surprised. Surely nobody is surprised that this ecosystem is not sustainable any longer.” Image: RNZ/Nate McKinnon

“Nobody’s surprised. Surely nobody is surprised that this ecosystem is not sustainable any longer. Something radical had to change,” Tracey Martin — the chair of the board charged with getting ANZPM up and running — told Mediawatch.

“I don’t have any problem believing that (TVNZ) would have had to change what they were delivering. But would it have been cuts to news and current affairs that we would have been seeing? There would have been other decisions made because commerciality . . . was not the major driver (of ANZPM),” Martin said.

“That was where we started from. If Armageddon happens — and all other New Zealand media can no longer exist — you have to be there as the Fourth Estate — to make sure that New Zealanders have a place to go to for truth and trust.”

What were the assumptions about the advertising revenue TVNZ would have been able to pull in?

“[TVNZ] was telling us that it wouldn’t be as bad as we believed it would be. TVNZ modeling was not as dramatic as our modeling. We were happy to accept that [because] our modeling gave us a particular window by which to change the ecosystem in which New Zealand media could survive to try and stabilise,” Martin told Mediawatch.

The business case document tracked TVNZ revenue and expenses from 2012 until 2020 — the start of the planning process for the new entity.

By 2020, a sharp rise in costs already exceeded revenue which was above $300 million.

And as we now know, TVNZ revenue has fallen further and more quickly since then.

“We were predicting linear TV revenue was going to continue to drop substantially and relatively quickly — and they were not going to be able to switch their advertising revenue at the same capacity to digital,” Martin said.

“They had more confidence than we did,” she said.

The ANZPM legislation estimated it as a $400 million a year operation, with roughly half the funding from public sources and half from commercial revenue.

TVNZ’s submission said that was “unambitious”.

TVNZ CEO Simon Power addressing Parliament's EDSI committee last Thursday on the ANZPM legislation.
Then TVNZ CEO Simon Power addressing Parliament’s EDSI committee last year on the ANZPM legislation. Image: Screenshot/EDSI Committee Facebook

“If the commercial arm of the new entity can aid in gaining more revenue to reinvest into local content and to reinvest into public media outcomes, all the better,” the chief executive at the time Simon Power told Mediawatch in 2023.

“It was a very rosy picture they painted. They had a mandate to be a commercial business that had to give confidence to the advertisers and the rest of New Zealand but they were very confident two years ago that this wouldn’t happen,” she said.

In opposition, National Party leader Christopher Luxon described the merger as “ideological and insane” and “a solution looking for a problem”.

He wasn’t alone.

National Party MP Melissa Lee
Media and Communications Minister Melissa Lee . . . Photo: RNZ / Angus Dreaver

But if that was based on TVNZ’s bullish assessments of its own revenue-raising capacity — or a disregard of a probable downturn ahead, was that a big mistake?

“I won’t comment for today’s government, but statements being made in the last couple of days about people getting their news from somewhere else; truth and trust has dropped off; linear has got to be transferred into the digital environment . . . none of those things are new comments,” Martin told Mediawatch.

“They’re all in the documentation that we placed into the public domain — and I asked the special permission, as the chair of the ANZPM group, to brief spokespersons for broadcasting of the Greens, Act and National to try and make sure that everybody has as much and as much information as we could give them,” she said.

Media and Communications Minister Melissa Lee said this week she was working on proposals to help the media to take to cabinet.

“I don’t give advice to the minister, but I would advise officials to go back and pull out the business case and paperwork for ANZPM — and to look at the submissions and the number of people who supported the concept, but had concerns about particular areas,” Tracey Martin told Mediawatch.

“Don’t let perfection get in the way of action.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/10/mediawatch-apocalypse-now-for-nz-news-take-2/feed/ 0 463386
Nepali journalists Aishwarya Kunwar, Puskar Bhatt arrested under cybercrime law https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/nepali-journalists-aishwarya-kunwar-puskar-bhatt-arrested-under-cybercrime-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/nepali-journalists-aishwarya-kunwar-puskar-bhatt-arrested-under-cybercrime-law/#respond Tue, 20 Feb 2024 15:29:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=357926 On February 10, police in Kanchanpur district of western Sudurpaschim province arrested Aishwarya Kunwar, a reporter for the privately owned news website Nigarani Khabar, and Puskar Bhatt, a correspondent for the privately owned broadcaster Mountain Television, following their reporting and social media commentary on allegations of police misconduct, according to the local advocacy organizations Media Action Nepal and Freedom Forum.

Police opened an investigation into the journalists, who have since been released, under Section 47 of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2008, those sources said. The law criminalizes the electronic publication of content deemed illegal under existing laws or “contrary to public morality or decent behavior” with a penalty of up to five years in prison and a fine of 100,000 rupees (US $754). CPJ has repeatedly documented the use of the Electronic Transactions Act to detain and investigate journalists for their work.

Kamal Thapa, superintendent of the Kanchanpur police, told CPJ that the case registered against the journalists was in relation to their social media posts, not their news coverage. On February 5, the Kanchanpur police said in a statement that those who “write such misleading news/status” would be punished under the law.

Binod Bhatta, the journalists’ lawyer, told CPJ that his clients’ social media posts and news coverage should be considered as interrelated because they reported on the same topic in the public interest.

On February 5, Bhatt published an interview on his Facebook page with a police officer who said that he resigned from his job after he was beaten by a female inspector, whom he named. Bhatt also commented on the allegations on his Facebook page.

On February 5, Kunwar’s news website Nigarani Khabar reported the same allegations against the female officer, while a second article made four allegations of misconduct by the same policewoman, including her involvement in detaining Kunwar in 2023 while the journalist was reporting on a clash between police and locals. Kunwar also commented on the allegations on her Facebook page.

Bhatt and Kunwar were released at around 10 p.m. on February 14 and 1 a.m. on February 15 respectively, on personal guarantee, which requires them to remain present in the area while the investigation is carried out, according to Media Action Nepal, Bhatta, and a person familiar with the case who spoke to CPJ on condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal.

While in police custody, the officer asked the journalists to apologize by touching her feet, a sign of respect in South Asian culture, but Kunwar refused, which delayed her release, those sources said.

As of February 20, the journalists’ phones, which were seized during their arrest, remained in police custody, according to Bhatta and the person familiar with the case.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/nepali-journalists-aishwarya-kunwar-puskar-bhatt-arrested-under-cybercrime-law/feed/ 0 459632
Moscow police detain around 20 journalists during protest by soldiers’ wives https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/moscow-police-detain-around-20-journalists-during-protest-by-soldiers-wives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/moscow-police-detain-around-20-journalists-during-protest-by-soldiers-wives/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 20:53:07 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=354696 New York, February 7, 2024—Russian authorities must refrain from detaining journalists in the course of their work and allow the media to report freely on protests criticizing the war in Ukraine, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

Around 20 journalists were arrested and briefly detained in the Russian capital of Moscow on February 3 while covering a protest led by a movement of Russian women demanding the return from Ukraine of their men, who were mobilized following a September 2022 decree by President Vladimir Putin, according to multiple media reports and human-rights news website OVD-Info.

The journalists were local and foreign reporters working with multiple international and local media outlets, including global wire service Reuters, French news agency Agence France-Presse (AFP), German weekly Der Spiegel, Dutch public television NOS, Japanese broadcaster Fuji Television, local independent online outlets Sota.Vision and RusNews, the news Telegram channels Ostorozhno Novosti and Mozhem Obyasnit, and the Russian newspaper Kommersant.

Those detained included Sota.Vision reporter Mikhail Lebedev, Kommersant photojournalist Evgeny Razumnyy, Fuji Television journalist Andrei Zaikov, and RusNews reporter Aleksandr Filippov. Most of the other journalists chose not to disclose their names “to avoid problems,” Aleksei Obukhov, exiled editor with independent news outlet SOTA, which covered the protest, told CPJ.

“An AFP journalist was indeed among a group of journalists arrested last Saturday, even though he was duly accredited to cover the protest. We prefer not to give his name,” an AFP representative told CPJ via email.

“Russia’s latest mass detention of journalists in Moscow is an attempt by the authorities to conceal from the population any dissenting voices on the Kremlin’s war in Ukraine,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Journalists are doing their jobs covering the protests and should not be targeted for exposing people’s discontent.” 

Around 1 p.m., 20 police officers arrested 13 journalists, who were all male, in Manezhnaya Square, near Red Square, and brought them to the Kitay-Gorod police station in the center of Moscow, one of the detained journalists told CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal. According to OVD-Info, 27 people were detained at the Square, “most of them journalists.”

“They were interested in men, especially in yellow vests [which are required by law for journalists reporting from protests],” the journalist told CPJ. “It was fast. The policeman didn’t say a word, he just took me by the shoulder and led me towards the avtozak [police transit vehicle]. At the entrance, we were forced to hand over our documents, mobile phones, and cameras.”

Police refused to give the journalist access to the lawyer sent by his outlet, he told CPJ, adding that he was released a few hours later after authorities photographed his press card and editorial assignment document, questioned his professional activities, and required him to sign a document warning him about “participating in public events.” This document, which states that the police “have information” that he could “violate the law in the future,” can be used as a basis to prosecute him if he is again detained while covering a protest, he told CPJ.

Later, as protestors headed towards President Vladimir Putin’s political headquarters for the upcoming March 2024 presidential election, police arrested seven additional male journalists and took them to the Basmanyy police station in the east of Moscow.

“It was clear they [the police] went after specific people, all men and mostly journalists,” an unnamed witness told POLITICO. “Probably to discourage journalists from covering such events in the future.”

During their detention, the police seized all the journalists’ telephones, OVD-Info reported. CPJ was unable to confirm if all the phones were returned, but the journalist who spoke to CPJ said he believed all had been returned.

After being detained for two to three hours, each of the journalists were released without charge

“All detained journalists were wearing PRESS jackets and had documents proving their special status, so they should not be detained,” OVD-Info spokesperson Dmitrii Anisimov told CPJ. “We think that this strategy was applied because detaining relatives of Russian soldiers would be rather politically weird for Russian authorities. So they decided to decrease media coverage of these rallies by physically removing journalists from there.”  

CPJ did not receive a response to its email to the Moscow police asking for comment on the arrests. 


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/moscow-police-detain-around-20-journalists-during-protest-by-soldiers-wives/feed/ 0 457468
When Nuclear War is No Longer Unthinkable: Honoring Two Television Events https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-nuclear-war-is-no-longer-unthinkable-honoring-two-television-events/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-nuclear-war-is-no-longer-unthinkable-honoring-two-television-events/#respond Tue, 23 Jan 2024 06:52:43 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311305 “There’s something about the sound of a mothers scream, you just never forget.” That was a comment from actress Ellen Moore when interviewed about her role in a recently released documentary about the 1982 movie The Day After, a spellbinder that had over a hundred million Americans glued to their TV sets, watching how a More

The post When Nuclear War is No Longer Unthinkable: Honoring Two Television Events appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

“There’s something about the sound of a mothers scream, you just never forget.” That was a comment from actress Ellen Moore when interviewed about her role in a recently released documentary about the 1982 movie The Day After, a spellbinder that had over a hundred million Americans glued to their TV sets, watching how a nuclear bomb devastated a rural community in Lawrence, Kansas.

And that’s how director Jeff Daniels opens his new documentary, modestly titled Television Event. The camera pans in on a quiet suburban neighborhood, then suddenly we hear the soul-chilling screams of a distraught mother, who, in The Day After, is forced into the family cellar by her husband while resisting the notion that lives are at risk, that guests may not be coming and her daughter may not get married the next day.

Next comes a giant ear-shattering explosion as a Minuteman nuclear missile blasts off next to her back yard, headed for Russia.

Some real-time 1983 news footage follows of Americans nervously sitting around their TV, hands clenched, eyes glued to the unfolding horror in The Day After as whole neighborhoods are reduced to rubble.

Enter Nicholas Meyer, the director of The Day After, interviewed by Daniels in his California home about the making of this TV event. “In case you didn’t see it,” Meyer puts it bluntly, “ it’s about a bunch of people in the Midwest going about their daily business and then they get nuked” Nuclear war, he warns, is “the most devastating possibility ever confronting the human race — short of climate change –and yet so terrifying that no one can bear to think about it.”

Director Nicholas Meyer (in red shirt) with local actors on the set of The Day After

I interviewed both filmmakers, and was impressed by their sense of mission, their dedication to informing people — 40 years apart — that nuclear war is an existential threat to be taken very seriously. These interviews occurred while the US is involved in arming two major wars, one in Ukraine, the other in Israel-Gaza. Meyer told me he believes we are already involved in World War III. A discomforting thought, to be sure. But he’s used to tackling discomforting thoughts.

Back in 1982, after being chosen director of The Day After by Brandon Stoddard, head of ABC’s Circle Films, Movie of the Week division, Meyer’s challenge was this: how was he going to get regular people to watch such a mind-bending spectacle as nuclear annihilation in one sitting? Not exactly a promising career change, he figured, for a director of feature films (most famously Star Trek II: The Wrath of Khan). As he sat on his analyst’s coach trying to rationalize his way out of making the film, his normally silent shrink weighed in with a crack that left him no wiggle room. “Well, we will find out who you are.” Meyer found out, and the movie would end up making history and changing the course of the Cold War. And it did so by focusing on the altered lives of ordinary people hailing from the Midwest.

“You’re treading on an aesthetic, intellectual and emotional minefield,” Meyer told me, when describing his thinking 40 years ago about how to present such a delicate subject. “You have to go slow. You have to start from the premise that people will do anything to not think about the topic.” At the same time, “it could not be so terrible that people would reach for the clicker and turn it off.” He was determined to be dry-eyed, and not political, in presenting the nuclear menace.

As it turned out, The Day After to this day remains the most watched television film in US history and had an enormous impact on public opinion. “No one had ever seen anything like it,” he says.

A new book has come out on the book’s impact by David Craig, a professor at the University of Southern California’s Annenberg School, titled Apocalypse Television: How the Day After Helped End the Cold War.” Sadly, 40 years later, the Cold War has now been rekindled, making both films highly relevant and worth watching.

The Day After wades into its theme very carefully, involving the viewer in the lives of a farming community in Lawrence Kansas before delivering its message, one hour into the film, of nuclear war with Russia becoming a reality.

Television Event, on the other hand, begins with a bang, with both Daniels and Meyer determined to send a wakeup call to a somnolent viewership about the imminent dangers of nuclear war. The documentary achieves this handily, while also educating viewers on what it took to produce The Day After, from researching archival footage of America in the early 1980s at the National Archives and creating the visual effect of a mushroom cloud (kudos to Stephanie Austin for her researching skills) to being true to The Day After’ssetting (Lawrence’s rural landscape is host to hundreds of underground missile sites) and honoring the people who starred in the original film (from Jason Robards to everyday people from Lawrence.)

Its footage chronicling the 1983 premier of The Day After and its aftermath is remarkable.

Television Event shows Nancy and Ronald Reagan watching a requested advance copy of The Day After at Camp David, ahead of its screening. Reagan wrote in his memoirs that he found it very depressing. He began to worry about its impact on the American people…and possibly on himself. The White House asked for edits, but ABC producer Brandon Stoddard refused.

Scene from The Day After. ABC

The film became hugely controversial even before it aired. The New York Postran a headline, “Why are you doing [Soviet premier] Yuri Andropov’s job?” Producer Stoddard got threats on his life. All the other networks were asking why ABC wanted to scare the hell out of people. Advertisers wouldn’t touch it — with a notable exception of Orville Redenbacher of popcorn fame, who put down $11,000 and ecstatically saw his popcorn being viewed by 100 million people.

The day after the film ran, ABC hosted a panel discussion on Viewpoint, led by Ted Koppel and featuring such luminaries as Henry Kissinger, Donald Rumsfeld, William Buckley Jr, Carl Sagan and Elie Wiesel. Remarkably, former Defense Secretary (1961–68) Robert McNamara came to its defense. “It’s stimulating discussion on exactly what we should be discussing,” he said. “There’s a million times the Hiroshima destruction power out there. We must make sure it isn’t used.” And Ronald Reagan, famous for previously arguing “peace through strength” and railing against the Soviet Union as the “evil empire,” came to a similar conclusion, declaring in a speech that “A nuclear war cannot be won and must never be used.” He ended up meeting with Soviet General Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev in 1987 and signing the Intermediate Range Nuclear Weapons Treaty, in what was the largest reduction of nuclear weapons in history.

Last month, both directors converged on Lawrence for the first screening of Television Event (It will screen on PBS in April) Most of the actors and actresses in The Day After were local people who were deeply affected by the experience. Now, on the film’s 40th anniversary, they had come together to honor the artists who produced both films. to recall what the film meant to them, and to reflect on the times we are living in today.

Director Jeff Daniels (second from left) with the impact/promotion crew of Television Event celebrating the 40th anniversary of The Day After.

For this reviewer (and chronicler of endless, post-911 wars, including the Israel-Gaza war ), the film’s scenes of demolished homes and neighborhoods triggered day-old images of Gaza under siege as Israeli war planes dropped highly destructive bombs weighing 2,000 pounds (provided by the US) on buildings housing civilians reportedly forced into being human shields for Hamas. By November, 2023, a European human rights group declared that Israel “had dropped more than 25,000 tonnes of explosives on the besieged Gaza Strip since the start of its large-scale bombardment on 7 October, equivalent to two nuclear bombs.”

Destruction of Gaza. Credit: Fadel Sena AFP vis Getty Images

I couldn’t help thinking that the whole world was, in fact, now watching genocide live on TV — no television event needed in 2023 — with the threat of escalation into nuclear war a hauntingly realistic prospect. Various media commentators kept bringing up what the end result would be — “the day after.” As with the psychic numbness that Dr. Helen Caldicott famously referred to regarding popular aversion to thinking about nuclear war, so with the Israel-Gaza war it seemed no one wanted to think about, let alone discuss, the unthinkable possibility of nuclear war in the Holy Land. For Jews, contemplating the brutality of Hamas’s October 7 attacks, followed by Netanyahu’s vengeful genocidal attacks against Palestinians, has been wrenching enough. Yet we have witnessed American destroyers moving into the Eastern Mediterranean and the Red Sea, drone attacks by Iranian-supported Houthis launched from Yemen against Red Sea ships, Israeli bombings of Iranians in Syria and Hezbollah militants in southern Lebanon, and now U.S. retaliation against the Houthis, with emotions hardened on all sides. The horrific events of October 7 have understandably triggered memories of the Holocaust, while others (most notably in the Muslim world) compared Israel’s bombing of Gaza to Hiroshima.

Nick Meyer recalls downtown Lawrence evoking images of Hiroshima.

Actor Jason Robards amidst the rubble in The Day After. Getty images. ABC.

A Japanese woman told him, “That’s how it was.” Some of the cast, he told me, had “nuke-mares.”

Red Cross Hospital amidst wreckage in Hiroshima. Photo: Photo: Red Cross Red Crescent

It’s as if some unexpected forces of destiny have converged on planet earth to remind us humans how close were are to causing our own annihilation. And, appropriately (if not eerily) enough, The Day After has people expressing fears of war in the Middle East. “If we’re talking about oil in Saudi Arabia, I’d be real worried,” says a student watching TV as news breaks of growing tensions with the Russians. An hour later, this becomes a reality. “The Russians just hit one of our ships in the Persian Gulf,” says a grocery shopper hoarding food. “And we hit them back!” In Television Event, we see a woman asking Ted Koppel’s famous panelists if war in the Middle East is a possibility.

In The Day After, we see a whole series of Minuteman missiles taking off from underground silos in Kansas on their way to Russia, triggering fears on one missile base that “we are sitting ducks,” and comments from a Kansan who happens to live next to a missile base that in his state, “there’s a lot of bulls eyes.”

Meyer suggested to me that a first step to banishing nuclear war would be to “get rid of all those land-based missiles.” In Television Event, he comments that “We have enough nukes to kill everyone 54 times over,” and to me, “There are a lot of nuclear weapons around the world and a lot of people with their fingers on the buttons. Pakistan, India, Russia, Israel, the US and for all we know, others that are not under government control.”

How and Why Television Event happened

Three years ago, Meyer got a call from Jeff Daniels about doing an interview about the making of The Day After. They ended up spending a day together. Two years later Meyer got a phone call from Daniels. “You’re a star in the film.”

Daniels was five years old when he watched The Day After with his family. As with so many others who viewed the film, it left a lasting impression. “They put me to bed before the iconic bomb sequence. But the idea that you could die a horrible death by someone pressing a button horrified me.”

As an adult, he read Meyer’ book, The View from the Bridge, that “describes the making of the Day After so well.”

The more the two directors talked, the more they realized they had a shared mission. “We spoke for hours,” Daniels explained. “It’s a midlife story, a David v Goliath story, it’s about a bunch of people who become accidental heroes in some ways. In the end, the true heroes are the people of Lawrence Kansas.”

When I interviewed Daniels, he had recently returned from a UN meeting in New York sponsored by ICAN (The International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons) ICAN is a coalition of non-governmental organizations aimed at “stigmatizing, prohibiting and eliminating nuclear weapons” while promoting adherence to the United Nations nuclear weapon ban treaty, adopted in 2017.So far, 69 countries have signed on. Its website is worth checking out for the amazing amount of activity going on now to educate the public about the dangers of nuclear war.

“It was great to see how ICAN had created opportunities for artists to show our work,” Daniels explained, “and to connect with others, all of us seeking ways to achieve results from a complicated topic by creating something that elicits an emotion, a personal connection to this subject so people can connect and act. That’s what artists do. There was a great deal of interest from all over the world.”

Would Television Event create the same sensation as The Day After? Clearly, this was the two directors’ hope. “At a time when the world seems to be sleepwalking toward nuclear disaster,” says Meyer, “a new documentary aims to shake us into recognizing the danger –just as The Day After did 40 years ago.” Daniels recalls having to overcome similar challenges confronting Meyer: “Anything that requires a second, third or forth layer of understanding is too much for people, especially about their impending doom,” Daniels told me. His goal was, like Meyer’ four decades ago, to “create a conversation where people could forget their differences and come together and talk about issues that are more urgent.”

The Day After would be shown in 35 countries in 17 languages. It became the first American film to be shown in Russia, and again, the response was positive with a message to Russian viewers: “It is the hoped that the events shown in this film will inspire people to find a way to avoid this day.”

Clearly, as the world holds it breath once again for fear that the Israel-Gaza war — or the war in Ukraine — will escalate into a world war among nuclear powers, the timing of Television Event could not be more…eventful. It is a masterful work of historical reflection while courageously bringing forth, once again, the pressing danger of nuclear annihilation. If you care to watch it before its release in April, you can see the full version here for a nominal fee of $5.00. Television Event is a must-see, worthy of holding discussions with your neighbors, schoolmates, colleagues, families and friends, as is, of course The Day After, easily available on Youtube.

Watch both films…and be blown away.

The post When Nuclear War is No Longer Unthinkable: Honoring Two Television Events appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Charlotte Dennett.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/23/when-nuclear-war-is-no-longer-unthinkable-honoring-two-television-events/feed/ 0 454245
CPJ urges Bangladesh authorities, political parties to ensure media freedom ahead of election https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/cpj-urges-bangladesh-authorities-political-parties-to-ensure-media-freedom-ahead-of-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/cpj-urges-bangladesh-authorities-political-parties-to-ensure-media-freedom-ahead-of-election/#respond Fri, 05 Jan 2024 12:24:31 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=344571 New York, January 5, 2024 —The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Bangladesh authorities and all political parties to respect the right of journalists to report freely and safely ahead of Sunday’s upcoming national election.

CPJ has documented a number of attacks on journalists in the run-up to the January 7 polls, and on Thursday joined its partners in the #KeepItOn coalition in calling on authorities to ensure unfettered access to the internet throughout the election.

Separately, CPJ is investigating reports that foreign journalists were denied access to Bangladesh to cover the polls.

“Bangladesh authorities must conduct swift and impartial investigations into all recent attacks on journalists in the lead-up to the national election and hold the perpetrators accountable,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator, on Friday. “Our access to information depends on the ability of journalists to cover the polls independently and without fear of reprisal at this critical juncture.”

Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, who has been in power since 2009, is Bangladesh’s longest-serving leader and is seeking a fourth term in the polls. The main opposition Bangladesh Nationalist Party (BNP) has announced a boycott of the vote and the government has deployed troops nationwide, amid fears of violence. At least 27 journalists covering political rallies in Bangladesh’s capital, Dhaka, in October were attacked by supporters of the BNP and the ruling Awami League and police.

On December 10, Amir Hamja and Niranjan Goswami, district correspondents for the privately owned broadcasters Desh TV and mytv, respectively, were covering an opposition protest in the Shayestaganj sub-district of northeast Habiganj district when they were hit by metal splinter bullets fired by police to disperse protesters, according to news reports and the journalists, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

Goswami said he was hit by around 30 splinters and was having trouble with his vision after a doctor determined it was too risky to remove one from his right eye. Hamja said he would undergo surgery to remove a splinter from his left eyebrow.

Separately, on November 30, Awami League parliamentary candidate Mostafizur Rahman and around 15 to 20 of his supporters assaulted Rakib Uddin, a correspondent with the privately-owned broadcaster Independent Television in the southeastern city of Chittagong, according to news reports and the journalist, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

Uddin told CPJ that Rahman punched him in the face and, with his supporters, kicked him, after the journalist questioned him about a potential violation of Bangladesh’s electoral code of conduct at a local government office. He said unidentified men that he believed to be Rahman’s supporters had followed him since the attack.

CPJ’s text messages to Rahman, Habiganj Police Superintendent Md Akhter Hossain, and Krishna Pada Roy, commissioner of the Chittagong Metropolitan Police, did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/05/cpj-urges-bangladesh-authorities-political-parties-to-ensure-media-freedom-ahead-of-election/feed/ 0 449659
Four DRC journalists attacked or threatened while covering election campaigns, one radio station closed https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/four-drc-journalists-attacked-or-threatened-while-covering-election-campaigns-one-radio-station-closed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/four-drc-journalists-attacked-or-threatened-while-covering-election-campaigns-one-radio-station-closed/#respond Fri, 15 Dec 2023 21:21:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=342335 Kinshasa, December 14, 2023—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of Congo must ensure the safety of all journalists covering the presidential, legislative, and provincial elections scheduled for December 20 and allow for the free flow of news and information, which is critical for the public to make informed decisions, said the Committee to Protect Journalists on Thursday.

CPJ has tracked attacks or threats against at least four journalists since the formal election campaign period began November 19, and the closure of at least one broadcast station.  

“Attacks on journalists Jerry Lombo Alauwa, Mao Zigabe, and Neyker Tokolo, threats against reporter John Kanyunyu Kyota, and the closure of Radio Top Lisala are stark examples of the various dangers faced by Congolese press covering ongoing election campaigns,” said Muthoki Mumo, CPJ’s sub-Saharan Africa representative, in Nairobi. “The safety of journalists is absolutely critical as the DRC approaches its nationwide elections on December 20, and authorities must ensure reporters are able to cover campaign events and voting without fear of reprisal.”

  • Since November 22, freelance reporter John Kanyunyu Kyota  told CPJ he has received at least four death threats from anonymous callers purporting to be members of DRC intelligence agents. Kanyunyu has worked for the German broadcaster Deutsche Welle in the country’s Beni city and runs a WhatsApp group called “Habari Moto Moto,” which serves as a forum for local political news. The anonymous callers suggested that content Kanyunyu shared on “Habari Moto Moto”, including old videos of Tshisekedi, have been overly supportive of opposition presidential candidate Moïse Katumbi. Kanyunyu told CPJ that he was not or against working for any candidate, but rather in favor of the population who have the right to information relating to the election, and that he had gone into hiding as a result of the threats.

    Sébastien Kauma, the Beni police commander, told CPJ on December 8 that he was not aware of the threats and promised to instruct his officers to investigate.
  • On November 27, a security agent working for the Union for the Congolese Nation (UNC) and around 10 of its supporters punched Jerry Lombo Alauwa, who works as a reporter with the privately owned Canal Congo Télévision (CCTV) and Radio Liberté Kisangani (RALIK) broadcasters, in the head and arm, and pulled his clothes as he covered a presidential campaign event for opposition politician Moïse Katumbi, in Kisangani, the capital of the DRC’s eastern Tshopo province, according to media reports and Lombo who spoke to CPJ. Lombo said the supporters did not want him covering the opposition campaign, and the attack left his hand injured and his camera damaged.

    The UNC supporters who attacked Lombo had been waiting for the arrival of Vital Kamerhe, the UNC party president and political ally of Tshisekedi, who was scheduled to arrive for a separate campaign event, when they spotted and attacked the journalist, Lombo said in a letter to the National Press Union of Congo (UNPC), which CPJ reviewed.

    CPJ’s calls to Kamerhe went unanswered and calls to UNC Secretary General Billy Kambale did not connect.
  • On November 28, Desis Koyo, the mayor of the Mongala province’s capital, Lisala, issued an order banning all programs of the private Radio Top Lisala broadcaster for “incitement to hatred and serious harm to the process current election in the DRC,” according to Koyo who spoke on the phone with CPJ and director of this media Ernest Ngasa who spoke with CPJ. The outlet ceased broadcasting the same day and remains closed, they said.
  • Two days earlier, on November 26, Radio Top Lisala had broadcast information suggesting Rwandan influence over certain political parties and that these actors had tried to dissuade voters in Lisala from supporting Tshisekedi and his political ally Jean-Pierre Bemba, according to CPJ’s review of the content.

    Koyo had previously closed Radio Top Lisala from October 6 until November 14.

    The general rapporteur of the official Congolese media regulatory body, known as the High Council for Audiovisual and Communication (CSAC), Oscar Kabamba, told CPJ that he was not informed of the banning, that he would contact Koyo, who does not have the power to close a media outlet without input from the regulator.
  • On December 9, around 20 supporters of the Union for Democracy and Social Progress (UDPS), Tshisekedi’s political party, attacked and punched Mao Zigabe, a correspondent with the privately owned television broadcaster Digital Congo, at a hotel in Goma, the capital of North Kivu province, according to media reports and Zigabe who spoke to CPJ. The attackers carried UDPS party flags and wore t-shirts with images of Tshisekedi, who was scheduled to visit the city the next day. Zigabe said he had gone to the hotel to work and was editing footage of other campaign events when the supporters recognized him and accused him of regularly publishing information in favor of the opposition.
  • Zigabe said that he had sought treatment at a local hospital for pain in his leg and planned to file a complaint to police.

CPJ called the secretary general of the UDPS, Augustin Kabuya, but he did not answer.

  • On December 5, four armed soldiers arrived outside the home of Neyker Tokolo, a reporter with the privately owned Radio Liberté in Lisala fired their guns into the air, and threw four tear gas canisters inside, according to Tokolo, and the president of the local human rights organization Youth Action for Social Welfare (AJBS), Roger Nzumbu, who both spoke to CPJ.

Tokoko said he contacted the head of the Lisala military prosecutor’s office, who sent inspectors who found bullet casings and traces of military boots outside the home and promised to investigate further and identify those responsible.

The police commander of Mongale province, General Jean Yav Mukaya, told CPJ that he had not been informed of the Tokolo attack. Jacques Ebengo Kisombe, the military prosecutor of Lisala, did not pick up CPJ’s calls. In addition to these actions, on December 6, the Kinshasa/Gombe court rejected Stanis Bujakera’s fourth request for provisional release, one of his lawyers, Ndikulu Yana, told CPJ.

On December 1, the court denied Bujakera’s request for an independent expert to give a second opinion on evidence presented against him, instead imposing an expert of its choosing, Yana said. Bujakera, who works as a correspondent for the privately owned Jeune Afrique news website and Reuters news agency, and is also a deputy director of publication for the DRC-based news website Actualite.cd has remained in detention since September 8. In late November, a group of media outlets published findings that called technical evidence presented against Bujakera “false.” Yana said Bujakera’s next court date is scheduled for December 22.

In the DRC’s elections set for next week, President Felix Tshisikedi is running for a second term against one of the leaders of the opposition  Martin Fayulu, who claimed victory in the 2018 vote, and Nobel-winning gynecologist Denis Mukwege, among others.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/15/four-drc-journalists-attacked-or-threatened-while-covering-election-campaigns-one-radio-station-closed/feed/ 0 446094
Ethiopian authorities detain Ethio News chief editor Belay Manaye without charge https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/ethiopian-authorities-detain-ethio-news-chief-editor-belay-manaye-without-charge/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/ethiopian-authorities-detain-ethio-news-chief-editor-belay-manaye-without-charge/#respond Mon, 04 Dec 2023 21:22:27 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=339397 Nairobi, December 4, 2023—Ethiopian authorities should unconditionally release Belay Manaye, chief editor of Ethio News, who has been detained without explanation for three weeks, the Committee to Protect Journalists said on Monday.

On November 13, a group of uniformed police officers and other security personnel in civilian clothes arrested Belay in the capital, Addis Ababa, near the offices of Ethio News, a private YouTube-based news outlet, Belay’s wife Belaynesh Nigatu and Ethio News co-founder Belete Kassa told CPJ.

The officers took Belay to the Federal Police Crime Investigation Center, where he remains in detention, without informing him of the reason for his arrest or taking him to court, they said.

“Belay Manaye has spent three weeks behind bars without any explanation from Ethiopian authorities. This sends a grave message to other Ethiopian journalists—that they can be deprived of their liberty at any time,” said CPJ’s sub-Saharan African Representative, Muthoki Mumo. “Authorities should unconditionally release Belay Manaye and stop arbitrarily detaining members of the press.”

Belaynesh, who visited her husband in jail, told CPJ that the journalist feared he was being held under legal provisions introduced when a state of emergency was declared on August 4 in response to conflict in the northern Amhara state.

The emergency declaration gives the government additional powers to ban public meetings, declare a curfew, shut down mass media, and detain people suspected of crimes against the state in order to “maintain public peace and order” in response to “the armed illegal activities of the Amhara National Regional Government.”

The Fano militia in Amhara have been fighting federal forces since April, after the federal government announced a controversial decision to integrate regional militia into the federal army. The Fano were previously allied with the federal government in a civil war in northern Ethiopia that ended with a peace deal in November 2022. 

The state of emergency law, reviewed by CPJ, gives security personnel wide powers of arrest and suspends the due process of law, including the right to appear before a court and receive legal counsel. Ordinarily, Article 19 of Ethiopia’s constitution requires police to produce detained persons in court within 48 hours.

Belay and Ethio News co-founder Belete co-host two daily news programs on the channel and had extensively covered the conflict in the Amhara state.

In the weeks following the declaration of the state of emergency, CPJ documented the arrest of at least seven other journalists who had covered the Amhara conflict.

This is not Belay’s first detention. In July 2020, authorities arrested Belay, two of his colleagues, and one ex-colleague from the Amhara Satellite Radio And Television (ASRAT) on allegations of inciting violence. After 46 days, Belay was released on bail without charge, according to his post on X, formerly Twitter, and the Addis Standard.

In an emailed statement, federal police spokesperson Jeylan Abdi said he could not comment on the detention of Belay and other journalists under the state of emergency and referred CPJ to the command post, which was established to oversee the state of emergency.

CPJ’s queries via email and messaging app to the federal ministry of justice, and government spokesperson Legesse Tulu, who is a member of the state of emergency command post and has issued statements on behalf of the body, did not receive any responses.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/04/ethiopian-authorities-detain-ethio-news-chief-editor-belay-manaye-without-charge/feed/ 0 443635
Baseball Owners Blow Off Fans in Favor of Streaming Dollars https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/02/baseball-owners-blow-off-fans-in-favor-of-streaming-dollars/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/02/baseball-owners-blow-off-fans-in-favor-of-streaming-dollars/#respond Sat, 02 Dec 2023 02:20:07 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=146250 Major League Baseball adopted some significant rules changes this past season, the biggest by far being the introduction of a pitch clock—an electronic countdown limiting the time between pitches to 15 seconds with nobody on or 20 seconds with a runner on. The changes were aimed at speeding up the game and boosting attendance, and […]

The post Baseball Owners Blow Off Fans in Favor of Streaming Dollars first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Major League Baseball adopted some significant rules changes this past season, the biggest by far being the introduction of a pitch clock—an electronic countdown limiting the time between pitches to 15 seconds with nobody on or 20 seconds with a runner on.

The changes were aimed at speeding up the game and boosting attendance, and they were a smashing success on both counts: the average game time for the 2023 season was the shortest in 38 years, and attendance rose by the highest percentage in 30 years.

Now let’s turn to a change that’s been introduced gradually, almost sneakily, a change that should itself be smashed. Jimmy Traina writes a column for Sports Illustrated, cleverly titled “Traina Thoughts.” This one is easy to follow:

Major League owners are selfishly committing an egregious error. Throughout the regular season and even into the playoffs, they’re putting dollars ahead of fans by selling exclusive television rights to streaming services. Early in the 2022 season, a Traina Thought called the error “The Terrible Marriage Between Baseball and Streaming.”

It was terrible because pitching great Max Scherzer was set to make his first start for the New York Mets—but the game wouldn’t air in New York, and it wouldn’t be called by the regular Mets’ announcers Gary Cohen, Keith Hernandez and Ron Darling. Scherzer’s debut with the Mets had been picked as the Friday Night Baseball game, and it was showing only on Apple TV+.

Traina spoke up for the masses: “Baseball fans already pay around $100 for a local cable or satellite package. Some baseball fans pay extra for the MLB TV package….When is enough enough?”

For Mets’ Hall of Famer-turned-announcer Darling, his personal had-enough moment came this August. The Mets were playing on the road against the Los Angeles Angels. Darling planned to watch the telecast but found himself with a problem: the TV rights had been sold to the streaming channel Peacock, and Darling wasn’t a subscriber.

He wasn’t about to become one, either: “It was a protest. I said I’m not getting another one. I’m not spending another $5.”  (Darling, in fact, has free access to Peacock, but he didn’t know it at the time.)

New York has two major league baseball teams, and the Mets aren’t alone in trivializing the fans who don’t have streaming services, or haven’t mastered the challenges of using them (or, saddest of all, can’t afford them in the first place). The New York Yankees televise most of their games on their own widely-available cable channel, but they too have taken to selling exclusive rights to streaming services. Friday night Yankee games have been appearing only on Amazon Prime, and designated games only on Apple TV+.

There’s a dissing here that deserves more mention and attention.

Today’s major league baseball fans are paying extra-major league prices for their fandom. It’s really Yankee fans, not the owners, who’ll be paying Aaron Judge $40 million in 2024 and $360 million over nine years. It’s Yankee fans who’ll be paying an average ticket price of $188 in 2024, approaching $800 for a family of four. It’s Yankee fans who’ll be paying up to 10 percent more in 2024, despite the Yanks having just racked up their first losing season in 30 years. (To be fair, not all Yankee prices are in the stratosphere: beers and hot dogs went for $6 and $3 this past season, far below the major league-leading $10.50 and $6.25 charged in Fenway Park by the Boston Red Sox.)

These days there’s a new and hidden price that fans have to pay, and it discriminates hugely. Streaming channels get exclusive TV rights for select days and times, shutting out everybody who doesn’t have access to those outlets.  Nobody seems to care about the fans who won’t get to see the games; they’re an afterthought (if they’re thought about at all).

What Thomas Paine said long ago has come around again:  We’re living in times that try men’s souls. For millions of baseball fans, particularly tech-challenged, older and poorer fans, showing games only on streaming services is something they do not need—anytime, especially at playoff time, and extra-especially in times like these.

Baseball moguls should be focusing on doing everything they can to attract new fans. What they’re doing instead is anti-fan, and dumb besides. Traina has a thought: “[P]ut games on channels where more people can see them,” not on streaming services.

What a refreshing, right-side-up idea: counting fans instead of counting streaming dollars.

The post Baseball Owners Blow Off Fans in Favor of Streaming Dollars first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Gerald E. Scorse.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/02/baseball-owners-blow-off-fans-in-favor-of-streaming-dollars/feed/ 0 443196
Journalist kidnappings on the rise in Haiti as violence spikes https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/journalist-kidnappings-on-the-rise-in-haiti-as-violence-spikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/journalist-kidnappings-on-the-rise-in-haiti-as-violence-spikes/#respond Tue, 24 Oct 2023 15:00:25 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=323632 At least six journalists have been kidnapped and released in Haiti over the past eight months as gangs have grown in strength since the 2021 assassination of President Jovenel Moïse, formed alliances, and called for the armed overthrow of the government.

Since February, CPJ has documented two journalists’ deaths, several reporters fleeing their homes, and numerous other threats and attacks on the press as gangs have taken over much of Port-au-Prince, killing, raping, burning homes, and terrorizing communities.

The journalists’ work appeared to be a clear motive for the abduction in some cases, though money and visibility were also likely factors. In every case, a ransom was paid to secure the release of the victim, although no one was willing to disclose the amount paid.

  • On February 3, suspected gang members kidnapped Haitian journalist Jean Thony Lorthé, host of the show, “Memory Refresh,” on privately owned radio and television outlet Radio Vision 2000.

Lorthé told CPJ that he was headed to a funeral in Port-au-Prince’s Carrefour Feuilles neighborhood with his wife and brother at around 7 p.m. when they were ambushed at a crossroads by a dozen heavily armed men in the Laboule 12 neighborhood, which is controlled by the Tik Makak gang.

“They took us hostage and confiscated our two vehicles, stripping us of jewelry, cell phones, and cash,” Lorthé told CPJ.

Lorthé said he believed his journalism was a motive in the kidnapping. “I was asked a lot of questions about Radio Vision 2000, about some of my reports, and they questioned me about the government,” he said. The gang leader was present at the kidnapping, he said, taking that as a sign that the abduction was planned.

The three captives were freed after 15 days following the payment of a ransom. Lorthé, who has since left the country, said he went to the Central Directorate of the Judicial Police, responsible for investigating serious crimes in Haiti, to make a statement but he had not heard anything since and did not know if the police were investigating the case.

“Generally speaking, the police don’t react. Especially since the police don’t have the means or the strategy to confront the gangs,” he said. “I was given a certificate of my statement. I’m not aware of anything else.”

A spokesperson for the Haitian police did not respond to a request for comment on Lorthé‘s case.

  • On March 17, Lebrun Saint-Hubert, owner of the community radio station RCH 2000 and host of a current affairs show “Konfizyon” (Confusion), was kidnapped and held captive for eight days

Saint-Hubert told CPJ that eight armed men dressed in black took him hostage around 7 p.m. in the Delmas 39 area of Port-au-Prince while he was drivingto a restaurant he owns, Kora Bar & Grill. The kidnappers demanded $1.5 million in ransom, said Saint-Hubert, who declined to tell CPJ how much he paid.

Upon his release, Saint-Hubert, who also filed a complaint with the police and briefly left the country. He has since returned to Haiti and resumed hosting his show.Saint-Hubert, who also works as a police officer, said he had requested to be transferred to a safer neighborhood. “No one can move in Haiti. It’s like a prison,” he said, in reference to the volatile situation on the ground.

Saint-Hubert confirmed that a dispute with a local politician over ownership of the radio station may have been the motive for the kidnapping, as reported by local media, but said he could not be certain who was responsible.

  • From April 10 to 21, Robert Denis, the 75-year-old owner of the TV station Canal Bleu, was held captive until he paid an undisclosed ransom, he told CPJ.

Denis, who is also president of the National Association of Haitian Media,said hewas stopped by armed men while driving his car at 10 a.m. on the Route de Frères, east of the capital. Denis said that he was held in an empty room, where he slept on the floor, and was subjected to death threats.

“They only had one objective: money,” said Denis, adding that his car, laptop, passport, and other documents were stolen.

Denis said he filed a complaint with the police but had little hope of the case being resolved. “They said they would investigate, but it’s like we are at war. The police don’t have the resources to protect everyone. The gangs can kill and kidnap, and they know nothing will happen to them,” he said.

CPJ has previously documented the kidnappings of three other journalists in the country:

  • On June 20, Pierre-Louis Opont, president of Haiti’s independent Télé Pluriel channel 44, was kidnapped a week after the brief abduction of his wife, Marie Lucie Bonhomme, a veteran journalist for  Radio Vision 2000, in Port-au-Prince’s Tabarre neighborhood. Bonhomme told CPJ that she was freed after several hours while her husband was held for over two months before his release.
  • On July 21, Blondine Tanis, a host on the local broadcaster Radio Renovation FM, was kidnapped by unidentified people at her home in the Delmas neighborhood of Port-au-Prince. She was released on July 30 after a ransom was paid. In each case, victims told CPJ that they were unaware of any effort by the police or judicial authorities to investigate the incidents.

Haiti is one of the world’s most dangerous places for journalists. CPJ has documented the killings of nine journalists since 2021, with six confirmed to have been killed in connection with their work.

“Journalists must strike a balance between their duty to inform and their obligation to stay alive,” Lorthé said. “To protect themselves, they must analyze situations carefully before approaching gangs,” adding that journalists do not have the training or the equipment to protect themselves when covering gangs. 

On October 2, the United Nations Security Council approved sending an international security mission to Haiti to support the police in regaining territory from the gangs.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/journalist-kidnappings-on-the-rise-in-haiti-as-violence-spikes/feed/ 0 436306
Three journalists detained in Ethiopia, transferred to military camp https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/three-journalists-detained-in-ethiopia-transferred-to-military-camp/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/three-journalists-detained-in-ethiopia-transferred-to-military-camp/#respond Thu, 05 Oct 2023 18:17:27 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=319939 Nairobi, October 5, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists on Thursday called on Ethiopian authorities to immediately release three journalists detained in late August and early September, and expressed grave concern about a pattern of detaining journalists amid an ongoing state of emergency.

On August 26, 2023, police arrested Tewodros Zerfu, a presenter and program host with the online media outlets Yegna TV and Menelik Television, while he was chatting with a friend at a cafe in the Ethiopian capital Addis Ababa, according to reports from the outlets and accounts from his sister Seblework Zerfu and Yegna TV founder Engidawork Gebeyehu, who spoke to CPJ by messaging app.

 Four days later, on August 30, two security officers in civilian clothing arrested Nigussie Berhanu, a political analyst and co-host of, “Yegna Forum,” a biweekly political show on Yegna TV, according to Yegna TV reports, Engidawork, and a family member who spoke to CPJ on condition of anonymity, citing safety concerns.

On September 11, seven federal police officers arrested Yehualashet Zerihun, the program director of the privately owned station Tirita 97.6 FM, his residence in Addis Ababa, according to a report by Tirita and Yehualashet‘s wife Meron Jembere, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app. Meron said she had not been given any specific reason for his arrest to date.

The three journalists were initially detained at the Federal Police Crime Investigation Center in the capital city of Addis Ababa, but have since been transferred to a temporary detention center at a military in Awash Arba, a town in Afar State that is about 240 miles (145 kilometers) east of Addis Ababa, according to the people who spoke to CPJ. Those sources said they were not aware of the journalists being presented in court or formally charged with a crime.

“The detention of journalists at a military camp, under unclear judicial oversight, is a deeply worrying sign of the depths to which Ethiopia’s regard for the media has sunk,” said CPJ sub-Saharan Africa representative, Muthoki Mumo. “Authorities should release journalists Tewodros Zerfu, Yehualashet Zerihun, and Nigussie Berhanu, as well as other members of the press detained for their work.”

Ethiopia declared a six-month state of emergency on August 4, 2023, in response to the conflict in northern Amhara state involving federal government forces and the Fano, an armed militia, according to media reports. Since then, CPJ has documented the detention of at least four  other journalists in Addis Ababa, two of whom remain detained, also in Awash Arba.

The state of emergency legislation gives security personnel sweeping powers of arrest and permits the suspension of due process of law, including the right to appear before a court and receive legal counsel.

In addition to his role as a program director, Yehualashet was a host and co-host of three weekly radio shows, “Negere Kin,” “Semonegna,” and “Feta Bekidame,” focusing on art and social issues.

According to CPJ’s review of their work, Tewodros and Nigussie usually appeared together on Yegna TV’s regular program, “Yegna’s Forum,” and their commentary and reporting is published on Yegna TV’s YouTube channel, which has over 600,000 subscribers. Yegna Forum is a mostly political program, which has been critical of the Ethiopian government. Prior to their detention, they had discussed the ongoing Amhara conflict, criticizing the passing of the state of emergency decree, and questioning the neutrality of the Ethiopian National Defense Force.

A few days before his detention, Nigussie made a Facebook post in which he alleged that he was “perceived as a threat” to the government, and had been “identified as a target.”

CPJ’s queries sent via email to federal police spokesperson Jeylan Abdi and the office of the federal minister of justice were unanswered. Government spokesperson Legesse Tulu did not respond to queries sent via messaging app and text message.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/05/three-journalists-detained-in-ethiopia-transferred-to-military-camp/feed/ 0 432211
Four Comoros journalists appeal conviction over publicizing of sexual assault allegations https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/four-comoros-journalists-appeal-conviction-over-publicizing-of-sexual-assault-allegations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/four-comoros-journalists-appeal-conviction-over-publicizing-of-sexual-assault-allegations/#respond Wed, 20 Sep 2023 17:00:44 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=316467 Dakar, September 20, 2023—Comoros authorities should not oppose the appeal of four journalists convicted for publicizing sexual assault allegations at the country’s public broadcaster, Comoros Radio and Television Office (ORTC), the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On August 31, four Comorian journalists appealed their August 24 convictions for defamation and insult related to the publicizing of sexual misconduct allegations against unnamed leadership of the state-owned ORTC, according to the journalists, who spoke to CPJ over the phone, and a statement in support of the appeal by the National Union of Journalists in the Comoros, a local trade organization.

The charges and convictions by the criminal court in the capital, Moroni, followed a complaint by Hablani Assoumani, operational director of the ORTC, over “defamatory allegations of sexual touching” made during a January 17 meeting between Comoros President Azali Assoumani and journalists, as well as in subsequent media coverage of the allegations, according to those sources and a copy of the summons for one of the journalists to appear in court, which CPJ reviewed.

The journalists convicted include Andjouza Abouheir, vice president of the journalists’ union, and Toufé Maecha, former director of ORTC, who both made comments related to the allegations during the January 17 meeting; as well as Abdallah Mzembaba, a correspondent for Radio France Internationale, and Oubeidillah Mchangama, a reporter with the privately owned FCBK FM broadcaster, both of whom published reporting about these allegations, the four journalists told CPJ.

A court date for the journalists’ appeal has not been set, according to Saïd Mohamed Saïd Hassane, Mzembaba’s lawyer, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

“Convicting journalists for asking questions and reporting on sexual assault allegations sends a chilling message that promotes impunity for such abusive behavior. Authorities should not oppose the journalists’ appeal,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in Durban, South Africa. “Journalists have been crucial to exposing sexual misconduct in workplaces around the world. Comoros authorities should focus on investigating such allegations, not seek to deter reporters from holding those in power to account.”

During the January 17 meeting, Abouheir questioned the country’s president about allegations of sexual touching “by at least one man, a superior, on young women,” in return for promises of “promotions,” according to media reports.

Mzembaba told CPJ that after the meeting he reported for RFI on the allegations and the president’s response. That reporting suggested that the person accused is “a director of one of the national television departments.” On June 15, the Moroni court summoned Mzembaba to appear over that coverage, according to the summons that CPJ reviewed.

Mchangamasimilarly told CPJ he was being prosecuted for reporting the details of the meeting in a January 19 Facebook Live broadcast.

On June 22, the public prosecutor called for one year’s sentence, with a minimum of three months to be served in prison, and a one-year ban on the suspects from exercising their profession, claiming in the indictment that the speech and media coverage of these allegations had “tarnished” the country’s image, according to several reports.

On August 24, the Moroni court sentenced the four journalists to a nine-month suspended sentenceand a fine of 150,000 Comorian francs ($US325) each for defamation and insult, according to news reports.

CPJ reached the secretary for ORTC’s general manager Mohamed Abdou Mhadji via messaging app, but he declined to comment. CPJ’s calls to the Comoros Ministry of Justice via the number listed on their Facebook page went unanswered.

[Editors’ Note: The first paragraph of this report was updated to correct a typo.]


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/20/four-comoros-journalists-appeal-conviction-over-publicizing-of-sexual-assault-allegations/feed/ 0 428584
TVNZ tightens its belt with ‘tough calls’ citing ad revenue slump https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/tvnz-tightens-its-belt-with-tough-calls-citing-ad-revenue-slump/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/tvnz-tightens-its-belt-with-tough-calls-citing-ad-revenue-slump/#respond Mon, 18 Sep 2023 09:50:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=93244 MEDIAWATCH: By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

Aotearoa New Zealand’s public television broadcaster TVNZ is planning significant cuts to content production, programmes and operational spending in response to commercial clients’ reduced spending on advertising.

Future projects are under review and pay rises for executives and top-earning staff have also been scrapped at the state-owned broadcaster.

Staff were informed of the changes in a memo and video address today from acting chief executive Brent McAnulty.

The memo says senior executives have identified “all the possible cost savings opportunities we have” in recent weeks.

“Content budgets have been reduced, both for local production and international content. Remuneration reviews have been cancelled for our exec team and our other highest-earning employees,” it said.

“There have been some really tough calls to make here, but we need to live within our means,” McAnulty told staff.

“All projects are being reviewed to decide whether they should continue, be paused, or be cancelled for this financial year,” the memo said.

Digital technology overhaul
TVNZ currently has a tender out for a major overhaul of its digital technology and internet infrastructure.

“We’re also putting tighter controls on capital expenditure and we’re looking at how we can reduce casual and contractor labour costs,” the memo said.

“The TV advertising market is tough right now, and as the biggest player we are being impacted,” McAnulty told staff in today’s memo.

“Local businesses have been reducing their advertising spend because of the economic conditions, and uncertainty in the lead up to the election,” it said.

The memo urges staff to use up their leave this year.

Recruitment for vacant roles is “paused until 2024” and TVNZ is “choosing not to fill some other vacant roles” and will defer the starting dates for some roles.

TVNZ has more than 750 staff. More than 300 of them earn more than $100,000 a year.

Annual allowance dropped
An annual allowance of $350 paid to all staff — which was effectively a covid-19 relief initiative — will not be paid this year.

TVNZ has “paused” all travel for 2024 except “business-critical travel related to newsgathering, commercial clients and content negotiations”.

TVNZ will also spend less on social media and online marketing and promotion and market research, according to the memo.

“We’re pausing all internal events — though we’re still hopeful that we’ll have Christmas celebrations in our three main offices,” the memo said.

TVNZ reported revenue of $180.3 million in the six months to December 2022, but forecast a loss of $15.6m in the 2023/24 financial year.

The broadcaster has previously signalled that it may need to respond to financial difficulties in the near future.

TVNZ’s most recent Statement of Intent (pdf) says alignment of revenues and costs was under “increasing pressure”.

A ‘dynamic approach’
“We’ll adopt a dynamic approach to the allocation of business resources between investing to sustain our core TV business and accelerating the growth of our future online business. The stronger the commercial performance of our core business, the more actively we’ll be able to invest in shaping our future,” the document says.

Brent McAnulty assured TVNZ staff in today’s memo that TVNZ still had a strong share of television audience and revenue and its online platform TVNZ+ had an “impressive growth trajectory.”

Previous CEO Kevin Kenrick persuaded the government in 2019 to allow TVNZ to effectively forgo dividends to the Crown to allow it to invest in programmes and digital services.

This angered rival commercial media rivals who could expect no such backstop, while also competing with offshore-owned streaming services as well other broadcasters for audience and revenue.

TVNZ has invested heavily in TVNZ+ and recently launched live sport on the platform after securing rights held by Spark Sport until it ceased in July.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/tvnz-tightens-its-belt-with-tough-calls-citing-ad-revenue-slump/feed/ 0 427847
Television writer and journalist Alex Zaragoza on investing in yourself https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/television-writer-and-journalist-alex-zaragoza-on-investing-in-yourself/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/television-writer-and-journalist-alex-zaragoza-on-investing-in-yourself/#respond Fri, 08 Sep 2023 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/television-writer-and-journalist-alex-zaragoza-on-investing-in-yourself How have you been structuring your time during the strike?

I’ve had to learn to be very good about structure. Historically, my schedule has been either super rigid or extremely free, depending on my circumstances. I think both have been detrimental to my mental health and creative output, so I’ve had to find a balance. Sometimes I’d realize it was four o’clock and I hadn’t brushed my teeth yet. Other times I had my day planned out so thoroughly I didn’t give myself time to eat or go outside at all. I’ve learned that structuring my day in a way that feels productive but also nourishing makes me feel better not just in the work, but in my body and my life.

My strike schedule looks something like this: I’ll wake up, make coffee, check emails. I try to go to a morning yoga class a few times a week. I’m going to try not to lie to you and say, “I wake up every single day and I take a class.” But right now I’m probably doing it two, three times a week. I do think it’s also important to try to rest your body and rest your brain.

Right now, I’m really focused on rest because when I am in a writer’s room, it’s pretty draining. If you’re writing every day, you just get so tapped out. Last year was a very, very busy year for me. Up until April of this year, I was pretty much working nonstop. Then, after we went on strike, I began regularly contributing to The LA Times’ ‘De Los’ section. So I’ve honestly been trying to take advantage of this time to rest and sleep and care for my body, in between picketing and writing for The Times. And only just recently, I’ve started letting some TV writing ideas become bigger than just ideas, like outlining an idea for a series. I’ve been trying to carve out some time in the day just for outlining or writing or brainstorming whatever ideas come up. Jotting stuff down, seeing where it goes, tapping into my experiences for fodder, all that good shit. Then I eat a beautiful dinner made by my partner and I watch Love Island. That’s literally my life and then I go to fucking bed.

I would love to hear what the strike has illuminated for you, particularly as someone pretty new to the industry.

I came from 20 years as a journalist. I started at an alt weekly in San Diego, which no longer exists. Then I freelanced while working a ton of random jobs to get by, and eventually landed at Vice for a few years. I think coming from that career path, [journalists] see TV as like, Oh, that’s it. You’re fucking set. Because [in journalism] you just get so used to being beaten down and driven out and laid off. It’s such a hard pursuit, especially like in my case, if you’re one of the very few Latinx people — or have any kind of underrepresented background — within those spaces. You end up doing so much double duty explaining identity and experience.

When I hit the wall at Vice, I’d realized that no one was really investing in me. I constantly felt like I was having to prove myself. A lot of my career felt like people were underestimating me and me being like, Fuck you, I’m going to do this anyway. So I only really had myself in some ways, and then eventually the community I built that was supportive and mutually supportive.

But when I started working in TV, I had the realization that it has its own problems just like any other industry. And I know it’s kind of bleak, but there is no Promised Land. We’re always going to be fighting, especially as creative people because our creativity and our work is going to be constantly devalued. But you have to know your own value. You have to know what you’re worth and what you can do, and that you have to be willing to invest in yourself at all costs because they’re not going to. We’re dealing with it now with the AMPTP.

What has been really heartening is that, just like when I was a union rep at Vice, picketing with the Writer’s Guild has offered me a really strong group of people who all support each other and are willing to fight with you so you’re not alone in your fight.

Can you walk me through that journey, from journalism to TV?

I was in a group chat with a bunch of other Latinx writers started by Shea Serrano, as a space for us to support each other, talk shit, and just joke around. Everyone was in journalism, digital or print media, TV or film. One day the conversation of money came up and the TV writers shared their rates and I was like…Whoa. You make how much? I have to work the whole year and still don’t make as much as you do in like a month or two.</i>

I think we start making concessions in our lives at a pretty young age sometimes. Writing for TV or film, that was always something I dreamt of when I was younger. But I was like, well, maybe one day,/i>. But journalism was considered a more practical writing career. Then when things just became so untenable working in digital media for me, I knew I had to get out. It just wasn’t sustainable.

So, I decided to just write a pilot. I needed something to prove that I could actually do this. Because I could say, I’m really interested in writing for TV and I’d be really great at it, but you have to prove how serious you are. It’s important to be willing to do the work, not just say you want to do it and then wait for someone to let you do it. You need to be able to prove that you have a voice and a vision—that you know what kind of show you want to make and what kind of jokes you want to tell. I wrote on very late nights—until 2 or 3 A.M.—whenever I still had the energy to be creative after work. Sometimes, I slacked off enough at my day job so I’d still have some juice. And then I just started reaching out to my community and being like, “Hey guys, I wrote a pilot. Is anybody willing to read it and give me feedback?”

Then one day, I got a DM from Shea. He and I had been Twitter friends and I was in that group chat, so we’ve known each other and supported each other’s work from afar for years. He really was one of my favorite writers, and from what I understand, he liked my work, too. He hit me up and was like, “Hey, can we talk on the phone?” I was a little confused because anyone wanting to talk on the phone that isn’t your mom can feel very serious. Like your doctor doesn’t even talk to you on the phone. So, I sat down and I got a beer at the Trader Joe’s in Downtown Brooklyn and we got on the phone.

He was like, “So, I sold a TV show. It’s with this guy named Michael Schur. I don’t know if you know him, but he’s done some pretty cool stuff. Anyway, I think it would be really cool if you wrote on the show.” First of all, yes I fucking know who Michael Schur is because I am obsessed with him. He’s like my comedy hero, he’s so cool. And I was like, “Absolutely. But I’ve never written for TV before.” He was just like, “Me neither. I think you’re really funny and smart. And with the work you do, I think you would be a cool fit.” I was so stoked that he saw the potential that I knew I had.

From there, I had to do an interview and send in a package. I included my spec script, but also clips of articles that I’ve written. But I didn’t immediately quit my job or anything. I had to cash out all my vacation time and then take a leave of absence. I did the first writer’s room and then eventually came back, and by that time I had left Vice and gone to Netflix. And so it was possible for me to do both. Shout out to Evette Dionne, who was my boss at [Netflix’s] Tudum. She really supported me by just giving me the space to do this thing. Evette was like, This work can be done at any time, come back after your writer’s room.

You spend a lot of your career just hoping somebody sees you and recognizes something in you that’s worth investing in. When somebody does see it, and nurtures it, it’s so exciting—and often a result of the investments you made in yourself all along.

That’s really special, to have experienced that kind of acknowledgement and investment from writers you respect. From Tudum, you jumped fully into TV?

Yeah, it really is. After I later got laid off from Tudum—we all got laid off—then I had no choice but to be a full-time TV writer. This was all I had now. Thankfully Debbie Wolf and I became friends — she was one of our writers in the first half of season one of Primo,/i>, and she sold her show Lopez v. Lopez to NBC, and she chose to bring me on. And again, she was just like, I see you and I want you on my show. That felt like such validation that I was on the right path.

I always had my eye on what the larger vision was, but sometimes it was pure chaos. I see now I was just planting seeds the whole time. Now, in the last couple of years, I’ve really been watching them grow and bear fruit and blossom. It has been really incredible. But there were years that were extremely brutal, especially when other life stuff got in the way. When my dad got sick and then died. Or when I went through a divorce when I was really young. You wonder, I have to get through all of this and make my dreams come true? Bro, I’m tired.

Creative pursuits under capitalism can require so much patience and resilience!

They really do. For me, it took 39 years. But we’re here. I’m honestly glad it took the time it did, because at 25, I don’t think I would’ve been able to handle it as well. I’ve always felt it’s important to trust the universe, and I think in my gut I knew it was always going to work out. I didn’t know how or when, but I really trusted that the universe was looking out for me. Where that trust came from, why I decided to bet on it, I don’t know. But I always felt like my purpose was there and I just had to move in a way that I felt good about and things would work out. The ancestors would look out. Whoever it is, whatever it is, would look out for me.

Kind of a pivot, but what are your ideal working conditions?

Two hours a day max. And five hours of Love Island

Honestly, I do not love working long hours, but you do it sometimes because you have to and that’s fine. My ideal working conditions involve a very open collaborative environment with people that are supportive and where everyone wants the best for each other and wants to get the best out of each other in a really kind and generous way. A leader that is there to instill their trust in you, and also help you become a better writer. Mike Schur is that person, and so is Shea, and the people they hired for Primo are those people too, including Lisa Muse Bryant and Peter Murrieta. And even others like my friend Sylvia Batey Alcalá. Same went for many of the folks at Lopez vs. Lopez, like Keith Heisler, Erica Harrell, Desiree Proctor, Lesley Wake Webster, and Marcos Luevanos. It’s so important to work in an environment where everyone’s really looking out for each other and it’s based in care and growth and everyone wanting to make the best possible, funniest, coolest, raddest show.

Also, free food. A lot of options for beverages. Those are the main things I require: A beautiful collaboration where we care for each other. And also there must be snacks.

What about your ideal work-life balance?

At the end of the day, work is work. Making TV is great and as cool as it is, it’s not your whole life. Your life is your family, your friends. That’s your life. This is your work. And I think when you work with people who understand that—especially those people in leadership positions—it makes such a huge difference.

I remember working at Vice, where they acted like if this fucking blog post doesn’t get out by 1:35 P.M. on the dot, it was the end of the world. In reality, this is a blog about Love Island. I’m stoked to write it, but I just don’t want to live like that. And I just can’t produce good work if I’m under stress. As a leader, if you aren’t understanding that people have lives and other responsibilities and need rest, then you just aren’t a good leader.

I’m curious how you determine whether a project deserves your attention and your time to pursue it and see it through, as opposed to projects that you feel good abandoning?

Sometimes I don’t really have that luxury, to be honest. Sometimes I have to see a project through because it’s a check. That’s the reality of it. And sometimes I get to do a project and I invest in it. I now have a development deal for a TV show based on my upbringing in Tijuana and San Diego. And a lot of the work I’ve had to do with that is not paid. Even with a deal, you don’t get paid until you sell—and you might not sell. So that’s like two years worth of work and I’m doing it because that’s my story and I’m willing to do whatever it takes. I should be paid for it, but at the moment, that’s not the case.

A lot of projects that I take on, I try to make sure they matter to me in some way or that I’m excited by some element of it. But sometimes I’m just like, this one is going to pay for my AT&T bill and a few other things and that’s fine too. There’s room for all of it. I’m at the point where I could be more selective, but not all the way selective. I’m not balling that hard yet, but hopefully one day.

When I do have the choice, I try to think about the people I’ll be working with and the ways I could grow from it. I just try to approach everything as though there’s a reason for it coming into my life, and inevitably I’m going to get something out of it. Sometimes the shitty thing leads to an amazing thing. It all eventually leads to something better. You’re always taking a big gamble on yourself. But I’m willing to roll the dice on that one.

Alex Zaragoza Recommends:

five things

Picketing with the WGA and SAG-AFTRA: I’ve been a proud member of the WGA since 2018, from my time at VICE to now as a TV writer. It’s been hard seeing our work and our very selves be devalued, so much so these greedy CEOs think machines can replace us. While picketing is a necessary action for the very future of our profession and our lives, it’s also invigorating to be fighting alongside so many cool, brilliant people to demand a better world for all.

What We Do in the Shadows: I don’t think there’s an episode of this show that doesn’t make me do a full spit take. The 2015 film this show is based on, which was written, directed, and starred Taika Waititi and Jemaine Clement, is in my top 5 all time favorites. I was nervous the show wouldn’t be as good, but I was extremely stupid and wrong for doubting for even a second. It’s pure genius, everyone on it gives incredible performances, and it’s one of the most inventive, lovably odd comedies ever made.

Past Lives: Let me tell you something. Going to the movies at 11 am rules. My partner and I like to indulge in a nice morning movie pretty much every weekend, and then after we eat and talk about the movie. Listen, I’m 39. That shit is lovely. We saw Past Lives by Celine Song and I was a sobbing mess. It was such a beautiful way to approach a story of immigration, what we leave behind when we start new chapters, and the What If’s that stay with us forever. I still haven’t recovered.

LA’s Flower District: This is really such a magical place. My partner and I regularly go head down to the Flower District to pick up fresh flowers and plants for our house. We peruse the aisles of the cold warehouse, dodging cats and carts hauling stacks of hydrangeas and buttercups as we pick out a few bundles to make arrangements to put around our house. Sometimes, if we have a party coming up, we also hit up the Piñata District, one of my favorite places in LA, to pick out candy and a piñata (we recently did this for my birthday. I’m 39, what about it?) and we always stop to get micheladas and food from one of the vendors. Bandas will set up, too. Last time I requested “Acábame de Matar” by Banda El Recodo and it was the best $20 I’ve spent in a long time.

“Normal Gossip” podcast: I’m not a huge podcast person, because I don’t like to encourage men to talk, but Normal Gossip is led by two really smart, cool women and I love the topic. Host Kelsey McKinney brings on a guest and shares an audience-submitted gossip story with them. It’s always juicy but low-stakes and not mean, so you’re giggling and gasping. It has really kept me going on the picket line. The podcast feels like when your best friend texts you “Bitch, can I tell you what this girl at work just told me?” You know that shit’s gonna be good. Plus, I’m Mexican. Chisme (and shit talk, really) is such a profoundly intrinsic part of our culture, for better or worse. So this satiates my thirst for gossip when I haven’t spoken to my mom for one whole day.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Sara Tardiff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/television-writer-and-journalist-alex-zaragoza-on-investing-in-yourself/feed/ 0 425738
Armed men attack Nigerian journalists covering clashes in Bayelsa state https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/armed-men-attack-nigerian-journalists-covering-clashes-in-bayelsa-state/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/armed-men-attack-nigerian-journalists-covering-clashes-in-bayelsa-state/#respond Wed, 30 Aug 2023 18:08:22 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=311929 Abuja, August 30, 2023—Nigerian authorities should swiftly identify and hold to account those responsible for recently attacking a group of journalists in southern Bayelsa state, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday. 

On August 14, a group of unidentified men carrying guns, knives, and sticks attacked journalists who were reporting on the aftermath of clashes between younger members of the Opu Nembe community and their leaders, according to the journalists, who spoke with CPJ, and news reports.

The men assaulted and robbed one journalist and stole equipment from two others. Two of the journalists were injured while fleeing the scene, they told CPJ.

“Authorities in Nigeria must identify all members of the group who recently attacked journalists working in Bayelsa state and hold them to account,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator in Durban, South Africa. “Police should conduct a swift and transparent investigation to send a clear message to all Nigerians that protecting the press is a priority.”

The journalists at the scene included reporter Joseph Kunde and camera operator Miebi Binafiai with the privately owned Television Continental news broadcaster; reporter Awe Baratuapere and camera operator Ayebakuro Rhodes Egein with the government-owned Nigerian Television Authority; reporter Iniyekenime Doctor Bruce, with the privately owned Africa Independent Television broadcaster; and Folaranmi Femi, a correspondent for The Sun newspaper.

Those journalists told CPJ that the police provided them with a security escort to the area, but then left because of another assignment. The journalists had nearly finished their work when dozens of young men appeared, fired guns into the air, and attacked them.

Femi and Kunde said they ran back to the police base to alert the officers. Police returned to the village about 20 minutes later and used tear gas and shot in the air to disperse the crowd.

Before police arrived, Binafiai told CPJ, attackers pointed an AK-47 rifle at him and stripped him of his shirt and pants, which they used to tie his hands and legs. The men then kicked and punched him until the officers arrived and chased them away. Binafiai said he lost a tooth in the attack, for which he received medical treatment, and the attackers also stole his camera, a mobile phone worth 170,000 naira ($220), two microphones, and 7,000 naira (US$9) in cash.

Journalist Miebi Binafiai is seen in a hospital after losing a tooth when he was attacked in Bayelsa State. (Photo: Folaranmi Femi)

Bruce told CPJ that she fell down while running away and pretended to be unconscious, but the attackers stole her mobile phone and camera as she lay on the ground. She said that the Nigeria Union of Journalists later recovered her camera, but it was broken.

Baratuapere said he lost his tripod while running from the attackers and sustained a small cut near his right knee.

Egein told CPJ that he fell over as he was running to seek sanctuary in a nearby house, and broke his ankle and hurt his knee. A woman followed him inside the house and threatened to hand him over to the attackers unless he gave her all his money and belongings. Egein said he gave her his mobile phone, iPad, earbuds, 5,000 naira (US$6) in cash, and his ATM card, which she later used to withdraw 77,000 naira (US$100).

Egein said the woman hid him for a while and then introduced him to two men who escorted him to the next village, where he stayed until the following morning.

The other five journalists said police took them to the station, where they filed a complaint and waited until about midnight for officers to safely escort them out of the area.

Bayelsa state police spokesperson Butswat Asinim told CPJ on August 28 that investigations were ongoing to recover the stolen items and identify the perpetrators.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/armed-men-attack-nigerian-journalists-covering-clashes-in-bayelsa-state/feed/ 0 423963
Peru’s Manuel Calloquispe faces threats and assaults to expose environmental damage from illegal Amazon mining https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining/#respond Wed, 23 Aug 2023 21:31:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=309714 Manuel Calloquispe has had to face an angry mob laying siege to his house. He’s been called a traitor. He’s been punched and kicked by miners and had his equipment stolen. He once had to duck for cover when someone threw a machete at him.

The reason: His decade reporting on the environmental havoc caused by the illegal extraction of gold from his childhood home in the Amazon rainforest in eastern Peru.

Despite the danger, Calloquispe, a freelancer for El Comercio, Latina Televisión, and environmental news site Inforegión, presses ahead with his investigations and scoops.

Unlike Lima reporters who sometimes cover these issues by spending a few days in the area before returning to the safety of the capital, Calloquispe lives in the jungle and must deal with the fallout of his reporting. “The pressure against me is very strong,” Calloquispe, 57, said in an interview with CPJ in the Amazon town of Puerto Maldonado where he is based. “But this is where I want to be.”

Journalists in Peru face a variety of threats, ranging from a rising number of criminal defamation lawsuits to attacks by police during anti-government protests. Reporting on environmental issues from the Amazon, which encompasses parts of Peru and several other South American countries, can be especially dangerous due to its remote location, the lack of law enforcement that allows criminal groups to thrive, and poor communications infrastructure. Last year, British freelance journalist Dom Phillips was shot by suspected illegal fishermen while researching a book on how to protect the Amazon with Indigenous issues expert Bruno Pereira. Their bodies were found dismembered and buried in the Brazilian rainforest.

Illegal gold mining, Calloquispe’s beat, is often carried out by criminal networks which extract the precious metal without permits or authorized machinery. This underground industry is estimated to account for more than one-quarter of Peru’s total gold production, according to think tank InsightCrime. Environmental groups blame the industry for the contaminating rivers with mercury, destroying riverbeds with dredges, and for deforestation. It’s also a source of political corruption and human trafficking as girls and young women are brought into mining areas for sex work, according to the U.N.

An aerial view shows a deforested area of the Amazon jungle in southeast Peru caused by illegal mining, during a Peruvian military operation to destroy illegal machinery and equipment used by wildcat miners in Madre de Dios, Peru, March 5, 2019. (Reuters/Guadalupe Pardo)
A March 5, 2019 photo shows an area of the Amazon jungle deforested by unauthorized mining in Madre de Dios in southeastern Peru. (Reuters/Guadalupe Pardo)

In the Peruvian capital of Lima, Calloquispe’s editors describe him as an extremely well-sourced journalist willing to venture into dangerous areas to report on one of the biggest threats to the Amazon rainforest.

“You need courage and willpower to cover this beat,” said Ricardo León, the weekend editor at El Comercio who works closely with Calloquispe. “What struck me about Manuel is that he is one of the few journalists in the region strongly opposed to the industry.”

Aside from documenting the environmental havoc, Calloquispe’s reporting helps explain why the industry is so entrenched, León said. For example, ahead of local elections in 2014 and 2018, he found that numerous candidates in Madre de Dios province, the mining epicenter in the Peruvian Amazon, were connected to the industry.

Calloquispe often goes along on police raids against illegal miners. But Rodolfo Mancilla, a public prosecutor in Puerto Maldonado, told CPJ that political support for the industry is so strong that local mayors and legislators often try to stymie these law enforcement operations. Calloquispe has also reported on a jump in homicides in the mining zone, on the industry’s impact on Indigenous communities, and on human trafficking.  

“Manuel is very committed to his work,” Pamela Bressia, his editor at Latina Television, told CPJ. “He is always trying to investigate and uncover wrongdoing.”

That commitment comes, in part, from Calloquispe’s upbringing. When he was 5, his father moved his family from the mountains of central Peru to a plot of land in the Amazon rainforest about 25 miles from Puerto Maldonado. Calloquispe fished, hunted wild boar with a shotgun, and soaked in his jungle surroundings. His father tried panning for gold but soon switched to farming.

“He found a few nuggets but came to believe that the forest did not want to give up its gold,” Calloquispe said. “He felt a bad vibe, like he was doing something wrong. He told me: ‘This is not for us.’”

His father had been illiterate but eventually learned to read and furnished their home with three books: a Bible, a classic Peruvian novel called “La Serpiente del Oro” (“The Gold Snake”), and a volume of geography. The books sparked Calloquispe’s own interest in reading and writing.

“I figured if my father was illiterate and learned how to read, why can’t I?” he said. 

Calloquispe attended an elementary school in the jungle where there was one teacher for all six grades. He then graduated from high school in Puerto Maldonado and moved to Lima to become the first member of his family to see the Pacific Ocean and to enroll in a university. He didn’t know what a journalist was but liked telling stories and contributed to the school’s so-called “newspaper wall” where students printed out articles they had written and posted them on a bulletin board.

Upon returning to Puerto Maldonado in the late 1990s, he jumped into journalism.

At first, Calloquispe reported for a local newspaper and a TV station where he hosted a news and interview program. He started focusing on illegal mining following the construction of a highway connecting Peru’s interior to the Amazon jungle that opened up the region to a wave of fortune-seekers and made it easier to bring in dredges and other heavy machinery. Calloquispe’s coverage attracted the attention of media outlets in Lima and he began reporting for Inforegión in 2011 and for El Comercio and Latina Televisión in 2013.

León, the El Comercio weekend editor, said that reliable regional correspondents like Calloquispe are difficult to find. He said many reporters in remote areas are poorly paid and as a result often tempted to accept bribes from politicians and business owners in exchange for ignoring scandals and producing puff pieces.

“It’s very difficult to find good reporters because there is so much corruption,” León said. Before hiring Calloquispe “we never had a regular contributor” in Puerto Maldonado.

For his part, Calloquispe says he became committed to exposing environmental crimes because he was raised in the rainforest and remembers what it was like before loggers and gold miners invaded the area.

“It used to be a virgin forest and now it’s deforested,” he says. “You used to be able to swim in the rivers which were pristine. Now, they are just muddy water and lots of sediment and no fish or wildlife. It gets worse every day.”

Meanwhile, Calloquispe faces ongoing harassment and danger. In January, when a horde of miners who had discussed killing the journalist on chat groups surrounded his home and shouted threats in response to his article about an illegal mining boss allegedly funding anti-government protests. Calloquispe’s editors at Latina Television contacted the police, who escorted the journalist to the airport so he could board a flight to Lima. He stayed there for two weeks until he could safely return to Puerto Maldonado.

“We were very worried,” Bressia said. “If he would have stayed put, they would have killed him.”

Although Calloquispe has filed complaints with the police and Attorney General’s office, he says there have been no arrests stemming from the attacks and threats against him. A police official in Puerto Maldonado told CPJ he was not authorized to comment on the attacks on the journalist. CPJ emailed the press department of the Attorney General’s office but received no response.

Bressia noted that station managers have talked with Calloquispe about switching to another beat or reporting from Lima but that he’s adamant about staying put, in part, because he wants to write a book about illegal mining.

Calloquispe says that after publishing controversial stories he will go into hiding for a few weeks then return to Puerto Maldonado. He is also trying to get hold of a protective vest and to save up the USD$2,500 he needs to buy a pistol. Some of his friends in the police department have promised to teach him how to shoot.

“There will come a moment when I will have to defend myself,” he said.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by John Otis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining/feed/ 0 421276
Peru’s Manuel Calloquispe faces threats and assaults to expose environmental damage from illegal Amazon mining https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining-2/#respond Wed, 23 Aug 2023 21:31:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=309714 Manuel Calloquispe has had to face an angry mob laying siege to his house. He’s been called a traitor. He’s been punched and kicked by miners and had his equipment stolen. He once had to duck for cover when someone threw a machete at him.

The reason: His decade reporting on the environmental havoc caused by the illegal extraction of gold from his childhood home in the Amazon rainforest in eastern Peru.

Despite the danger, Calloquispe, a freelancer for El Comercio, Latina Televisión, and environmental news site Inforegión, presses ahead with his investigations and scoops.

Unlike Lima reporters who sometimes cover these issues by spending a few days in the area before returning to the safety of the capital, Calloquispe lives in the jungle and must deal with the fallout of his reporting. “The pressure against me is very strong,” Calloquispe, 57, said in an interview with CPJ in the Amazon town of Puerto Maldonado where he is based. “But this is where I want to be.”

Journalists in Peru face a variety of threats, ranging from a rising number of criminal defamation lawsuits to attacks by police during anti-government protests. Reporting on environmental issues from the Amazon, which encompasses parts of Peru and several other South American countries, can be especially dangerous due to its remote location, the lack of law enforcement that allows criminal groups to thrive, and poor communications infrastructure. Last year, British freelance journalist Dom Phillips was shot by suspected illegal fishermen while researching a book on how to protect the Amazon with Indigenous issues expert Bruno Pereira. Their bodies were found dismembered and buried in the Brazilian rainforest.

Illegal gold mining, Calloquispe’s beat, is often carried out by criminal networks which extract the precious metal without permits or authorized machinery. This underground industry is estimated to account for more than one-quarter of Peru’s total gold production, according to think tank InsightCrime. Environmental groups blame the industry for the contaminating rivers with mercury, destroying riverbeds with dredges, and for deforestation. It’s also a source of political corruption and human trafficking as girls and young women are brought into mining areas for sex work, according to the U.N.

An aerial view shows a deforested area of the Amazon jungle in southeast Peru caused by illegal mining, during a Peruvian military operation to destroy illegal machinery and equipment used by wildcat miners in Madre de Dios, Peru, March 5, 2019. (Reuters/Guadalupe Pardo)
A March 5, 2019 photo shows an area of the Amazon jungle deforested by unauthorized mining in Madre de Dios in southeastern Peru. (Reuters/Guadalupe Pardo)

In the Peruvian capital of Lima, Calloquispe’s editors describe him as an extremely well-sourced journalist willing to venture into dangerous areas to report on one of the biggest threats to the Amazon rainforest.

“You need courage and willpower to cover this beat,” said Ricardo León, the weekend editor at El Comercio who works closely with Calloquispe. “What struck me about Manuel is that he is one of the few journalists in the region strongly opposed to the industry.”

Aside from documenting the environmental havoc, Calloquispe’s reporting helps explain why the industry is so entrenched, León said. For example, ahead of local elections in 2014 and 2018, he found that numerous candidates in Madre de Dios province, the mining epicenter in the Peruvian Amazon, were connected to the industry.

Calloquispe often goes along on police raids against illegal miners. But Rodolfo Mancilla, a public prosecutor in Puerto Maldonado, told CPJ that political support for the industry is so strong that local mayors and legislators often try to stymie these law enforcement operations. Calloquispe has also reported on a jump in homicides in the mining zone, on the industry’s impact on Indigenous communities, and on human trafficking.  

“Manuel is very committed to his work,” Pamela Bressia, his editor at Latina Television, told CPJ. “He is always trying to investigate and uncover wrongdoing.”

That commitment comes, in part, from Calloquispe’s upbringing. When he was 5, his father moved his family from the mountains of central Peru to a plot of land in the Amazon rainforest about 25 miles from Puerto Maldonado. Calloquispe fished, hunted wild boar with a shotgun, and soaked in his jungle surroundings. His father tried panning for gold but soon switched to farming.

“He found a few nuggets but came to believe that the forest did not want to give up its gold,” Calloquispe said. “He felt a bad vibe, like he was doing something wrong. He told me: ‘This is not for us.’”

His father had been illiterate but eventually learned to read and furnished their home with three books: a Bible, a classic Peruvian novel called “La Serpiente del Oro” (“The Gold Snake”), and a volume of geography. The books sparked Calloquispe’s own interest in reading and writing.

“I figured if my father was illiterate and learned how to read, why can’t I?” he said. 

Calloquispe attended an elementary school in the jungle where there was one teacher for all six grades. He then graduated from high school in Puerto Maldonado and moved to Lima to become the first member of his family to see the Pacific Ocean and to enroll in a university. He didn’t know what a journalist was but liked telling stories and contributed to the school’s so-called “newspaper wall” where students printed out articles they had written and posted them on a bulletin board.

Upon returning to Puerto Maldonado in the late 1990s, he jumped into journalism.

At first, Calloquispe reported for a local newspaper and a TV station where he hosted a news and interview program. He started focusing on illegal mining following the construction of a highway connecting Peru’s interior to the Amazon jungle that opened up the region to a wave of fortune-seekers and made it easier to bring in dredges and other heavy machinery. Calloquispe’s coverage attracted the attention of media outlets in Lima and he began reporting for Inforegión in 2011 and for El Comercio and Latina Televisión in 2013.

León, the El Comercio weekend editor, said that reliable regional correspondents like Calloquispe are difficult to find. He said many reporters in remote areas are poorly paid and as a result often tempted to accept bribes from politicians and business owners in exchange for ignoring scandals and producing puff pieces.

“It’s very difficult to find good reporters because there is so much corruption,” León said. Before hiring Calloquispe “we never had a regular contributor” in Puerto Maldonado.

For his part, Calloquispe says he became committed to exposing environmental crimes because he was raised in the rainforest and remembers what it was like before loggers and gold miners invaded the area.

“It used to be a virgin forest and now it’s deforested,” he says. “You used to be able to swim in the rivers which were pristine. Now, they are just muddy water and lots of sediment and no fish or wildlife. It gets worse every day.”

Meanwhile, Calloquispe faces ongoing harassment and danger. In January, when a horde of miners who had discussed killing the journalist on chat groups surrounded his home and shouted threats in response to his article about an illegal mining boss allegedly funding anti-government protests. Calloquispe’s editors at Latina Television contacted the police, who escorted the journalist to the airport so he could board a flight to Lima. He stayed there for two weeks until he could safely return to Puerto Maldonado.

“We were very worried,” Bressia said. “If he would have stayed put, they would have killed him.”

Although Calloquispe has filed complaints with the police and Attorney General’s office, he says there have been no arrests stemming from the attacks and threats against him. A police official in Puerto Maldonado told CPJ he was not authorized to comment on the attacks on the journalist. CPJ emailed the press department of the Attorney General’s office but received no response.

Bressia noted that station managers have talked with Calloquispe about switching to another beat or reporting from Lima but that he’s adamant about staying put, in part, because he wants to write a book about illegal mining.

Calloquispe says that after publishing controversial stories he will go into hiding for a few weeks then return to Puerto Maldonado. He is also trying to get hold of a protective vest and to save up the USD$2,500 he needs to buy a pistol. Some of his friends in the police department have promised to teach him how to shoot.

“There will come a moment when I will have to defend myself,” he said.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by John Otis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/23/perus-manuel-calloquispe-faces-threats-and-assaults-to-expose-environmental-damage-from-illegal-amazon-mining-2/feed/ 0 421277
Turkey suspends critical outlet TELE1 for a week https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/turkey-suspends-critical-outlet-tele1-for-a-week/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/turkey-suspends-critical-outlet-tele1-for-a-week/#respond Tue, 08 Aug 2023 15:15:38 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=305755 Istanbul, August 8, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists has condemned a court’s implementation of a seven-day suspension of critical online outlet and TV broadcaster TELE1 following an order by the official media watchdog the Radio and Television Supreme Council (RTÜK).

“The court-imposed suspension of TELE1 due to an RTÜK order, along with the imprisonment of the outlet’s chief editor Merdan Yanardağ in June, are unlawful and shameful acts aimed at intimidating the opposition media in Turkey into silence,” said Özgür Öğret, CPJ’s Turkey representative, on Tuesday. “TELE1 should immediately be allowed to continue broadcasting, and Turkish authorities should make peace with the fact that a free and critical news media is essential for democracy.”

The blackout started on Sunday, August 6, and will last until Saturday, August 12, according to reports by TELE1 and other outlets.

Yanardağ was arrested, pending trial, in June due to his criticism of authorities over the prison conditions of Abdullah Öcalan, the convicted leader of the outlawed Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK), which Turkey considers a terrorist organization.

At that time, RTÜK also ordered a seven-day suspension of TELE1, which was delayed pending a lawsuit filed by the media organization. The RTÜK decisions can be appealed in court, according to the related Turkish laws. However, TELE1 reported on August 1 that it had been informed that an Ankara court had lifted the stay of execution and allowed the suspension to go into effect.

RTÜK’s board is based on political party seats in parliament, which is currently controlled by the ruling Justice and Development Party and its allies. In the past, RTÜK has favored pro-government outlets and has focused penalties on critical outlets. In April, CPJ joined other press freedom, freedom of expression, and human rights organizations in calling for the regulator to stop punishing broadcasters for critical reporting.

TELE1 published a press statement on Saturday assuring its audience that the outlet will live on and “continue on its path as a distinguished example of honorable journalism in the history of the press.” The outlet also published an online video that day in which the TELE1 staff vowed to continue doing their jobs after the suspension ends despite the pressure they face.

CPJ emailed RTÜK but did not receive a response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/08/turkey-suspends-critical-outlet-tele1-for-a-week/feed/ 0 417730
Congolese soldiers arrest, beat 3 journalists covering land dispute https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/congolese-soldiers-arrest-beat-3-journalists-covering-land-dispute/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/congolese-soldiers-arrest-beat-3-journalists-covering-land-dispute/#respond Fri, 30 Jun 2023 17:50:10 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=297891 Kinshasa, June 30, 2023—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo must hold accountable the soldiers who arrested and beat journalists Jeef Ngoyi, Marie-Louise Malou Mbela, and Jiresse Nkelani, and cease detaining journalists covering the news, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On Wednesday, June 28, at least 12 soldiers from the Armed Forces of the DRC (FARDC) arrested, punched, and used belts to hit Ngoyi, a reporter with the U.N.-backed Radio Okapi; Malou, a reporter with state owned Radio Télévision Nationale Congolaise (RTNC); and Nkelani, a camera operator in training with the state owned broadcaster RTNC2.

The three journalists had been covering a land dispute in Kinshasa, the capital, according to a report as well as Malou and Fiston Wavingana, an RTNC camera operator who witnessed the incident, both of whom spoke to CPJ.

Authorities released Malou later that day, and released Ngoyi and Nkelani on Thursday after interventions by the U.N. mission to the DRC, according to a tweet by a local journalist and a Radio Okapi staffer who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing safety concerns. None of the journalists were charged with a crime.

“DRC authorities should hold accountable those responsible for arresting and violently abusing journalists Jeef Ngoyi, Marie-Louise Malou Mbela, and Jiresse Nkelani,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in New York. “The repeated arrests and attacks on Congolese journalists by security forces that are supposed to be protecting the public make for an alarming pattern that must be reversed.”

Before they were attacked, the journalists had interviewed a man who alleged that soldiers evicted him from his home on the orders of the DRC Minister of Urban Planning and Habitat.

A video posted on Twitter by a local journalist appears to show Ngoyi, Malou, and Nkelani after their arrest, sitting in the back of a truck with at least two other men, who CPJ was unable to identify. Two soldiers armed with rifles stand over them, and one of the soldiers can be seen beating them with a coiled rope. 

During their detention, soldiers held the journalists at the local office of the Military Detection of Anti-Patriotic Activities, an intelligence unit known by its French acronym DEMIAP.

Ngoyi told CPJ that they were not seriously injured by the beatings.

Sylvain Ekenge, a spokesperson for FARDC, claimed the journalist had attacked the soldiers, resulting in their arrest.

A local DEMIAP official who was reached by phone declined to give their name or comment. CPJ’s call to the urban planning minister went unanswered.

In November 2022, FARDC soldiers similarly assaulted David Ramazani, director of Buniaactualité TV and the Buniaactualité.cd news website.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/30/congolese-soldiers-arrest-beat-3-journalists-covering-land-dispute/feed/ 0 408633
Gambian party security guards attack 3 journalists for filming politician https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/28/gambian-party-security-guards-attack-3-journalists-for-filming-politician/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/28/gambian-party-security-guards-attack-3-journalists-for-filming-politician/#respond Wed, 28 Jun 2023 21:36:09 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=296189 On May 31, 2023, four security guards working for Gambia’s ruling National People’s Party grabbed, repeatedly punched, and poured water on Malick D. Cham, a presenter with the online broadcaster Jamano Media and Products, after the journalist tried to film an NPP politician and another man arguing at a mayor’s swearing-in ceremony in the capital city of Banjul, Cham told CPJ.

The guards also grabbed, slapped, and pushed Pa Ousman Joof, founder and global coordinator of Gambia Talents Television, when he attempted to film the men attacking Cham, according to a report by the privately owned The Standard news site, as well as Cham and Joof, who also spoke with CPJ. The guards also hit Cham’s camera operator, Sanneh Samba, on the waist with an electric shock baton, Cham and Joof said.

Cham told CPJ he was making his way out of the Banjul City Council building after covering the ceremony when he and Samba spotted an NPP politician arguing with a man. Shortly after Sambabegan filming the argument, one of the politician’s security guards knocked the camera out of his hand, causing the lens to hit the ground and crack, according to Cham and the chief executive officer of Jamano Media, Alhagie Mamat Janha, who spoke by phone with CPJ.

Cham and Samba tried to explain to the security guards that they were doing their job and should be allowed to freely cover what was happening. Another guard then grabbed Cham by the neck and punched his mouth, drawing blood, while a third guard splashed a bottle of water across the journalist’s body, Cham told CPJ, adding that he told the guards he would defend himself with his tripod if they continued to attack.

A fourth guard then joined the attack, hitting Cham on the nose with an electric shock baton, which also drew blood. Cham ran from the guards, according to the journalist and footage of the incident recorded by Joof, which CPJ reviewed. The guards chased him down, grabbed him, and tried to drag him, but bystanders intervened and allowed him to escape, Cham said.

The guards also briefly slapped and grabbed Joof until police intervened and allowed him to leave, Joof told CPJ.

Cham said he described the incident to other journalists at the scene and reported it to the local police station with Janha. He also went to a local hospital and received treatment to stop the bleeding and heal the wounds to his mouth and nose.

Cham also said that neither he nor his employer had heard from police as of June 26.

CPJ’s calls and text messages to Banjul police spokesperson Binta Njie went unanswered as of June 26.

NPP spokesperson Seedy Njie issued a public apology for the incident, but the journalists rejected the apology since it did not reference their names, according to a June 6 report in The Standard. CPJ’s messages to the NPP spokesperson went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/28/gambian-party-security-guards-attack-3-journalists-for-filming-politician/feed/ 0 407934
Ecuadorian journalist run off road, threatened with death after critical reporting https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/ecuadorian-journalist-run-off-road-threatened-with-death-after-critical-reporting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/ecuadorian-journalist-run-off-road-threatened-with-death-after-critical-reporting/#respond Tue, 27 Jun 2023 18:30:42 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=295505 Bogotá, June 27, 2023—Ecuadorian authorities must thoroughly investigate the recent death threats issued to journalist Lissette Ormaza and hold those responsible to account, Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday. 

On June 20, Ormaza, a reporter and newscaster for the privately owned broadcaster Majestad Televisión, was driving from her home in La Concordia to her outlet’s headquarters in the nearby northwestern city of Santo Domingo when a black SUV with no license plates swerved in front of her and forced her off the highway, according to news reports and the journalist, who communicated with CPJ by messaging app.

Ormaza lost control of her car, which went into a ditch and rolled on its side. She sustained minor injuries to her neck, chest, and legs in the accident.

On June 22, Ormaza received a message from a Facebook account she could not identify, saying: “Now you know what we are capable of. Your journalism does not scare us and the next time it won’t be an accident. It will be a bullet to the middle of your forehead.” 

Ormaza said these incidents followed her TV report—which has since been removed from the station’s website due to safety concerns—about brakes failing on an overloaded bus causing a May 28 accident that killed two passengers and injured dozens. Ormaza resigned from the TV station on Monday, June 26, and said she and her family want to flee Ecuador amid the threats.

“Ecuadorian authorities must thoroughly investigate the recent harassment of journalist Lissette Ormaza and ensure that those who threatened her life are held to account,” said Carlos Martinez de la Serna, CPJ’s program director, in Quito. “At least two journalists have already fled Ecuador this year due to safety concerns. Authorities must use all resources at their disposal, including the country’s journalist protection mechanism, to ensure the safety of Ormaza and her family.”

When Ormaza sought comment from the bus company mentioned in her story, a manager ordered the journalist and her camera operator to leave. “He was very angry and tried to hit the camera,” Ormaza told CPJ. 

In early and mid-June, she received four death threats from Facebook accounts she could not identify, according to Ormaza and screenshots reviewed by CPJ. One said: “I hope I don’t have to use the bullet that has your name on it. I hope you understand, snitch.” 

After the car accident, Ormaza’s brother, who is a doctor, prescribed her pain medication and recommended she use an orthopedic brace on her neck. She did not report the highway incident or death threats to the police or attorney general’s office for fear of reprisal, she said.

CPJ called the bus company mentioned in Ormaza’s report and the police in Santo Domingo and emailed the attorney general’s office in Quito for comment, but did not receive any replies.

Crime and homicides, often carried out by drug-trafficking gangs, are rising in Ecuador, leading to a surge in threats and violence against the country’s journalists.

At a press conference in Quito on Wednesday, June 28, a CPJ delegation will release “Ecuador on edge,” a report documenting the impact of political paralysis and spiking crime on press freedom in Ecuador.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/27/ecuadorian-journalist-run-off-road-threatened-with-death-after-critical-reporting/feed/ 0 407561
Comedian and scientist Victor Varnado on treating your creative work like a business https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/comedian-and-scientist-victor-varnado-on-treating-your-creative-work-like-a-business/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/comedian-and-scientist-victor-varnado-on-treating-your-creative-work-like-a-business/#respond Mon, 26 Jun 2023 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/comedian-and-scientist-victor-varnado-on-treating-your-creative-work-like-a-business Comedian and scientist Victor Varnado breaks codes at lightning speed. When we first spoke, he had figured out how to make a living based purely on what he is curious about day to day. Since then, he gained a patent in applying AI to digital accessibility

So I hear your plan is working and you can get up and do whatever you want.

It’s a transformational period. I wanted to figure out how I can be an irresponsible, ridiculous artist and just do things that are nonsense and still make very good money. Every day I get to wake up and do something stupid.

That does sound ideal.

Six years ago I formed a plan and I had bumps along the way, but now it’s becoming a real thing and I feel good. I’m pretty happy. But because it’s becoming a real thing, I’m just like, “What am I going to do now that I can pick projects? What do I want to do more than anything else?” That leads me to a lot of thought about, “Who am I? What am I doing?”

Sometimes I’m like, “How can I make sure I’m creative today, given all my other responsibilities?” But if I was like, “Oh my God, I can be creative all the time,” it’s a similar approach to time, but I guess it’s a little bit more sublime.

What I expect to happen is that when I have more time to focus, the quality of my work is going to increase dramatically. That’s what I think is going to happen. Every time that I’ve had an idea and not had enough time to really make it perfect and exactly what I want, that’s going to go away. Instead, I’m going to have the ability to execute as I envision things because now I have resources, now I have connections, now I have time.

I think everybody who’s reading this will want to know how you got to that point.

Here’s my complete plan. It’s actually really simple. Looking back, I can explain it simply, but in the process, it was pretty crazy. What I did was I created a company and I signed myself as an artist exclusively to that company. I found people who are great at all the things that I hate to do and I’m terrible at, like a finance person or a manager agent with a bunch of connections or a person who’s good at finding money. I found those people and those people have a small share in my company. So if they do those things for me, my success means their success.

This is Supreme Robot Pictures. That’s basically what the structure of the company is. I’m exclusively signed to Supreme Robot Pictures and I create projects and I do the creative part.

Every day it’s going to be up to me to just figure out what I want to do. I have projects that are testament to that already, projects that are already making money, that are testament to this whole setup. I’m creating projects that have recurring income and those projects themselves are art projects and that recurring income pays for my team’s base salary so I don’t have to seek outside work once the recurring income is set up. I could spend the entire year working on one thing if I felt like it, as long as the recurring income covers whatever salary that I’ve said that I want. The very basics of it are I made myself as an artist into a company and then I profit share with people who do all the things that I hate.

You said you’re going to be able to do things just how you want them, and that implies that up till now, you haven’t.

Well, I am a perfectionist about one thing and that one thing can be done whether or not something is high production value or low production value. I’m a perfectionist about communicating because that’s the thing that’s most important to me. I want to communicate with people, but I can communicate with people on a budget of $50 and I can communicate with people on a budget of a million dollars. I mean, I know that other people, they have different tastes.

For instance, I’m a cartoonist and a lot of my friends that are cartoonists render way, way better than I do. But also my cartoons—what I really am trying to do is get a specific message across. If I can get that message across, that makes me happy. And at any level of production, the message is the same and that’s what is the most important part to me.

How do you have no hang-ups about money?

I used to have more hang-ups about money. I did. But have you ever heard that phrase? I think it’s Confucius, that a man has two lives. The second one begins when he realizes he has just one life to live.

I can relate.

For real. That happened to me six years ago. I was like, “What am I doing?” I was a producer on the Love and Hip Hop franchise and we were making just crap television and I was just like, “Why am I here? Is this how I’m going to waste the rest of my life?” And then, no offense to Love and Hip Hop, but I just don’t want to make Love and Hip Hop stuff anymore, which is obviously some sort of offense to Love and Hip Hop.

But then I was like, “If I’m not going to do that, what am I really going to do with my life?” Part of that was really focusing on what I want, what I really, really want. And what I really want actually has nothing to do with money. What I really want is I want freedom. I just want freedom. I want to be a frolicking elf in the woods. I have no cares. I have no responsibilities.

If I had kids during these past six years, I probably wouldn’t have been able to take the same risks. I probably wouldn’t have. However, now that I’ve done it, I can actually easily look back and say, “Hey, if you want to do it with low risk, these are ways you can do it with very low risk.”

You’re definitely going to have a consulting arm of this company.

I have a podcast where I just give away this information for free. I stopped for a while because I was too swamped. But now we’re starting it up again. It’s called the Arts Academy podcast. And so this information is all free because who cares? I mean, I know that I’m already doing stuff that’s going to make me money. And I know giving away information for free is going to help me make money anyway, so why not?

What are some intermediate steps that you haven’t articulated yet?

Well, one thing I had to deal with was crippling social anxiety. So what I did was I made a deal with myself, which is I’m just going to push through and do it and my heart will be pounding, but I’m just going to do it. I started doing that and experimenting with things.

I reasoned to myself to make myself move forward and do all the things I thought I needed to do to be successful. For instance, I asked myself a question, “Can I be successful?” And my anxiety was like, “No, idiot.” And then I was like, “Oh, but let’s reason that through.” I reasoned it down to this sentence, which I always think of, which reminds me I can be successful: There’s already somebody out there doing it worse and they’re a millionaire.

Oh, that’s so good.

So that’s it. That is what I think about all the time. Whenever I’m like, “I don’t want to go forward,” I’m just like, “Some idiot is just laughing in a bowl of money right now.”

Bowie did it. He didn’t lose an ounce of respect. Actually, he was seen as a genius forward thinker as a result.

I didn’t know Bowie made himself into a business.

If I’m getting the story right, it was like selling shares of himself in some kind of way.

Yeah. That’s exactly basically what I’m doing. That’s it. I’m going to read about that because I was looking for other people who did something like that. Although I made a company and the company signed me exclusively, it’s not actually me, but I’m basically selling shares in all of my works.

I can break it down for you. I’ll talk about gross margins, then I’ll talk about my business model. So gross margins are basically a measure of how profitable a business is. If you have a store and the store brings in $10,000 in a month and then it costs $7,000 in equipment and stock and whatever, and then you make $3,000, that’s your profit. You take that $3,000 and you divide it by the $10,000 and you get 30%, that percentage is your gross margin. So basically for every $7 you spend, $it brings in $10. So your profit is 30%. The gross margins of a company, McDonald’s, which is a super successful company, is about 80%.

So basically for every $2 they bring in about $10. When you think about art as a gross margin, it can be something that is a gross margin and the higher your gross margin is, the more valuable you are to people. But your gross margin as an artist can be very large. For instance, think about this one. For me, with me and my team, let’s say it takes us $5,000 a week to run. So to pay myself a salary to pay the people that are helping me, a salary they pick, takes $5,000 a week. What I want to do is I want to create a project and I want someone to invest in that project because it’s a business.

And once someone invests in that project, then that project is not an expense of development anymore. Now that project has other people’s money, so it grows with other people’s money. So for me, for something like the podcast Wiki Listen, , it took me about five weeks to develop, which is about $25,000 of development time. But over the next four years it is projected to make about $2 million. So if you take that number, $2 million, and you subtract $25,000 from it, you get a gross margin of almost a hundred percent. I’m not saying that it should drive people, but if you want to express what you’re doing as an artist to a person with a checkbook who will give you money to do it, and you can show that your gross margins are good, then you’ve got a chance.

So there’s Victor, the hard boiled finance guru. And there’s Victor, the uninhibited standup on stage. And I just wonder if you make mental transitions as you perform different roles.

Oh my gosh, I do. I think of myself as the business person and the artist. And the business person has one job. Keep the artist happy. That’s the business person’s job. If the artist needs money to make their projects, the artist needs money to make their projects so they don’t have to think about money. The artist needs time. And if you keep the artist happy, the business is going to keep making money because the business has all the connections that it needs. I’m also looking for somebody to take over the business side because all I really want to do is be the artist. But I have to do business now to get to the point where I can actually hire somebody to do that and I can just be the artist.

Meanwhile, all of that acumen will keep that person from stealing from you or whatever problems could happen after they’re hired.

The people who I work with are my very dear friends and they understand specifically what my goals are. And they also understand that my goals are something that can work. If anybody has a question, I answer it as completely and honestly as I can. I don’t keep things from my crew and we function as friends. So we all know that we are creating a party. We’re going to party forever.

Can you tell me about Lunch Club?

Lunch Club is a website that puts professionals, in whatever field or whatever curiosity you have, in touch with other people, and on lunch dates. It used to be a thing in person, but then in the pandemic it switched to online and it really blew up. You can go to Lunch Club and you’ll meet people and after you meet and talk to them, they’ll rate you. If your rating remains good, you meet more people. If your rating is bad, you get kicked out. I’m sure it’s not like that bad. I haven’t met anybody where they said their rating was terrible or anything like that.

Do you find out your rating?

I think it does have a rating. I should look at it and see what my rating currently is.

Is there a part of your story we haven’t covered that you think is important?

Here’s what I think is important. At the core of what I’m doing is I’m trying to create a life where I can just get up and play all day. Because that’s what I used to do as a kid. It is strange to find the tools to do that where I had to find them. When I say that I studied people who were entrepreneurial gurus, I really did. But I was only focusing on those things which I could take from them. I was only focusing on those things that I could take from them, that were in line with my ultimate goal.

I also only focus on things I could deal with. Because when I started really studying entrepreneurship, it became very clear that if somebody wanted to be a millionaire, you could be a millionaire doing the shittiest drop-shipping job. You can become a millionaire if you really want to do just the crappiest of crap. But some of the techniques that they use for the crappiest of crap things also work if you just change the product into something that’s actually good, like art. That’s it.

What’s the process by which you get to the next thing?

I have an idea and I take it to trusted friends or people or artists, just smart people that I know that I like, and I just pitch it to them and then I let them poke holes in it. Then if they poke sufficient enough holes in it, then maybe I’ll set it aside. But if they don’t, then I will shore it up and fix it and keep developing it until I get it to the point where I can write it all down and explain it to a layman.

Then once I can write it down and explain it to a layman, I use that to start pitching it to outside funding. So the company has its own salaries, but the projects that I make, my company doesn’t put its own money into those projects. We develop those projects with outside people. So I have an idea and I find third party funding, whether it’s an actual investor for that or it’s a distribution company or it’s a publisher or whatever, wherever the money comes from, just not from my company. That does three things.

One, it protects my company so that I don’t waste my money on projects. But then two, it validates the idea because if someone else is willing to put money into it, then I’m like, “Okay, this actually is a good idea.” Then three, it puts other people on the team of that project whose best interest is for that project to succeed. So those projects then become LLCs. Subsidiary companies of my company. And those LLCs, the investor has equity in it. Then maybe I work with a PR company and I give them a vested interest in the company as well, so that they do PR for the project for free, and get paid on the other side. If the project is already funded, then it’s valuable to them to do PR for free because they’re like, “Okay, it has a marketing budget so my effort isn’t wasted.”

That’s how something goes from zero to being a project. There are projects also which don’t cost money, which are just like they only cost my time and those personal projects that I just do in the background and then when they’re done, they’re done. For instance, The Anti-Racism Activity Book is an example of that, where it didn’t really cost any money for my company. It only cost my time and attention. Then it became its own Kickstarter, and the Kickstarter was successful, and then now the book is out.

So that’s an example of just a side project that I would do as well. So those are the type of things that my company does. Either I grow a project and it becomes a co-production with someone else, or I do things that cost no money to develop on my own time.

Victor Varnardo Recommends:

Five thing I love to do alone

reading informational content

draw

develop video games

watching complicated movies

meditating


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Paul Barman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/26/comedian-and-scientist-victor-varnado-on-treating-your-creative-work-like-a-business/feed/ 0 407006
Haitian television station owner disappears days after brief abduction of his journalist wife https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/22/haitian-television-station-owner-disappears-days-after-brief-abduction-of-his-journalist-wife/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/22/haitian-television-station-owner-disappears-days-after-brief-abduction-of-his-journalist-wife/#respond Thu, 22 Jun 2023 22:10:16 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=294871 New York, June 22, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists on Thursday called on Haitian authorities to investigate the reported kidnapping of Pierre-Louis Opont, the president of Haiti’s independent Télé Pluriel channel 44, and the brief abduction of his journalist wife Marie Lucie Bonhomme.

The disappearance of Opont on Tuesday, June 20, came days after Bonhomme, a veteran reporter for Haiti’s radio station Vision 2000, was abducted from her home for several hours, according to news reports and Bonhomme.

“Haitian authorities must immediately investigate the whereabouts of Pierre-Louis Opont and the abduction of Marie Lucie Bonhomme,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna. “At the same time, Haiti’s criminal groups must stop using journalists and their relatives as pawns in their power struggle with local authorities.”

Bonhomme told CPJ that Opont called her about 7:10 p.m. on Tuesday as he was driving to their home in the Tabarre district of Port-au-Prince to say that he would be home in five minutes. He never arrived. A local news report noted that the area is controlled by the Kraze Baryè gang, led by Vitel’Homme Innocent.  

Bonhomme told CPJ that a week earlier, on June 13, she was taken from their home at 3a.m. by a group of approximately 30 armed men in a case that was widely covered by the Haitian media. “I believe I was deliberately targeted. It was clear that Vitel’homme knew who I was. Sadly, I don’t know why he chose to abduct me; just to send a message perhaps,” she said.

Bonhomme said that the men entered her home carrying rifles and handguns, threatening to kill her if she didn’t open the metal gate giving access to her room and another unoccupied room. She opened the gate after they began throwing bottles into the space.

The men ransacked her house, taking two laptops, Bonhomme’s cellphone, iPad, and internet router. The men also took the cellphones of three other people in the house at the time and who are not being named for safety reasons.

Several of the men then drove Bonhomme away in her Toyota 4Runner, transferring her to a pick-up truck about 10 minutes later. After another drive lasting about 90 minutes, they entered the gated courtyard of a house. The gunmen got out, with one instructing her to stay in the car.

Several minutes later, the front car door opened, and a man called her by her first name, asked her in Creole if she was all right and whether she recognized his voice. She told him that she recognized his voice as that of Vitel’homme.

Bonhomme told CPJ that she and the man she believed to be Vitel’homme had a five-minute conversation while she was in the car. She could not see his face because it was dark outside, but said his voice was familiar from his numerous broadcasts. She said he did not express anger toward her, but complained about “the people he collaborated with and who today want to destroy him.”

Bonhomme said she told him that the country could not continue to function in its current state of stability and asked if he had considered “being part of the solution.” Vitel’homme said that he believes in dialogue but that officials do not, and then told Bonhomme that he was going to set her free.

The abductors drove Bonhomme back home around 8a.m. and returned some of the devices belonging to her and the others staying in her home. She subsequently retrieved her cell phone, car, and work computer between June 14 and 16 by calling two numbers given to her by Vitel’homme.

“[T]he police don’t have the means today to deal with the atrocities committed by the bandits, and that’s why our position on this is to see to what extent the international community could come to the aid of the police,” said Renan Hedouville from Haiti’s Office of the Protector of Citizens, an independent state entity. “The armed bandits in Haiti today control everything, they impose their laws, they kill, they pillage, they kidnap in full view of everyone, including journalists, who carry out their difficult job, and of course are often the victims.”

Bonhomme has worked for Vision 2000 since 2000, where she hosts a morning current affairs show from 6:30- 9:30 a.m. 

Opont worked as a journalist in the 1980s with the state-run TNH (Télévision Nationale d’Haiti), and previously served as president of Haiti’s electoral commission from 2015- 2016. In 2016, Télé Pluriel channel 44 was attacked by armed gunmen.

Bonhomme told CPJ that she believed that her husband’s disappearance is related to her work and that kidnapping journalists appears to be seen by gang members as a quick show of authority, rather than a direct retribution for the journalist’s reporting.

“I’ve been a journalist for over 35 years, and the situation in Haiti has never been so dangerous,” she told CPJ. Bonhomme said she has previously faced threats from gangs and local officials; this is the first time she has been abducted.

“I have to keep working, but I can’t do it now,” she told CPJ. “I’m very worried, especially as the Vitel’homme gang is continuing its attacks in the commune of Tabarre, particularly in my neighborhood.”

Bonhomme reported her abduction to authorities, and an investigating magistrate visited several days later along, accompanied by members of a police anti-kidnapping unit, but she is not aware of any further action taken by authorities.  

CPJ contacted the Anti-Kidnap Unit about Bonhomme and Opont via messaging app but did not immediately receive a reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/22/haitian-television-station-owner-disappears-days-after-brief-abduction-of-his-journalist-wife/feed/ 0 406204
Governor of DRC’s Equateur province defies court order allowing Radio Télévision Sarah to reopen https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/governor-of-drcs-equateur-province-defies-court-order-allowing-radio-television-sarah-to-reopen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/governor-of-drcs-equateur-province-defies-court-order-allowing-radio-television-sarah-to-reopen/#respond Tue, 13 Jun 2023 17:40:34 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=292797 Kinshasa, June 13, 2023—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of Congo must comply with the court decision authorizing Radio Télévision Sarah to reopen and ensure the broadcaster’s equipment is returned, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On June 6, a local court of appeal in Mbandaka, the capital of the northwestern Equateur province, declared the closure of privately owned Radio Télévision Sarah illegal and ordered the outlet be permitted to reopen, according to a copy of the court order reviewed by CPJ and the outlet’s lawyer, Pontife Ikolombe, and its managing director, Steve Mwanyo, who both spoke to CPJ by phone. 

The outlet has been closed since November 15, 2021. The court order followed a May 30, 2023, lawsuit filed by the broadcaster against the Equateur government, Ikolombe said. 

On June 7, Equateur Governor Bobo Boloko Bolumbu sent the provincial Minister of Justice Imbambo Nzobali and armed police officers to block access to the broadcaster’s office, Ikolombe and Mwanyo said. As of Tuesday, June 13, the officers remained outside the office and denied the journalists entry. 

“Congolese authorities must ensure that the court ruling permitting Radio Télévision Sarah to reopen is respected,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in New York. “The nearly two years that Radio Télévision Sarah was kept off the air is an injustice and must not be prolonged.”

A few hours before police arrived at the outlet’s office on June 7, the outlets’ journalists accessed the office and found that broadcasting equipment, including a transmitter, microphones, and cameras, were missing, Mwanyo told CPJ. He said he believed provincial government authorities had taken the equipment as they were the only ones with access to the office since the closure.

In November 2021, Papy Ekate, the Equateur province minister of communication and media, accused the outlet of airing inflammatory programs and criticism of Bobo, and ordered the outlet closed for 60 days, according to Mwanyo and a report by local press freedom organization Journaliste en Danger. On January 15, 2022, the Equateur government extended the suspension indefinitely, Mwanyo said.

During a rally held in Mbandaka on December 21, 2022, President Felix Tshisekedi publicly asked Bobo to accept criticism, according to a report by privately owned website yabisonews.cd.

CPJ’s calls and requests for comment sent via messaging app to Nzobali, Bobo, and Rossy Bolekwa, the governor’s deputy chief of staff, did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/13/governor-of-drcs-equateur-province-defies-court-order-allowing-radio-television-sarah-to-reopen/feed/ 0 403444
‘Let’s tell our own stories’ – Pacific broadcasters seek sovereignty https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/lets-tell-our-own-stories-pacific-broadcasters-seek-sovereignty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/lets-tell-our-own-stories-pacific-broadcasters-seek-sovereignty/#respond Tue, 06 Jun 2023 09:29:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=89392 By Alice Lolohea of Tagata Pasifika

Twenty five broadcasters from 13 Pacific countries touched down in Auckland recently for the Pacific Broadcasters conference.

A meet and greet filled with lots of talanoa, networking and healthy debate, the conference was a welcome change from a typical Zoom meeting.

Natasha Meleisea, chief executive of Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Ltd (PCBL), which operates Pasifika TV, says the conference was about uniting Pacific broadcasters.

“I’ve kind of shared messages today around, it’s never a solo journey. There is strength in the collective and partnerships is really important,” Meleisea says.

“For a very long time we’ve had Pacific voices or Pacific stories being told by non-Pacific. There’s nothing wrong with that.

“However, it’s good to provide a platform where our own Pacific people can share those stories themselves and PCBL, Pasifika TV enables that.”

Vanuatu Broadcasting and Television Cooperation (VBTC) chief executive Francis Herman says that after seeing Vanuatu stories in the hands of overseas productions, story sovereignty is an important point of discussion.

‘Misconstrued a lot of things’
“We’ve noticed that in previous years, people have just flown in, told our stories, misconstrued a lot of things,” says Herman.

Public Interest Journalism Fund
PUBLIC INTEREST JOURNALISM FUND

“[They’ve] gone for the ratings, gone for the dollars and left us high and dry, and they really haven’t told the real stories. We are the experts in our own culture, our own island, or about our people.”

But Herman says the PCBL partnership has been a “faithful . . . and equal partnership.”

“We haven’t been seen as a very small island developing state or a very small broadcaster. They’ve treated us as equals.

“We tell our own stories. We know our audience better, we know our country better than they do.

“Let’s tell our stories. And I think Pasifika TV has given us that opportunity and that’s why we’ve continued that partnership.”


Story sovereignty major factor for Pacific broadcasters. Video: Tagata Pasifika

Part of that partnership includes training in camera production, operation of Live U units and journalism training, something which Kiri One TV chief executive Tiarite George Kwong deeply values.

“Kiri One just started five years ago . . . and so we are very new in this kind of industry,” Kwong says.

‘Upgrading our skills’
“The idea for the partnership with PCBL is to upgrade our skills so that the news that we produce is up to the standard that people want to listen and watch every day.

Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Ltd CEO Natasha Meleisea
Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Ltd CEO Natasha Meleisea . . . “There is strength in the collective and partnerships is really important.” Image: Tagata Pasifika

“Compared from day one that we started, we have seen the improvement.”

Broadcasters like Mai TV in Fiji have taken the PCBL training one step further, when they acquired the netball rights for the Oceania Netball Series in 2022, their first time to do so.

“We were thinking we cannot do this because you need all the different equipment and costs and things,” says director of Mai TV Stanley Simpson.

“But we spoke with PCBL and they found solutions for us. And through that we were able to take the Oceania Netball series to Tonga, to Samoa and the Cook Islands, which is the first time that we were able to distribute rights from Fiji.

Pacific broadcasting workshop
Pacific broadcasting workshop . . . “The empowerment has been really strong.” Image: Tagata Pasifika

“That empowerment has been really strong. And from the discussions and the inspiring conversations we’ve had with the team at PCBL, it made us look around and realise that we have the best stories in the world in the Pacific.”

Now that their Pacific counterparts are receiving the necessary training and equipment, Meleisea says there is an abundance of Pacific content being produced from their regional partners.

‘A phenomenal feat’
“We went to air in 2016, at that point in time we weren’t getting any content from the Pacific. Fast forward eight years down the track, we’re now getting eight to 10 hours a day from the Pacific, which is a phenomenal feat.

“In order to achieve that, it’s been a slow build. It’s been about providing equipment, providing training, and then providing the infrastructure and the connectivity to enable it.

“So without all of those three things, we wouldn’t have been able to get the content from the region.”

Funded as part of NZ’s Public Interest Journalism project. Republished from Tagata Pasifika with permission.

Twenty five broadcasters from 13 Pacific countries gathered for the Pacific Broadcasters Conference
Twenty five broadcasters from 13 Pacific countries gathered for the Pacific Broadcasters Conference. Image: Tagata Pasifika


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/06/lets-tell-our-own-stories-pacific-broadcasters-seek-sovereignty/feed/ 0 401184
CPJ welcomes overturning of Hong Kong journalist Choy Yuk-ling’s conviction, urges end of media persecution https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/cpj-welcomes-overturning-of-hong-kong-journalist-choy-yuk-lings-conviction-urges-end-of-media-persecution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/cpj-welcomes-overturning-of-hong-kong-journalist-choy-yuk-lings-conviction-urges-end-of-media-persecution/#respond Mon, 05 Jun 2023 17:13:37 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=290871 New York, June 5, 2023—In response to a ruling by Hong Kong’s highest court on Monday to overturn the conviction of journalist Choy Yuk-ling, also known as Bao Choy, on charges of giving false statements, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued the following the statement calling on authorities to end their targeting of independent journalism:

“We welcome the Hong Kong court decision to quash the conviction of journalist Choy Yuk-ling. It’s high time for the Hong Kong government to stop persecuting the media and drop all criminal cases against journalists for their work,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “Press freedom is constitutionally guaranteed in Hong Kong. No journalists should be criminally charged, let alone convicted, for their reporting.”

Choy was convicted in April 2021 on two counts of giving false statements to obtain car ownership records on a public registry while researching a documentary for Hong Kong’s public broadcaster Radio Television Hong Kong about a mob attack on a group of protesters. The court fined her 6,000 Hong Kong dollars (US$765).

In unanimously overturning her conviction on Monday, June 5, a panel of five judges at the Court of Final Appeal ruled that when Choy chose “other traffic and transport related matters” to search the public registry, that category should not exclude “bona fide journalism.

Separately, on Sunday evening police detained Mak Yin-ting, a correspondent with French broadcaster Radio France Internationale and former chair of the Hong Kong Journalists Association, while she reported on public attempts to commemorate the 34th anniversary of the Tiananmen Square crackdown, according to the HKJA, a report by the journalist in RFI, and news reports. She was released after a few hours without charge.

CPJ has documented the dramatic decline of press freedom in Hong Kong, once a beacon of free press in the region, since Beijing introduced a national security law on June 30, 2020, with journalists being arrested, jailed, and threatened.

Among them include Chung Pui-kuen and Patrick Lam, editors of the now-shuttered news website Stand News, who are on trial for conspiracy to publish seditious publications.

Jimmy Lai, founder of the shuttered pro-democracy newspaper Apple Daily and CPJ’s 2021 Gwen Ifill Press Freedom Awardee, is facing life imprisonment on national security charges in a trial that is due to start in September. Lai, a British citizen, is serving a sentence of five years and nine months on fraud charges. He has been behind bars since December 2020.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/cpj-welcomes-overturning-of-hong-kong-journalist-choy-yuk-lings-conviction-urges-end-of-media-persecution/feed/ 0 401002
‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ – CounterSpin interview with Eric Thurm on the writers’ strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/#respond Wed, 31 May 2023 22:20:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033797 "Essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out."

The post ‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the National Writers Union’s Eric Thurm about the Hollywood writers’ strike for the May 26, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin230526Thurm.mp3

 

More Perfect Union: Poll: The Public Overwhelmingly Supports the Writers’ Strike

More Perfect Union (5/22/23)

Janine Jackson: Whenever workers find their employment conditions, or those of their coworkers, so difficult or dangerous, so precarious, or simply so unfair that they make the decision to withhold their labor in order to effect change, it’s a big deal, sometimes a life-altering one for individuals, and sometimes a sea change for an industry. But folks who have never been in that situation don’t always understand it, and some don’t try.

What looks like public support for the ongoing strike by the Writers Guild of America may stem from the fact that it centers on the people who write the TV shows and movies that help many of us get through this thing called life.

But does that mean it includes an understanding of the role that power, and the balance of power, plays in all labor actions? That could definitely be an added benefit, no matter the particular outcomes here.

Eric Thurm is the campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. His explainer on the writer’s strike appeared recently in GQ, and he joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Eric Thurm.

Eric Thurm: Thank you. Happy to be here.

GQ: All About the Writers Strike: What Does the WGA Want and Why Are They Fighting So Hard for it?

GQ (5/5/23)

JJ: Labor actions in various industries are definitely perceived differently, by the broader public and by the news media that report on them. I think that difference stems, in part, from just a lack of consistent worker-centered journalism generally, but also from this idea of just, well, if you make more money than I do, I can’t see your beef.

In the case of writers, it goes up a notch; as with athletes, “You make money doing something fun.” It becomes almost, “How dare you?”

And there’s a lot wrong with that, but part of it is this laser focus on money. Pay is central, often, and why wouldn’t it be? That’s the literal currency of valuing work. But labor actions are virtually always about something more than that.

So take your time, if you would, and break down, particularly, those behind-the-scenes industry specifics that we as outsiders might not see, but should see, as the central issues in what looks like an important strike.

ET: Yeah, absolutely. So I think that there are a couple of things that are driving the strike. One of them is that, for all that there is a popular perception that writers get paid extremely well, that increasingly is not the case.

And in the same way that it is, like you mentioned, for athletes or for actors or for a lot of other highly visible professions, there is a very small number of people at the top who basically have a winning lottery ticket, and just get paid extremely well.

But in order to even have a chance at winning that, you have to spend a lot of time in the trenches, with much worse working conditions, often even less pay, with a lot less stability, and in particular, an original source of stability, and the reason that a lot of people have been able to make a career as writers is because of something called residuals, which basically is an amount of money that you get paid when something that you worked on and are credited on gets used in another context.

Slate: This Writers’ Strike Isn’t a Rerun

Slate (5/4/23)

So that’s why, if you ever have heard people talk about syndication, or getting to a hundred episodes: If you wrote, let’s say, one episode of Friends, and when that gets to the point where it just is on TBS all the time, you get a check every time it airs.

And that functions as an additional bit of stability, particularly because even people that have been successful often have very long periods without working, just because of the nature of the industry.

And that safety net, I think as safety nets for people in all industries are being slowly dismantled, or as bosses are trying to dismantle them, that is a safety net that a lot of writers don’t have anymore, especially because the residual payments for streaming are basically nothing.

So in theory, you could write something that hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people are watching on Netflix or Hulu or something, and you will see no additional money from that.

JJ: I think viewers understand that we’re watching media differently today. I can watch a whole series that took months or years to create in a weekend. And I’m like, well, that’s that.

As media critics, we don’t blame the people, but there are things that we don’t see that could be useful for us to understand. And I think residuals is definitely one of those.

And then, also, you write about something called a mini-room, like it has to do with the pipeline of how you grow and get work as a writer, that I don’t see, just watching TV, but is very meaningful for the quality of what I see.

LA: The Writer’s Guild of America Strike: An Explainer

Los Angeles (5/5/23)

ET: Totally. And that’s something that if you, like me, are a big nerd about this sort of thing, you start to notice people’s names popping up in different contexts and credits of things. And if you pay a lot of attention, you start to see that pipeline. But for a lot of people, it definitely isn’t visible.

So basically a mini-room essentially means a writer’s room that has fewer writers in it, and is convened for less time. There are supposed to be basic minimums in the WGA contract, and there are the minimum basic agreements that stipulate if you are making this type of TV show, you have to have this number of writers, and they have to be employed for X amount of time.

And that is also an additional source of stability, but it also is how people learn the business, and how people learn how to produce, or how to eventually make their own shows.

So if you are the new writer, which in a lot of respects is still kind of a misnomer, because by the time somebody gets staffed on their first room, if they’re working in TV, it’s very possible, if not likely, that they have been grinding away at a lot of other things for a long time.

But once you get that credit, you spend time around the showrunners and the people that are more senior to you, who know a little bit more about the industry, and you observe them.

A lot of the time writers will go to set to supervise on episodes that they wrote, which can be really important for a lot of reasons, both because it is useful training for the writer, but also because a lot of decisions get made on a snap basis on set, and the writer is the person who knows where the show is going, where the show has been.

Vince Gilligan

Vince Gilligan (CC photo: Gage Skidmore)

I think people have this assumption that everybody knows everything about the overall plan of the show at any given moment, but if you’re the director or the cinematographer or even some of the actors, you don’t know that. And so things that might feel disjointed to people, if you’re watching something that, for example, has a mini-room, would probably actually be much better and make more sense if there had been a writer on set to be like, “Actually, this is where we’re taking it. Let’s make a decision that’s more in line with the overall creative direction.”

And that also is how people learn all the ins and outs of this stuff. And without having that, there just is no way for people to get better at their craft, or to develop any of the skills that people need to have in order to make any of the stuff that we like.

Just to give one example: Vince Gilligan, who created Breaking Bad and Better Call Saul, and this stuff that people really like, worked for quite a while on The X-Files, and wrote a bunch of episodes, and produced some of the episodes, and then eventually ran this very brief spinoff.

And you can really see how those careers develop. People don’t emerge out of nowhere knowing how to run the small army that is a TV production.

JJ: It also sounds just a little bit like a lot of other workplaces, where management says, “Ooh, if you work 40 hours, you get benefits….so we’re just going to book two people for 20 hours.” It sounds like evading valuing people.

And one of the things that you wrote in the GQ piece was, “Emerging technologies will continue to be a tool for companies seeking to reduce the amount they pay workers (or to get rid of them entirely).”

And I just think that’s another issue where people are kind of shadow-informed, halfway informed. It’s not that writers hate technology, obviously, or hate AI, or don’t understand it, but it’s another part of the power relationship here.

Eric Thurm

Eric Thurm: “Essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out.”

ET: Yeah, absolutely. One of the things that I talked about a little bit in the piece is that technology has been a source of struggle for decades, in particularly the Writers Guild contracts, because, essentially, every time technology evolves, the studios will use it as a way to attempt to cut workers out, which I suspect a lot of people will be intimately familiar with. This is the business model of some of the biggest companies and most worker-hostile companies in the world.

And that dates back to when home video emerged, or when DVD box sets emerged. And part of the reason that streaming pays so little is that it was new the last time that the writers went on strike in 2007, and they agreed to have it be covered by the minimum basic agreement, but not as fully as, like, a TV network.

And so of course the companies exploited that as much as possible. And on some level, it’s hard to blame them, at least in the sense that the purpose of the company is to take as much value out of the workers as it can.

And this is what people are referring to when they say that the studios are really trying as much as possible to turn writing, but also acting, and all of the other myriad jobs that go into making entertainment that people watch, into gig work, into stuff where you just have no say in your work, and are told by this unfeeling algorithm, or app or whatever it is, what you are and are not supposed to do.

WaPo: The WGA strike is part of a recurring pattern when technology changes

Washington Post (5/30/23)

And in the context of what people like to call AI, beyond the fact that the issue with a lot of these programs is that they are trained on a lot of other people’s work—I saw someone recently describe it as, “This is just a plagiarism machine,” which I think is a very accurate description. Even in cases where it does something interesting, you can use it as a smoke screen to avoid having to credit the people that created something.

I think that’s something that we are going to see the studios try more and more, even without necessarily having AI be involved.

Literally, just the day before we’re having this conversation, HBO Max rebranded as just Max, and apparently they have changed the way that movies and TV and everything show up on their site, so that it just says “creators,” and that will include producers and directors and some other people, and you don’t really know who did what, rather than saying, this was directed by this person, and this was written by this person.

And I think that that attempt to obfuscate things, and make it harder to understand the people who are actually creating something, is the entire point of how the studios are trying to handle this, and part of why they’re so interested in AI.

Counterspin: Starbucks ‘Workers and Consumers Have the Same Foe’

CounterSpin (4/7/23)

JJ: I think a lot of folks would actually be maybe a little surprised, and certainly disheartened, to know that bosses in creative industries act a lot like bosses in every other industry. The response has been, essentially, you’re lucky to have a job, you ungrateful whelp. There’s a line of people just like you I could hire tomorrow. And then, also, I thought we were all friends!

This is the line that Starbucks gives baristas who go on strike. There’s a lot of similarities across industry that might be more important than the differences. And yet nobody asks the CEOs, “Aren’t you a creative? Isn’t this a labor of love for you?”

This sort of general societal understanding, which I blame news media a lot for, is that a strike is an interruption in a natural order of things, and the workers who go on strike are to blame for any disruptions or harms that come from it.

ET: Yeah, I think that that’s definitely true. And you could have long conversations, or write whole books, about the attempt of capital and bosses and corporations to make their profit-extracting mechanisms look like these very cuddly or friendly things.

I think there’s, like you’re saying, a real direct line to bosses saying, “Oh, we’re all a family here, and we don’t want a union”—that’s somehow a third party, even though it’s just the workers—”coming between us and our little family.”

Deadline: WGA’s Minimum Staffing Demands Were A Key Sticking Point In Failed Contract Talks, But It Wouldn’t Be The First Guild To Require Them

Deadline (5/8/23)

And even in the context of these negotiations, one of the things that the writers are asking for is these more concrete minimums for staffing, in terms of numbers of writers and the amount of time that people are in rooms. And the studio response was to say, this is an unfair or arbitrary quota that is, and I think this is the direct quote, “counter to the creative nature of our industry.”

And it’s like, OK, you’re not the people making the creative decisions. And if you were, right, I would love to see what these people came up with, if they had to try to write a whole season of Buffy the Vampire Slayer or something.

And it’s funny, I think that that actually is something that comes out of, or is impressed into a lot of, not just news media, but entertainment media. I don’t really know exactly how to fully extricate these things, but I do think that it’s quite telling that one of the dominant forms of media, that makes the most money and gets the most push behind it, is the workplace sitcom, the central thesis of which is that your coworkers are supposed to be your family.

And it’s extremely rare to see anything like that, where anybody really talks about the material conditions of people in the workplace.

Jacobin: The Red Scare Scarred the Left — But Couldn’t Kill It

Jacobin (3/11/22)

JJ: That’s a great point.

ET: That’s a kind of bugbear of mine. And I am cautiously optimistic about what will come out of the strike, and what will come out of what I think is a much more increased labor consciousness among people, both in these creative industries, but also more broadly.

When I was growing up, and I think that for quite a long time, the dominant Hollywood depiction of labor is, oh, union bosses, corruption, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, all the things that we’ve heard a million times.

And I think that in a lot of respects, that really is a lingering effect of the Red Scare, and a lot of purges of people in creative fields. And it does feel like there’s been at least some recovery, or attempts to change that.

Even something like Riverdale, this adaptation of a previously existing IP that’s a kind of silly CW teen soap, had a really fantastic subplot in one of the most recent seasons, where Archie from Archie Comics forms a union, and they have all these conversations about solidarity, and about the importance of music and labor formation, and this stuff that I would never have expected to see even two or three years ago.

WaPo's Megan McArdle: The Hollywood writers strike could have lasting impact

Washington Post (5/16/23)

JJ: I’m going to ask you one final and also hopeful question on that. I did want to just kind of cram in this Washington Post piece that fits this template that we’re talking about, that was talking about the last Hollywood writers’ strike, which you referenced, in 2007–08.

And the Post piece said that that strike

cost writers and other workers an estimated $772 million, while knock-on effects did more than $2 billion in damage to the broader California economy. Promising shows were hamstrung, promising movies were shot with half-finished scripts, promising careers were cut short.

And if that wasn’t enough, the piece went on to say that because of those darn strikers, TV was forced to go to reality shows and, yep, Donald Trump. So I guess the idea was, maybe think about that when you’re supporting striking workers?

I don’t even think this piece was meant to be mean, but it was such the template of “the labor action causes damage, the labor action causes hurt, and what went before it was somehow not causing damage, and not causing hurt.” And so you’re supposed to be mad at the interrupters.

And I just want to attach that, though, to the idea that we know that many journalists have internalized the idea that they aren’t workers, they’re independent contractors. They’re just individuals doing a job, and unions are kind of icky, and who needs solidarity until it happens to you. All of which is just to say that you see change there, besides the landscape, you see change in that mindset among writers, among journalists, a change in the idea that, no, we’re not workers, no, we don’t need to band together. You see something different happening there.

NYT: Gawker Media Employees Vote to Form a Union, and the Bosses Approve

New York Times (6/4/15)

ET: Yeah, definitely. That’s something that has been really heartening for me. I’ve been in and around digital media for a little over a decade now, which feels really wild to say, but the beginning of that period, I was in college, and I had no real understanding of a lot of these issues. And I definitely, I think if you had asked me, I really did feel, oh, I’m lucky to be here.

In the intervening years, and especially since Gawker unionized in, I think, 2015, the rush of solidarity, and the proliferation of unions across digital media, has been really powerful.

And I think that that has been both enormously meaningful for the people that are doing the work, and then getting a lot of people who, like I think you said, would not have ordinarily thought of themselves as workers to see themselves as such.

It also has created this broader awareness that I think has led to much better journalism in the last few years, even places like Vice or the Washington Post or Business Insider, and these people who were able to get jobs where they can cover this stuff.

And I think that there are a lot of reasons why, a lot of lines you can draw between the strength of these unions and the ability to produce this kind of coverage. But that also has led, I think, to a much stronger sense of worker solidarity across the industry.

So I am really involved in the Freelance Solidarity Project, which organizes freelancers across digital media as a division of the National Writers Union. We have done a lot to organize in parallel with, and supporting, people who are facing similarly precarious conditions.

And I think that a lot of people, who before would have been like, “I exist above things, and I would never think of myself as being in the same position as someone who has a gig-based job,” I think now people are a lot more aware of the similarity of those positions, and a lot more thoughtful about what’s driving that precarity, and what we can do to stop it, which also is something I think that you see as the WGA strike plays out right now.

A lot of people who are unionized with IATSE, which is the union that represents most below-the-line crew and production staff, a lot of IATSE workers have refused to cross picket lines. And all of these things are part of what makes production possible, and it’s part of why so many shows have had to shut down.

The economic damage that you reference, that this Washington Post article is talking about, not only is it caused by the bosses, but it also is the direct result of people being able to stand in solidarity and say, we are not going to allow this thing to continue to happen.

And it’s been really heartening to me to see so many people say, “I am so amazed by the Teamsters standing with us. If they have to go out this summer, we’re going to be right there.” I think that’s so great.

JJ: It sounds like you’re saying, better solidarity among workers leads also to better creations and better work.

ET: I sure hope so.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Eric Thurm. He’s campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union; they’re online at NWU.org. He’s a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project, FreelanceSolidarity.org, and you can still find his explainer on the ongoing writer strike at GQ.com. Eric Thurm, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

ET: Thank you.

The post ‘Studios Are Really Trying to Turn Writing Into Gig Work’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/31/studios-are-really-trying-to-turn-writing-into-gig-work-counterspin-interview-with-eric-thurm-on-the-writers-strike/feed/ 0 399861
Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 14:49:17 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033735 Many corporate news reporters seem unable to present a labor action as other than an unwonted interruption of a natural order.

The post Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

      CounterSpin230526.mp3

 

GQ: All About the Writers Strike: What Does the WGA Want and Why Are They Fighting So Hard for it?

GQ (5/5/23)

This week on CounterSpin: Going on strike is something that people with no personal experience are comfortable depicting as frivolous and selfish. That extends to many corporate news reporters, who appear unable to present a labor action as other than, first and foremost, an unwonted interruption of a natural order. However else they explain the issues at stake, or humanistically portray individual strikers, the overarching narrative is that workers are pressing their luck, and that owners who make their money off the efforts of those workers are not to be questioned.

It’s a weird presentation, whether it’s baristas or dockworkers or TV and movie writers. As we record on May 25, the Writers Guild strike is on its 23rd day, and having the intended effect of shutting down production on sets around the country.

Eric Thurm wrote a useful explainer on the WGA strike for GQ. Thurm is campaigns coordinator for the National Writers Union, and a steering committee member of the Freelance Solidarity Project. We hear from him about some behind-the-scenes aspects of the strike affecting what you may see on screen.

      CounterSpin230526Thurm.mp3

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look at recent media coverage of San Francisco.

      CounterSpin230526Banter.mp3

 

The post Eric Thurm on the Hollywood Writers’ Strike appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/eric-thurm-on-the-hollywood-writers-strike/feed/ 0 398717
Congolese journalist Geonne Djokwa attacked with machete while covering protest https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/congolese-journalist-geonne-djokwa-attacked-with-machete-while-covering-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/congolese-journalist-geonne-djokwa-attacked-with-machete-while-covering-protest/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 14:40:59 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=289912 Kinshasa, May 26, 2023—Congolese authorities must investigate the recent attack on journalist Geonne Djokwa and hold those responsible to account, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On Saturday, May 20, a group of protesters at a rally organized by opposition presidential candidates in Kinshasa, the capital, attacked Djokwa while she covered demonstrators clashing with police, according to media reports and local journalists Prisca Yasetonga and Gloria Tshiatumba, who were at the scene.

One protester swung a machete at Djokwa, a reporter with the privately owned broadcaster Congo Lisanga Télévision, cutting the right side of her head. Demonstrators also seized her phone and camera.

Protesters also used a machete to threaten Yasetonga, who told CPJ they prevented her from covering the demonstration for the privately owned YouTube channel Mbonka nde Congo Television, but she managed to escape without injury.

“DRC authorities should thoroughly investigate the recent attack on journalist Geonne Djokwa and ensure that anyone who slashes a journalist’s head with a machete is made to face the consequences of their actions,” said Muthoki Mumo, CPJ’s sub-Saharan Africa representative, in Nairobi. “As the DRC approaches its next elections, journalists must be free to report on political activities without obstruction or fear that they will be attacked.”

Tshiatumba told CPJ that Djoka was taken to a hospital for treatment, where President Felix Tshisekedi visited her, and her condition was improving. Her phone and camera had not been returned as of May 25.

Djokwa is seen after being slashed with a machete at a protest. (Photo: Benjamin Ndongala)

The demonstration over rising living expenses, which was organized by four opposition candidates in the DRC’s presidential election scheduled for December 2023, turned violent when police sought to disperse the crowd, according to media reports. When the police attacked, protesters fought back and sought to prevent journalists from documenting the scene, Tshiatumba told CPJ.

CPJ called the four opposition candidates who organized the rally, Martin Fayulu, Moïse Katumbi, Delly Sesanga, and Matata Ponyo. None replied, and a representative who answered Fayulu’s phone disconnected shortly afterward.

CPJ called Kinshasa City Police Chief Sylvano Kasongo Kitenge but no one answered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/congolese-journalist-geonne-djokwa-attacked-with-machete-while-covering-protest/feed/ 0 398694
Memories of war haunt ‘slippery slope’ to a militarised Pacific https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/memories-of-war-haunt-slippery-slope-to-a-militarised-pacific/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/memories-of-war-haunt-slippery-slope-to-a-militarised-pacific/#respond Mon, 22 May 2023 09:20:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=88735 By Barbara Dreaver in Port Moresby

When I was growing up in Kiribati, then known as the Gilbert Islands, New Zealand divers came to safely detonate unexploded munitions from World War II.

Decades on from when US Marines fought and won the Battle of Tarawa against Japan, war was still very much a part of everyday life.

Our school bell was a bombshell. We’d find bullet casings.

In fact, my grandmother’s leg was badly injured when she lit a fire on the beach, and an unexploded ordnance went off. There are Japanese bunkers and US machine gun mounts along the Betio shoreline, and bones are still being found — even today.

Stories are told . . . so many people died . . . these things are not forgotten.

That’s why the security and defence pacts being drawn up around the Pacific are worrying much of the region, as the US and Australia partner up to counter China’s growing influence.

You only have to read Australia’s Defence Strategic Review 2023 to see they are preparing for conflict.

The battle is climate change which is impacting their everyday life. The bigger powers will most certainly go through the motions of at least hearing their voices.

— Barbara Dreaver

Secret pact changed landscape
While in the last few years we have seen China put big money into the Pacific, it was primarily about diplomatic weight and ensuring Taiwan wasn’t recognised. But the secret security pact with the Solomon Islands changed the landscape dramatically.

There was a point where it stopped being about just aid and influence — and openly started to become much more serious.

Since then, the escalation has been rapid as the US and Australia have amped up their activities — and other state actors have as well.

In some cases, lobbying and negotiating have been covertly aggressive. Many Pacific countries are concerned about the militarisation of the region — and whether we like it or not, that’s where it’s headed.

Tuvalu’s Foreign Minister Simon Kofe said he understands why his country, which sits between Hawai’i and Australia, is of strategic interest to the superpowers.

Worried about militarisation, he admits they are coming under pressure from all sides — not just China but the West as well.

“In World War II, the war came to the Pacific even though we played no part at all in the conflict, and we became victims of a war that was not of our making,” he said.

Important Pacific doesn’t forget
“So it’s important for the Pacific not to forget that experience now we are seeing things that are happening in this part of the world, and it’s best we are prepared for that situation.”

Academic Dr Anna Powles, a long-time Pacific specialist, said she was very concerned at the situation, which was a “slippery slope” to militarisation.

She said Pacific capitals were being flooded with officials from around the region and from further afield who want to engage.

Pacific priorities are being undermined, and there is a growing disconnect in the region between national interest and the interest of the political elites.

Today in Papua New Guinea, we see first-hand how we are on the cusp of change.

They include big meetings spearheaded by the US Secretary of State Antony Blinken, another one by India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi and a defence deal that will allow US military access through ports and airports. In exchange, the US is providing an extra US$45 million (NZ$72 million) in funding a raft of initiatives, some of which include battling the effects of climate change.

Equipment boost
The PNG Defence Force is also getting an equipment boost, and there’s a focus on combatting law and order issues — which domestically is a big challenge — and protecting communities, particularly women, from violence.

There is much in these initiatives that the PNG government and the people here will find attractive. It may well be the balance between PNG’s national interest and US ambitions is met — it will be interesting to see if other Pacific leaders agree.

Because some Pacific leaders are happy to be courted and enjoy being at the centre of global attention (and we know who you are), others are determined to do the best for their people. The fight for them is not geopolitical, and it’s on the land they live on.

The battle is climate change which is impacting their everyday life. The bigger powers will most certainly go through the motions of at least hearing their voices.

What that will translate to remains to be seen.

Barbara Dreaver is TV1’s Pacific correspondent and is in Papua New Guinea with the New Zealand delegation. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/22/memories-of-war-haunt-slippery-slope-to-a-militarised-pacific/feed/ 0 396630
Man fires shot at Memphis television station https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/man-fires-shot-at-memphis-television-station/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/man-fires-shot-at-memphis-television-station/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 21:52:32 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=284546 New York, May 2, 2023—In response to news reports that a man fired a shot at the office door of the FOX13 television station around 11:30 a.m. on Tuesday, May 2, in Memphis, Tennessee, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued the following statement:

“We are gravely concerned by a shooting at FOX13 in Memphis, Tennessee, earlier today,” said Katherine Jacobsen, CPJ’s U.S. and Canada program coordinator. “We urge local law enforcement to conduct a swift and thorough investigation into the shooter’s motives and ensure that the press can work freely without fear of intimidation.”

A report from the outlet said there were no injuries, and that the station’s employees were evacuated for about 30 minutes before returning to work. The man was armed with an AR-style weapon, and law enforcement took the shooter into custody around two hours after the shot was fired, according to those sources.

Sgt. Louis Brownlee, the public information officer and legal liaison of the Memphis Police Department, told CPJ by email that no charges have been filed and the investigation is ongoing. 

CPJ’s call and email to FOX13 were not immediately answered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/man-fires-shot-at-memphis-television-station/feed/ 0 391999
Journalists barred from covering Zimbabwe’s first lady https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/journalists-barred-from-covering-zimbabwes-first-lady/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/journalists-barred-from-covering-zimbabwes-first-lady/#respond Tue, 02 May 2023 17:42:49 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=284374 Lusaka, May 2, 2023—Zimbabwe’s office of the presidency must ensure that all journalists can freely report on First Lady Auxillia Mnangagwa’s public engagements, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On April 24, Mnangagwa’s security aides barred five journalists from covering her visit to the Museum of African Liberation in Harare, according to media reports, a statement by the Zimbabwean chapter of the regional press freedom group Media Institute of Southern Africa, and two of those journalists.

The following day, members of her security staff and Mnangagwa’s spokesperson blocked another journalist from photographing a separate event, according to media reports and that journalist.

Mnangagwa’s has previously barred journalists from covering her public events, as CPJ has documented. General elections are expected to be held in Zimbabwe in July or August.

“Zimbabwe’s presidency should ensure that all media can freely cover First Lady Auxilia Mnangagwa’s public events and avoid situations where only her official photographer will have access,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in New York. “Zimbabweans have a right to access news and information about the president and his spouse, who are public figures.”

At the April 24 event, Mnangagwa’s staff denied access to reporter Problem Masau and photographer Shepherd Tozvireva, both with the privately owned newspaper NewsDay, as well as three unidentified journalists with the army-controlled broadcaster Nkululeko Rusununguko Television, according to those reports and Masau and Tozvireva, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

NewsDay photographer Shepherd Tozvireva (left) and reporter Problem Masau. (Photo: Hilary Muradzikwa)

Masau told CPJ that the Institute of African Knowledge had invited Mnangagwa for a tour of the museum on April 24 and requested journalists from all the media houses to cover it, but then Mnangagwa’s staff asked the NewsDay and Nkululeko Rusununguko Television journalists to leave the scene.

At the event on April 25, held in the town of Beitbridge, south of Harare, a security officer told Newsday correspondent Rex Mpisa that the first lady’s official photographer and spokesperson John Manzongo requested that Mpisa not take photographs, Mpisa told CPJ via messaging app.

“I obliged. They said she has her own media team to cover her,” the journalist told CPJ.

CPJ repeatedly called Manzongo and sent questions via email and messaging app to Mnangagwa’s office for comment, but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/02/journalists-barred-from-covering-zimbabwes-first-lady/feed/ 0 391943
Chinese authorities detain Taiwan-based publisher and radio host Li Yanhe on national security charge https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/chinese-authorities-detain-taiwan-based-publisher-and-radio-host-li-yanhe-on-national-security-charge/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/chinese-authorities-detain-taiwan-based-publisher-and-radio-host-li-yanhe-on-national-security-charge/#respond Wed, 26 Apr 2023 17:42:27 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=280057 Taipei, April 26, 2023—Chinese authorities must immediately release radio host Li Yanhe and drop any charges against him, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

In March, state security officers in Shanghai detained Li, a book publisher and radio host for Taiwanese public broadcaster Radio Taiwan International, who goes by the name Fucha, while he was visiting relatives in the city, according to news reports and a Wednesday, April 26, press conference by Beijing’s Taiwan Affairs Office, reviewed by CPJ.

Zhu Fenglian, a spokesperson for China’s Taiwan Affairs Office, said during the press conference that Li is under investigation for “conducting activities endangering national security.”

“The detention of publisher and radio host Li Yanhe is yet another example of China’s suffocating intolerance of a free press,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “Chinese authorities must stop pinning national security charges on both foreign and local journalists.” 

Li, who was born in China, immigrated to Taiwan in 2009 and founded Gusa Press, which has published books that are critical of Chinese authorities. Li also hosts the show “Seeing China This Way – Time with Fucha” on Radio Taiwan International, where he discusses Chinese politics and current affairs.

CPJ’s calls to China’s Taiwan Affairs Office were not answered.

At least 43 journalists were imprisoned in China for their work as of December 1, 2022, according to CPJ’s annual prison census, making it the second largest jailer of journalists worldwide after Iran.  

In 2019, China arrested Australian blogger Yang Hengjun on espionage charges. He is still detained and alleged during a May 2022 court trial that he was subjected to severe physical abuse while being questioned. 

In 2020, authorities arrested Australian anchor Cheng Lei, who worked for Chinese state broadcaster China Global Television Network, for allegedly conducting “criminal activity endangering China’s national security.” Cheng is still in detention and was put on a secret trial in March 2022.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/26/chinese-authorities-detain-taiwan-based-publisher-and-radio-host-li-yanhe-on-national-security-charge/feed/ 0 390663
CPJ joins statement calling for Turkey’s media watchdog to stop punishing broadcasters over critical reporting https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/cpj-joins-statement-calling-for-turkeys-media-watchdog-to-stop-punishing-broadcasters-over-critical-reporting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/cpj-joins-statement-calling-for-turkeys-media-watchdog-to-stop-punishing-broadcasters-over-critical-reporting/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 17:41:42 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=276801 The Committee to Protect Journalists joined 20 other press freedom, freedom of expression, and human rights organizations as signatories of a joint statement urging the Radio and Television Supreme Council (RTÜK), Turkey’s media regulator, to end its punishments of broadcasters for critical reporting.  

The statement said RTÜK recently fined broadcasters FOX TV Turkey, Halk TV, and TELE1 for recent critical coverage and commentary, following penalties already imposed on the broadcasters and others. The statement also noted that RTÜK’s pro-government approach to monitoring the media has been an ongoing problem.

In addition, the statement condemned the recent decision of Turkey’s Industry and Technology Ministry for not renewing the operating license of Deutsche Welle, depriving the German public broadcaster’s Turkish staff of contracts and benefits.

The full statement can be read here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/cpj-joins-statement-calling-for-turkeys-media-watchdog-to-stop-punishing-broadcasters-over-critical-reporting/feed/ 0 387481
ABC launches new TV show, The Pacific – and their storytellers https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/abc-launches-new-tv-show-the-pacific-and-their-storytellers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/abc-launches-new-tv-show-the-pacific-and-their-storytellers/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 09:15:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86926 Introducing ABC’s The Pacific – first episode.  Video: ABC

SPECIAL REPORT: By ABC Backstory editor Natasha Johnson

When Tahlea Aualiitia talks about hosting the ABC’s new Pacific-focused news and current affairs TV programme, The Pacific, her voice breaks and she becomes emotional.

Personally, it’s a career milestone, anchoring her first TV show after a decade working mostly in radio, producing ABC local radio programmes and presenting Pacific Mornings on ABC Radio Australia. But it’s also much more than that.

Aualiitia grew up in Tasmania and is of Samoan (and Italian) heritage. She has strong connections to the country and the Pacific Islander community in Australia.

ABC's Tahlea Aualiitia
ABC’s Tahlea Aualiitia . . . presenter of the new The Pacific programme. Image: Natasha Johnson/ABC News

What moves her so profoundly about The Pacific is that the 30-minute, weekly programme is being broadcast across the Pacific on ABC Australia, the ABC’s international TV channel, as well as in Australia (on the ABC News Channel and iview), and is produced by a team with a deep understanding of the region and features stories filed by local journalists based in Pacific nations.

“For me, it’s representation and I think that is really important,” she says.

“I’m probably going to cry because for so long I feel that in Australia and on mainstream TV, Pacific Islanders have been, at best, under-represented and, at worst, misrepresented.

“Given the geopolitical interest, there is more focus on the Pacific but my hope for this show is that it will highlight Pacific voices, really centre those voices as the people telling their stories and change the narrative.

‘The ABC cares’
“It shows the ABC cares, we are not just saying we decide what you watch, we’re involving you in what we’re doing, and I think that that makes a difference.”

Presenter Tahlea Aualiitia is of Samoan heritage
The Pacific presenter Tahlea Aualiitia is of Samoan heritage and has worked at the ABC for more than a decade . . . “For me, it’s representation and I think that is really important.” Image: Natasha Johnson/ABC News

Aualiitia’s father was born in Samoa and moved to New Zealand at the age of 12, then later to Australia. Her mother’s brother married a Samoan woman, so Samoan culture was celebrated in her immediate and extended family.

She recalls a childhood shaped by Samoan food, dance and song, and the importance of family, faith and rugby. But from her experience, “the narrative” about the Pacific in Australia has tended towards being negative or patronising.

“I think people tend to see the Pacific as a monolith and there are a lot of stereotypes about what a Pacific Islander is, especially in view of the climate change crisis — there’s this idea everyone’s a victim and they should all just move to Australia,” she says.

“There’s a lot of stuff you carry as a brown journalist. When I hear a story on the news about a Pacific Islander and a crime, I brace myself and think about what that might mean for my day, is it going to make my day at harder when I walk out onto the street, will it make my day at work harder?

“I’ve had people say to me when they learn I have an arts degree, ‘oh, your parents must be so proud of you because you’re the first person in your family who has gone to uni’. And that’s not true, my dad has a PhD in chemistry.

“It’s indicative of ideas that people have of what you’re capable of, what you can do, and that’s the power of the media to shape those narratives and change those narratives.

Facebook ‘reality’ check
“When I started presenting Pacific Mornings, I would interview people from across the Pacific and people would find me on Facebook, message me, saying, ‘I didn’t know any Pacific Islanders were working at the ABC’.

“I was just doing my job, but they said they were proud of me, of the visibility and that it was a good thing that it was happening. So, I hope this programme re-frames things a little bit by showing the rich diversity of the Pacific, its different cultures, resilience, and the joy of being Pacific.”

ABC journalist Tahlea Aualiitia rehearsing for launch of The Pacific TV show in 2023
The Pacific is a weekly, news and current affairs programme about everything from regional politics to sport. Image: Natasha Johnson/ABC News

The Pacific is being produced by the ABC’s Asia Pacific Newsroom (APN), based in Melbourne, with funding from ABC International Broadcast and Digital Services.

While the scope of the ABC’s international services has fluctuated over the years, depending on federal government funding levels, an injection of $32 million over four years to ABC International Services allocated in the 2022 budget has enabled this first-of-its-kind programme to be made, among a suite of other initiatives under the Indo-Pacific Broadcast strategy.

“The APN has been a trusted content partner for the ABC’s International Services team for many years and already has deep Pacific expertise,” says Claire Gorman, head of international services.

“We have been working with the APN to produce our flagship programmes Pacific Beat and Wantok for ABC Radio Australia and have been wanting to produce a TV news programme for Pacific audiences for some time, but until now have not have the funding for it.

“The Pacific is the first of many exciting developments in the pipeline. We believe it is more important than ever before for Australians and Pacific audiences to have access to independent, trusted information about our region.”

ABC journalist Johnson Raela rehearsing for The Pacific TV show in 2023
Journalist Johnson Raela at rehearsals. Image: Natasha Johnson/ABC News

Pacific-wide team
Joining Aualiitia on air is long-serving Pacific Beat reporter and executive producer Evan Wasuka and journalist Johnson Raela, who previously worked in New Zealand and the Cook Islands.

Correspondent Lice Movono, based in Suva, Fiji, and Chrisnrita Aumanu-Leong in Honiara, Solomon Islands, are contributing to the programme as part of a developing “Local Journalism Network”, also funded under the Indo-Pacific Broadcast strategy, to use the expertise of independent journalists located in the region.

Lice Movono
Lice Movono has worked as a journalist in FIji for 16 years and is now filing stories for The Pacific. Image: ABC New

Behind the scenes are APN supervising producer Sean Mantesso, producers Gabriella Marchant, Dinah Lewis Boucher, Nick Sas and APN managing editor Matt O’Sullivan.

“The ABC has covered the Pacific for decades but largely for the Pacific audience,” says O’Sullivan.

“In recent years, that’s mostly been via Pacific Beat and increasingly through digital and video storytelling. We’ve felt for some time that there’s growing interest in the Pacific within Australia and there’s also a massive Pacific diaspora in Australia with strong links to the region.

“So, we’ve felt a need to share our content more broadly. The Pacific programme will cover the breadth of Pacific life beyond palm trees and tourism, from politics to jobs and the economy, climate change, culture and sport.”

Supervising producer Sean Mantesso and Johnson Raela
Supervising producer Sean Mantesso and Johnson Raela discussing plans for the programme. Image: Natasha Johnson/ABC News

Lice Movono has been working as a journalist in Fiji for 16 years and has previously filed for the ABC. She believes elevating the work of regional journalists across the ABC programs and platforms, through the Local Journalism initiative, will help provide more informed coverage of Pacific affairs.

“I believe it’s critical for journalists from within the Pacific to be at the centre of storytelling about the Pacific,” she says.

“A few years ago, while working in a local media organisation, I had the opportunity to attend a conference in Europe and it shocked and saddened me to find that there are people on the other side of the world who have little or no understanding of what it means to live with the reality of climate change here in the region.

“So, it means everything for me to work with the ABC, which has one of the widest, if not the widest reach in the Pacific region and to have access to a platform that tells stories about the Pacific and Fiji, in particular, to the rest of the world, to tell authentic stories through the lens of a Pacific Islander, and an Indigenous one at that, about the realities of what Pacific people face.”

While the covid pandemic and various lockdowns curbed a lot of international news gathering, it provided an opportunity to showcase the work of locally based reporters on ABC domestic channels.

“We’ve often used stringers in the region, but covid showed us the value journalists in country can offer,” says O’Sullivan.

“Because we couldn’t fly Australian-based crews into the region during the pandemic, we relied more on journalists in the Pacific telling their stories, for example during the 2021 riots in Solomon Islands.

“We are now building on that foundation of local expertise and knowledge by establishing the Local Journalism Network of independent journalists to report for the ABC.

“We’ve had producers doing training with them, teaching them how to shoot good TV pictures and we’ve provided mobile journalism kits that enable them to quickly do a TV cross.

“In filing for the ABC, they can tell stories local media often can’t but the challenge for us is protecting them.”

Support and protection from the ABC has been welcomed by Movono. Renowned for her tough questioning, she has endured personal threats and harassment over the course of her career, but the country is now moving into a new era of openness with the newly-elected Rabuka government repealing the controversial Media Industry Development Act that was introduced under military law in 2010 and has been regarded as a restraint on media freedom.

In an international scoop, Movono landed an interview with the new Prime Minister, Sitiveni Rabuka, for the first episode of The Pacific.

Lice Movono secured an exclusive interview with Fiji PM Sitiveni Rabuka
Lice Movono secured an exclusive interview with the new prime minister of Fiji, Sitiveni Rabuka, for the first episode of The Pacific. Image: ABC News

“When I knew that there was going to be a segment of The Pacific where we could Talanoa with leaders of the Pacific, it was important for me to position the ABC as the one international organisation that Rabuka would do an interview with,” she says.

“I knew, with the new government only weeks into power, it was going to be a challenge. The government is dealing with a failing economy, a divided country, high inflation, high levels of poverty, the ongoing recovery from covid and trying to mitigate the impacts of climate change.

“But he has made progress as a Pacific leader, as the leader of a country just coming out of a military dictatorship, and he’s done some significant work in the region. So, it was a very significant interview, probably one of the most important assignments of my career.”

In addition to new content and engagement of local journalists, ABC International Services is also expanding the FM footprint for ABC Radio Australia and enhancing media training across the region.

As she prepared for the first episode of The Pacific to go to air, Tahlea Aualiitia was keen to hear the feedback from the audience and — with some trepidation– from family and friends in Samoa.

“I think that’s the part that I’m most nervous about,” she says.

“I know that they will lovingly make fun of my struggling to pronounce Samoan words properly, given I grew up in Australia, but I know they’re already proud of me because of the work I’m doing here.

“Having said that, my brother is a doctor, so I don’t think I’ll ever reach that level of family pride but I’m getting closer!”

The Pacific premiered on ABC Australia last Thursday. This article is republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/abc-launches-new-tv-show-the-pacific-and-their-storytellers/feed/ 0 386799
Police assault at least 9 Bangladeshi journalists covering Supreme Court Bar Association elections https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/police-assault-at-least-9-bangladeshi-journalists-covering-supreme-court-bar-association-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/police-assault-at-least-9-bangladeshi-journalists-covering-supreme-court-bar-association-elections/#respond Wed, 29 Mar 2023 20:47:18 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=272593 New York, March 29, 2023 – Bangladeshi authorities must conduct a thorough and impartial investigation into the police attacks on at least nine journalists covering recent elections held by the Supreme Court Bar Association and hold the perpetrators accountable, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On March 15, police assaulted at least nine journalists on the court’s premises in the capital city of Dhaka after clashes broke out between lawyers supporting the ruling Awami League party and the opposition Bangladesh Nationalist Party, and police charged into the crowd swinging their batons, according to multiple news reports and five of those journalists, who spoke with CPJ.

The deputy commissioner of the Dhaka police’s Ramna division told news website Bdnews24.com later on March 15 that “journalists got caught up in the turmoil” when officers attempted to break up the unrest, and police were investigating the attacks.

On March 16, Dhaka police officials expressed regret over the incident in a meeting with local journalists but, as of March 29, have not held any of the officers involved in the attacks to account, the journalists told CPJ. 

“The recent apology by the Dhaka police over officers’ attacks on at least nine Bangladeshi journalists is a welcome but insufficient response,” said Carlos Martinez de la Serna, CPJ’s program director. “Bangladeshi authorities must hold the officers who attacked journalists to account, return any equipment confiscated from reporters, and ensure that police are thoroughly trained so they can help, rather than imperil, members of the press covering newsworthy events.”

Two officers with the police Public Order Management Division slapped Zabed Akhter, a senior reporter for the privately owned broadcaster ATN News, shoved him to the ground, and kicked him as he repeatedly identified himself as a journalist and told them he suffered from a nerve condition, Akhter told CPJ by phone.

Police also pushed Jannatul Ferdous Tanvi, a senior reporter for the privately owned broadcaster Independent Television, as she tried to help him, Akhter said.

Later that day, Akhter received medical treatment for internal injuries to his waist and back at a hospital, where the two officers apologized to the journalist, Akhter said, adding that those officers had not been held to account for the incident as of March 29.

A group of 10 to 15 officers kicked and used a bamboo stick to beat Md. Humaun Kabir, a senior camera operator for the privately owned broadcaster ATN Bangla who was filming the unrest, knocking him to the ground, Kabir told CPJ by phone. Officers continued to slap him as he ran away, according to a video of the incident reviewed by CPJ. Kabir sustained a head injury for which he took painkillers. 

Five or six officers beat Maruf Hasan, a reporter for the privately owned newspaper Manab Zamin, in the head and back while he identified himself as a journalist, he told CPJ via messaging app.  Officers also insulted him with vulgar language and confiscated his microphone, which they had not returned as of March 29, Hasan said.

He told CPJ that he sustained painful injuries to the areas that were beaten.

About five police officers also beat Mohammad Fazlul Haque, a senior reporter for the privately owned news website Jago News, according to Haque, who told CPJ via messaging app that he had been beaten but then did not respond to additional questions seeking details.  

According to those news reports and the journalists who spoke with CPJ, police also attacked Nur Mohammad, a reporter for the privately owned newspaper Ajker Patrika; Ibrahim Hossain, a camera operator for the privately owned broadcaster Boishakhi Television; Kabir Hossain, a reporter for the privately owned newspaper Kalbela; and Mehedi Hassan Dalim, a reporter for the privately owned news website The Dhaka Post.

CPJ contacted those journalists via messaging app seeking additional details but did not receive any replies.

Suvra Kanti Das, a senior photojournalist for the privately owned newspaper Prothom Alo, told CPJ by phone that he was also covering the elections when an officer grabbed him by the shirt, demanded to see his media identification card, insulted him with vulgar language, and ordered him to leave the premises, which he did.

CPJ’s calls and messages to Roy Niyati, a spokesperson for the Dhaka Metropolitan Police, did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/29/police-assault-at-least-9-bangladeshi-journalists-covering-supreme-court-bar-association-elections/feed/ 0 383212
Bombs mailed to at least 5 journalists in Ecuador https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bombs-mailed-to-at-least-5-journalists-in-ecuador/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bombs-mailed-to-at-least-5-journalists-in-ecuador/#respond Wed, 22 Mar 2023 13:12:05 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=270957 Bogotá, March 22, 2023 – Ecuadorian authorities must thoroughly investigate letter bombs sent to five TV and radio journalists, guarantee their safety, and bring those responsible to justice, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

Since March 16, letter bombs have been sent to the TV stations Ecuavisa, Teleamazonas, and TC Television; the radio station EXA FM; and to one independent news commentator, according to multiple news reports and journalists who spoke with CPJ. One journalist sustained slight injuries after one of the devices exploded.

In each case, journalists received couriered manila envelopes containing USB drives and threatening messages sent from the central town of Quinsaloma, Interior Minister Juan Zapata told reporters on Monday.

“Ecuadorian authorities must thoroughly investigate letter bombs recently sent to journalists throughout the country and bring those responsible to justice,” said Carlos Martínez de la Serna, CPJ´s program director, in New York. “It is crucial that these threats are taken seriously and authorities make reporters’ safety a priority.”

On March 16, in the city of Guayaquil, Ecuavisa journalist Lenin Artieda received a package containing a USB stick. When he inserted the drive into his computer, it exploded and slightly injured his face and one of his hands, according to those news reports and Fundamedios, a press freedom group based in Quito, the capital.

The following day, TC Television news host Mauricio Ayora, also in Guayaquil, received a similar package, station manager Rafael Cuesta told CPJ via messaging app.

Following anti-virus protocols, Ayora did not try to access the information on the USB drive and, after learning about the attack on Artieda, the station turned the device over to the police, who confirmed it contained an explosive.

Identical packages were also sent to Teleamazonas journalist Milton Pérez and EXA FM journalist Miguel Rivadeneira, both in Quito, who handed them over to police, according to those news reports.

A fifth package, addressed to independent news commentator Carlos Vera, was intercepted by authorities before it reached him, those reports said.

Cuesta told CPJ that Ayora had received threats over his reporting on drug trafficking groups and prison riots in 2021, but doubted the bombs were related to that work. He said the packages contained messages that were confusing and did not have a clear specific motive.

“This is an absolutely clear effort to muzzle journalists who have been aggressive in their coverage or to muzzle the media,” said Zapata, adding that police were investigating the bombs. The attorney general’s office said in a statement Monday that it had also opened an investigation.

In a statement Monday, Ecuadorian President Guillermo Lasso said that his government “categorically rejects any kind of violent acts against journalists.”


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/bombs-mailed-to-at-least-5-journalists-in-ecuador/feed/ 0 381251
At least 28 journalists harassed, beaten, denied access while covering Nigerian state elections https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/21/at-least-28-journalists-harassed-beaten-denied-access-while-covering-nigerian-state-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/21/at-least-28-journalists-harassed-beaten-denied-access-while-covering-nigerian-state-elections/#respond Tue, 21 Mar 2023 22:51:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=271011 Abuja, March 21, 2023 – Nigerian authorities should thoroughly investigate incidents involving at least 28 journalists and media workers being harassed and attacked while covering state elections and hold the perpetrators to account, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday. 

At least 28 members of the press were obstructed, harassed, or attacked while covering gubernatorial and state assembly elections across Nigeria on March 18 and 19, according to news reports and journalists who spoke with CPJ.

“Nigerian authorities should swiftly identify and hold accountable those responsible for the recent attacks, harassment, and intimidation of journalists covering state elections and ensure that members of the press feel safe to report on political issues,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in New York. “Freedom of the press during elections, which of course includes journalists’ safety to do their work, is fundamental to the democratic process.”

On March 18, at least 10 unidentified men punched and used sticks to hit a TV crew with the privately owned broadcaster Arise TV after they used a drone to film voting stations in southwestern Lagos state, according to a report by their outlet, a statement by the International Press Centre, a local media group, and one of the crew members, correspondent Oba Adeoye, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

Nearby security officers did not intervene while the men attacked Adeoye, camera operator Opeyemi Adenihun, and driver Yusuf Hassan, but seized the drone following the incident. Adenihun said he received medical treatment the next day for a cut to his face.

Lagos police spokesperson Benjamin Hundeyin told CPJ by phone that police were investigating and that Adenihun was invited for questioning on March 20 but said he did not appear. Adenihun told CPJ by phone that he had not heard from police since he reported the incident on March 18.

In Ikeja, the capital of Lagos state, Ima Elijah, a reporter with the privately owned news website Pulse.ng and her camera operator were harassed and forced out of a polling unit by unidentified individuals who insisted that the elections at that polling unit should not be reported by the media, according to a report and Instagram video by the outlet.

Also in Lagos state, two officials from Nigeria’s Independent National Electoral Commission prevented Chibuike Chukwu, a reporter with the privately owned news website Independent, from taking pictures or videos at a polling place, according to a report by the outlet and a person familiar with the case who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal.

In the northern city of Lafia, the Nasarawa State capital, three state security officers slapped, punched, and used sticks to hit Edwin Philip, a reporter with private broadcaster Breeze 99.9 FM, on orders from a palace official at a polling unit, according to news reports and Philip, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

Philip had been inquiring about reports that the palace official had instructed some men to beat up a voter when the officers briefly seized his phone and began beating him. Philip received stitches at a hospital for a deep cut to his head and reported the incident to the police the same day. Nigeria’s Security and Civil Defence Corps condemned the attack and apologized on March 20. Rahman Namsel, a spokesperson of the Nasarawa State Police, told CPJ by phone that he was unaware that the case was reported to the police and said he would investigate the matter.

In the city of Lagos, at least 10 unidentified individuals punched Amarachi Amushie, a reporter with the privately-owned broadcaster Africa Independent Television, on the back, punched AIT camera operator Aliu Adeshina all over his body, and chased them out of a polling place, according to the IPC statement as well as Adeshina and Amushie, who spoke to CPJ by phone. Neither journalist sustained a significant injury. 

Ashiru Umar’s phone after dozens of unidentified men accused the journalist of filming them, grabbed his phone, and stomped on it at a polling place in Daladanchi, Nigeria, on March 18, 2023. (Photo Credit: Premier Radio)

Also in Lagos, unidentified people chased AIT correspondent Henrietta Oke out of a polling place, and others confiscated AIT correspondent Nkiru Nwokedi’s phone at another polling place, returning it 20 minutes later following intervention from community leaders, according to that IPC statement and Nwokedi, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

In northern Kano state, dozens of unidentified men accused Ashiru Umar, editor and senior correspondent with the privately owned broadcaster Premier Radio, of filming them, grabbed his phone, and stomped on it at a polling place in Daladanchi, a town in northern Kano state, according to a report by the privately owned website Premium Times and Umar, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

Ashiru Umar’s left arm after dozens of unidentified men attacked him at a polling center on March 18, 2023. He was treated at a hospital for a swollen jaw, bruises, and minor cuts. (Photo Credit: Premier Radio)

The men beat Umar with their hands, sticks, and stones and attempted to stab him in the back with a knife. Umar was treated at a hospital for a swollen jaw, bruises, and minor cuts to his knee and hands and filed a report with the police, he told CPJ. CPJ’s calls and text messages to Kano police spokesperson Haruna Abdullahi did not receive any response.

In the city of Abeokuta, the Ogun State capital, at least five unidentified individuals, including a masked man with an axe, chased at least 10 journalists after noticing them filming a voting station, according to the IPC statement, a report, and two of those reporters, Adejoke Adeleye, a reporter with the privately owned outlet PM News, and Yusuf Adeleke, a reporter and editor with the privately owned news website Newsflagship, who spoke to CPJ by phone. CPJ’s calls and text messages to Abimbola Oyeyemi, the state’s police spokesperson, did not receive a reply.

On March 19, an official from the Independent National Electoral Commission ordered four security officers to prevent Ayo Adenaiye, an Arise TV news correspondent, James Akpa Oche, a campus reporter at Bayero University Kano, Stephen Enoch, a reporter with Plus TV Africa, and at least three other journalists from various outlets from accessing a vote collation center in the city of Kano, according to a report by Premium Times, Adenaiye, Oche, Enoch, and another reporter who was there and spoke to CPJ by phone, requesting anonymity citing fear of reprisal. The officials had a list that excluded many journalists from entering the collation center, Adenaiye said. 

CPJ called INEC national spokesperson Festus Okoye for comment but did not receive any response.

Hundeyin, the Lagos police spokesperson, responded to CPJ’s request for comment sent by messaging app requesting evidence that the attacks in Lagos state were reported to his office.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/21/at-least-28-journalists-harassed-beaten-denied-access-while-covering-nigerian-state-elections/feed/ 0 381102
NZ’s Sky TV plans to outsource 200 jobs to India, Philippines https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/nzs-sky-tv-plans-to-outsource-200-jobs-to-india-philippines/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/nzs-sky-tv-plans-to-outsource-200-jobs-to-india-philippines/#respond Sat, 04 Mar 2023 18:46:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=85764 Asia Pacific Report

New Zealand pay-TV company Sky TV plans to cut some jobs in the country as it outsources roles to India and the Philippines, reports the Asia-Pacific Broadcasting Union.

Sky chief executive Sophie Moloney said the proposal would result in some of Sky’s work in technology and content operations being outsourced to experienced international provider Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), according to TVNZ’s 1News.

TCS is an India-based information technology services and consulting company.

In customer care, Sky TV said it would adopt a hybrid model, with one third of its team based in New Zealand and two-thirds in the Philippines (through Sky’s existing partner Probe CX Group).

It said the proposal would see “over 100 roles” retained in its New Zealand call centre, while “around 200” roles would be created in the Philippines to deal with “more straightforward” inquiries.

“Overall, the proposed changes would boost Sky’s customer service capacity by 40 percent across the two teams, driving better customer experiences and the ability to meet customer demand as it flexes,” said Sky in an announcement to New Zealand’s stock exchange last month.

Sky said the changes would result in “multi-million dollar permanent savings within two years”.

Sky TV provides pay television services via satellite, media streaming services and broadband internet services.

It has no connection with the UK’s Sky Group or Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/nzs-sky-tv-plans-to-outsource-200-jobs-to-india-philippines/feed/ 0 377189
Taliban bans, restricts media operations in 2 Afghanistan provinces https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/taliban-bans-restricts-media-operations-in-2-afghanistan-provinces/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/taliban-bans-restricts-media-operations-in-2-afghanistan-provinces/#respond Wed, 22 Feb 2023 20:24:48 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=264802 New York, February 22, 2023 – The Taliban must reverse its recent orders targeting media operations in Helmand and Parwan provinces and allow journalists to work freely and independently, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On Tuesday, February 21, Taliban officials, in a meeting with journalists in the southern province of Helmand, announced a ban on all media outlets—including Taliban-run Radio Television of Helmand and Bakhtar News Agency —preparing and distributing photos and videos, according to the media watchdog Nai and a journalist inside Afghanistan, who spoke to CPJ by messaging app on the condition of anonymity due to fear of reprisal. Taliban authorities have not clarified whether text-based media activities are still allowed; however, Bakhtar News Agency has stopped operations in Helmand, because the ban on recording video and taking pictures has prevented them from producing any content.

Separately, on Monday, February 20, Taliban officials in northern Parwan province ordered the media to change their coverage to fall in line with what is reported by the Taliban-run Bakhtar News Agency, stifling all independent reporting, according to a local news report and another journalist inside Afghanistan, who spoke to CPJ by messaging app on the condition of anonymity due to fear of reprisal.

“The Taliban’s severe restrictions imposed on the media in Helmand and Parwan provinces reflect an alarming escalation of local information control,” said Carlos Martinez de la Serna, CPJ’s program director, in New York. “The Taliban must immediately reverse these devastating orders and allow journalists to report without fear of retaliation. Access to information inside Afghanistan depends on it.”

Abdul Ahad Talib, the Taliban governor of Helmand, said during the February 21 meeting that recording videos and taking photos are forbidden in Islam, which is why the ban includes Taliban-run outlets, the journalist told CPJ. Taliban officials also warned the journalists attending the meeting not to discuss the order publicly.

CPJ contacted Taliban spokesperson Zabihullah Mujahid for comment via messaging app but received no response. CPJ was unable to locate contact information for the Taliban governor of Helmand.

In August 2022, CPJ published a special report about the media crisis in Afghanistan, showing a rapid deterioration in press freedom since the Taliban retook control of the country one year earlier, marked by censorship, arrests, assaults, and restrictions on women journalists.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/taliban-bans-restricts-media-operations-in-2-afghanistan-provinces/feed/ 0 374674
Turkish media watchdog fines broadcasters for criticizing earthquake response https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/turkish-media-watchdog-fines-broadcasters-for-criticizing-earthquake-response/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/turkish-media-watchdog-fines-broadcasters-for-criticizing-earthquake-response/#respond Wed, 22 Feb 2023 19:13:15 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=264786 Istanbul, February 22, 2023 – In response to news reports that Turkey’s media regulator penalized three broadcasters for their critical coverage of the government’s response to recent devastating earthquakes that hit the country, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued the following statement:

“Critical journalism during a time of mourning for the tens of thousands of lives lost to the earthquakes may appear harsh, but it can also pave the way to justice for the victims and better regulations to save lives in the future,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna, in New York. “Turkish authorities should revoke the penalties leveled against broadcasters FOX TV Turkey, Halk TV, and TELE1, and refrain from silencing media criticism of the government and its institutions.”

On Tuesday, February 22, the Radio and Television Supreme Council, the government telecommunications regulator known as RTÜK fined Halk TV and TELE1 5% of their annual revenue and fined FOX TV Turkey 3%, the reports said. The RTÜK also suspended the next five episodes of the Halk TV and TELE1 shows that aired criticism of the government’s earthquake preparation and rescue efforts.

The outlets have the right to appeal to RTÜK decisions under Turkey’s telecommunications law.

Separately, the RTÜK on October 19, 2022, had imposed a three-day broadcast ban on TELE1 that will begin Wednesday, February 23, in response to a parliamentary deputy’s comments on a political debate show in September 2022. Socialist politician Sera Kadıgil described the Presidency of Religious Affairs, Turkey’s official religious authority, as “a tool for political Islam” while she was a guest on the show. TELE1 will comply with the court order for an immediate ban while its appeal is pending. 

CPJ emailed RTÜK for comment but did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Jennifer Dunham.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/22/turkish-media-watchdog-fines-broadcasters-for-criticizing-earthquake-response/feed/ 0 374657
Mediawatch on Gabrielle: ‘I’m proud to be working on this newspaper’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/18/mediawatch-on-gabrielle-im-proud-to-be-working-on-this-newspaper/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/18/mediawatch-on-gabrielle-im-proud-to-be-working-on-this-newspaper/#respond Sat, 18 Feb 2023 22:30:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84865

New Zealand’s media were in emergency mode yet again this week, offering hours of extra coverage on air, online and in print.

Outlets in the hardest-hit places reported the basics — even without access to basics like power, communications and even premises.

What will Gabrielle’s legacy be for media’s role in reporting disasters and national resilience?

“Keep listening to the radio. You guys have done a great job updating people and it’s very much appreciated,” the Civil Defence Minister Keiran McAnulty told Newstalk ZB’s last Sunday afternoon as Gabrielle was just beginning to wreak havoc.

Barely two weeks earlier, sudden and catastrophic flooding in and near Auckland caught the media off-guard, but some commentators claimed the heavy warnings about Gabrielle were oppressively ominous — and risked “crying wolf”.

Gabrielle ended up as a national emergency and sparked non-stop rolling news coverage. There were few flat spots on TV and radio, and live online reporting around the clock also give a comprehensive picture — and pictures — of what was going on.

It stretched newsrooms to their limits, but news reporters’ work was skillfully and selectively supplemented with a steady stream of vivid eyewitness accounts.

Forestry slash flood
Tolaga Bay farmer Bridget Parker’s description on RNZ Nine to Noon of yet another inundation at her place with added forestry slash was among the most confronting (and sweary).

Checkpoint’s emotional interview on Wednesday with a couple that owned a house in which a friend “disappeared under water” was compelling — but also chilling.

RNZ’s Kate Green arrived in Gisborne on Monday with the only means of communicating that worked — a satellite phone.

“You can’t even dial 111. Everything that can break is broken,” she told RNZ Morning Report listeners, quoting the local mayor.

RNZ’s Māni Dunlop, who managed to fly in on Tuesday, told listeners that from the air the East Coast looked “buggered”.

Gisborne is a city and Tairawhiti a region not well covered at the best of times by New Zealand’s national media, which have no bureaux there. It is a bit of an irony that in the worst of times, it was so hard to get the word out.

But the locally-owned Gisborne Herald stepped up, somehow printing editions every day distributed free to 22,000 homes — with the help of NZDF boots n the ground on some days.

Proud news day
“I’m proud to be working on this paper today,” reported Murray Robertson said, signing off an eye-opening video of scenes of the stricken city posted online once power came back and a fresh Starlink unit kicked in.

On Wednesday, ZB’s Mike Hosking pleaded on air for diesel to keep their signal up in Hawke’s Bay, while the editor of Hawke’s Bay Today Chris Hyde — only months into his job — found himself literally powerless to publish when the rivers rose, cutting the electricity and cutting him off from many of his staff.

“The first day I was in a black hole. In a big news event, the phones ring hot. This was the biggest news event in Hawke’s Bay since the Napier earthquake  . . . and my phone wasn’t ringing at all,” he told Mediawatch.

"Wiped out" - the Hawke's Bay Today's first (free) edition after the cyclone news "back hole"
“Wiped out” – the Hawke’s Bay Today’s first (free) edition after the cyclone news “back hole”. Image: Screenshot APR

Hyde, just 32 years old, was a student in Christchurch when The Press stunned citizens by publishing a paper the morning after the deadly 2011 quake.

Hyde said NZME chief editor Shayne Currie and The New Zealand Herald’s Murray Kirkness were instrumental in putting the Auckland HQs resources into getting NZME’s upper North Island dailies promptly back in print and available for free.

“Just keep supporting local news, because in moments like this, it really does matter,” Chris Hyde told Mediawatch.

On Wednesday, Hyde had the odd experience of seeing Tuesday’s edition of the paper on the AM show on TV before he had even seen it himself.

Cut-off news focus
On Wednesday, RNZ switched to focus on news for areas cut off or without power — or both — where people were depending on the radio. RNZ’s live online updates went “text-only” because those who could get online might only have the bandwidth for the basics.

Gavin Ellis
Media analyst and former New Zealand Herald editor Dr Gavin Ellis . . . “Those two episodes where chalk and cheese. Coverage of Cyclone Gabrielle by all media was excellent.” Image: RNZ News

Thank God for news media in a storm,” was former Herald editor Gavin Ellis in his column The Knightly Views.

He was among the critics of media coverage of Auckland’s floods a fortnight earlier.

Back then he said social media and online outlets had trumped traditional news media in quickly conveying the scale and the scope of the flooding.

This time social media also hosted startling scenes and sounds reporters couldn’t capture — like rural road bridges bending then buckling.

But Gavin Ellis said earlier this week he couldn’t get a clearer picture of Gabrielle’s impact without mainstream media.

“Those two episodes where chalk and cheese. Coverage of Cyclone Gabrielle by all media was excellent, both in warning people about what was to come – although that wasn’t universal – and then talking people through it and into the aftermath, And what an aftermath it’s been,” he told Mediawatch.

“This is precisely why we need news media. They draw together an overwhelming range of sources and condense information into a readily absorbed format. Then they keep updating and adding to the picture.” he wrote.

Retro but robust radio

Radio
“If you’re sitting on your rooftop surrounded by water, you can still have a radio on.” Image: Flickr/RNZ News

“It’s even more pressing if you haven’t got electricity, and you haven’t got those online links. That was when radio really came into its own,” said Ellis.

“Organisations like the BBC,and the ABC (Australia) are talking about a fully-digital future and moving away from linear broadcasting. What happens to radio in those circumstances if you haven’t got power? If you’re sitting on your rooftop surrounded by water, you can still have a radio on, he said.

“We need to have a conversation about the future of media in this country and the requirements in times of urgency need to be looked at,” Ellis told Mediawatch.

RNZ’s head of news Richard Sutherland’s had the same thoughts.

Richard Sutherland
NZ head of news Richard Sutherland . . . “It has certainly been a reminder to generations who have not been brought up with transistor radios they are important to have in a disaster.”

“It has certainly been a reminder to generations who have not been brought up with transistor radios they are important to have in a disaster. This will also sharpen the minds of people on just how important ‘legacy’ platforms like AM transmission are in civil defence emergencies like the one we’ve had,” he said.

“With the Tonga volcano, Tonga was cut off from the internet. and the only thing getting through was shortwave radio. In the 2020s, we are talking about something that’s been around since the early 1900s still doing the mahi. In this country, we are going to need to think very carefully about how we provide the belt and braces of broadcasting infrastructure,” he told Mediawatch.

“Everyone was super-aware of the way that the Auckland flooding late last month played out — and no one wanted to repeat that,” said Sutherland, formerly a TV news executive at Newshub, TV3, TVNZ and Sky News.

“Initially the view was this is going to be bad news for Auckland because Auckland, already very badly damaged and waterlogged. But as it turned out, of course, it ended up being Northland, Coromandel, Hawke’s Bay have been those areas that caught the worst of it,” Sutherland told Mediawatch.

News contraction
“Over the years, and for a number of reasons, a lot of them financial, all news organisations have contracted. And you contract to your home city or a big metropolitan area, because that’s where the population is, and that’s where the bulk of your audience is,” he said.

“But this cyclone has reminded us all as a nation, that it’s really important to have reporters in the regions, to have strong infrastructure in the regions. I would argue that RNZ is a key piece of infrastructure,” he said.

“This incident has shown us that with the increasing impact of climate change, news organisations, particularly public service lifeline utility organisations like RNZ, are going to have to have a look at our geographic coverage, as well as our general coverage based on population,” he said

“We are already drawing up plans for have extra boots on the ground permanently  . . but also we need to think where are the regions that we need to have more people in so that we can respond faster to these sorts of things,” he said.

“We are at a moment where we could do something a bit more formal around building a more robust media infrastructure . . . for the whole country. I would be very, very keen for the industry to get together to make sure that the whole country can benefit from the combined resources that we have.

“Again, everything comes down to money. But if the need is there, the money will be found,” he said.

Now that the government’s planned new public media entity is off the table, it will be interesting to see if those holding the public purse strings see the need for news in the same way.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/18/mediawatch-on-gabrielle-im-proud-to-be-working-on-this-newspaper/feed/ 0 373807
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji/feed/ 0 371510
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/feed/ 0 371511
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-2/feed/ 0 371512
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-3/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-3/feed/ 0 371513
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-4/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-4/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-4/feed/ 0 371514
Lice Movono: Hopes for the return of press freedom in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-5/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-5/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 09:35:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84364 ABC Pacific

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when suddenly a Molotov cocktail went crashing through their living room window.

It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

For the past decade Fiji’s media have operated under tight restrictions and scrutiny, with strict rules governing how stories can be reported.

Now journalists are hoping for changes to Fiji’s controversial Media Act, or its complete removal, to protect the freedom of the press.

Credits:
Lice Movono, Reporter
Hugo Hodge, Producer

Featuring:
Netani Rika, former editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times and manager of Fiji Television News
Sean Dorney, former ABC Pacific correspondent
Professor David Robie, former director of the AUT Pacific Media Centre
Samantha Magick, editor of Islands Business International

Professor David Robie
Professor David Robie . . . Fiji’s Media Law for the past decade “punitive and draconian”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR
islands Business editor Samantha Magick
islands Business editor Samantha Magick . . . hopes a return to media freedom “will mean more people will stay in the profession”. Image: ABC Pacific screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/lice-movono-hopes-for-the-return-of-press-freedom-in-fiji-5/feed/ 0 371515
‘No Fiji TV broadcast tonight due to censorship’ – Rika recalls Fiji media intimidation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/no-fiji-tv-broadcast-tonight-due-to-censorship-rika-recalls-fiji-media-intimidation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/no-fiji-tv-broadcast-tonight-due-to-censorship-rika-recalls-fiji-media-intimidation/#respond Wed, 08 Feb 2023 21:52:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84265 By Lice Movono in Suva

Veteran Fijian journalist Netani Rika and his wife were resting in their living room when he was suddenly woken, startled by the sound of smashed glass. “I got up, I slipped on the wet surface,” he recalls.

He turned on the lights and a bottle and wick were spread across the floor. It was one of the many acts of violence and intimidation he endured after the 2006 military coup.

Back then, Rika was the manager of news and current affairs at Fiji Television.

No news at 6pm, no news at 10pm
Back then, Rika was the manager of news and current affairs at Fiji Television.

He vividly remembers the time his car was smashed with golf clubs by two unknown men — one he would later identify as a member of the military — and the day he was locked up at a military camp.

“We were monitoring the situation . . .  once the takeover happened, there was a knock at the door and we had some soldiers present themselves,” he said.

“We were told they were there for our protection but our CEO at the time, Ken Clark, said ‘well if you’re here to protect us, then you can stand at the gate’.

“They said, ‘no, we are here to be in the newsroom, and we want to see what goes to air. We also have a list of people you cannot speak to … ministers, detectives’.”

Rika remembered denying their request and publishing a notice on behalf of Fiji TV News that said it would “not broadcast tonight due to censorship”, promising to return to air when they were able to “broadcast the news in a manner which is free and fair”.

“There was no news at six, there was no news at 10, it was a decision made by the newsroom.”

Organisations like Human Rights Watch have repeatedly criticised Voreqe Bainimarama, who installed himself as prime minister during the 2006 coup, for his attacks on government critics, the press and the freedom of its citizens.

Pacific Beat media freedom in Fiji
Fiji’s media veterans recount intimidation under the former FijiFirst government . . . they hope the new leaders will reinstall press freedom. Image: ABC screenshot

Fear and intimidation
Rika reported incidents of violence to Fiji police, but he said detectives told him his complaints would not go far.

“There was a series of letters to the editor which I suppose you could say were anti-government. Shortly after … the now-honourable leader of the opposition (Voreqe Bainimarama) called, he swore at me in the Fijian iTaukei language … a short time later I saw a vehicle come into our street,” he said.

“The next time (the attackers) came over the fence, broke a wooden louvre and threw one (explosive) inside the house.”

The ABC contacted Bainimarama’s Fiji First party and Fiji police for comment, but has not received a response.

The following year, Rika left his job to become the editor-in-chief at The Fiji Times, the country’s leading independent newspaper. With the publication relying on the government’s advertising to remain viable, Rika said the government put pressure on the paper’s owners.

“The government took away Fiji Times’ advertising, did all sorts of things in order to bring it into line with its propaganda that Fiji was OK, there was no more corruption.”

Rika said the government also sought to remove the employment rights of News Limited, which owned The Fiji Times.

“The media laws were changed so that you could not have more than 5 percent overseas ownership,” Rika said.

Rika, and his deputy Sophie Foster — now an Australian national — lost their jobs after the Media Act 2011 was passed, banning foreign ownership of Fijian media organisations.

‘A chilling law’
The new law put in place several regulations over journalists’ work, including restrictions on reporting of government activities.

In May last year, Fijian Media Association secretary Stanley Simpson called for a review of the “harsh penalties” that can be imposed by the authority that enforces the act.

Penalties include up to F$100,000 (NZ$75,00) in fines or two years’ imprisonment for news organisations for publishing content that is considered a breach of public or national interest. Simpson said some sections were “too excessive and designed to be vindictive and punish the media rather that encourage better reporting standards and be corrective”.

Media veterans hope the controversial act will be changed, or removed entirely, to protect press freedom.

Retired journalism professor Dr David Robie, now editor of Asia Pacific Report, taught many of the Pacific journalists who head up Fijian newsrooms today, but some of his earlier research focused on the impact of the Media Act.

Dr Robie said from the outset, the legislation was widely condemned by media freedom organisations around the world for being “very punitive and draconian”.

“It is a chilling law, making restrictions to media and making it extremely difficult for journalists to act because … the journalists in Fiji constantly have that shadow hanging over them.”

In the years after Fijian independence in 1970, Dr Robie said Fiji’s “vigorous” media sector “was a shining light in the whole of the Pacific and in developing countries”.

“That was lost … under that particular law and many of the younger journalists have never known what it is to be in a country with a truly free media.”

‘We’re so rich in stories’
Last month, the newly-elected government said work was underway to change media laws.

“We’re going to ensure (journalists) have freedom to broadcast and to impart knowledge and information to members of the public,” Fiji’s new Attorney-General Siromi Turaga said.

“The coalition government is going to provide a different approach, a truly democratic way of dealing with media freedom.” But Dr Robie said he believed the only way forward was to remove the Media Act altogether.

“I’m a bit sceptical about this notion that we can replace it with friendly legislation. That’s sounds like a slippery slope to me,” he said.

“I’d have to say that self-regulation is pretty much the best way to go.”

Reporters Without Borders ranked Fiji at 102 out of 180 countries in terms of press freedom, falling by 47 places compared to its 2021 rankings.

Samantha Magick was the news director at Fiji radio station FM96, but left after the 2000 coup and returned three years ago to edit Islands Business International, a regional news magazine.

“When I came back, there wasn’t the same robustness of discussion and debate, we (previously) had powerful panel programs and talkback and there wasn’t a lot of that happening,” she said.

“Part of that was a reflection of the legislation and its impact on the way people worked but it was often very difficult to get both sides of a story because of the way newsmakers tried to control their messaging … which I thought was really unfortunate.”

Magick said less restrictive media laws might encourage journalists to push the boundaries, while mid-career reporters would be more creative and more courageous.

“I also hope it will mean more people stay in the profession because we have this enormous problem with people coming, doing a couple of years and then going … for mainly financial reasons.”

She lamented the fact that “resource intensive” investigative journalism had fallen by the wayside but hoped to see “a sort of reinvigoration of the profession in general.”

“We’re so rich in stories … I’d love to see more collaboration across news organisations or among journalists and freelancers,” she said.

Lice Movono is a Fijian reporter for the ABC based in Suva. An earlier audio report from her on the Fiji media is here. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/no-fiji-tv-broadcast-tonight-due-to-censorship-rika-recalls-fiji-media-intimidation/feed/ 0 370973
Gavin Ellis: Communication lessons from the great flood https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/gavin-ellis-communication-lessons-from-the-great-flood/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/gavin-ellis-communication-lessons-from-the-great-flood/#respond Tue, 31 Jan 2023 02:43:03 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=83867 COMMENTARY: By Gavin Ellis

It is unlikely that the Mayor of Auckland, Wayne Brown, took any lessons from the city’s devastating floods but the rest of us — and journalists in particular — could learn a thing or two.

Brown’s demeanour will not be improved by a petition calling for his resignation or media columnists effectively seeking the same. He will certainly not be moved by New Zealand Herald columnist Simon Wilson, now a predictable and trenchant critic of the mayor, who correctly observed in the Herald on Sunday: “In a crisis, political leaders are supposed to soak up people’s fears…to help us believe that empathy and compassion and hope will continue to bind us together.”

Wilson’s lofty words may be wasted on the mayor, but they point to another factor that binds us together in times of crisis. It is communication, and it was as wanting as civic leadership on Friday night and into the weekend.

Media coverage on Friday night was limited to local evacuation events, grabs from smartphone videos and interviews with officials that were light on detail. The on-the-scene news crews performed well in worsening conditions, particularly in West Auckland.

However, there was a dearth of official information and, crucially, no report that drew together the disparate parts to give us an over-arching picture of what was happening across the city.

I waited for someone to appear, pointing to a map of greater Auckland and saying: “These areas are experiencing heavy flooding . . . State Highway 1 is closed here, here and here as are these arterial routes here, here, and here across the city . . . cliff faces have collapsed in these suburbs . . . power is out in these suburbs . . . evacuation centres have been set up here, here, and here . . . :

That way I would have been in a better position to understand my situation compared to other Aucklanders, and to assess how my family and friends would be faring. I wanted to know how badly my city as a whole was affected.

I didn’t get it from television on Friday night nor did I see it in my newspaper on Saturday. My edition of the Weekend Herald, devoting only its picture-dominated front page and some of page 2 to the flooding, was clearly hampered by early deadlines. The Dominion Post devoted half its front page to the storm and, with a later deadline, scooped Auckland’s hometown paper by announcing Brown had declared a state of emergency.

So, too, did the Otago Daily Times on an inside page. The page 2 story in The Press confirmed the first death in the floods.

I turned to television on Saturday morning expecting special news programmes from both free-to-air networks. Zilch . . . nothing. Later in the day TV1 and Newshub did rise to the occasion with specials on the prime minister’s press conference, but it seems a small concession for such a major event.

Radio fared better but only because regular hosts such as NewstalkZB’s All Sport Breakfast host D’Arcy Waldegrave and Today FM sports journalist Nigel Yalden rejigged their Saturday morning shows to also cover the floods.

RNZ National’s Kim Hill was on familiar ground and her interview with Wayne Brown was more than a little challenging for the mayor. RNZ mounted a “Midday Report Special” with Corin Dann that also tried to break through the murk, but I was left wondering why it had not been a Morning Report Special starting at 6 am.

Over the course of the weekend the amount of information provided by news media slowly built up. Both Sundays devoted six or seven pages to the floods but it was remiss of the Herald on Sunday not to carry an editorial, as did the Sunday Star Times.

It was also good to see Newsroom and The Spinoff — digital services not usually tied to breaking news of this kind — providing coverage.

“Live” updates on websites and news apps added local detail but there was no coherence, just a string of isolated events stretching back in time.

Overall, the amount of information I received as a citizen of the City of Sails was inadequate. Why?

Herein lie the lessons.

News media under-estimated the impact of the event. Although there were fewer deaths than in the Christchurch earthquake or the Whakaari White Island eruption, the scale of damage in economic and social terms will be considerable. The natural disaster warranted news media pulling out all the stops and, as they did on those occasions, move into schedule-changing mode (and that includes newspaper press deadlines).

Lesson #1: Do not allow natural disasters to occur on the eve of a long holiday weekend.

Media were, however, hampered by a lack of coherent information from official sources and emergency services. Brown’s visceral dislike of journalists was part of the problem but that was not the root cause. That fell into two parts.

The first was institutional disconnects in an overly complex emergency response structure which is undertaken locally, coordinated regionally and supported from the national level. This complexity was highlighted after another Auckland weather event in 2018 that saw widespread power outages.

The report on the response was resurrected in front page leads in the Dominion Post and The Press yesterday. It found uncoordinated efforts that did not use the models that had been developed for such eventualities, disagreements over what information should be included in situation reports, and under-estimation of effects.

Massey University director of disaster management Professor David Johnston told Stuff he believed the report would be exactly the same if it was recommissioned now because Auckland’s emergency management system was not fit for purpose — rather it was proving to be a good example of what not to do

Lesson #2: Learn the lessons of the past.

The 2018 report did, however, give a pass mark to the communication effort and noted that those involved thought they worked well with media and in communicating with the public through social media.

Can the same be said of the current disaster response when there “wasn’t time” to inform a number of news organisations (including Stuff) about Wayne Brown’s late Friday media conference, and when Whaka Kotahi staff responsible for providing updates clocked-off at 7.30 pm on Friday?

Is it timely for Auckland Transport to still display an 11.45 am Sunday “latest update” on its website 24 hours later? Is it relevant for a list of road closures accessed at noon yesterday to have actually been compiled at 7.35 pm the previous night? Why should a decision to keep Auckland schools closed until February 7 cause confusion in the sector simply because it was “last minute”?

Lesson #3: Ensure communications staff know the definition of emergency: A serious, unexpected, and potentially dangerous situation requiring immediate action.

There certainly was confusion over the failure to transmit a flood warning to all mobile phones in the city on Friday. The system worked perfectly on Sunday when MetService issued an orange Heavy Rain Warning.

It appears that emergency personnel believed posts on Facebook on Friday afternoon and evening were an effective way of communicating directly with the public. That is alarming because social media use is so fragmented that it is dangerous to make assumptions on how many people are being reached.

A study in 2020 of United States local authority communication about the covid pandemic showed a wide range of platforms being used and the recipients were far from attentive. The author of the study, Eric Zeemering, found not only were city communications fragmented across departments, but the public audience selectively fragmented itself through individual choices to follow some city social media accounts but not others.

In fact, more people were passing information about the flood to each other via Twitter than on Facebook and young people in particular were using TikTok for that purpose. Media organisations were reusing these posts almost as much as the official information that from some quarters was in short supply.

Lesson #4: When you need to communicate with the masses, use mass communication (otherwise known as news media).

Mistakes will always be made in fast changing emergencies but, having made a mistake, it is usual to go the extra yards to make amends. It beggars belief that Whaka Kotahi staff would fail to keep their website up to date on the Auckland situation when it is quite clear they received an enormous kick up the rear end from Transport Minister Michael Wood for clocking off when the heavens opened.

Or that Auckland Transport could be far behind the eight ball after turning travel arrangements for the (cancelled) Elton John concert into a fiasco.

After spending Friday evening holed up in his high-rise office away from nuisances like reporters attempting to inform the public, Mayor Brown justified his position with a strange definition of leadership then blamed others.

Sideswipe’s Anna Samways collected a number of tweets for her Monday Herald column. Among them was this: “Just saw one of the Wayne Brown press conferences. He sounded like a man coming home 4 hours late from the pub and trying to bull**** his Mrs about where he’d been.”

Lesson #5: When you’re in a hole, stop digging.

Dr Gavin Ellis holds a PhD in political studies. He is a media consultant and researcher. A former editor-in-chief of The New Zealand Herald, he has a background in journalism and communications — covering both editorial and management roles — that spans more than half a century. Dr Ellis publishes the website knightlyviews.com where this commentary was first published and it is republished by Asia Pacific Report with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/gavin-ellis-communication-lessons-from-the-great-flood/feed/ 0 368469
More than a dozen journalists harassed, attacked during week of anti-government protests in Peru https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/more-than-a-dozen-journalists-harassed-attacked-during-week-of-anti-government-protests-in-peru/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/more-than-a-dozen-journalists-harassed-attacked-during-week-of-anti-government-protests-in-peru/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 20:23:28 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=256834 Bogotá, January 24, 2023 – More than a dozen journalists have been harassed, attacked, or injured amid protests in the Peruvian capital of Lima since January 19, according to media reports, journalists who spoke with CPJ, and Adriana León, spokesperson for the Lima-based Institute for Press and Society (IPYS), who communicated with CPJ via messaging app.

The Peruvian National Association of Journalists said January 10 that at least 72 journalists had been harassed and attacked while covering the demonstrations demanding the ouster of President Dina Boluarte and the return to power of former President Pedro Castillo.

“Peruvian authorities must investigate the assaults of dozens of journalists covering protests in Lima and throughout the country, and hold those responsible to account,” said Carlos Martinez de la Serna, CPJ’s program director, in New York. “It is essential that authorities send a clear message that violence against the press is not tolerated, and that journalists’ essential role in covering the protests is fully respected.”

On January 19, demonstrators in Lima insulted, spit on, and punched reporter Lourdes Paucar and camera operator Willy Nieva, both with the independent TV station Canal N and its sister station América Televisión, and tried to steal their equipment, according to news reports and Paucar, who spoke with CPJ via messaging app. Paucar said they escaped the attack and were treated at a clinic for minor injuries.

Paucar told CPJ that protesters also attacked other members of their reporting team, throwing bottles, rocks, and bricks at driver Abdias Vidarte, technician Cristian Ydoña, and camera operator Jair Cabezas. She said protesters knocked out two of Vidarte’s teeth.

Ydoña was quoted in those reports saying that the protesters “caught me, hit me, and threw rocks. I had to hang onto our vehicle so they wouldn’t drag me away.”

Paucar told CPJ that many of the protesters accuse the media of supporting the ouster of former President Castillo, who was impeached and arrested in December.

“There is a lot of hatred aimed at the press. The protesters don’t trust us. They say we spread false news,” she said.

Also on January 19, protesters in Lima similarly surrounded, insulted, and spit on Jonathan Castro, a journalist for the social media-based outlet El Encerrona, and tried to steal his camera, he told CPJ via messaging app.

IPYS also reported that on January 20, protesters surrounded Omar Coca, a reporter for the Lima daily La Republica, and shoved him to the ground, and other protesters threw rocks at Andrea Amésquita, a journalist for the RPP radio outlet, striking her in the legs, and stole her microphone.

CPJ emailed the Lima police for comment but did not immediately receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/24/more-than-a-dozen-journalists-harassed-attacked-during-week-of-anti-government-protests-in-peru/feed/ 0 366845
French Polynesia plans journalism study grants to combat disinformation https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/french-polynesia-plans-journalism-study-grants-to-combat-disinformation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/french-polynesia-plans-journalism-study-grants-to-combat-disinformation/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 21:11:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82812 Pacific Media Watch

President Édouard Fritch of French Polynesia says he wants to boost funds to study journalism in French Polynesia in a bid to help strengthen the media industry quality, reports RNZ Pacific.

According to the local Ministry of Education, the amount given for study grants will vary from US$536 to US$1341 per month, depending on the level of study.

Fritch told La Première television about the “growing threat of false information” and the importance of reliable news outlets.

“Those social media pages escape the realm of news outlets, they shy away from all verification and create confusion and worse, they act as the public’s spokesperson,” he said.

“That is why I think it is a must that the journalism sector must be supported by the country.”

Meanwhile, public broadcaster France Télévision — La Première — reports that its audience in French overseas territories grew in 2022 and now reaches 42 percent of the 889,000 audience at least once.

La Première in Tahiti heads the audience share with 36.5 percent. Figures for other territories are: French Guyana 33.4 percent, Mayotte 31.4 percent, New Caledonia 30.2 percent, Gaudeloupe 27.1 percent, Martinique 18.1 percent, and Réunion 14.5 percent.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/french-polynesia-plans-journalism-study-grants-to-combat-disinformation/feed/ 0 363851
CPJ calls for release of 2 journalists jailed for covering Hong Kong’s pro-democracy protests https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-calls-for-release-of-2-journalists-jailed-for-covering-hong-kongs-pro-democracy-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-calls-for-release-of-2-journalists-jailed-for-covering-hong-kongs-pro-democracy-protests/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 14:15:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=251100 Taipei, January 5, 2023 – Hong Kong authorities must immediately release two journalists jailed in relation to their coverage of protests in 2019 and 2020, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday. Freelancers Tang Cheuk-yu and Choy Kin-yue are among many facing criminal charges for documenting the city’s historic pro-democracy demonstrations during that period. 

A court sentenced Tang to 15 months’ imprisonment on December 21, 2022, on charges of “possession of offensive weapons in a public place” while on assignment for the Taiwanese public broadcaster Public Television Service (PTS), the outlet’s producer Hsu Yun-kang told CPJ. Tang was originally arrested in November 2019 then released on bail; he was remanded in custody pending sentence after he was found guilty on November 30, 2022. Hsu said he will appeal. 

Separately, Hong Kong’s Court of Final Appeal overturned Choy Kin-yue’s successful high court appeal against his conviction by a lower court for participating in an “unlawful assembly” in March 2020. Choy, an independent cameraman, began serving his three-month prison sentence on the day of the final verdict, December 16, 2022. News reports said he began filming protests in June 2019 hoping the footage could be used for news and documentaries.   

“The imprisonment of Tang Cheuk-yu and Choy Kin-yue is another example of how the relentless pursuit of criminal charges against reporters has decimated the city’s independent media,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “Authorities should release them at once and drop all legal proceedings against them and other journalists facing jail time for pursuing their profession.”

Police arrested Tang while he was filming their tense standoff with protesters at The Hong Kong Polytechnic University on November 18, 2019, and charged him with “possession of anything with intent to destroy or damage property”, and “possession of offensive weapons in a public place,” according to court records. He was released on bail two days later.

Tang was wearing a press vest during his arrest, PTS said, and police confiscated his camera and equipment, including a laser pen, a multipurpose tool, and ropes which he told the court he used to secure his camera. Prosecutors subsequently characterized them as weapons.

Choy, who has worked in Hong Kong’s film industry, was arrested on March 8, 2020 after he filmed a group of people chasing a plainclothes police officer at a gathering to mourn the death of a pro-democracy protester. After Choy was handed the three-month sentence in August 2021, a high court judge acquitted him on appeal in March 2022. The prosecution appealed that decision, resulting in his imprisonment in December.

The Hong Kong Police Force did not immediately respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment.

China was the world’s second-worst jailer of journalists in 2022, according to CPJ’s annual prison census.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Madeline Earp.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-calls-for-release-of-2-journalists-jailed-for-covering-hong-kongs-pro-democracy-protests/feed/ 0 362196
Tony Fala: Pelé – a tribute from Aotearoa and Oceania https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/tony-fala-pele-a-tribute-from-aotearoa-and-oceania/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/tony-fala-pele-a-tribute-from-aotearoa-and-oceania/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 02:07:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82569 ANALYSIS: By Tony Fala

Edson Arantes do Nascimento passed away at the age of 82 after a brave battle with colon cancer in Brazil on 20 December 2022. Known as “O Rei”, “The Black Pearl”, and “Pelé”, he was an ambassador, businessperson, community worker to the world, cultural force, leader, soccer player, and politician.

In this article, I write about why I admired Pelé as a child.

Writing as an adult and activist, I also pay tribute to Pelé and articulate why “O Rei” remains an important teacher of decoloniality and decolonisation in contemporary Oceania.

Pelé in my childhood in the 1970s
I caught brief glimpses of Pelé’s soccer genius in sports highlights on Aotearoa television news as a child in the 1970s.

I did not grasp the tactical, technical, or strategic intricacies of professional soccer when watching Pelé play for the New York Cosmos as a child. But I did see Pelé’s genius with a soccer ball on television. I remember seeing him play with creativity, joy, and imagination.

Pelé brought joy into my difficult childhood.

Like other Pacific Islanders of his generation, my father was a born-again rugby supporter who did not rate football as a sport. But even he would marvel at O Rei’s exploits on Aotearoa television when Pelé appeared.

Pacific people recognised Pelé’s genius — just as they recognised the extraordinary gifts of Muhammad Ali in the boxing ring.

Years before the formation of the English Premier League, I grew to love watching the great British players representing the mighty first division English clubs. Aotearoa television would play a weekly English first division match, and we always received televised, free- to-air coverage of FA Cup Finals in the 1970s and 1980s.

I came to love Division One English club football in the 1970s and 1980s.


An Al Jazeera tribute to Pelé.

Historically, Aotearoa has always had a strong affinity with British football. Despite loving the English game, I saw that Pelé played soccer in a radically unique way.

In later years, I would understand that Pelé played an Afro-Brazilian style of football known as “jogo bonito”, or, the beautiful game — characterised by creativity and improvisation by individual players; off the ball movement; one touch passing; samba like team rhythm and tempo, and superlative dribbling, passing, and attacking movements on the ground and in the air by the entire team.

I watched documentaries about Pelé as a child and a teen when they appeared on Aotearoa television. But I was too young to see the televised, in-colour spectacle of “jogo bonito” performed by Alberto, Gerson, Jairzinho, Pele, or Rivellino at Mexico City when Brazil beat Italy 4-1 to win the 1970 World Cup. I would only watch these mighty players in the 1970 World Cup after Sky TV played classic matches.

Pelé, Brazil, and ‘jogo bonito’ in 1982
But I did witness the “jogo bonito” performed by the 1982 Brazilian side that featured Eder, Falcao, Junior, Socrates, and Zico. Although this side did not win the 1982 World Cup, they remain the greatest sporting team I have ever witnessed — they performed art and played soccer simultaneously.

Aotearoa’s mighty All Whites played this Brazilian side in the group stages of the 1982 tournament. The team also got to meet Pelé in person when O Rei visited the Aotearoa team changing room before the match.

I was too young to understand that the 1982 side played a style of Afro-Brazilian soccer that continued the legacy of the beautiful game begun by Didi, Garrincha, Pelé, and Jairzinho long years before. Pelé was one of the innovators of this style of play in Brazil.

Engaging with Pelé as an adult
As an adult, I developed a fuller understanding of Pelé, his life, and his historical context.

  1. Pelé was born only 53 years after the abolition of slavery in Brazil in 1888 into an Afro-Brazilian family who often struggled to put food on the table. (Pelé writes about his childhood and the hardships he endured in his 2007 autobiography.)
  2. The Black Pearl’s Afro-Brazilian people occupied the lowest socio-economic positions in Brazilian society.
  3. Even today, Afro-Brazilians face discrimination in employment, the justice system, and day-to-day life in Brazil. The Brazilian police still target Afro-Brazilian male youth for violence even today.
  4. Opposing team’s fans made monkey noises — whether Pelé played in Brazil or around the world with his club, Santos. Despite his popularity, Pelé was a target of racism.
  5. Pelé’s Brazilian government prevented him from playing soccer in Europe by making him a “national treasure”. In consequence, Pelé could not sell his labour to European clubs. Critics have stated that this would never have happened to a white Brazilian.
  6. Brazilians accused Pelé of getting too close to figures in the Brazilian dictatorship of 1964-1985 — such as General Medici.
  7. Pelé’s former national teammate, Paulo Cesar Lima, said in the 2021 documentary Pelé that he loved Edson, but Lima also said he felt Pelé functioned as a “submissive Black man” during the height of the dictatorship repressions in 1969. Lima felt a statement by Pelé against the dictatorship in the late 1960s would have “gone a long way”.
  8. Brazilian journalist Juca Kfouri stated that Pelé did not have a guarantee that the Brazilian regime would not torture him if he did speak out.
  9. In Africa, ordinary people treated Pelé as a son when O Rei playing there in the late 1960s. Pelé remains a figure of Trans-Atlantic Black unity in Africa, the US, and in other parts of the Black Diaspora.
  10. Apartheid security forces prevented Pelé from leaving an airport when he visited South Africa in the 1960s. Pelé swore he would never return until South Africa was free from Apartheid. He did return in the 1990s — to spend time with Nelson Mandela.
  11. Pelé was a Goodwill Ambassador for the Rio De Janeiro Earth Summit in 1992.
  12. He was a Minister for Sport in Brazil.
  13. He was an ambassador for the UN, UNICEF, and UNESCO during his lifetime — always seeking to forge relationships with children.
  14. He endured business failures.
  15. He refused to recognise a daughter born out of wedlock.
  16. Pelé was a significant cultural force in Brazil — for good and for bad.
  17. He was a football genius. Football journalists such as Tim Vickery have spoken of Pelé’s soccer skills — Edson’s ability with both feet; acceleration; skills in the air; passing talents; unselfishness; football intelligence, and his psychological strength.

Pelé’s passing in the media
Since his untimely passing, television news networks such as Al Jazeera, BBC, CNN, MSNBC, and Television New Zealand have all honoured Pelé’s cultural, historical, political, and sporting legacy.

Similarly, print media in Aotearoa, Australia, Brazil, Britain, France, and South Africa have represented Pelé as a “cultural icon”, “hero”, “innovator”, “giant of sport”, an “artist”, a “genius”, and a “fine, humble, and warm human being”.

Print media sources in France and the US have also expressed criticism of Pelé for not doing more against the Brazilian dictatorship.

Sources in Brazil have criticised Pelé for not taking more of a public stand against racism in Brazil and the world.

Pelé’s aesthetics
Brazilian star Neymar wrote a moving tribute for O Rei after the great man died. In one part of his tribute, Neymar stated that Pelé transformed soccer into art. I agree with Neymar’s insight.

If one watches Pelé on film today, one sees a kinetic aesthetics of balance, gesture, grace, intelligence, power, speed, rhythm, and style — whether Pelé was in the air, in space, or in a crowd of players. One observes Pelé performing an aesthetics of creativity, joy, and improvisation. I have no doubt Pelé’s parents, coaches, friends, and teammates in Brazil all nurtured his aesthetics.

Simultaneously, I am in no doubt that Pelé’s aesthetic genius was a gift given him by his ancestors and by his historical experience of being Afro-Brazilian.

I am not Afro-Brazilian and do not pretend to understand the language of decoloniality and decolonisation Pelé performed in living motion on a soccer field. But I am convinced Pelé performed an aesthetics of Afro-Brazilian being, decolonisation, decoloniality, living, and expressing in his every movement on the soccer field.

Pelé performed the history of his ancestors on the soccer stage.

Pelé’s lessons for Oceania
In conclusion, Pelé taught me five things as a Pacific person in Aotearoa.

  1. struggle to embrace joy and freedom in your life,
  2. always extend solidarity to those engaged in the Black struggle,
  3. remember the struggle for justice in Aotearoa, the Moana, Palestine, or West Papua are one with the struggle Black people face around the world,
  4. always look for the talents and potential in your own Moana peoples, and
  5. never be ashamed of your Oceanian ancestors, your genealogy, or your history.

Despite his handful of personal failings, Pelé remains one of my great teachers in decolonial Oceania.

The author, Tony Fala, acknowledges the lives of Brazilian football greats Garrincha, Pelé, and Socrates as the inspiration for this article. He also pays tribute to Pacific peoples across Oceania who believe in soccer as a sport that embraces emancipation, participation, struggle, and unity.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/tony-fala-pele-a-tribute-from-aotearoa-and-oceania/feed/ 0 362058
Cameroonian journalist Amadou Vamoulké sentenced to 12 years and US$76,000 fine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/cameroonian-journalist-amadou-vamoulke-sentenced-to-12-years-and-us76000-fine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/cameroonian-journalist-amadou-vamoulke-sentenced-to-12-years-and-us76000-fine/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 23:47:09 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=250196 Dakar, December 21, 2022—In response to news reports that a special criminal court in Yaoundé Tuesday sentenced Amadou Vamoulké, the former managing director of the state-owned Cameroon Radio and Television (CRTV) broadcaster, to 12 years in prison and 47 million FCFA (US$76,000) in fines, the Committee to Protect Journalists condemned the sentence in this statement.    

“Tuesday’s late-night conviction and sentencing of Cameroonian journalist Amadou Vamoulké on retaliatory charges of embezzlement is a monumental travesty of justice and could be tantamount to a death sentence,” Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, said in New York on Wednesday. “Vamoulké is 72 and has already spent more than six years in arbitrary detention. Prosecutors must agree not to contest his appeal and given his age, failing health, and the overcrowded, unhygienic conditions at Kondengui Central Prison, immediately allow him to go home on bail.”

Vamoulké’s lawyer, Alice Nkom, confirmed to French news agency Agence France-Presse that her client would appeal. She previously told CPJ that Vamoulké’s arrest was a reprisal for his management of CRTV. “The official reason for his arrest is a pretext for trying to silence journalists in Cameroon … Amadou never accepted as black what he knew was white,” Nkom said.

Vamoulké was arrested on July 29, 2016, and is the longest-serving of five journalists currently imprisoned in Cameroon, according to CPJ’s annual prison census of jailed journalists as of December 1, 2022. The country is the third-worst jailer of journalists in Africa, after Egypt and Eritrea.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/cameroonian-journalist-amadou-vamoulke-sentenced-to-12-years-and-us76000-fine/feed/ 0 359417
Journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba shot and killed in southern Colombia https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:38:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=245248 Bogotá, November 30, 2022 — Colombian authorities must thoroughly investigate the killing of journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba, determine if he was targeted for his work, and bring those responsible to justice, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On Monday, November 28, two unidentified men on a motorcycle shot and killed Córdoba while he was on a reporting trip in the village of El Salado, in the southern Colombian department of Nariño, according to news reports.

Córdoba, director of the independent online news outlet Unión Televisión in the town of La Unión, was shot three times, according to those reports, which said that police had ruled out robbery as a motive for the attack because none of the journalist’s belongings had been taken.

“Colombian authorities must immediately open a thorough and transparent investigation into the killing of journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba, determine if he was targeted for his reporting, and bring those responsible to justice,” said CPJ Latin America and the Caribbean Program Coordinator Natalie Southwick, in New York. “Local journalists covering corruption in Colombia’s small cities and towns too often face deadly retaliation for their reporting, and officials must act to ensure they can continue informing their communities safely.”

Córdoba often posted news and commentary about local political corruption and crime on Unión Televisión’s Facebook page and on his personal account, and had recently criticized unfinished public works projects and the poor state of local roads, according to the Bogotá-based Foundation for Press Freedom (FLIP).

FLIP Director Jonathan Bock told CPJ via messaging app that the journalist had received several threats on social media warning that he would “get into trouble” if he continued publishing his stories. Bock said a FLIP team planned to travel to La Unión to gather more information.

On Tuesday, Unión Television posted a video showing Córdoba’s grieving colleagues gathered around his casket that had been placed inside the TV studio.

The Colombian attorney general’s office said on Twitter that a special team of prosecutors was investigating the attack. CPJ called and messaged the La Unión mayor’s office, the local police department, and Unión Televisión for comment, but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/feed/ 0 354375
Journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba shot and killed in southern Colombia https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:38:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=245248 Bogotá, November 30, 2022 — Colombian authorities must thoroughly investigate the killing of journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba, determine if he was targeted for his work, and bring those responsible to justice, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On Monday, November 28, two unidentified men on a motorcycle shot and killed Córdoba while he was on a reporting trip in the village of El Salado, in the southern Colombian department of Nariño, according to news reports.

Córdoba, director of the independent online news outlet Unión Televisión in the town of La Unión, was shot three times, according to those reports, which said that police had ruled out robbery as a motive for the attack because none of the journalist’s belongings had been taken.

“Colombian authorities must immediately open a thorough and transparent investigation into the killing of journalist Wilder Alfredo Córdoba, determine if he was targeted for his reporting, and bring those responsible to justice,” said CPJ Latin America and the Caribbean Program Coordinator Natalie Southwick, in New York. “Local journalists covering corruption in Colombia’s small cities and towns too often face deadly retaliation for their reporting, and officials must act to ensure they can continue informing their communities safely.”

Córdoba often posted news and commentary about local political corruption and crime on Unión Televisión’s Facebook page and on his personal account, and had recently criticized unfinished public works projects and the poor state of local roads, according to the Bogotá-based Foundation for Press Freedom (FLIP).

FLIP Director Jonathan Bock told CPJ via messaging app that the journalist had received several threats on social media warning that he would “get into trouble” if he continued publishing his stories. Bock said a FLIP team planned to travel to La Unión to gather more information.

On Tuesday, Unión Television posted a video showing Córdoba’s grieving colleagues gathered around his casket that had been placed inside the TV studio.

The Colombian attorney general’s office said on Twitter that a special team of prosecutors was investigating the attack. CPJ called and messaged the La Unión mayor’s office, the local police department, and Unión Televisión for comment, but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/journalist-wilder-alfredo-cordoba-shot-and-killed-in-southern-colombia/feed/ 0 354376
Shanghai police detain foreign journalists covering anti-lockdown protests, beat BBC correspondent Edward Lawrence https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/shanghai-police-detain-foreign-journalists-covering-anti-lockdown-protests-beat-bbc-correspondent-edward-lawrence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/shanghai-police-detain-foreign-journalists-covering-anti-lockdown-protests-beat-bbc-correspondent-edward-lawrence/#respond Mon, 28 Nov 2022 15:10:33 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=245098 Taipei, November 28, 2022 — Chinese authorities must immediately stop harassing and detaining journalists and ensure the safety of reporters covering protests against the country’s COVID-19 restrictions, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday.  

On Sunday, police in Shanghai assaulted Edward Lawrence, a journalist for British public broadcaster BBC, while he was covering a protest, and detained him for several hours, according to news reports, a statement by his employer, and video of the incident shared on social media.

About four police officers pushed Lawrence to the ground, beat and kicked him, and then arrested him, according to those sources. After authorities later released Lawrence, officials claimed that police had taken him into custody “for his own good in case he caught COVID from the crowd” of protesters, that BBC statement said.

Separately on Sunday evening, Shanghai police detained Michael Peuker, China correspondent for Swiss public broadcaster Radio Télévision Suisse’s news platform RTS Info, for about an hour, according to the outlet and Peuker, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

After Peuker finished a live broadcast from a protest site, police detained him and his camera operator, brought them to RTS Info’s office, and confiscated their video equipment, according to those sources. Peuker told CPJ that the police officers then received a call from “their boss” who ordered their release and later returned their equipment.

“The detentions of BBC journalist Edward Lawrence and RTS Info correspondent Michael Peuker are just the latest examples of Chinese authorities’ inexcusable efforts to stifle the work of the press,” said Iris Hsu, CPJ’s China representative. “Chinese authorities must ensure that members of the press are able to report freely, and stop harassing and attacking reporters covering protests.”

In a statement emailed to CPJ, RTS Info quoted Peuker as saying that he was not afraid during his detention but was “very annoyed” by the worsening atmosphere for the press in China.

The Foreign Correspondents Club of China said in a statement that journalists from “multiple outlets” had been physically harassed by police while covering protests in Shanghai and Beijing, and urged authorities to protect journalists’ safety. CPJ could not immediately verify other incidents of harassment.

Demonstrations have erupted in Chinese cities since Friday over the government’s stringent COVID-19 policies, which have been blamed for interfering with firefighters’ efforts to rescue the victims of a deadly recent fire in an apartment building in Urumqi, the capital of the Xinjiang region, according to news reports.

CPJ messaged the Shanghai Public Security Bureau for comment through its website, but did not immediately receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/shanghai-police-detain-foreign-journalists-covering-anti-lockdown-protests-beat-bbc-correspondent-edward-lawrence/feed/ 0 353872
A NZ documentary revival spotlights crime and injustice https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/a-nz-documentary-revival-spotlights-crime-and-injustice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/a-nz-documentary-revival-spotlights-crime-and-injustice/#respond Sat, 29 Oct 2022 21:00:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80529 MEDIAWATCH: By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

A recent revival of local prime-time TV documentaries has highlighted some thorny social issues and raised awkward questions about justice and equality.

Among them was a revealing investigation this week showing the cost of white-collar crime dwarfs that of welfare fraud, but draws lighter punishments and gets a lot less scrutiny in the media than the kind of crimes that play out in public.

For years, the heyday of New Zealand TV documentary and current affairs seemed to be in the past.

Gone are the days of Mike McRoberts’ mellifluous voice introducing local investigative stories on 60 Minutes after a few seconds of distinctive clock-ticking. The popular franchise stopped producing local content some years ago.

20/20, while still on air, mainly releases repackaged content from the US these days and in spite of the continuing long-form journalism of TVNZ’s Sunday, documentaries have been fading from New Zealand screens for some time.

Lately though, TVNZ has revived the strand Documentary New Zealand with a series of eight new NZ On Air-funded films for TVNZ1 on Tuesday nights between Eat Well For Less and Coronation Street, and on the on-demand service TVNZ+.

Among the most engaging and often moving ones was No Māori Allowed, which aired last week.

Pukekohe discrimination
The documentary delves into the history of Pukekohe, where for decades Māori were subject to discrimination and sometimes, violence.

It deftly navigates several tensions — first between local Pākehā and Māori who lived though an era of segregated movie theatres, but also between the people trying to bring the area’s past to light and the kuia and kaumatua who lived through it, and still bear the scars.

While No Māori Allowed highlighted historic racism and the legacy it has left, this week’s documentary Crime: Need vs Greed trains its eye on a more modern form of racial and economic injustice.

Host Tim McKinnel argues we’ve “sleepwalked” into a $5 billion white collar crime wave of costly fraud and deception offences while the attention of our justice system and media is turned toward often low level street crime.

“While society and the media fixate on gang crimes, ram raids, and other forms of street crime, white collar criminals have been robbing us blind. We’ve sleepwalked into a $5 billion crime wave that no-one wants to talk about. Instead we’re tough on crime and spend billions locking up the poor,” he says in Need vs Greed.

Not only have white collar criminals been robbing us blind — the documentary presents evidence they’ve been getting away with it.

Tax law specialist Lisa Marriot delivers some staggering statistics on the double standard. Her research found people convicted of tax fraud crimes averaging $287,000 have a 22 percent chance of receiving a prison sentence — while those convicted of welfare fraud worth an average of $67,000 are imprisoned 60 percent of the time.

The lack of consequences for white collar crime belies its scale and impact.

$1.7 billion fraud prosecution
A 2014 investigation by New Zealand Herald journalist Matt Nippert helped trigger a $1.7 billion fraud prosecution against the company South Canterbury Finance.

In Crime: Need vs Greed, he says it’s “more than every Treaty settlement combined in New Zealand’s history” or “a hundred years of benefit fraud in one go”.

Given the relative figures involved, it’s worth asking why benefit fraud or street crime like ram raids get so much more attention.

Nippert says part of the reason is obvious: street crime is visceral and a lot more understandable to audiences.

“It’s the comparison between a Jerry Bruckheimer action flick and something much more slow and sedate like a documentary spread across, say, six episodes.

“I think ram raids are quite a violent, shocking act and should be covered. But they are also effectively a pre-scripted sort of action heist movie — with car crashes and getaways and splitting the loot — all condensed down to this one moment of action.

“But the white collar financial crimes often occur very subtly, very carefully, very deceptively over years, sometimes decades,” he says.

Fraud story legal threats
Fraud stories also pose legal difficulties, partly because the perpetrators can afford to hire lawyers and threaten defamation action.

Nippert is routinely threatened with legal action over his investigations. The Herald‘s lawyers have to check almost everything that he writes.

One of many recent headlines citing a "crime wave"
One of many recent headlines citing a “crime wave”. Image: RNZ Mediawatch

Meanwhile, street crime is more likely to come before the courts, and reporting on it is less likely to be subject to suppression orders and legal challenges from defendants.

“A lot of reporting comes from courts are a reflection of wider problem,” Nippert says.

“You will tend to get far more disadvantaged people in the District Court facing charges. On the other side of it, when you’re looking at sort of white collar crimes . . . I’ve run into suppression orders many, many times. So that not only maybe dampens down the reporting, but also slows it down enormously.”

Journalists have been highlighting inequities in the court system recently, with NZME running the Open Justice project and RNZ’s Is This Justice, which revealed — among other things — that Pākehā are discharged without conviction and granted name suppression at higher rates than Māori, that 90 percent of High Court and Court of Appeal judges are Pākehā, and that judges could be presiding over the cases of people they know.

Human brain ‘and zeros’
Another issue contributing to the comparative dearth of fraud reporting is that the “human brain does funny things when it sees zeroes,” Nippert says.

“The difference between $10 million and $100 million becomes quite ethereal. But everyone can understand what $1000 in the hand looks like.”

Despite the inherent disadvantages fraud stories have in a click-based media economy, Nippert says more reporters should cover them because of the huge costs these crimes impose on victims and society.

That might mean doing a basic accountancy paper at university or downloading Google Sheets onto their phone, but the barriers to entry aren’t as high as some reporters might think, he says.

“I used to think I didn’t have that sort of brain [for numbers]. But then I was made redundant and the only job I could get was a business reporter in the NBR and you know, if you give it a go, I think you’ll find it’s a lot more straightforward than you’ve conditioned yourself to fear,” he says.

“It’s important to point out for readers that some of these cases are alarming and we should be paying close attention because that $100 million isn’t just $100 million from some insurance company — that’s likely to be a thousand families who have lost their nest egg, and whose financial future is extraordinarily precarious, probably for the rest of their lives.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/a-nz-documentary-revival-spotlights-crime-and-injustice/feed/ 0 346419
BBC at 100: the future for global news and challenges facing the World Service https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/bbc-at-100-the-future-for-global-news-and-challenges-facing-the-world-service/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/bbc-at-100-the-future-for-global-news-and-challenges-facing-the-world-service/#respond Sun, 23 Oct 2022 18:43:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80314 ANALYSIS: By Simon Potter, University of Bristol

The BBC celebrated its 100th birthday last Tuesday. It came as the institution faces increasing competition for audiences from global entertainment providers, anxieties about the sustainability of its funding and a highly competitive global news market.

Its international broadcasting operation, the BBC World Service, is only a little younger, established 90 years ago.

Delivering news and programmes in 40 languages across the continents, it faces similar, significant questions about financing, purpose and its ability to deliver in a world of increased social media and online news consumption.

Currently the BBC’s international services are mostly funded by British people who pay a television licence fee, with a third of the total cost covered by the UK government.

The BBC claimed that, as of November 2021, the World Service reached a global audience of 364 million people each week.

The role of radio
Radio is still clearly a key means to extend the reach of the World Service and a core part of the BBC’s global news package. It is highly adaptable and reasonably affordable.

It also gives people in parts of the world where access to media can be difficult relatively easy access to news. Short-wave radio, the traditional means of broadcasting over very long distances, is also difficult for hostile regimes to block.

Recently, fears that Russia would target Ukraine’s internet infrastructure and erect firewalls to prevent its own citizens’ accessing western media sources, led the BBC to reactivate shortwave radio news services for listeners in both countries. UK government funding of £4.1 million supported this.

Current thinking about the World Service has been shaped by a 2010 decision of UK Prime Minister David Cameron’s government to withdraw Foreign and Commonwealth Office funding for BBC international operations from 2014. This seemed to end a 60 years-long era when the BBC was the key subcontractor for British global “soft power” (using cultural resources and information to promote British interests overseas).

The plan was that British TV licence-fee payers would fund the World Service, seemingly as an act of international benevolence, free of government ties. However, this seemed unlikely to be sustainable at a time when BBC income was being progressively squeezed.

A person in Western Sahara with a radio set.
Access to radio news is much easier than other forms of media in some parts of the world. Image: Saharaland/Shutterstock/The Conversation

In 2015, World Service revenues were boosted by a major grant from the UK’s Official Development Assistance fund, covering around a third of the World Service’s running costs.

One anonymous BBC insider was quoted by The Guardian saying that this would sustain the corporation’s “strong commitment to uphold global democracy through accurate, impartial and independent news”.

Even before the Second World War, the BBC claimed it only broadcast truthful and objective news. Policy makers recognised this as a crucial asset for promoting British interests overseas, and seldom sought to challenge (openly at least) the “editorial independence” of the BBC.

The BBC’s 2016 royal charter further entrenched this thinking, stating that news for overseas audiences should be “firmly based on British values of accuracy, impartiality and fairness”. The idea that a truthful approach to news was a core “British value” that could help promote democracy around the world became part of the BBC’s basic mission statement.

In 2017, the BBC established 17 new foreign-language radio and online services. To maximise possibilities for listening it purchased FM transmitter time in major cities around the world, and deployed internet radio, increasingly accessible to many users via mobile devices.

The focus was on Africa and Asia. However, the World Service also strengthened its Arabic and Russian provision to serve those who “sorely need reliable information”.

Fake news factor
The World Service’s rationale has been strengthened by growing concerns about “fake news”: distorted and untrue reports designed to serve the commercial or geopolitical interests of those who manufacture it.

The BBC has, in response, further emphasised its historic role as a truthful broadcaster. In its trusted news initiative it has worked with other global media outlets to tackle disinformation, hosting debate and discussion, and sharing intelligence about the most misleading campaigns.

Claims for continued relevance also rest on a drive to bring news to an ever larger audience. The BBC’s stated aim is to reach 500 million people this year, and a billion within another decade.

In 2021 the BBC claimed to be on course to realise this goal, reaching a global audience of 489 million. The audience for the World Service accounted for the single largest component of this global figure.

What then should we make of the BBC’s announcement in September 2022 that 400 jobs would have to go at the World Service due to the freezing of the licence fee and rapidly rising costs?

Radio services in languages including Arabic, Persian, Hindi and Chinese will disappear, and programme production for the English-language radio service will be pared down. Certainly, these cuts will reduce the BBC’s impact overseas.

But they should also be understood as part of a longstanding and ongoing transition from shortwave radio to web radio.

Similarly, cutting back on World Service non-news programming might not be a major cause for concern. In an age of global streaming services and social media, audiences can receive programmes from providers from across the globe.

The World Service would find it hard to compete with many of these services. However, the BBC remains in a pre-eminent position to offer trusted news.

By focusing on providing news online, the World Service is putting its resources where it can best promote British soft power and international influence, thereby improving prospects for its own continued existence.

However, abandoning radio entirely would be a mistake. As the Russian invasion of Ukraine has demonstrated, radio remains a crucial way to reach audiences who might find their access to trusted news via the internet suddenly cut off.The Conversation

Dr Simon Potter, Professor of Modern History, University of Bristol. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/23/bbc-at-100-the-future-for-global-news-and-challenges-facing-the-world-service/feed/ 0 344150
TVNZ’s media marriage at first sight – ending in tears or Heartbreak Island? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/08/tvnzs-media-marriage-at-first-sight-ending-in-tears-or-heartbreak-island/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/08/tvnzs-media-marriage-at-first-sight-ending-in-tears-or-heartbreak-island/#respond Sat, 08 Oct 2022 21:30:04 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79740 MEDIAWATCH: By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

Media execs and concerned citizens alike aired their fears about the government’s public media plan — and the commercial clout TVNZ will bring to the new entity — in parliamentary hearings this week.

Mediawatch talks to TVNZ’s Simon Power about that, and the culture clash symbolised by this week’s FBoy Island controversy.

The Herald on Sunday’s revelations about the unpleasant backstory of a contestant on a new reality show last weekend jolted TVNZ in more ways than one.

AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND - JULY 20: Former New Zealand MP Simon Power looks on at the Chinese Business Summit on July 20, 2020 in Auckland, New Zealand.
TVNZ chief executive Simon Power … “I accept the [FBoy Island] title is provocative, but the show is essentially looking to create some very important conversations.” Image: 2020 Getty Images/RNZ

Is FBoy Island responsible — or reprehensible?

“The power in the programme is very much in the hands of the three women involved as contestants. It’s also part of a broader strategy for rangatahi which includes documentaries, factual programming and scripted programming,” Power told Mediawatch.

“I accept the title is provocative, but the show is essentially looking to create some very important conversations — and it may just help equip younger people with tools to navigate a new era of online dating,” Power said (… though most people’s online dates aren’t arranged by TV producers sending FBoys their way on tropical islands)

Some also said FBoy Island was a symbol of commercial culture at TVNZ which means the government’s arranged marriage at first sight with RNZ might end in tears (or on Heartbreak Island, perhaps).

Will the new public media entity air shows like FBoy Island to attract the ad revenue it will still need to supplement public funding?

“That will be a matter for the new entity as to how it wishes to interpret the charter. But for us, it’s an HBO Max format from the US with Dutch, Danish and Swedish versions created to attract younger audiences. It has been picked up by the likes of the BBC for that very reason,” he said.

I’m a commercial TV company. Get me out of here?
At the first of the select committee hearings about the creation of Aotearoa New Zealand Public Media (ANZPM) earlier this month, the Broadcasting and Media Minister Willie Jackson said TVNZ needed to “change its attitude” to the public media entity project.

Some commentators speculated TVNZ was stalling, possibly hoping a change of government in 2023 might scupper the plan.

“No. We’re not even contemplating that. We understand who our shareholders are and that (they) wish to progress with the merger. As I’ve said publicly many times, TVNZ is very supportive and very enthusiastic about the opportunity,” Power told Mediawatch.

He also made that clear at this week’s Economic Development, Science and Innovation Committee (EDSI) hearings at Parliament.

Much of TVNZ’s submission on the ANZPM legislation is about possible political interference or editorial influence if ANZPM is set up as an Autonomous Crown Entity (ACE)  — and Power’s claim that could enable “Muldoon-era control” made headlines.

“The ACE model is the wrong model. It allows for direction. The use of media is currency in politics — and the [tension] between media and politics is very different to some of these other (crown) entities,” Power told Mediawatch.

Independence, interference and financial vulnerability

TVNZ CEO Simon Power addressing Parliament's EDSI committee last Thursday on the ANZPM legislation.
TVNZ CEO Simon Power addressing Parliament’s EDSI committee last Thursday on the ANZPM legislation. Imageo: Screenshot/EDSI Committee Facebook

But a more immediate problem is short-term funding. $109 million year was set in Budget 2022 — but only until 2026.

RNZ board member Jane Wrightson told the EDSI committee on Thursday that a commitment of at least five years was essential. Members of the E Tu trade union endorsed that subsequently.

Two previous attempts by Labour-led governments to deliver public service via TVNZ withered and died when funds ran out and the government changed. Opposition parties have repeatedly described ANZPM as wasteful spending which should be cut.

Power was a minister in the National-led government which repealed the TVNZ Charter and discontinued the funding of TVNZ’s non-commercial digital channels established under Labour.

Is history about to repeat?

“It’s for the government of the day to signal any permanency around that funding. That’s democracy at work,” Power said.

“If you want legislation to endure beyond governments, it’s really important you have cross-party understanding of what you’re trying to achieve — but more particularly that the model itself doesn’t allow any future leverage.”

New services? Give us a clue . . .
The FBoy Island controversy inadvertently highlighted a gap that a joined-up public media outfit could fill.

Earlier this year the Ministry for Social Development proposed engaging an offshore publisher for media content about safe relationships for young people. That angered local producers, including The Spinoff which broke that story.

If New Zealand had a public broadcaster that reached younger people, perhaps they wouldn’t have had to look elsewhere in the first place.

RNZ’s proposed youth service didn’t happen after a backlash over the impact it would have had on RNZ Concert in 2020.  A pared-back online service based on streaming music — Tahi — was later launched instead. TVNZ has an online service for a younger audience — Re: — but there is still no comprehensive national service for younger people.

When the select committee asked TVNZ’s head of content Cate Slater how she would deploy public funding if given a free hand, she identified that as the outstanding opportunity.

But the ANZPM Bill currently before Parliament does not oblige the new media entity to provide any specific services beyond the commercial-free ones already provided by RNZ.

That makes it impossible for the public to know what public service they’re likely to get from ANZPM — or what it will offer that commercial broadcasters cannot provide.

Yet TVNZ is calling for a “less prescriptive” charter.

“My view is that legislation works best when it’s principle-based rather than highly prescriptive, because it’s easy with prescription to omit by error. Whereas in a principle based approach, you end up debating at the margins rather than ‘what’s in’ and ‘out’.

“As things change, as markets change, as viewer trends change the way people use media changes. If the legislation is too prescriptive, it can become out of date,” Power said.

“It’s not RNZ or TVNZ that’s designed this legislation. We’re just trying to make it work. We’re doing our best to try and assist with getting the right tension in those discussions to make sure we get the right outcome.”

Power told the EDSI committee that ANZPM would “create a new culture” of its own. But media academic and public broadcasting advocate Dr Peter Thompson said in his submission the previous public service TVNZ Charter introduced in 2002 “was opposed by many within the company.”

”There is no obvious reason to suppose the ANZPM initiative will be different. Changes in organisational culture and identity requires more than legislation and a public charter stuck on the wall,” he wrote.

Commercial clout

Newshub at 6 last Thursday said the public media merger hearings heard the plan is "riddled with problems."
Newshub at 6 last Thursday said the public media merger hearings heard the plan was “riddled with problems.” Image: Screenshot/Newshub at 6

Reporting of this week’s ANZPM hearings zeroed in on the main mutual concern of their own executives — the commercial clout ANZPM could carry.

The legislation does not limit the commercial activities ANZPM might undertake or revenue it might attract — and rival media companies fear it could corner the market in content, advertising and staff.

“The opportunity to be as commercially strong as possible is one that should be taken,” Power told Mediawatch.  

“The new organisation has been described as not-for-profit (but) that doesn’t mean an operating surplus wouldn’t be available — and there’s an opportunity to reinvest in local content, infrastructure and platforms that other listeners and viewers might use to access content from the new entity,” he said.

“If that at some point manages to help relieve the burden on taxpayers, then that’s something that the drafters of the legislation should think about,” he said.

TVNZ’s submission notes that when Budget 2022 was unveiled, the government estimated ANZPM to be a $400 million a year operation, with roughly half the funding from public sources and half from commercial revenue.

TVNZ’s submission said that was “unambitious”

“I’d be worried if somebody had worked that out in advance, because this should be a matter for the new entity to work out,” Power told Mediawatch.

Work in progress — or fait accompli?
“Advertising agencies and media agencies represent 900 businesses across New Zealand who have used TVNZ to access their customers to sell the goods and services to employ people and make a contribution to the economy. This is not something that you can just put a box around and put a number across,” he said.

That relationship is important to TVNZ staff. The recently-released annual report says 300 of TVNZ’s 733 full-time staff earn six-figure salaries.

But many Kiwis will care more about the public service they get from the state-owned media they pay for.

“I think that’s a slightly negative lens to put on the potential here. The legislation is clear that the primary driver of this new organisation is the public media outcomes,” Power told Mediawatch.

“If the commercial arm of the new entity can aid in gaining more revenue to reinvest into local content and to reinvest into public media outcomes, all the better.”

Another flaw in the plan came to light recently when the government’s broadcasting funding agency NZ on Air announced it was “urgently reshaping” its funding policies after being told on September 7 that more than half of its current budget would in future go to ANZPM.

This development had been foreseen long ago, and should have been highlighted by the consultants who worked on the business case and the minister officials overseeing the government’s Strong Public Media programme.

Dr Peter Thompson pointed out that the Joint Innovation Fund run by NZ on Air and RNZ in the past was a precedent that showed co-ordination was possible.

“I think the silence around NZ on Air is one of the things where clarification needs to be sought pretty quickly,” Power said.

The ANZPM plan was hatched behind closed doors and without public input — until the select committee process and this week’s hearings aired concerns.

Does TVNZ believe the government will make any significant changes to the legislation — or the plan cabinet has approved?

“I think all good policy makers  … want the public policy and legislation to endure. There are some changes that need to be made to the legislation to ensure that, and I sincerely hope those with the ability to influence that listen carefully and make some of those changes,” Power said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/08/tvnzs-media-marriage-at-first-sight-ending-in-tears-or-heartbreak-island/feed/ 0 340175
The ABC’s role in Australia’s Pacific reset – valued and highly trusted https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-abcs-role-in-australias-pacific-reset-valued-and-highly-trusted/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-abcs-role-in-australias-pacific-reset-valued-and-highly-trusted/#respond Sun, 04 Sep 2022 20:45:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78801 ANALYSIS: By Claire M. Gorman

The Australian government is moving fast to reset relations with Australia’s Pacific partners, including a larger Pacific role for the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.

Detailed research undertaken late last year for the ABC in our six key Pacific markets (Papua New Guinea, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Fiji, Vanuatu and Tonga) confirms that the ABC today is used, valued and highly trusted by Pacific audiences.

This result has been made possible through the ABC’s multi-channel approach, and by thoughtful programming made with Pacific partners and designed specifically for Pacific audiences.

In terms of reach, access to AM/FM radio today is significantly higher than access to shortwave across the Pacific, and our research confirms that the most effective way today to engage audiences in urban and peri-urban regions is through FM radio transmission.

ABC Radio Australia currently has 13 transmitters across the Pacific. ABC Australia (TV) broadcasts to 16 Pacific island nations and territories under more than 25 distribution deals.

Meanwhile, a transition to digital and social media in the Pacific is also well underway. Smartphone use is high in urban areas, and increasingly, the ABC connects to its Pacific audiences via Facebook and through our digital offerings.

Our multi-channel approach is paying off. Total Pacific user interactions late last year with the ABC, whether via the ABC website, the ABC app or social media channels, were reportedly higher than usage and interactions with any other international provider, including the BBC, CNN, RNZ and CGTN.

Big jump in numbers
In the Papua New Guinea market, the research showed that more than half of all respondents had either watched ABC Australia (TV), listened to ABC Radio Australia or accessed the ABC online in the second half of 2021. That’s a big jump in audience numbers within just a few years.

The Australian government has plans to review the merits of restoring shortwave radio and the ABC will be contributing to that process. Part of that will include understanding how many people still have access to shortwave radios and the interest or need to use them as an information source.

In terms of content, the ABC’s unique advantage lies in its commitment to, and relationship with, Pacific audiences. We aim to be local. Our Asia–Pacific newsroom is the only one of its kind in Australia, with 50 journalists and producers telling the stories that matter to Indo-Pacific audiences, told in Bahasa Indonesia, Tok Pisin and Chinese as well as English.

Our flagship daily current affairs programme, Pacific Beat on ABC Radio Australia, features interviews with leaders and newsmakers, attracting audiences of all ages and genders. Then there’s Sistas, Let’s Talk (conversations with inspirational Pacific women), Wantok (Pacific-focused news and current affairs in Tok Pisin, Solomon Islands pidgin and Bislama), Island Music (reggae, dancehall and R’n’B with a focus on the Pacific region) and Pacific Playtime (for kids and families across the region).

A shared love of sport offers opportunities to strengthen social ties across the Pacific, and particularly to engage young people. ABC Radio Australia takes the men’s and women’s National Rugby League competitions to lovers of the sport across the region.

The Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade supports the ABC to produce the only pan-Pacific sport-focused TV show, That Pacific Sports Show, and a fresh and humorous sport-oriented radio show and podcast, Can You Be More Pacific?, hosted by Australian and Pacific sportspeople.

This commitment to genuine partnership with the Pacific is paying off. The proportion of respondents in Pacific markets last year who valued the ABC across all its channels as a “trusted source of news and information” was comparable to that in Australia, at a very high 75 percent.

Pacific content locally available
It’s also worth noting that all the content we produce for Pacific audiences is available domestically in Australia, helping to maintain regional ties and build greater Australian awareness about our Pacific neighbours.

The ABC’s International Development Unit, supported by the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade and donors like USAID and the United Nations, works with partners across the region to enhance journalism skills and media capacity.

The ABC also provides skills development training for specific challenges like election coverage and emergency broadcasting, plus support for media associations, like the Media Association of the Solomon Islands, which has been active in campaigning for press access and freedom in the Solomons.

The government has committed to increase funding to the ABC’s international programme by $8 million a year over the next four years. The focal points of this strategy are enhanced regional transmission, more content production, and increased media capacity training for Pacific partners.

This approach has been informed by the ABC’s own proposals.

Over recent years, various ideas have been floated for a new administrative process or organisation to “manage” Australia’s media presence in the Pacific. That would add unnecessary bureaucracy.

There’s a lot more the ABC could do in and for the Pacific. The ABC today has the strategy, systems and relationships in the Pacific to enable rapid expansion, given funding support.

And our research confirms there is a demand for it.

Claire M. Gorman is the head of international services at the Australian Broadcasting Corporation. Republished from The Strategist with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-abcs-role-in-australias-pacific-reset-valued-and-highly-trusted/feed/ 0 330020
The merger of TVNZ and RNZ needs to build trust in public media – 3 things the law change must get right https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-merger-of-tvnz-and-rnz-needs-to-build-trust-in-public-media-3-things-the-law-change-must-get-right/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-merger-of-tvnz-and-rnz-needs-to-build-trust-in-public-media-3-things-the-law-change-must-get-right/#respond Sun, 04 Sep 2022 00:21:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=78756 ANALYSIS: By Alexander Gillespie, University of Waikato and Claire Breen, University of Waikato

With only six days left for submissions to the select committee examining the Aotearoa New Zealand Public Media Bill, it is becoming clear this crucial piece of legislation has some significant shortcomings. These will need attention before it passes into law.

The eventual act of Parliament will officially merge Radio New Zealand (RNZ) and Television New Zealand (TVNZ) into a new non-profit, autonomous Crown entity.

Supporters, including Broadcasting Minister Willie Jackson, argue the new organisation will help strengthen public media. Others have expressed concerns about the new entity’s likely independence, given its reliance on government funding.

TVNZ chief executive Simon Power echoed those concerns earlier this week. He strongly criticised the bill’s current provisions for statutory and editorial independence:

I am not worried about that kind of influence from this government or the next government. I just think if the legislation is to endure it has to be robust enough to withstand different types of governments over time.

Power is right to warn against complacency about media freedom. While New Zealand still ranks highly in the World Press Freedom Index (11th out of 180 countries), there have been times in the past when governments have manipulated or directly censored local news media to suit their own political agendas.

In the current age of “fake news” and disinformation, we need to be especially vigilant. While there are good aspects to the proposed law, it fails to adequately deal with several pressing contemporary issues.

Trust in government and media
As last year’s Sustaining Aotearoa as a Cohesive Society report highlighted, trust in government and media, and the social cohesion it creates, is a fragile thing. What can take decades to build can fragment if it isn’t nurtured.

Willie Jackson speaking into a microphone
Broadcasting and Media Minister Willie Jackson says the Aotearoa New Zealand Public Media Bill will strengthen public media. Image: The Conversation/Hagen Hopkins/Getty Images

According to some global measures, this trust is declining. New Zealand still ranks higher than the OECD average, but distrust is growing here.

The Auckland University of Technology’s Journalism, Media and Democracy (JMAD) research centre reports that people’s trust in the news they consume dropped by 10% between 2020 and 2022.

At the same time, the speed and reach of propaganda, misinformation and disinformation have increased dramatically, as witnessed during the covid pandemic.

New Zealand was not immune, as the Disinformation Project has shown. Unreliable and untrustworthy information spread almost as quickly as the virus itself, with an unprecedented spike during the protest at Parliament earlier this year.

Finally, journalism continues to be a dangerous profession. Over 1200 media professionals worldwide were killed for doing their jobs between 2006 and 2020. Online violence against women journalists in particular is on the rise.

New Zealand journalists have also found themselves the target of increased levels of animosity.

What the new law needs
Rebuilding trust in the public media starts with firmly enshrining their independence in law. The proposed charter promises the new entity will demonstrate editorial independence, impartiality and balance. This is a good start, but it is only one of 10 principles.

This key principle (and ways to measure it) should stand alone in the new law to create a bulwark against any rising fear that governments, either directly or by manipulating budgets and appointments, have undue influence.

The commitment to independence should also be reinforced by ensuring some seats on the proposed entity’s board are reserved for representatives of parliamentary opposition parties. Independent annual review of the entity’s independence and integrity should also be required.

Second, there needs to be a clearer commitment to integrity of information, beyond the existing standards of the news being reliable, accurate, comprehensive, balanced and impartial. Recognising the threat of misinformation and disinformation, and developing ways to counter it, should be a core part of the new entity’s remit.

As the bill stands, it is only part of four considerations related to one of several “objectives”.

And thirdly, the law must recognise the independence of journalists and the need to protect them. It’s something of an anomaly that a bill to protect journalists’ sources was put before Parliament (although subsequently withdrawn), while journalists themselves don’t enjoy similar protections.

The new public media entity could lead the way in lobbying on behalf of all journalists to ensure those protections, and the tools journalists require to be an effective Fourth Estate, are consistent with best international practice.

If the law in its final form reflects these fundamental principles, it will go a long way to allaying legitimate concerns about the future independence and integrity of public media in Aotearoa New Zealand.The Conversation

Dr Alexander Gillespie is professor of law at the University of Waikato and Dr Claire Breen, is professor of Law at the University of Waikato. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/04/the-merger-of-tvnz-and-rnz-needs-to-build-trust-in-public-media-3-things-the-law-change-must-get-right/feed/ 0 329570
Inside an Afghan news network’s struggle to survive https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/inside-an-afghan-news-networks-struggle-to-survive/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/inside-an-afghan-news-networks-struggle-to-survive/#respond Thu, 11 Aug 2022 12:21:37 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=216912 Threats, insults, beatings, and censorship: Former Ariana News staffers detail dire challenges during a year under Taliban control

For veteran journalist Sharif Hassanyar, the final breaking point came in September last year. The Taliban had ousted the elected government of Afghanistan President Ashraf Ghani almost a month earlier, and the last American soldiers had since withdrawn in a chaotic race to get out. As head of Ariana News, an independently owned television station, Hassanyar had initially instructed his panicked staff to stay focused on their work. “We knew that under a Taliban regime all civil liberties would be very limited,” Hassanyar told me. “But despite all of this, I would try to keep the morale of our colleagues high… and encourage our staff to work fearlessly.”

Steadily, pressures grew—directly from Taliban operatives who beat some journalists or visited the homes of others who were in hiding, and indirectly from Ariana executives who would say the station had to self-censor out of caution. Hassanyar himself felt directly threatened, and left the country for Pakistan on September 1. From there, he ran the news operation remotely, still believing it might be possible for the station to continue covering live events as before. When one of his news managers contacted him to ask for guidance on how to cover a protest by scores of Afghan women, Hassanyar instructed him to broadcast the protest live and invite Afghan analysts to discuss it on air. 

It didn’t take long for Hassanyar’s cell phone to start ringing. Taliban intelligence officials called several times, demanding that he shut down the broadcast. Hassanyar didn’t cave to Taliban orders right away, but a short time later, bearded Taliban intelligence officials arrived at Ariana’s offices in the Bayat Media Center. They threatened that if live coverage of the women’s demonstration didn’t end immediately, Taliban militiamen would close the gates of the BMC complex and prevent employees from leaving or entering the building. 

Afghan American business executive and philanthropist Ehsanollah “Ehsan” Bayat had built the BMC, a five-story building roughly six kilometers (3.7 miles) from the Afghan presidential palace, in 2014. In addition to being the headquarters of Bayat’s media operations, the BMC also houses the Afghan Wireless Telecommunication Company (AWCC), in which Bayat has a majority stake, and which has more than 5,000 employees. With so many people’s livelihoods and safety at stake, Hassanyar—under pressure not only from the Taliban at this point, but also from senior executives from within his organization—ordered his staff to cut off coverage of the women protestors. 

A short time later, on September 10, Hassanyar quit Ariana News.

Hassanyar is one of countless Afghan journalists whose dreams of a free media in Afghanistan have come to a rapid end. Many lost their jobs when the Taliban takeover led to economic collapse. Others, like him, have fled the country to escape Taliban repression. Hassanyar gave up his home, leaving behind his father, mother, and several siblings, and he largely relinquished his aspirations to help build a more free and democratic Afghanistan.

Intimidation and harassment

The story of Ariana News, once one of the more influential networks in Afghanistan, reflects the troubles all media in the country now face. Around the time of Hassanyar’s departure, the Taliban—including operatives from the General Directorate of Intelligence (GDI)—launched a wave of censorship, threats, intimidation, detention, beating, and harassment of journalists at Ariana News and other outlets. After Hassanyar’s departure, the increased repression caused at least three of his successors as head of Ariana News to flee Afghanistan, too.

Now, a full year after the Taliban takeover, critical news gathering in Afghanistan by local media remains very difficult. It requires patience and courage—a willingness by reporters and TV news presenters to put themselves, their families, and others at risk. In such dire circumstances, it’s perhaps hard to recall that the blossoming of Afghanistan’s media was one of the great success stories of the period when U.S. and international forces oversaw the country.

Thousands of Afghan reporters, including hundreds of women, worked for burgeoning numbers of newspapers, radio stations, and television outlets. International donors, including the U.S. government and military, provided tens of millions of dollars in support. In a country that two decades earlier—during the Taliban’s first stint in power—didn’t allow television or photography at all, large numbers of young people were competing to join the news industry.

Ariana News and its sister company, Ariana Radio and Television Network (ATN)delivered news, music, culture, and even comedy to Afghanistan’s 34 provinces. The Bayat business conglomerate established ATN in 2005, almost four years after U.S. and international forces toppled the Taliban in response to the 9/11 terror attacks in the United States. ATN was focused on entertainment, soap operas, current affairs, and sports coverage. By 2014—a period of hope and idealism—Bayat decided to create a sister station devoted entirely to news. 

He approached Hassanyar, then a senior manager at TOLONews, another independent 24/7 TV station, to help bring the idea to fruition. Hassanyar says Bayat pitched him on the new venture by saying that his aim was to promote freedom of speech and bolster the democratic system. 

Hassanyar was enthusiastic about running the new station, and in turn asked for full authority—free from any intervention by the owner or his business executives—as a condition for accepting the offer. He says Bayat agreed, provided Ariana would not favor any political group, and that newscasters would not directly insult any Afghan. Hassanyar accepted those conditions, and took the job. 

Bayat didn’t always stick to his commitment, according to two other former Ariana News executives who did not want to be named, but his interventions were rare in the early years of Ariana News’ broadcasting. In one case, they said, Bayat quashed an investigation into a land issue saying it could undermine contracts he had with international forces and harm his relations with the Afghan government. (When CPJ asked Bayat for comment on this and other matters, a spokesperson declined to provide CPJ’s list of questions to Bayat and instead forwarded to CPJ a written statement from current ATN managing director Habib Durrani. “After more than 17 years of operation in such a fast paced, rapidly changing environment, employees will disagree and have different opinions and perspectives on a wide variety of issues,” Durrani’s statement said in part.)

Afghan American executive and philanthropist Ehsan Bayat (left) with then Afghanistan President Hamid Karzai at the opening ceremony of Bayat Media Center in Kabul on January 21, 2014. (Reuters/Johannes Eisele/Pool)

The two stations began to suffer, however, as the Taliban insurgency was spreading. By 2018, journalists were getting wounded or killed in increasing numbers, and the former executives said Bayat intervened more frequently in coverage. By 2020, COVID-19 was also raging through the country, undermining the economy and hurting business.  
Ariana News closed its two provincial stations in Herat and Mazar-e-Sharif in 2020 and laid off most of its staff in the two provinces, including many women. According to Hassanyar, former Ariana News head Ali Asghari, and Waris Hasrat, a former political programs manager at the network, ATN and Ariana News had already shed roughly 130 employees by the time the Ghani government fell in 2021, bringing the total number to around 270.

Forced resignations

The 2021 Taliban takeover, however, precipitated a full-scale gutting of most Afghan media. According to Hassanyar, several ATN and Ariana News TV presenters and female employees simply left their jobs when Kabul fell on August 15. The full story, however, is more complex. Roya Naderi, who hosted morning programs focused on social issues and was one of ATN’s most popular presenters, told CPJ that she was in the office on that day. Ariana executives told women at ATN to leave the TV station as the Taliban were approaching the city. Naderi told CPJ that when she arrived home, she put on long black clothes, fearing what might happen if Taliban militiamen saw her dressed otherwise—and waited to see what her future would be. 

Four days later, Naderi recalls, someone from the HR department of ATN called to ask for her resignation, saying the Taliban wouldn’t tolerate female presenters. She says that even though she and others feared Taliban reprisals, they wanted to return to work because they desperately needed the income. But Naderi says she and many of her female colleagues were forced to resign regardless. (A spokesperson for ATN’s HR department told CPJ by messaging app that it had not fired employees mentioned in this article “due to so called ‘pressure’ from the Taliban,” and disputed that some had been let go.)

Ariana News executives took a different approach than ATN. Representatives of several news outfits, including Hassanyar, had banded together in early 2021 to form a watchdog group called the Afghanistan Freedom of Speech Hub. After the Taliban takeover, they decided they would continue to put women broadcasters on air. 

Fawzia Wahdat, a presenter with Ariana News, told CPJ she was able to continue presenting news on-air until November 9 last year. She had worked for Ariana News for about a decade until that point. After the takeover, she says, Taliban intelligence operatives forced Ariana to segregate male and female employees into separate work spaces—an account confirmed by two former senior managers of Ariana News. Ariana’s HR staff, apparently at Taliban direction, instructed female employees to wear long black robes. 

Former Ariana News head Sharif Hassanyar, pictured here in Kabul on March 12, 2013. (AFP/Shah Marai)

During most of the period from 2004 to 2021, “we worked with complete freedom,” Wahdat told CPJ. “But with the Taliban’s takeover, all programs, producers, news writers, and presenters were under pressure… Often, producers would give us specific questions to ask the guests and we could not go beyond those boundaries. However, I could not do that.”

When journalists neglected the unwritten rules, the Taliban would pressure them further. “They told us to support them and their political system in our programs,” says Wahdat. “They would tell us that journalists had campaigned against them for 20 years and now it was time to pay them back by supporting them.” Eventually, Ariana News executives forced Wahdat to resign, she says.

Nasrin Shirzad, another news anchor and presenter of political programs for Ariana News, says she worked non-stop on the day Kabul fell. Even before the Taliban took power, Shirzad’s work as a political presenter and news anchor had not been easy. Conservatives in her home district in the eastern region of Nangarhar disapproved of her work at a TV station. In her home area, “there is no school for girls,” says Shirzad, who was only able to get educated because her parents moved to Kabul. “They don’t like girls outside of the home, let alone on TV.”

Shirzad told CPJ that about a month before the Taliban takeover, police discovered an explosive device planted near her apartment building. Her neighbors blamed her for endangering them because her high profile had made her a target. A day after the fall of Kabul, Shirzad says, members of the Taliban started pressuring Ariana News to fire her. At least some of the Taliban involved were relatives from her home area. Hassanyar recalls that threats were delivered to him as well as Shirzad’s brother. 

Taliban Minister for Promotion of Virtue and Prevention of Vice Mohammad Khalid Hanafi speaks on May 7, 2022, at an event announcing a decree ordering women to cover fully in public. Women TV presenters were later ordered to cover their faces when appearing on air. (AFP/Ahmad Sahel Arman)

On August 21, Shirzad said, Ariana managers told her that her life was in danger and that she should stop working for the TV station. Hassanyar confirmed her account, saying that around that time he received a call from someone who identified himself as a distant relative of Shirzad. “They told me that she is not allowed to be on air anymore,” recalls Hassanyar. “They threatened me that if she continues to work at the TV station, they will do anything they want to her and will find me and do anything to me. Shirzad came to me and was crying, asking what she should do. I told her that nothing is more valuable than her own life … I didn’t fire her, but unfortunately she was compelled to leave work.”  

Male presenters could still appear on air, but faced censorship. Bizhan Aryan, a news anchor and host of political shows, told CPJ that in a live broadcast on the evening of August 16, he challenged a Taliban spokesman about their policies requiring men to wear beards and women to fully cover their heads and bodies. Ariana News executives later reprimanded him for discussing controversial issues and being contentious toward the Taliban spokesperson. Later, according to Aryan, that part of the interview was removed from the station’s online archive.

Aryan continued to challenge Taliban spokespeople, however. When the head of Pakistan’s Inter Service Intelligence (ISI) agency visited Kabul shortly after the fall of the country to the Taliban, Aryan interviewed Inamuallah Samangani, a Taliban spokesperson. He asked him why the Taliban were dealing with Pakistani intelligence and not the foreign minister or some other civilian representative. Aryan then pressed him further about the visit—about Pakistan’s aims for Afghanistan, and about whether Pakistan had caused a delay in the Taliban’s announcement of a cabinet. “That show became more problematic as the managers asked me why I posed such challenging questions to him,” Aryan told CPJ. “They told me that if I continued to pressure the Taliban, they would have no option but to fire me.” 

Aryan continued to work for Ariana News until the end of September 2021, after which, he says, he was forced to take leave and then was informed he’d been laid off. After that, he told CPJ, the Taliban continued to harass him by telephone and maintained surveillance of his home, until he fled Afghanistan in March 2022.

Hard choices

Ariana’s managers were also subject to pressure. 

Hamid Siddiqui took charge of Ariana News in September 2021 after Hassanyar left the network. “Several times during my tenure as the manager of Ariana News, the Taliban intelligence agency summoned me to GDI headquarters,” recalls Siddiqui, who lasted less than a month in the job. “I tried to refuse, but they threatened to detain me if I didn’t show up. The intelligence operatives there told me not to allow female presenters at the station anymore. I said, ‘I can’t accept that,’ but the then-chief of Taliban intelligence for media affairs, Mashal Afghan, slapped me and told me to shut up and listen to him.” (CPJ attempted to reach Afghan for comment, but was not able to get a response.)

Siddiqui says he asked the intelligence officer why he was acting so rudely. For that, he was detained for three hours, “during which time they beat me up, insulted me and hit me on the head and back many times with their rifles… That same night, the human resources department of Ariana News fired me.”

Another manager took over, but he lasted just 25 days before fleeing to Germany. In mid-October 2021, Asghari became the fourth head of Ariana News in two months. Asghari is a Shiite Muslim and belongs to the Ghezelbash minority ethnic group. The Sunni Taliban labeled him a Hazara—the largest Shiite ethnic group in Afghanistan—and hurled insults at him.

Asghari told CPJ that during his tenure at the helm of Ariana News’ daily operations from October 2021 to May 2022, he was summoned more than 10 times to the Taliban’s intelligence headquarters, where he was questioned about Ariana News and its programs. He says the Taliban had recruited a large number of people—perhaps around 200—to monitor and track Afghan media, an estimate based largely on his visits to the media affairs department of the GDI, led at the time by Jawad Sargar. 

Asghari says that at the beginning of the Taliban’s takeover of Afghanistan, GDI operatives were mainly focused on pressuring the TV station on what they considered major issues, like the appearance of female presenters or the broadcasting of soap operas. But in the last few months of Asghari’s work, Sargar would micromanage even small matters, showing up at the station to warn that if he did something the Taliban didn’t like, they would arrest, detain, or possibly even kill him. (In response to CPJ requests for comment on this and other accusations, Sargar left CPJ a voicemail saying this was “totally wrong,” and promising to discuss it further. He did not respond, however, to several attempts to reach him again.)

Afghan journalists attend a press conference in Kabul on May 24, 2022  (Photo by Wakil Kohsar/AFP)

“For example, they would come and tell us to change quotes,” says Asghari. “Nowhere in the world is it acceptable to change verbatim quotes…  If we would quote U.S. Special Representative [for Afghanistan] Tom West as saying the ‘Taliban group’ in a news piece, Sargar would come and threaten and intimidate us as to why we used the term ‘Taliban group,’ and then he would order us to change the quote and write ‘Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan’ instead.” 

Sargar would enter Ariana News offices whenever he wanted, and visit all departments of the TV station without notice. He would summon a journalist to a meeting room and order him to take out his phone and other belongings and put them on the table to make sure the meeting was not recorded, Asghari says. 

Sargar would never call Asghari by his name. Instead, says Asghari, he’d say, “Hey Hazara,” and when Asghari would argue against censorship, Sargar would jokingly threaten, saying “Hey Hazara, I will kill you one day,” or “You’re a Shiite and shaking hands with you is haram (forbidden).” 

Sargar summoned Asghari on March 12, 2022, to the GDI headquarters where another intelligence operative interrogated him about Ariana’s coverage of the National Resistance Front (NRF), an anti-Taliban group. Asghari says his interrogator handcuffed him during the three-hour questioning session, and also sought information about his family members’ past and present jobs and if they were engaged with the NRF. 

In a WhatsApp message sent to Asghari on March 18, 2022, reviewed by CPJ, Sargar asked Asghari not to publish anything about meetings between intelligence officers and the media. TOLONews had just broadcast a report that the intelligence agency had asked it to stop airing soap operas, and the Taliban had detained three of its employees. “During the few days we had meetings with media officials, it was a condition that no one could leak these issues,” the message reads, referring to the order to stop showing soap operas. “But TOLONews rebelled. Our controversy arose. We hope that there will be a blackout on such issues and no one would publish the news. Even [news] of the arrest of TOLO officials,” the message reads.

On April 22, 2022, Asghari was walking in the Karte Seh area of Kabul when a Taliban vehicle approached with four armed men. They jumped out and beat him severely with a bicycle lock, he says, calling him a “spy journalist” and an infidel. He suffered head injuries as a result. Asghari decided that he could no longer stay in Afghanistan and fled to another country shortly afterward. He says he still feels unsafe there.  

Other Afghan journalists and media executives face similarly hard choices. Keeping the country’s journalistic flame alive can mean bowing to the dictates of the Taliban; leaving the business invariably comes at the price of leaving homes, families, livelihoods, and professions.. 

For media owners, the financial stakes can also be high.

Bayat, for instance, has large investments in Afghanistan’s telecoms, power, and energy industries in addition to his Ariana properties. His Bayat Group employs more than 10,000 Afghans. Three former Ariana News employees, who did not want to be named, told CPJ they believe that Bayat has censored his television networks since the Taliban takeover because he doesn’t want controversies to threaten the operations of his Afghan Wireless (AWCC,) Bayat Power, and Bayat Energy companies. 

ATN’s Durrani did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment on these former employees’ views. In his statement to CPJ, he pledged that Ariana would continue to broadcast while ensuring that the safety and well-being of its staff was always its highest priority. “Despite the country’s economic challenges ATN remains on air and will stay on air for generations ahead,” he said.

The Ariana insiders who spoke to CPJ are less optimistic. Asghari says he was told by former colleagues that Ariana News’ revenues, including paid advertising from AWCC, now cover only about 35% of its expenses, with the rest paid by Bayat. 

They also told CPJ that the total number of ATN and Ariana News employees in television, radio, and online has plummeted from roughly 400 people in 2018 to about 60 in 2022. Radio Ariana and Ariana News FM stopped broadcasting six months ago. Ariana News employees, including its online division, now number about 18 people, with only one female employee. 

Another challenge for ATN: the struggle to fill the programming void left by the Taliban ban on soap operas and other entertainment programs. According to Hassanyar and Asghari, ATN and Ariana News still operate as two separate stations, but share their content, with ATN heavily reliant on coverage by Ariana News. The former managers fear that the pressure of increasing censorship, threats, and financial constraints might soon force Ariana News to stop broadcasting altogether–leaving ATN a shell of its former self.

For them and many other Afghan journalists, the Taliban’s ongoing insistence that they support the media “within our cultural frameworks” rings particularly hollow.

Waliullah Rahmani is an Asia researcher at the Committee to Protect Journalists. From 2016 to the fall of Kabul to the Taliban in August 2021, he was founder and director of Khabarnama Media, one of the first digital media organizations in Afghanistan.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Waliullah Rahmani.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/11/inside-an-afghan-news-networks-struggle-to-survive/feed/ 0 322581
Journalism training and development vital for better Fiji elections reporting https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/#respond Tue, 09 Aug 2022 22:59:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77634 By Geraldine Panapasa, editor-in-chief of Wansolwara News in Suva

Addressing the training development deficit in the Fiji media industry can stem journalist attrition and improve coverage of election reporting in the country, says University of the South Pacific journalism coordinator Dr Shailendra Singh.

Speaking during last week’s launch of the National Media Reporting of the 2018 Fijian General Elections study in Suva, Dr Singh said media watch groups regarded Fiji’s controversial media law as having a “chilling effect on journalism” and “fostered a culture of media self-censorship”.

Dr Singh, who co-authored the report with Dialogue Fiji executive director Nilesh Lal, said scrapping or reforming the 2010 Media Industry Development Authority Act was crucial to “professionalising journalism”.

“The Act does nothing for training and development or journalist attrition. In fact, the Act may have exacerbated attrition,” he said.

This situation, Dr Singh said, highlighted the importance of training and development and staff retention, which were longstanding structural problems in Fiji and Pacific media.

“This underlines the role of financial viability and newsroom professional capacity in news coverage.”

He said two core media responsibilities in elections were creating a level playing field and acting as a public watchdog.

“It seems doubtful that these functions were adequately fulfilled by all media during reporting of the 2018 Fijian general elections.”

Advertising spread
Dr Singh said the research also recommended the even distribution of state advertising among media organisations as well as the allocation of public service broadcasting grants fairly among broadcasters to minimise financial incentives to report overly positively on any government.

According to the report, the FijiFirst Party received the most media coverage during the 2018 Fiji general elections and this was expected given its ruling party status.

However, variance in coverage tone and quantity appeared too high.

“The largely positive coverage of the ruling FijiFirst party could be deemed irregular. It questions certain media’s ability to hold power to account,” Dr Singh said.

“Under a stronger watchdog mandate, ruling parties face greater scrutiny, especially in election time. Instead, media coverage put challenger parties more on the defensive which is curious.”

He said challenger parties were forced to respond to allegations in news stories and were grilled more than the incumbent during debates.

“It should be other way around. In such situations the natural conclusion is journalist bias but only to a certain extent,” he said.

Direct political alignment
While the report found that certain media outlets in Fiji seemed to privilege some political parties and issues over others, distinguished political sociologist and Pacific scholar Professor Steven Ratuva said this could be due to several reasons such as direct political and ideological alignment of the media company to a political party or conscious and subconscious bias of journalists and editors.

Professor Steven Ratuva
Professor Steven Ratuva … “Bias is part of human consciousness and sometimes it is explicit and sometimes it is implicit and unconscious.” Image: University of Canterbury

“Bias is part of human consciousness and sometimes it is explicit and sometimes it is implicit and unconscious. This deeper sociological exploration is beyond the mandate of this report,” Professor Ratuva said in the foreword to the report.

“Election stories sell, especially when spiced with intrigue, scandals, mysteries, conspiracies and warring narratives.

“The more sensational the story the more sellable it is. The media can feed into election frenzies, inflame passion and at times encourage boisterous political behaviour and prejudice which can be socially destructive.

“The media can also be used as a means of sensible, intellectual and calm engagement to enlighten the ignorant and unite people across cultures, religions and political ideologies.”

He said keeping an eye on what the media did required an open, analytical and independent approach and this was what the report attempted to do.

Research findings
The research found that after FijiFirst, the larger and more established opposition parties SODELPA and NFP, were next in terms of the quantity of coverage, but were more likely to receive a lesser amount of positive coverage and at times found themselves on the defensive in responding to FijiFirst allegations, rather than being principles in the stories.

The smaller, newer parties had to content themselves with marginal news attention and this was generally consistent across four of the five national media that were surveyed — the Fiji Sun, FBC (TV and radio), Fiji Television Limited and Fiji Village.

“The only exception was The Fiji Times, whose coverage could be deemed to be comparatively less approving of the ruling party and also less critical of the challenger parties,” the report found.

“Besides comparatively extensive and favourable coverage in the Fiji Sun, FijiFirst made more appearances on the major national television stations, FBC and Fiji One, as well as on the CFL radio stations and news website.”

The report noted that even in special information programmes where news media allowed candidates extended time/space to have their say, the FijiFirst representatives enjoyed a distinct advantage over their opposition counterparts in the two national debates, with regards to the number of questions asked, the nature of the questions, and the opportunity to respond.

“When the two major opposition parties were in the media, it was often in order to respond to allegations by the ruling party, or to defend themselves against negative questions,” the report noted.

“The results could explain why the government accuses The Fiji Times of anti-government bias, and the opposition blame the Fiji Sun and FBC TV of favouring the government.”

However, there were other factors other than media/journalist bias that could be attributed to the lack of critical reporting.

“These could range from the news organisation’s and/or newsroom’s partiality towards the ruling party politicians and its policies. The reporting could also be affected by the inexperience in the national journalists corps to report the elections in a critical manner.”

This observation, the report highlighted, was supported by “issues balance” results indicating that key national issues, such as the economy, were understated.

The focus was instead on election processes, procedures and conduct. Another factor in the reporting could be news media’s financial links to the government.

Election reporting
As Fiji prepares for its next general election, Dialogue Fiji’s Nilesh Lal said it was important to put the spotlight on factors that impinged on an even electoral playing field.

“Given the importance of news media in disseminating electoral information and shaping public opinion, it can profoundly influence electoral outcomes, and therefore needs to come under scrutiny,” he said.

“There may also be imperatives to consider safeguards against the negative impacts of unequal coverage of electoral contestants through legislating as other countries, like the US, for instance, have done.

“Alternatively, media organisations can self-regulate by instituting internal guidelines for election reporting. A good example is the BBC’s Guidelines on election coverage. Another alternate could be the formation of an independent commission/committee made up of media organisation representatives and political parties representatives that can set rules and quotas for election coverage.

“For example, in the UK, a committee of broadcasters and political parties reviews the formula for allocation of broadcasting time, at every election.”

Lal said the purpose of the report was not to accuse any media organisation of having biases but rather to show that inequitable coverage of electoral contestants was a problem in Fiji that required redress at some level if “we are sincere about improving the quality of democracy in Fiji”.

He said the co-authors hoped the report would initiate some much-needed public discourse on the issue of equitable coverage of elections by media organisations.

Wansolwara is the student journalist newspaper of the University of the South Pacific. It collaborates with Asia Pacific Report, which prioritises student journalism.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/feed/ 0 322126
Backlash after Solomons government reins in public broadcaster https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/backlash-after-solomons-government-reins-in-public-broadcaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/backlash-after-solomons-government-reins-in-public-broadcaster/#respond Sat, 06 Aug 2022 00:56:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77413 RNZ Pacific

The Solomon Islands government has prompted anger by ordering the censorship of the national broadcaster.

The government of Prime Minister Manasseh Sogavare has forbidden it from publishing material critical of the government, which will vet all stories before broadcast.

The Guardian reports that on Monday the government announced that the Solomon Islands Broadcasting Corporation (SIBC), a public service broadcaster established in 1976 by an Act of Parliament, would be brought under government control.

The broadcaster, which airs radio programmes, TV bulletins and online news, is the only way to receive immediate news for people in many remote areas of the country and plays a vital role in natural disaster management.

Staff at SIBC confirmed to media that as of Monday, all news and programmes would be vetted by a government representative before broadcast.

The development has prompted outrage and raised concerns about freedom of the press.

“It’s very sad that media has been curtailed, this means we are moving away from democratic principles,” said Julian Maka, the Premier for Makira/Ulawa province, and formerly the programmes manager and current affairs head at SIBC.

“It is not healthy for the country, especially for people in the rural areas who need to have balanced views available to them.”

The International Federation of Journalists (IFJ) has also condemned the move.

“The censoring of the Solomon Islands’ national broadcaster is an assault on press freedom and an unacceptable development for journalists, the public, and the democratic political process. The IFJ calls for the immediate reinstatement of independent broadcasting arrangements in the Solomon Islands.”

Claims of bias
The restrictions follow what Sogavare has called biased reporting and news causing “disunity”.

The opposition leader, Matthew Wale, has requested a meeting with the executive of the Media Association of Solomon Islands (MASI) to discuss the situation.

The Guardian reports there have been growing concerns about press freedom in Solomon Islands, particularly in the wake of the signing of the controversial security deal with China in May.

During the marathon tour of the Pacific conducted by China’s foreign minister, Wang Yi, Pacific journalists were not permitted to ask him questions and in some cases reported being blocked from events, having Chinese officials block their camera shots, and having media accreditation revoked for no reason.

At Wang’s first stop in Solomon Islands, MASI boycotted coverage of the visit because many journalists were blocked from attending his press conference. Covid-19 restrictions were cited as the reason.

Sogavare’s office was contacted by the newspaper for comment.

Mounting pressure on SIBC ‘disturbing’
In Auckland, Professor David Robie, editor of Asia Pacific Report and convenor of Pacific Media Watch, described the mounting pressure on the public broadcaster Solomon islands Broadcasting Corporation (SIBC) as “disturbing” and an “unprecedented attack” on the independence of public radio in the country.

“It is extremely disappointing to see the Prime Minister’s Office effectively gagging the most important news service in reaching remote rural areas,” he said.

It was also a damaging example to neighbouring Pacific countries trying to defend their media freedom traditions.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/06/backlash-after-solomons-government-reins-in-public-broadcaster/feed/ 0 321245
Back on stage – Pacific Music Awards gig banishes covid blues https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 22:55:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77374 By Susana Suisuiki and Finau Fonua of RNZ Pacific

The Vodafone Events Centre in Manukau, Auckland came alive with music, glitz and glam for the first live Pacific Music Awards in two years last night.

The annual ceremony has been held online for the past two years due to covid-19 restrictions.

Fa’anana Jerome Grey was selected as the recipient of the Manukau Institute of Technology Te Pukenga Lifetime Achievement Award.

Grey’s iconic song We Are Samoa became the unofficial anthem of the country and his legacy was celebrated through a tribute performance by Brotherhood Musiq and Resonate.

Grey’s honour came at the end of the night, but up first was the Ministry for Pacific People’s Special Recognition Award, the three winners being Ngaire Fuata, Tagata Pasifika and Niu FM-Pacific Media Network.

PMN CEO Don Mann said that since its establishment in 2002, Niu FM has nurtured many well-known Pacific media personalities.

“It’s a radio station, it’s a multimedia platform but it’s more than that, it’s a gateway for Pacific people to realise their talent,” he said.

“You look at Sela Alo and Sandra Kailahi who’s had time at various media entities so it’s more than just a place than just a media outlet — it’s bigger than that.”

Topped the charts
Just over 30 years ago, Rotuman Ngaire Fuata topped the NZ music charts with her reindition of the 1967 Lulu hit “To Sir With Love”.

Nowadays, Fuata has carved out a successful career in television, particularly producing the flagship Pacific current affairs show Tagata Pasifika.

Futua said having a career in the music or television industry required focus and dedication.

“It takes determination, a determination to do a job and do it right and if I say I’m gonna do something I’m quite committed and driven to complete the job and that’s really important to me.”

East Auckland artist Jarna Parsons, known professionally as Jarna, was awarded the Phillip Fuemana Award for Most Promising Pacific Artist.

Jarna said she was pleased she had plucked up the courage to give music a go during her teens.

“I’ve always just loved music — with family we always did karaoke and that, and I actually didn’t start until the end of high school — I didn’t think anything of it. But then I thought, I might as well give it a go.”

‘Being different is okay’
Samoan metal band Shepherds Reign took out the Creative New Zealand Award and the band members were shocked when they were announced as the winners.

Shepherds Reign
Shepherds Reign … “There’s always room to do crazy things no one’s done before … Do what you want to do.” Image: RNZ

However, Shepherds Reign’s Filivaa James and Oliver Leupolu said that although the majority of Pacific people did not gravitate towards metal or rock, being different was okay.

“There’s always room to do crazy things no one’s done before. I think that’s the biggest message is just don’t be afraid — do whatever you want to do, just like what we did, even our parents were against us but we still went against it, so do what you want to do.”

The inaugural Arch Angel Independent Artist Award was presented to lilbubblegum.

The 18-year-old released his debut single “af1in 2019, and it quickly became an online sensation during New Zealand’s first covid lockdown in the autumn of 2020.

The viral hitmaker said that pursuing your dreams as a new music artist came at a cost.

“I think the biggest challenge is definitely the tall poppy syndrome, especially in New Zealand, because when you’re doing something different people want to pull you down. You might not be bothering them but they just don’t know — that’s just the way it is in New Zealand.

“I feel like it’s slowly shifting with the newer generation but there’s a few people that feel that way and it’s the hardest thing coming through as a new artist.”

Several first-time finalists won their respective categories including Anthem who were recognised with 531pi Best Pacific Gospel Artist, while Sam V and Lisi were awarded Best Pacific Soul/RnB Artist and Niu FM Best International Pacific Artist respectively.

Passion the driver for rapper
Rapper Lisi, who was born in New Zealand before moving to Australia at the age of three, said having a music career was never part of his plan.

“My dreams weren’t to be a rapper, but I always loved rapping and I guess it just shows passion gets you a lot far in life — the passion for rapping that I had it made me want to start making music and now I’m reaching heights that I’d never thought I’d reach. So yeah it’s massive,” said Lisi — real name Talisi Poasa.

For their work on The Panthers soundtrack, Diggy Dupé, choicevaughan & P. Smith were recognised with the MPG/SAE Best Producer award.

Fellow artist Kings was named for NZ Music Commission Best Pacific Male Artist, and received both the NZ On Air Radio Airplay Award and NZ On Air Streaming Award for his track “Help Me Out” featuring Sons of Zion.

Kingdon Chapple-Wilson, aka Kings, said the awards were an opportunity for him to reconnect with his both his Māori and Samoan identity.

“I think for us, especially for me, my mum was a solo mum, so for her the culture aspect – she was adopted into a Pakeha family so it was really hard for us to identify and so it’s awards like these — its events like these that help to ground somebody to ground me to ground myself into Pasifika, into Māori into who we are.”

Prior to the start of the 2022 Pacific Music Awards.
Before the start of the 2022 Pacific Music Awards. Image: Liam Brown/RNZ

Melodownz & Summer Vaha’akolo won NZ On Air Best Pacific Music Video directed by Tom Hern and Timēna Apa, while Kas Futialo received the award for SunPix Best Pacific Language for the album Grandmasta Kas.

Onehunga-based hip hop crew SWIDT took out three awards for Flava Best Pacific Group, Base FM & Island Base Best Pacific Hip Hop Artist and APRA Best Pacific Song for “Kelz Garage”.

Tomorrow People were honoured with One Love Best Pacific Roots/Reggae Artist as well as the Recorded Music Te Pukaemi Toa o Te Moana Nui a Kiwa Best Pacific Music Album for their album 21.

Group member Tana Tupai said that throughout the 10 years of its existence the band had had its fair share of ups and downs.

“Everyone says they don’t do the music thing for awards which is true but just like anything we just worked really really hard. I’m so proud of our team, we sacrificed so much. When I mentioned before about internal struggles they were real. We’re just really proud of the music we’ve put out there.”

Lockdown challenges overcome
Soul and RnB singer Emily Muli, who won Best Pacific Female Artist for her track “Break”, said she did not expect to win the award, despite coming from a strong musical background.

“I came from a Tongan family, I grew up in a Tongan church so it’s not like I had a choice to sing.”

Cook Islands sibling group Samson Squad took home the SunPix People’s Choice Award for Best Pacific Artist.

Tautape Samson said trying to create music during lockdown was a challenge.

“We didn’t expect anything this time around. During covid it was a very hard time for us to produce new music so with the award, with all our friends, fans and supporters really backing us despite covid and everything, I guess we’re for the people and with the people, and we just want to thank the people as well.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/back-on-stage-pacific-music-awards-gig-banishes-covid-blues/feed/ 0 320843
NZ’s Ashley Bloomfield bows out – a look at his key moments as health chief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/#respond Sat, 30 Jul 2022 00:39:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77103 RNZ News

After guiding New Zealand through two and a half years of a pandemic, Dr Ashley Bloomfield’s time as Director-General of Health has come to an end.

We look back on some of the key moments during his time in the role:

22 May 2018
Dr Ashley Bloomfield was named as the new Director-General of Health while he was serving as the acting chief executive of Capital and Coast District Health Board.

2019
The health system faced some big challenges in 2019. Dr Bloomfield fronted health responses to both a measles outbreak and the Whakaari/White Island disaster.

27 January 2020
“Kia ora koutou katoa, welcome to the Ministry of Health, thank you very much attending this briefing this afternoon. My name is Dr Ashley Bloomfield, I’m the Director-General of Health.”

After two and a half years of a pandemic, it is probably hard to remember a time when Dr Ashley Bloomfield needed to introduce himself.

Before New Zealand had its first case of covid-19, back when it was referred to simply as a coronavirus (WHO would name it covid-19 on 12 February 2020), Dr Ashley Bloomfield and Director of Public Health Dr Caroline McElnay held a media stand-up.

Like most of the early briefings, it was held at the Ministry of Health.

It was two weeks after the first confirmed case outside of China had been identified and across the ditch, Australia had four cases. There had been 56 deaths worldwide.

28 February 2020
Almost exactly one month later, New Zealand’s first covid-19 case was confirmed in someone that had returned from overseas.

Reminiscent of a format we would come to know more intimately as time went on, the evening news would cut to a live press conference where Dr Bloomfield and then-Health Minister David Clark would provide more details of New Zealand’s first case. (Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern was in Australia at the time.)

The following day, supermarkets would see a rush of customers buying up toilet paper, hand sanitiser and tinned food.

March 2020
We would start to hear a lot more from Dr Bloomfield as the second, third and fourth (who had been at a Tool concert) cases of covid-19 were confirmed in early March.

By the end of the month New Zealand would be in lockdown and Dr Bloomfield had become a daily part of our lives.

“It did feel a little bit like I was having a performance review at one o’clock every day, broadcast live on television. But that’s as it should be — your job is to ensure that we’re being held accountable for our response,” he said.

Jainda Ardern and Ashley Bloomfield, as made by Scott Savage and Colleen Pugh.
PM Jacinda Ardern and Dr Ashley Bloomfield … creatively captured from a daily 1pm update fan. Image: RNZ

Daily cases had jumped to numbers in the eighties and the briefings had shifted to the Beehive, against a backdrop of yellow and white striped Unite Against Covid-19 branding.

On 29 March, during the 1pm briefing, Bloomfield would announce New Zealand’s first covid-19 death.

4 May 2020
“No new cases”. For the first time since New Zealand went into level 4 lockdown on 25 March, Dr Bloomfield announced there were no new cases of covid-19. It would be a phrase we would hear more of as the first community outbreak would start to slow.

And it evoked such emotion that “There are no new cases of covid-19 to report in New Zealand today” came second place in Massey University’s Quote of the Year.

August 2020
In an effort to encourage people to test for covid-19, Dr Bloomfield had his first covid-19 PCR test while filmed at a community testing site.

“It was much less painful than tackling Billy Weepu on the rugby field a couple of weeks ago.”

*Raises eyebrows
With millions of people stuck at home in isolation watching daily media briefings, it was no surprise that Dr Bloomfield would find himself in meme-territory.

This was Dr Bloomfield’s response when he was asked about 5G in 2020:

Ashley Bloomfield being asked about 5G conspiracy theories on April 8 vs Ashley Bloomfield being asked about bleach injections on April 26.
Dr Ashley Bloomfield being asked about 5G conspiracy theories on April 8 vs Ashley Bloomfield being asked about bleach injections on April 26. Image: RNZ

And a year later when Covid-19 Response Minister Chris Hipkins said people should go outside and “spread your legs”.


The Guardian on the Hipkins quote.


Festival debut
Who would have thought Dr Bloomfield would grace the main stage at Rhythm and Vines festival?

Unstoppable summer video.

December 2020
Dr Bloomfield was awarded the New Zealand Medical Association’s highest accolade — The Chair’s Award

A lot of fan-art for Director-General of Health Dr Ashley Bloomfield was produced as a result of the Covid crisis.
Fan art for Dr Ashley Bloomfield. Image: Sam Rillstone/RNZ

17 August 2021
The prime minister announced another nationwide lockdown after a case, assumed to be the delta variant, was detected. That meant the 1pm briefings, and daily doses of Dr Bloomfield, were back too.

22 September 2021
As New Zealand tackled the delta outbreak, Dr Bloomfield broke the news that we may never get to zero cases of covid-19.

A portrait pie of Dr. Ashley Bloomfield.
A portrait pie of Dr Ashley Bloomfield. Image: Devoney Scarfe/RNZ

A portrait pie of Dr. Ashley Bloomfield. Photo: Supplied / Devoney Scarfe

October 2021
During Super Saturday, Dr Bloomfield was caught on camera busting a move at one of the community events.

Dr Ashley Bloomfield’s dance moves.

6 April 2022
Announced he was stepping down.

“It seems we’re at a good point in terms of the pandemic, the response is shifting, I’m also confident that the system is in good hands with the changes that are afoot, and most certainly my family will be very pleased to have a little more of my time,” he said.

May 2022
Dr Bloomfield tested positive for covid-19 while he was at the World Health Assembly in Geneva, Switzerland.

Professional history

  • In May 2018, Dr Bloomfield was appointed the new Director-General of Health.
  • Dr Bloomfield was the acting Chief Executive for Capital & Coast District Health Board from 1 January 2018.
  • From 2015-2017, he was chief executive of the Hutt Valley District Health Board – the first clinician to lead the Hutt Valley District Health Board.
  • In 2017 Dr Bloomfield attended the Oxford Strategic Leadership Programme.
  • Prior to becoming chief executive at the Hutt Valley DHB, Dr Bloomfield held a number of senior leadership roles within the Ministry of Health, including, in 2012, acting Deputy Director-General, sector capability and implementation.
  • From 2012-15 he was Director of Service, Integration and Development and General Manager Population Health at Capital & Coast, Hutt and Wairarapa District Health Boards.
  • From 1999-2008 he was a Fellow of the Australasian Faculty of Public Health Medicine. Since 2008 he has been a Fellow of the NZ College of Public Health Medicine.
  • In 2010-2011 he was Partnerships Adviser, Non-Communicable Diseases and Mental Health at the World Health Organisation, Geneva.
  • Dr Bloomfield obtained a Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery at the University of Auckland in 1990.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/nzs-ashley-bloomfield-bows-out-a-look-at-his-key-moments-as-health-chief/feed/ 0 319469
DRC journalist Chilassy Bofumbo acquitted; two other reporters remain behind bars https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/05/drc-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-acquitted-two-other-reporters-remain-behind-bars/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/05/drc-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-acquitted-two-other-reporters-remain-behind-bars/#respond Tue, 05 Jul 2022 18:03:24 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=206243 Kinshasa, July 5, 2022 — A judge at the High Court in Mbandaka, the capital of the Democratic Republic of the Congo’s western Équateur province, on Tuesday acquitted and released journalist Chilassy Bofumbo, who had been jailed since he covered a November 2021 protest, according to the journalist, who spoke to CPJ by messaging app and tweeted his release. Two other journalists — Patrick Lola and Christian Bofaya — remain jailed in the central prison of Mbandaka, the capital of Équateur province, according to their lawyer, Pontife Ikolombe, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

“The acquittal of journalist Chilassy Bofumbo is welcome news, although he should never have been arrested or detained for over seven months,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, from Durban. “Authorities in the DRC should swiftly and unconditionally release journalists Patrick Lola and Christian Bofaya, who have spent nearly six months behind bars. Press freedom remains on trial in the DRC.”

Bofumbo is editor-in-chief of local broadcaster Radio Télévision Sarah, a correspondent for the Flash Info Plus news website and Radio l’Essentiel online broadcaster, and a coordinator for FILIMBI, a nongovernmental organization that promotes civil participation among Congolese youth, according to CPJ research. On June 28, 2022, the prosecutor called for Bofumbo to be imprisoned for three years and fined, according to media reports.

Freelance reporter Lola and Bofaya, a reporter for privately owned E Radio, have been held since January 10 over protest coverage. Their case remains under consideration of the national-level Court of Cassation in DRC’s capital Kinshasa, as CPJ documented


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/05/drc-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-acquitted-two-other-reporters-remain-behind-bars/feed/ 0 312788
Congolese journalist Chilassy Bofumbo denied provisional release, back in court tomorrow https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/congolese-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-denied-provisional-release-back-in-court-tomorrow/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/congolese-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-denied-provisional-release-back-in-court-tomorrow/#respond Mon, 27 Jun 2022 18:38:37 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=203546 Kinshasa, June 27, 2022 – Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo should unconditionally release journalist Chilassy Bofumbo and all other members of the press jailed for their work, and ensure that the media in the country can work without fear of arrest, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday.

On Thursday, June 23, a judge at the High Court in Mbandaka, the capital of the DRC’s western province of Équateur, declined a June 21 request by Bofumbo’s lawyer, Edmond Mbokolo, for the journalist to be granted provisional release, according to Mbokolo, who spoke to CPJ over the phone, and media reports. Mbokolo told CPJ that Bofumbo is scheduled to appear in court again on June 28.

“Chilassy Bofumbo and all other members of the press behind bars for their work in the Democratic Republic of the Congo should be released without delay,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, from Johannesburg, South Africa. “The prolonged and ongoing detention of journalists in the DRC is a grim indicator for press freedom in the country.”

Bofumbo is the editor-in-chief of the local broadcaster Radio Télévision Sarah, a correspondent for the Kinshasa-based Flash Info Plus news website and the Bukavu-based Radio l’Essentiel online broadcaster, and a coordinator for FILIMBI, a nongovernmental organization that promotes civil participation among Congolese youth, according to CPJ research. Bofumbo’s June 21 court appearance was the first since November 2021, when he was arrested while covering a protest, charged with various crimes, and his case was sent for review to the Court of Cassation in Kinshasa, the capital, according to CPJ research and Mbokolo.

Bofumbo appeared on CPJ’s 2021 prison census, which annually documents all journalists jailed around the world for their work on December 1. Separately, at least two other journalists — Patrick Lola and Christian Bofaya — were arrested in Mbandaka in January 2022 over their coverage of protests in Équateur province in late 2021, according to CPJ reporting.

Editor’s note: The spelling of Edmond Mbokolo’s name has been corrected in the second and fourth paragraphs.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Jennifer Dunham.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/congolese-journalist-chilassy-bofumbo-denied-provisional-release-back-in-court-tomorrow/feed/ 0 310425
Al Jazeera obtains image of bullet that killed its journalist – like Israeli forces https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/al-jazeera-obtains-image-of-bullet-that-killed-its-journalist-like-israeli-forces/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/al-jazeera-obtains-image-of-bullet-that-killed-its-journalist-like-israeli-forces/#respond Fri, 17 Jun 2022 09:59:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=75292 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

An investigation by Al Jazeera has obtained an image of the bullet used to kill the network’s journalist Shireen Abu Akleh, reports Al Jazeera staff.

The photograph for the first time shows the type of ammunition used to kill the veteran Al Jazeera correspondent in the occupied West Bank last month.

According to ballistic and forensic experts, the green-tipped bullet was designed to pierce armour and is used in an M4 rifle. The round was extracted from her head.

The bullet was analysed using 3D models and, according to experts, it was 5.56mm calibre – the same as used by Israeli forces. The round was designed and manufactured in the United States, experts said.

In this undated photo, Shireen Abu Akleh stands next to a TV camera above the Old City of Jerusalem [Al Jazeera Media Network]

Fayez al-Dwairi, a former Jordanian major-general, told Al Jazeera the weapon and round used to kill Abu Akleh are regularly carried by Israeli forces.

“This M4 and this munition is used by the Israeli army. It is available and used by the units. I cannot say the whole unit, or most of the soldiers, but they use it,” al-Dwairi told Al Jazeera.

“When any soldier uses it, he uses it for a definite target — he wants to hunt, he wants to kill … There is no way to use it for another thing.”

Palestinian assistant Multilateral Affairs Minister Ammar Hijazi told Al Jazeera the bullet will remain with the Palestinian government for further investigation.

Abu Akleh, a longtime TV correspondent for Al Jazeera Arabic, was killed last month while covering Israeli army raids in the city of Jenin.

Abu Akleh’s case was sent to the International Criminal Court (ICC) and the investigation was recently handed over to the ICC prosecutor. The status of the case, however, remains unclear.

The 5.56mm bullet that killed Al Jazeera journalist Shireen Abu Akle
The 5.56mm bullet that killed Al Jazeera journalist Shireen Abu Akleh last month – designed to pierce armour and the same as used by Israeli forces. Image: Al Jazeera

“We think there is enough evidence with the prosecutor … that proves without reasonable doubt that the crime committed against Shireen Abu Akleh was done by the Israeli occupation and they are the perpetrators of this awful crime and they should be held responsible for it,” said Hijazi.

‘Trigger-happy policies’
Abu Akleh was wearing a press vest and standing with other journalists when she was killed.

Israeli authorities initially said Palestinian fighters were responsible for her death, circulating video of Palestinian men shooting down an alleyway. However, researchers from the Israeli human rights group B’Tselem found the spot where the clip was filmed and proved it was impossible to shoot Abu Akleh from there.

In an interview, Omar Shakir — Israel and Palestine director at Human Rights Watch — said all evidence indicates the kill shot came from an Israeli soldier.

Sherif Mansour, MENA programme coordinator of the Committee to Protect Journalists, told Al Jazeera from Washington, DC, that “the pattern” of killing Palestinian media workers “is well known”.

“We have documented at least 19 journalists who were killed by Israeli fire, some of them in the Gaza wars in vehicles marked as press in 2012 and 2014,” Mansour said.

“Some of them were also killed by Israeli snipers while wearing vests with press signs, away from any threatening situation, two of them in 2018. Clearly, we have a problem here of trigger-happy policies that allows this to continue.”


Shireen Abu Akleh: What happened? Video: Al Jazeera

‘Justice and accountability’
In what appeared to be an unprovoked assault at the Al Jazeera correspondent’s funeral days after she was killed, Israeli officers attacked pallbearers, which almost caused them to drop Abu Akleh’s coffin — an incident broadcast live that caused international outrage.

An Israeli police investigation into the attack concluded no one should be punished, despite finding there had been police misconduct, the Israeli newspaper Haaretz reported.

Al Jazeera’s Nida Ibrahim, reporting from Ramallah in the occupied West Bank, said for Palestinians their version of events is being “confirmed by so many investigations”, including the latest one by Al Jazeera.

“Palestinians have been saying from day one that they know that the bullet that hit Shireen came from Israeli soldiers. The witnesses, the videos that we’ve seen from Palestinians who were there, show there were no Palestinian fighters around the area where Shireen was in,” Ibrahim said.

“Palestinians are seeking now is justice and accountability.”

‘The root cause’
A dual Palestinian-US national, Abu Akleh was one of Al Jazeera’s first field correspondents, joining the network in 1997.

Ori Givati, a former Israeli soldier now with the advocacy group Breaking the Silence, said the round that was analysed was a “very common bullet”.

“It is the bullet that most [Israeli] soldiers use during their service,” he told Al Jazeera.

“This investigation into Shireen’s killing is extremely important, but we also have to remember these incidents happen on a weekly basis.

“Our country understands that if you really look into these cases it all goes back to the root cause. It is why the system is terrified from actually conducting investigations. I haven’t seen Israel really investigate any incident.”

Al Jazeera emailed Israel’s Foreign Press Department for comment early Friday but did not immediately receive a response.

Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.

Assassinated journalist Shireen Abu Akleh
Assassinated journalist Shireen Abu Akleh … for Palestinians their version of events is being “confirmed by so many investigations”, including the latest one by Al Jazeera. Image: Al Jazeera


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/al-jazeera-obtains-image-of-bullet-that-killed-its-journalist-like-israeli-forces/feed/ 0 307761
NZ public broadcaster faces ‘political headache’ over Breakfast anchor saga https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/nz-public-broadcaster-faces-political-headache-over-breakfast-anchor-saga/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/nz-public-broadcaster-faces-political-headache-over-breakfast-anchor-saga/#respond Mon, 06 Jun 2022 03:00:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=75003 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

The “sorry saga” of former Breakfast celebrated host Kamahl Santamaria’s abrupt departure from Television New Zealand last month has created a political headache for the public broadcaster, says the country’s leading daily newspaper.

The New Zealand Herald said in an editorial in its Sunday edition this was “much more than celebrity tattle”.

Santamaria, 42, a New Zealand journalist who had arrived back in Auckland in April to take on this role after a stellar 16-year career as a news and current affairs anchor at global broadcaster Al Jazeera, abruptly quit TVNZ last month and then went to ground.

In a profile of the broadcaster on April 27 — the week before Santamaria appeared on his new programme, The Spinoff’s editor-at-large Tony Manhire went beyond the “Mr Serious” image:

“Over the course of those 16 years, the first of which was before the [Al Jazeera English] channel went to air, Santamaria found himself surrounded in the desert city [Doha] by a cluster of other New Zealanders; Anita McNaught, Elizabeth Puranam, Tania Page, Charlotte Bellis and dozens of others behind the scenes who became known as AJE’s ‘Kiwi mafia’.”

The Herald editorial tried to put the controversy in perspective.

“First and foremost, it should always be remembered there are real people who have been affected by what has taken place,” it said, pointing out that Santamaria had been taking over hosting TVNZ’s morning current affairs show after veteran broadcaster John Campbell had left.

“But, after just 31 days on the job, he mysteriously resigned.

“Despite TVNZ saying his disappearance was due to a ‘family emergency’, The Herald spoke with a number of women who claimed to have received questionable messages from him.

“A number of emails sent internally to TVNZ staff about Santamaria’s departure were then leaked to The Herald. One email outlined plans for a review of the state broadcaster’s recruitment processes after the abrupt resignation.”

Middle East angle
According to The Herald, the sequence of events not only called into question TVNZ’s recruitment processes, “but also the response to managing complaints, and the manner in which the state broadcaster responds to questions of public interest”.

The TVNZ controversy was also a headache for Broadcasting Minister Kris Faafoi at a time when he was trying to “merge RNZ and TVNZ into a non-profit ‘public media entity’ as a multi-platform public service provider capable of fulfilling its cultural and civil remit into the 21st century”.

Meanwhile, said the newspaper, it had been revealed last month that “five Radio New Zealand employees have been accused of sexual harassment, sexual misconduct or sexism in the last five years”.

Three of them had left the broadcaster as a result and the other two people were no longer working for RNZ at the time the allegations were raised with management.

No changes had been made to RNZ’s sexual harassment policy as a result of the complaints, according to information released to The Herald in an Official Information Act application.

“Media organisations, including ours,” noted The Herald, “have struggled to maintain ideal working environments at times. The mix of rolling deadlines, pressures of live news reporting, and vigorous personalities can amount to a brew of tension and manifest sometimes in unacceptable behaviour.

“Other industries will have their own examples and challenges but we all must accept our responsibilities and failings and strive to be better,” the newspaper said.

“But the circumstances at TVNZ give rise to such a raft of concerns, Minister Faafoi needs to insist on full disclosure of what has taken place, and what will be done about it.”

At least one news commentary and current affairs site, The Daily Blog, has offered a different explanation to the Breakfast controversy: “One version of what happened was Santamaria cursing the Israeli Defence Force (IDF) and Israel for the assassination of his former Al Jazeera colleague, Shireen Abu Akleh.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/06/nz-public-broadcaster-faces-political-headache-over-breakfast-anchor-saga/feed/ 0 304494
Ukrainian journalist Mykola Pastukh seriously injured by shelling in eastern Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/02/ukrainian-journalist-mykola-pastukh-seriously-injured-by-shelling-in-eastern-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/02/ukrainian-journalist-mykola-pastukh-seriously-injured-by-shelling-in-eastern-ukraine/#respond Thu, 02 Jun 2022 18:15:16 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=198634 Paris, June 2, 2022 — Russian and Ukrainian authorities must ensure the safety of journalists reporting on the war in Ukraine and investigate the shelling that seriously injured Ukrainian fixer and documentarian Mykola Pastukh, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

On May 28, Russian forces shelled the eastern city of Lysychansk, in the Luhansk region, amid a push to take control of territory in the Donbas still held by Ukrainian forces, as the Luhansk regional governor and media reported. Pastukh was traveling with Hong Kong-based freelance photojournalist Alex Chan Tsz Yuk and London-based freelance journalist Kaoru Ng from Lysychansk to the nearby city of Sievierodonetsk. They were going to cross the city’s last functional bridge when they observed a burning vehicle in the way, so they hid their car and approached to take photos, Chan Tsz Yuk told CPJ in a phone interview.

As they got closer, two Ukrainian soldiers crossing the bridge told the journalists that it was a dangerous area and that they needed to return to their vehicle, Chan Tsz Yuk told CPJ. As the journalists turned back, a shell exploded a few meters from them, injuring Pastukh, according to Chan Tsz Yuk, who captured the incident on video; news reports that cited Pastukh; and Ng, who spoke to CPJ via social media.

Chan Tsz Yuk told CPJ that he and Ng were wearing jackets marked “press” and Pastukh was wearing a black bullet-proof jacket with no markings. Ng told CPJ that the first strike was “extremely precise,” adding that “in the vicinity, there were only us and the two soldiers, and nothing else to hit.” He continued, “After we hid in the ditch, they continued to shell us two more times.”

“We are deeply concerned by the attack that injured Ukrainian journalist Mykola Pastukh and want to remind the warring parties that journalists are to be treated as civilians under international humanitarian law,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Ukrainian and Russian authorities must investigate the attack that injured Pastukh, and Russia must ensure that members of the press covering the war are not targeted.”

Pastukh was hit by shrapnel in his right arm, which is now partially paralyzed, and broke a rib, according to Katerina Sergatskova, chief editor of Ukrainian independent news outlet Zaborona, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app and interviewed Pastukh. He is currently hospitalized in the western city of Lviv, Sergatskova said.

According to Zaborona, since the beginning of the war, Pastukh has worked as a fixer for foreign journalists and was filming a documentary about their work on the front lines.

Both Chan Tsz Yuk and Ng suffered minor scratches from the shelling, and one of the Ukrainian soldiers was injured in his left leg, according to those two journalists. Chan Tsz Yuk told CPJ that he has had hearing problems in his left ear since the shelling.

Chan Tsz Yuk works as a freelance photographer for Hong Kong-based press agency SOPA Images, and Ng regularly contributes as a freelance reporter to privately owned Japanese broadcasters TBS Television and TV Asahi and online news website 8bit news, Ng told CPJ. Ng also films documentaries for Japanese public broadcaster NHK.

On May 30, French journalist Frédéric Leclerc-Imhoff was killed by a Russian attack on the road to Lysychansk, as CPJ documented.

Separately, on Wednesday, June 1, the Russian defense ministry-affiliated TV channel Zvezda reported that its correspondent Valentin Gvozdev was injured by shrapnel while leaving Sievierodonetsk. Gvozdev told the outlet he was hit in the elbow, but it was “a scratch,” and he did not “feel any discomfort.” CPJ could not confirm the source of the shelling, and Zvezda did not respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment.

CPJ emailed the Russian and Ukrainian Ministries of Defense for comment but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/02/ukrainian-journalist-mykola-pastukh-seriously-injured-by-shelling-in-eastern-ukraine/feed/ 0 303802
Two Congolese journalists detained for 5 months after covering a protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/two-congolese-journalists-detained-for-5-months-after-covering-a-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/two-congolese-journalists-detained-for-5-months-after-covering-a-protest/#respond Tue, 17 May 2022 20:03:32 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=194648 Kinshasa, May 17, 2022Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo must ensure the immediate release of journalists Patrick Lola and Christian Bofaya, who have been arbitrarily detained without charge for five months in the central prison of Mbandaka, the provincial capital of Equateur, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On January 10, Bobo Boloko Bolumbu, the governor of Equateur province, ordered the arrest of Lola, a freelance reporter, and Bofaya, a reporter for the privately owned E Radio, according to the journalists’ lawyer, Junior Bonoke, who spoke by phone to CPJ.

According to news reports, Lola and Bofaya were covering a public protest organized by three provincial deputies whose election had been invalidated by the provincial assembly in October 2021. Police arrested the journalists and the three deputies for allegedly disturbing public order. The mayor of Mbandaka, Didi Edada, was quoted by Ouragan.cd as saying local authorities did not authorize the protest.

Bonoke told CPJ that the arrests and subsequent detentions of the journalists were politically motivated because the protests were organized by deputies who were critical of Bolumbu’s performance and had called for his termination as governor.

“It is outrageous that more than five months after their arrest, journalists Patrick Lola and Christian Bofaya continue to be detained without trial for simply doing their jobs and covering a newsworthy protest against the governor,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in New York. “Congolese authorities should ensure that Lola and Bofaya are immediately freed without charge or further harassment.”

Christian Bofaya, a reporter for the privately owned E Radio, was arrested by police on January 10, 2022, while reporting on a protest. (Credit withheld)

After they were arrested, the journalists were escorted by Bolumbu to the police headquarters in Mbandaka, Bonoke told CPJ. After a few hours, the pair and the three arrested deputies were transferred to the military prosecutor’s office, where they spent two nights in custody.

On January 12, the journalists and deputies were taken to the Mbandaka Peace Court. The deputies refused to recognize the court’s authority because, as elected officials, they said they were subject to the jurisdiction of a higher court, Bonoke told CPJ. The five arrested individuals were all returned to prison, said Bonoke, adding that the governor escorted them at all times.

On January 16, the journalists and deputies appeared before the Mbandaka High Court, but the deputies challenged that court’s authority to hear the matter, saying they had already petitioned another court, and argued that the journalists’ cases had to be heard alongside theirs, Bonoke told CPJ.

Patrick Lola, a freelance reporter, was covering a public protest on January 10, 2022, when he was arrested by police. (Credit withheld)

Esther Nkonge, president of the Equateur chapter of the National Press Union of the Congo (UNPC), told CPJ by phone that they were working to secure the journalists’ release and had met with Bolumbu and his adviser. Bolumbu told the UNPC that the journalists’ file was at the national-level Court of Cassation in Kinshasa, the capital, and so they must wait for that court to rule on this case. Since the case was transferred to the Court of Cassation, there has not been any progress, and the journalists remained in jail, according to Nkonge.

CPJ phoned Bolumbu, Pélagie Ebeka, deputy chief of staff of the justice ministry, presidential spokesperson Kasongo Mwema, and deputy presidential spokesperson Tina Salama for comment, but none of the calls were answered.

On May 11, the governor’s deputy chief of staff, Rossy Bolekwa, confirmed by phone that the two journalists were still in prison but declined to comment further, saying the matter was before the courts.

Reached by phone, Taylor Ngazi, Equateur province’s vice-governor, said he was in Kinshasa when the journalists were arrested and has not followed developments.

In November 2021, Chilassy Bofumbo, editor-in-chief of the local broadcaster Radio Télévision Sarah, was arrested in Mbandaka while covering a protest. Bofumbo is awaiting trial in the same prison as Lola and Bofaya.

Bofumbo has been charged with contempt of authority, damaging imputations, public insults, rebellion, incitement of hatred, and incitement to civil disobedience. If convicted, he faces up to 12 years in prison. CPJ has urged authorities to drop the charges and release the journalist.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/17/two-congolese-journalists-detained-for-5-months-after-covering-a-protest/feed/ 0 299554
RSF calls for independent probe into Al Jazeera reporter’s West Bank killing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing/#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 08:46:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74099 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Israel’s fatal shooting of leading Al Jazeera reporter Shireen Abu Akleh as she covered clashes in the West Bank city of Jenin is a serious violation of the Geneva Conventions and UN Security Council Resolution 2222 on the protection of journalists, says the Paris-based media freedom watchdog Reporters Without Borders (RSF).

It has called for an independent international investigation into her death as soon as possible.

Witnesses said Abu Akleh, a Palestinian American, was killed by a shot to the head although she was wearing a bulletproof vest with the word “PRESS” that clearly identified her as a journalist.

Ali al-Samudi, a Palestinian journalist working as an Al Jazeera producer who was beside her at the time, was also targeted, sustaining a gunshot wound in the back, RSF reported.

Samudi, who is now in hospital, said in a video: “We were filming. They did not ask us to stop filming or to leave. They fired a shot that hit me and another shot that killed Shireen in cold blood.”

Following Abu Akleh’s death, Israeli security forces raided her East Jerusalem home as her family was making arrangements for her funeral.

Her body was transferred to Nablus for an autopsy prior to be taken to Jerusalem, where her funeral took place yesterday in emotional scenes with massive crowds. She was buried beside her parents in Mount Zion.

Israeli riot police attacked the pallbearers and a hearse carrying her coffin in the peaceful march, and ripped away Palestinian flags. International protests have followed this latest attack.

Popular in Middle East
Abu Akleh was very popular in the Middle East and was respected by fellow journalists for her experience in the field.

Al Jazeera issued a statement accusing the Israeli security forces of “deliberately” targeting Abu Akleh and of killing her “in cold blood.”

Palestinian-American journalist Shireen Abu Akleh
Palestinian American journalist Shireen Abu Akleh … assassinated in “cold blood” in Jenin. Image: AJ screenshot APR

The Israel Defence Forces announced an investigation into her death, but IDF spokesman Amnon Shefler said Israeli soldiers “would never deliberately target non-combatants”.

Several witnesses, including an AFP photographer, denied seeing any armed Palestinians at the place where Abu Akleh was killed. Palestinian Authority president Mahmoud Abbas said he held the Israeli authorities “fully responsible” for her death.

“RSF is not satisfied with Israeli Foreign Minister Yair Lapid’s proposal of a joint investigation into this journalist’s death,” said RSF secretary-general Christophe Deloire.

“An independent international investigation must be launched as soon as possible.”

The shooting of these two Palestinian reporters during an IDF “anti-terrorist operation” in Jenin is the latest of many disturbing cases.

Two journalists fatally shot
In the spring of 2018, two Palestinian journalists were fatally shot by Israeli snipers while covering the weekly “Great March of Return” protests near the Israeli border in the Gaza Strip.

Also in 2018, Ain Media founder Yaser Murtaja was killed on the spot on March 30, while Radio Sawt al Shabab reporter Ahmed Abu Hussein died in hospital on April 25 from the gunshot injury he suffered on April 13.

According to RSF’s tallies, more than 140 journalists have been the victims of violations by the Israeli security forces on Friday’s marches since 2018, and at least 30 journalists have been killed since 2000.

Israel is 86th in the RSF 2022 World Press Freedom Index, and Palestine is 170th.

Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing/feed/ 0 298857
RSF calls for independent probe into Al Jazeera reporter’s West Bank killing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing-2/#respond Sat, 14 May 2022 08:46:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74099 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Israel’s fatal shooting of leading Al Jazeera reporter Shireen Abu Akleh as she covered clashes in the West Bank city of Jenin is a serious violation of the Geneva Conventions and UN Security Council Resolution 2222 on the protection of journalists, says the Paris-based media freedom watchdog Reporters Without Borders (RSF).

It has called for an independent international investigation into her death as soon as possible.

Witnesses said Abu Akleh, a Palestinian American, was killed by a shot to the head although she was wearing a bulletproof vest with the word “PRESS” that clearly identified her as a journalist.

Ali al-Samudi, a Palestinian journalist working as an Al Jazeera producer who was beside her at the time, was also targeted, sustaining a gunshot wound in the back, RSF reported.

Samudi, who is now in hospital, said in a video: “We were filming. They did not ask us to stop filming or to leave. They fired a shot that hit me and another shot that killed Shireen in cold blood.”

Following Abu Akleh’s death, Israeli security forces raided her East Jerusalem home as her family was making arrangements for her funeral.

Her body was transferred to Nablus for an autopsy prior to be taken to Jerusalem, where her funeral took place yesterday in emotional scenes with massive crowds. She was buried beside her parents in Mount Zion.

Israeli riot police attacked the pallbearers and a hearse carrying her coffin in the peaceful march, and ripped away Palestinian flags. International protests have followed this latest attack.

Popular in Middle East
Abu Akleh was very popular in the Middle East and was respected by fellow journalists for her experience in the field.

Al Jazeera issued a statement accusing the Israeli security forces of “deliberately” targeting Abu Akleh and of killing her “in cold blood.”

Palestinian-American journalist Shireen Abu Akleh
Palestinian American journalist Shireen Abu Akleh … assassinated in “cold blood” in Jenin. Image: AJ screenshot APR

The Israel Defence Forces announced an investigation into her death, but IDF spokesman Amnon Shefler said Israeli soldiers “would never deliberately target non-combatants”.

Several witnesses, including an AFP photographer, denied seeing any armed Palestinians at the place where Abu Akleh was killed. Palestinian Authority president Mahmoud Abbas said he held the Israeli authorities “fully responsible” for her death.

“RSF is not satisfied with Israeli Foreign Minister Yair Lapid’s proposal of a joint investigation into this journalist’s death,” said RSF secretary-general Christophe Deloire.

“An independent international investigation must be launched as soon as possible.”

The shooting of these two Palestinian reporters during an IDF “anti-terrorist operation” in Jenin is the latest of many disturbing cases.

Two journalists fatally shot
In the spring of 2018, two Palestinian journalists were fatally shot by Israeli snipers while covering the weekly “Great March of Return” protests near the Israeli border in the Gaza Strip.

Also in 2018, Ain Media founder Yaser Murtaja was killed on the spot on March 30, while Radio Sawt al Shabab reporter Ahmed Abu Hussein died in hospital on April 25 from the gunshot injury he suffered on April 13.

According to RSF’s tallies, more than 140 journalists have been the victims of violations by the Israeli security forces on Friday’s marches since 2018, and at least 30 journalists have been killed since 2000.

Israel is 86th in the RSF 2022 World Press Freedom Index, and Palestine is 170th.

Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/14/rsf-calls-for-independent-probe-into-al-jazeera-reporters-west-bank-killing-2/feed/ 0 298858
Journalist blames starving of PNG province news on EMTV dispute https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/journalist-blames-starving-of-png-province-news-on-emtv-dispute/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/journalist-blames-starving-of-png-province-news-on-emtv-dispute/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 04:41:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=73589 By Prianka Srinivasan of ABC Pacific Beat

A senior Papua New Guinea journalist says an ongoing dispute between journalists and management at television broadcaster EMTV is starving the country’s provinces of news.

Former Lae regional head of news Scott Waide said the station was failing to provide a proper nationwide news service after its news team had been sacked over a dispute with EMTV’s management.

“What it’s done is effectively cut off public access to information in all the provinces,” he said.

“The media is supposed to be a conduit between government and people that’s not happening anymore.”

EMTV’s news team were sacked in March over the coverage of the controversial Australian hotel businessman Jamie Pang, who was convicted of a number of criminal charges.

Waide said the sacked staff were making moves to win their jobs back in the courts, but in the meantime they had set up alternative coverage online.

“They’ve established, registered a company called Inside PNG. It is already an online news service with a website and social media presence. And they’ll be working towards covering the elections in June,” he said.

Prianka Srinivasan reports for ABC Radio Australia. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/journalist-blames-starving-of-png-province-news-on-emtv-dispute/feed/ 0 296469
Tagata Pasifika celebrates 35 years on air – a pan-Pacific voice on TV https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/tagata-pasifika-celebrates-35-years-on-air-a-pan-pacific-voice-on-tv/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/tagata-pasifika-celebrates-35-years-on-air-a-pan-pacific-voice-on-tv/#respond Sun, 03 Apr 2022 08:15:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72360 Tagata Pasifika is celebrating 35 years on air this year. Former hosts Foufou Susana Hukui, Reverend Elder Maligi Evile and former researcher/reporter Iulia Leilua take look back at the early days. Video: Sunpix

By John Pulu of Tagata Pasifika

A trip down memory lane for Tagata Pasifika’s first host, Foufou Susana Hukui as she watches a video clip of an interview she did with former Prime Minister of Samoa, Tupua Tamasese Efi.

“It was just the most exciting journey that we were going to take,” Hukui says.

“Because I have watched the white man, white people, other people but never us telling our own stories. When they were told, they were told from a white man’s perspective.”

Public Interest Journalism Fund
PUBLIC INTEREST JOURNALISM FUND

The weekly show first aired on the 4 April 1987, as a pan-Pacific voice on New Zealand television.

“When I got on our first programme, I made sure that we were different. I didn’t deliberately do it — that’s just the way I was,” Hukui says.

“Coloured clothes, summer right through the whole year and flowers in my ear. I just wanted people to know who I was, this is me and this is going to be our people’s programme.”

Hukui switched from working in radio to pioneer storytelling from a Pasifika lens on national television covering a myriad of stories and events.

Foufou Susana Hukui - TPPlus
Foufou Susana Hukui was the first host for Tagata Pasifika, which launched on 4 April 1987 … “Coloured clothes, summer right through the whole year and flowers in my ear.” Image: TPPlus

‘Flooded the market with colour’
“We did suddenly flood the market on the media with colour that we are used to with flowers, with headgear, with cooking, the puaka, hair cutting ceremonies, weddings; and this, you know, even though it’s our culture, we love to see it on TV.

“In those days we didn’t have social media so we were, at the time, just right because that was the strongest medium at the time,” Hukui says.

From the very start, Tagata Pasifika was a news and information show for the community.

Radio broadcasters like the Reverend Maligi Evile played a key role as the first news reader.

“The programme was more or less bifocal in the sense that I was telling our people what is happening out there at home in your country and your home and I was also telling the NZ public, the NZ community that this is what is happening out there in our homes in the Pacific,” Reverend Evile says.

As our people continued to come to Aotearoa, the half hour show played an important role in helping them settle in and feel like they belonged here.

“I was really appreciative to think that, considering the number of Pacific people who were living in NZ at the time, I think it’s about time that we have some small window on the screen on TVNZ,” he says.

‘Transforming a window’
“When this opportunity came along, I thought this was the window that we were waiting for and I was hoping that this window will transform into a door and perhaps into a room and even a big house for bigger things to come for the Pacific people.”

Reporter Maligi Evile - TPPlus
Reporter Maligi Evile delivered the Pacific News on the very first episode of Tagata Pasifika … “This was the window that we were waiting for.” Image: TPPlus

And over the years Tagata Pasifika has moved through different time slots and faces have come and gone, but through it all viewers have remained loyal.

Former researcher and reporter Iulia Leilua says there was a demand for Pacific voices and faces to be seen and heard in the media following major events like the Dawn Raids which happened in the previous decade.

“I thank TVNZ for their foresight, I thank even more so the people who lobbied for this programme. TVNZ really had no option but to showcase the Māori and Pacific voice and faces at that time,” Leilua says.

In 2014, TVNZ announced that the show will no longer be made in-house and the following year production company Sunpix Limited started producing the show.

Tagata Pasifika is reflective of our Pacific peoples and it’s been there on that journey for many people and their lives. People come to the show to see stories that they are not hearing or seeing elsewhere so the legacy is kind of this, you know, this trusted source of story telling about our people and an important place that documents our people’s lives and history,” Leilua says.

Researcher/presenter Iulia Leilua - TPPlus
Iulia Leilua was with Tagata Pasifika since its inception, taking on roles of researcher, director and presenter for the show … “Tagata Pasifika is reflective of our Pacific peoples.” Image: TPPlus

Playing a role online
Now, 35 years on, with a wide variety of media to choose from Tagata Pasifika continues to play a role not just on our television screens but also online where more content is available. But there has always been a dream for more time on air.

“We started off with half an hour, perhaps give us another 15 mins on air or perhaps give us an extra half hour you know we need a bit more frequency on air and we need more support,” Reverend Evile says.

Hukui acknowledges the changing media landscape but adds that it is even more important than ever to have a trusted source of information.

“No matter what, no matter if you have Instagram, your TikTok, whatever, Facebook, the people of our Pacific always go to what’s Tagata Pasifika to see the real, to get the real story.”

John Pulu — “JP” — is a Tagata Pasifika reporter/director/presenter and a Pacific community broadcaster.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/03/tagata-pasifika-celebrates-35-years-on-air-a-pan-pacific-voice-on-tv/feed/ 0 287538
For the First Time in History, Public Television Workers in Chicago Are Out on Strike https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/for-the-first-time-in-history-public-television-workers-in-chicago-are-out-on-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/for-the-first-time-in-history-public-television-workers-in-chicago-are-out-on-strike/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:08:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/chicago-public-television-pbs-wttw-labor-strike
This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Jeff Schuhrke.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/for-the-first-time-in-history-public-television-workers-in-chicago-are-out-on-strike/feed/ 0 284056
‘Warmest welcome you can imagine’ – Ardern opens NZ doors to tourists https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/warmest-welcome-you-can-imagine-ardern-opens-nz-doors-to-tourists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/warmest-welcome-you-can-imagine-ardern-opens-nz-doors-to-tourists/#respond Fri, 18 Mar 2022 09:57:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71776 By Tess Brunton, RNZ News tourism reporter

Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern has gone on a marketing blitz to reel Australians to Aotearoa New Zealand’s shores.

It comes as tourism operators race to ramp up in time — with less than four weeks to go before those crossing the Tasman can touch down.

Already some Queenstown businesses expected demand could be high, but they were questioning how they would find enough staff in time.

Beaming in from shores of Lake Wakatipu in Queenstown, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern told Australian breakfast show Sunrise, Aotearoa couldn’t wait to have them back.

“I cannot remember a time when we’ve been so excited about the prospect of seeing as many Australians as possible come and visit us, so you can expect to get the warmest welcome you can imagine,” she told Sunrise on Friday morning.

She has been speaking with tourist operators around Queenstown on Friday, and acknowledged that they needed more support to find enough staff in time.

‘Ready to welcome the world’
Ardern has announced New Zealand’s borders will be open to vaccinated Australians from 11.59 pm on April 12, RNZ News reports.

She says fully vaccinated travellers from visa-waiver countries will be able to enter the country from 11.59pm on May 1.

The border has already reopened to New Zealanders from around the world and on Monday critical and skilled workers also became eligible to enter without isolation, Ardern said.

“We have now received guidance that it is safe to significantly bring forward the next stage of border reopening work, bringing back our tourists,” she said.

“In short, we’re ready to welcome the world back.”

On her Sunrise programme, she said: “We traditionally haven’t had to market particularly. But in this environment right now, I have been talking with Tourism New Zealand and I’d like to bring Immigration New Zealand in to work together around promoting New Zealand as a working holiday option to try and bring in that extra workforce we need.”

NZ Ski chief executive Paul Anderson was thrilled to see images of Coronet Peak and other iconic vistas beamed back to Australia as part of the Prime Minister’s trip today.

Finding staff a hot topic
But he told her the hot topic was how to find enough staff.

Recruitment was underway for the three mountains, which usually have about 1250 workers.

He said they were on the look out for more snow sport staff.

“There will be 400 to 500 of them we will need in Queenstown. That’s probably 100 to 200 more than we had in previous years.”

And he has not ruled out getting extras in just in case covid-19 took a toll on their workforce.

“If covid is still going through the community, we need to be really aware of that and be able to manage absenteeism that are lot of businesses are suffering from at the moment.”

Rees Hotel chief executive Mark Rose said the border announcement was the best news he has had during the pandemic.

Steady bookings flow
“Two minutes after she started speaking and that date came out, we started getting bookings and there’s been a steady flow of them ever since.”

Friends, family and travel agents in Australia got in contact after seeing the Prime Minister’s appearance on Sunrise.

“I’ve no doubt that we are going to be inundated with Australians over the coming months. I mean they’ve made up about 40 percent of my business over the years.

“I have no doubt at all that we’ll be back to where it was and probably even stronger for this first six months.”

The hotel has gone from 120 staff to 50 over the past two years — but Rose said that needed to double within a few months.

“We’ll need a hundred staff working at the hotel by about the June 20, probably a little earlier to give them the training and things to get the standards up.

“If we’re not at that level, we will slow down the sales of our rooms so we won’t close rooms down but we just won’t have them up for sale.

“It’s much more important that we offer great service than it is for us to just be piling people in and putting money in the bank.”

A long two years for operators — but it seemed there was finally light at the end of the tunnel.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/18/warmest-welcome-you-can-imagine-ardern-opens-nz-doors-to-tourists/feed/ 0 282938
Gavin Ellis: Fundamental flaws in public media plans call for big fixes https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/gavin-ellis-fundamental-flaws-in-public-media-plans-call-for-big-fixes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/gavin-ellis-fundamental-flaws-in-public-media-plans-call-for-big-fixes/#respond Wed, 16 Mar 2022 21:17:07 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71735 ANALYSIS: By Gavin Ellis of Knightly Views

The proposal for a new entity to replace Television New Zealand and RNZ has two fundamental flaws that must be fixed if it is to gain the public’s trust.

The first flaw is the assumption that an existing legal structure — the Autonomous Crown Entity — is an appropriate form of governance. The second is that it has provided inadequate protection from political interference. The two issues are related.

Let me say at the outset that I support the restructuring of public service media. It is an idea whose time has come. It is an opportunity to create, almost from the ground up, a public organisation designed to live up to a digital incarnation of BBC-founder Lord Reith’s dictum that public media should inform, educate and entertain (now, however, in a creative and clever mix).

My concern lies in the need for this new entity to demonstrate from the outset that it will be free-standing and free from influence. By treating its formation little differently from a stock-standard Autonomous Crown Entity (ACE) into which existing organisations are dropped, the government is sending the wrong signals. From Day One (i.e., right now) it needs to be treated very much as a special case.

Let’s not lose sight of what is possible here: The creation of a ground-breaking structure that can set new standards for public service media in the digital age – if it is born out of independent thinking, creativity, and wisdom.

And let’s not forget why it is vital that it succeed in that aim. Public trust in the institutions of democracy and a free society are being systematically undermined. We need to look no further than the darkly manipulated “protest” in front of Parliament.

Stirrers wanted the prime minister and journalists lynched and violent “protesters” set fires and threw paving bricks at police. They were supported throughout by a much wider social media narrative that neither politicians nor the media could be trusted.

Public trust in media eroding
Public trust in media is already on the way down. AUT’s Centre for Journalism, Media and Democracy polled trust in media last year and found it had declined across all four industry-wide metrics it had measured in 2020. RNZ and TVNZ remain the most trusted brands but both declined year-on-year. So, too, did all media included in the previous survey.

There is a real need for media institutions in which the public has trust and the JMaD studies point to public service media being at the pinnacle of that structure.

I have no doubt that the Minister of Broadcasting and Media, Kris Faafoi, is well-intentioned. As a former journalist he is only too well aware of the importance of trust and of the need to protect, nurture and champion media independence. Whether his cabinet colleagues have the same set of imperatives is harder to judge.

However, the restructuring requires a longer view than what might happen around the cabinet table over the next few months. We need to be concerned that the structure which emerges is not only fit for purpose now, but will endure for decades and be capable of withstanding winds of political change that on a global scale are showing more negative than positive signs.

In other words, it must be robust enough to survive not only known risks but also some conceivable unknowns: We had a Robert Muldoon, so could we have a Donald Trump?

Unfortunately, the announcement last week provides a less-than-reassuring beginning. The cabinet go-ahead was sparse on structural and operational detail. It did speak of a charter and proposed legislation that will contain a much-vaunted guarantee of editorial independence from ministerial control. However, that is undermined by other planned moves and much of the potential damage could be done even before the new structure is up and running.

Significantly, control of the governance of the implementation phase of the restructuring is one area of the cabinet paper and supporting documents in which there is real detail. Absence of detail elsewhere is explained away by saying these are matters for the Establishment Board to decide.

Seen as the architect
The draft terms of reference for the Establishment Board state it will be responsible for overseeing the detailed organisational design of the new entity and the transition to the new structure. In other words, it is to be seen as the architect. That was certainly the inference in Kris Faaoi’s announcement last week.

Yet the Establishment Board is precisely where the Minister (and his Cabinet colleagues) and the Ministry for Culture and Heritage have a potentially high level of influence.

The Establishment Board is expected to stay aligned to any cabinet decisions and is responsible for ensuring it “progresses government policy” and meets the minister’s objectives.

All members (up to nine) are to be appointed by the minister, who will also appoint the chair. The minister can terminate any member’s term before the expiry date and there is no requirement for him to state cause.

The board will not have its own staff but may ask the Ministry for Culture and Heritage – which will provide the secretariat — to appoint people to provide specialist or technical advice. MCH will also procure other services on the board’s behalf and its chief executive will decide what functions it will delegate to the board. Meanwhile MCH will continue to provide advice directly to the minister.

The Establishment Board will, according to the terms of reference, operate on a consensus basis — not a majority vote — and where it can’t reach consensus “the chair will advise the minister of the difference of opinion”. That begs the question: Does the minister effectively have a deciding vote?

He certainly has a tight hold on what the Establishment Board says in public. The section in the terms of reference relating to the Establishment Board’s relationship with the minister is devoted almost entirely to public statements. There can be “no surprises” (no surprise there) and the chair is the sole spokesperson.

The minister is to be informed of any public comment “either prior to, or as soon as possible after comment is made”, and all press releases must be sent to the minister in advance.

Multiple avenues for influence 
All of this suggests to me that both the minister and the ministry have multiple avenues through which they can influence the way the new structure is put together.

I freely admit there is good reason for liaison. For example, the early activity of the board will take place while the entity’s empowering Act and other law changes are working their way through the legislative process. The board’s thinking on the new entity should be reflected in that legislation and, if it isn’t, we might question why it is not.

However, there are equally good reasons why the Establishment Board should be seen to be independent. If the minister deflected questions on detail by saying they were matters for the Establishment Board, then let it be so.

The way it now stands, it looks (as my betting old dad would say) as though the government is trying to have a quid each way. Hedging bets is not a good way to begin the trust-building process.

Step one in that process should be an unequivocal statement from the minister that the Establishment Board does, in fact, have autonomy and, so long as its actions support the aims of the new entity, it will not be subject to ministerial or ministry direction. It should also have the power to appoint its own advisors.

Then there is the new entity itself. I was frankly surprised that work by a Chief Executives Working Party (to which I was an advisor), a Business Study group, and then a Business Case Governance Group did not produce a unique structure for what will be a unique organisation. Specifically, I expected to see the strongest recommendations for iron-clad protections, and I expected to see such protections accepted by cabinet. That hasn’t happened…yet.

Instead, cabinet has accepted the option of an Autonomous Crown Entity with a traditional minister-appointed board, with two board members appointed in consultation with the Minister for Māori Development. The only aspects that separate it from a stock-standard ACE is a charter (to which I’ll return) and a section that protects the entity’s editorial independence. As it stands, that section is less prescriptive that either the Television New Zealand Act or the Radio New Zealand Act.

Statement of good intentions
Cabinet has approved what is titled a “proposed basis for charter structure” that is little more than a statement of good intentions. Admittedly, no charter should be so detailed that it limits initiative or the ability to respond to changed circumstances.

However, what is missing from this document is an overarching statement that the organisation as a whole will be predicated on autonomy and independence. Instead there is a clause stating that the organisation itself should “demonstrate editorial independence”.

Also missing — or among the 12 redacted sections of the cabinet paper relating to financial implications — is how the new entity will be protected from the cudgel that governments here and elsewhere have used to bring recalcitrant public broadcasters to heel. That big stick is control of the purse-strings.

It is vital that there be some certainty of funding, both for operational reasons and to demonstrate to the public that the entity doesn’t kowtow to government in order to pay the bills.

We do not know what the core level of public funding will be, the term over which it will be paid, and who will set it. Funding, of course, is ultimately in Parliament’s hands and, as we’re talking taxpayer money, that is as it should be. However, it still needs protecting in some way from a vengeful ruling party – and here I want you to think forward to that Trump figure in our possible future. Multi-year funding, for example, is a pre-requisite.

There is still time to put right the governance shortfalls in the proposal.

The first step should be for the government to accept the need for an additional tier of governance that sits, effectively, above the board. Not to second-guess it, but to ensure that it meets the spirit of the charter under which the entity will operate, to review proposed budgets and Crown appropriations, and to act as a shield against external interference from government, the ministry or elsewhere.

Why Guardians are needed
The entity needs Guardians. RNZ’s board is described as guardians but they are effectively the equivalent of company directors (even if they are absolved from the need to turn a profit). The new entity will need something more akin to the Guardians of Lakes Manapouri, Monowai, and Te Anau that were established by Norman Kirk to protect those waters against detrimental effects from the hydro power scheme.

The Guardians of Public Media should, however, differ from that precedent in several fundamental ways.

First, they should not be appointed by a minister but by Parliament. In fact, the board of the entity should be similarly appointed, as is the case with a number of European public service media.

Second, they should produce an annual report, made not to a minister but to Parliament. It should include a judgement on funding adequacy and a review of the entity’s relationship with the minister, the ministry, and government as a whole.

This annual report should replace the proposed yearly review by at least four government departments, but not annual reports to Parliament by the entity itself.

The cabinet paper proposes a five-yearly review of the charter by Parliament. That can be read as a review by the politicians in power. Therefore any parliamentary review should be preceded by a Guardian review of the charter’s fitness for purpose and it is that review that should go to the House. That way, if a ruling party wants to mess unilaterally with the charter, it will be seen for what it is. In addition, each year the guardians should review performance against charter objectives, separate from any assessment by the entity itself.

They should also act as a bulwark against interference in decisions relating to any content produced or disseminated, and that is not limited to news. A shiver still runs down the spines of old broadcasters at the mention of Robert Muldoon’s undoubted role in the decision in 1980 not to screen the drama Death of a Princess to avoid upsetting the Saudi government.

More protection for news
News and current affairs, however, require more protection and guarantees of autonomy than other forms of programming. That was not apparent in the documents released last week. There must be explicit prohibitions — in legislation and in the charter — on both external and internal interference in news operations. A minister is not the sole potential source of pressure. Officials, board members, commercial staff, and management of the entity must be held at arm’s length.

Legislation should also preclude the chief executive from also holding the position of editor-in-chief. Paul Thompson holds both positions at RNZ and has done so without controversy, but the new entity will be both much larger and will be a hybrid of commercial and non-commercial functions.

I believe all of the entity’s news and current affairs functions and decision-making, including the position of editor-in-chief, must be kept within that department if autonomy and independence are to be seen to be real.

Details missing from last week’s announcement and document release created frustration but there may be a brighter side. If the detail has yet to be worked out, there is still time for Kris Faafoi, his cabinet colleagues, his ministry, and the Establishment Board to get it right.

Dr Gavin Ellis holds a PhD in political studies. He is a media consultant and researcher. A former editor-in-chief of The New Zealand Herald, he has a background in journalism and communications – covering both editorial and management roles – that spans more than half a century. Dr Ellis publishes a blog called Knightly Views where this commentary was first published and it is republished by Asia Pacific Report with permission.

  • Read the full Gavin Ellis article here:

Fundamental flaws in public media plans call for big fixes


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/16/gavin-ellis-fundamental-flaws-in-public-media-plans-call-for-big-fixes/feed/ 0 282577
Merging commercial TVNZ and non-commercial RNZ won’t be easy – and time is running out https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/merging-commercial-tvnz-and-non-commercial-rnz-wont-be-easy-and-time-is-running-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/merging-commercial-tvnz-and-non-commercial-rnz-wont-be-easy-and-time-is-running-out/#respond Fri, 11 Mar 2022 12:09:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71485 ANALYSIS: By Peter Thompson, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

The announcement of the government’s decision to merge RNZ and TVNZ into a non-profit “public media entity” was long anticipated but, coming in the second year of Labour’s second term, underwhelming in its lack of detail.

Cabinet had discussed the proposal back in 2019, and yesterday’s announcement was expected to be the culmination of extensive planning, consulting, expert committees and corporate accounting reports.

The protracted process was intended to give shape to the broadcasting minister’s vision of a multi-platform public service provider capable of fulfilling its cultural and civil remit into the 21st century.

And while it’s significant that the government recognises the importance of strong public media across all platforms in New Zealand, and is committed to its strategic vision, in many respects the announcement raises more questions than it answers.


Video: NZ Herald

Commercial tension
Firstly, how will the organisational and governance structures across radio, television and online services function? Minister Kris Faafoi has indicated that these details will now be delegated to a new “establishment committee”, although the Strong Public Media governance group had delivered a business case to cabinet last year.

Complications arise because TVNZ is a commercial entity, which competes directly with other commercial media for (slowly declining) audiences and advertising revenues, while RNZ is a fully funded public service provider with a charter.

The minister has affirmed that the current non-commercial radio services will be retained. But aligning the commercial television arm and future online services — for example, the integration of the RNZ and TVNZ news operations — entails potentially contradictory priorities, even under the broad directives of a public charter.

Secondly, what funding arrangements will support the new public media entity? The ratio of public to commercial revenues and the mechanisms for ensuring its adequacy across future changes of government are critical, but have not been specified — although some redacted figures in related cabinet papers suggest these have been estimated.

The minister suggests these will be determined through forthcoming budget deliberations. If this implies that the level of funding depends on annual budget wrangling with other cabinet portfolios, then there is little hope of gaining substantial and sustainable commitment over the demands of health, education, housing and other policy priorities.

Budget uncertainty
Faafoi’s predecessor, Clare Curran, ran into this problem in 2018. Having announced an anticipated investment of NZ$38 million to develop RNZ’s services, the budget delivered only $15 million.

Prior to that, Labour’s attempt to restructure TVNZ with a dual-remit charter was compromised by cabinet disagreements. The Ministry for Culture and Heritage allocated $95 million of public funding only for Treasury to extract $142 million in dividends.

Crucially, balancing public service and commercial expectations requires the organisational structure and funding arrangements to be in sync. But this is unlikely to happen if one is determined by a committee and the other is left to the uncertainties of the budget.

There are successful public service operators, such as RTE in Ireland or CBC in Canada, which have mixed commercial and public funding. In both cases, though, the public ratio is more than 50 percent. It would be wishful thinking to suppose cabinet would provide 50 percent public funding to align TVNZ’s services with a public charter remit.

That would cost at least $150 million per year — triple the current allocation to RNZ and TVNZ. When reliance on commercial revenue predominates, commissioning and scheduling decisions inevitably reflect the imperative to optimise eyeballs and advertising dollars.

Time is tight
Even with base-line funding assured for the non-commercial RNZ services, without any mechanism to ensure adequate ratios are maintained, there is a risk that future revenue increases will come to depend increasingly on developing commercial spin-offs online.

This would inevitably affect the new entity’s capacity to use the expansion of its online services to deliver more diverse content to a full range of audiences.

The minister has suggested the new entity will be established by 2023. Given the legislation has yet to be drafted, that time-line is already tight. Any further delays or announcements of bold intentions without concrete substance will risk pushing Labour’s public media plans further toward the 2023 election.

If the new entity has not been established before then, and with Labour slipping in the polls, all bets on the future of public media in Aotearoa New Zealand are off.The Conversation

Dr Peter Thompson is associate professor of media studies, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/11/merging-commercial-tvnz-and-non-commercial-rnz-wont-be-easy-and-time-is-running-out/feed/ 0 281054
RNZ and TVNZ to be folded into mega public media entity, says Faafoi https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/rnz-and-tvnz-to-be-folded-into-mega-public-media-entity-says-faafoi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/rnz-and-tvnz-to-be-folded-into-mega-public-media-entity-says-faafoi/#respond Thu, 10 Mar 2022 02:11:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71423 RNZ News

RNZ and TVNZ will be subsidiaries of a new mega public media organisation, Broadcasting Minister Kris Faafoi has confirmed.

Faafoi announced the long-awaited changes to public broadcasting today, outlining the government’s plans for RNZ and TVNZ and the creation of a new public media entity.

Faafoi, a former journalist, said the government was aiming to have the new organisation up and running by the middle of next year.

He said the government had accepted the recommendations of the business case working group, and agreed to establish the organisation as a new Autonomous Crown Entity.

It will operate under a charter, with “trustworthy news” as a core service. It will be funded by a mix of government funds and commercial revenue, with complete editorial independence. Advertising-free programming will be maintained.

An establishment board will be set up in the next month, with the aim of having the new entity operational by 1 July next year.

Decisions about how the new organisation would work in practice would be left for the board to make.

This could include whether to keep TVNZ and RNZ as subsidiaries, and while current programmes would be maintained there would also be the opportunity for new ones.

This could include the likes of advertising-free television, but again those decisions would be left for the board to make.

Watch the announcement

Video: RNZ News

“Whether it be covid, national emergencies or Olympic Games, the last few years have shown how important a strong media environment is to reflect New Zealanders’ stories, dreams and aspirations and it is important we support public media to flourish,” Faafoi said.

“RNZ and TVNZ are each trying to adjust to the challenges, but our current public media system, and the legislation it’s based on, is focused on radio and television.

“New Zealanders are among some of the most adaptive audiences when it comes to accessing content in different ways; like their phones rather than television and radio, and from internet-based platforms.

Broadcasting Minister Kris Faafoi
Broadcasting Minister Kris Faafoi … “Whether it be covid, national emergencies or Olympic Games, the last few years have shown how important a strong media environment is to reflect New Zealanders’ stories.” Image: Samuel Rillstone/RNZ

“We must be sure our public media can adapt to those audience changes, as well as other challenges that media will face in the future.

“The new public media entity will be built on the best of both RNZ and TVNZ, which will initially become subsidiaries of the new organisation.

“It will continue to provide what existing audiences value, such as RNZ Concert, as well as better reaching those groups who aren’t currently well served; such as our various ethnic communities and cultures.”

A timeline for the new public media entity.
A timeline showing the expected establishment process for the new public media entity. Image: Manatū Taonga Ministry for Culture and Heritage/RNZ

He said funding decisions would be made as part of Budget processes, and the new organisation would have a focus on providing quality content to under-served or under-represented audiences.

Deliver on Te Tiriti obligations
It would be required to deliver on the Crown’s Te Tiriti obligations, and could collaborate with and support the wider media sector where appropriate.

Faafoi said the public would have a chance to give their views, including on the new charter, through the select committee process later in 2022.

Faafoi, who is unwell but has tested negative for covid-19, made the announcement from his home today.

Labour first announced intentions to boost public broadcasting through “RNZ Plus” at the 2017 election, but since then the proposal has gone through several iterations.

A working group was commissioned to look into a new public media entity in March last year.

Faafoi said he announced in-principle decisions in February 2020 to ensure public media could face the challenges of the future, to keep up with audience, technology and market trends.

“The world is a vastly different place compared to that time. There are new challenges, but still fundamentally the challenges that face audiences and media are the same and if anything they have intensified.”

He said when the government began looking at this issue, TV and radio were ranked one and two for the biggest daily audience in New Zealand, and now are ranked two and four, with video on demand like YouTube at number one, and subscription video on demand like Netflix at number three.

Process put on ice
The process was put on ice when the covid pandemic hit, but last year the government followed through and asked experts to develop a business case. They delivered their recommendations late last year, to create a modern public media entity.

They also stressed the importance of protecting and future-proofing the trust and strength that public media has built up over decades.

He said the case for change is there, so Cabinet had decided to create the new public media entity, but has committed that all current non-commercial programming and platforms will endure and the likes of RNZ National and Concert FM will continue.

“The establishment of the new entity will allow better use of a range of platforms including current radio and linear TV, and those of third parties, to reach audiences when, where and how audiences choose, and will operate under a public charter set out in legislation.”

He said there will be some areas where it will make sense to collaborate with others, but “there will also be areas where it will continue a long-standing tradition of excellence and fierce competition”.

The establishment board will have members from both RNZ and TVNZ, and Faafoi said he intended to ensure there will be “some representation of people on the shop floor. Someone who understands the media and the issues that are important to staff as we work through this transition”.

Budget announcements will come on Budget Day, he said, but some of the decisions are best left to the establishment board, “which is why that board will be up and running soon”.

A stronger foundation
He said this change will cause some unease, but the future under a new entity with the ability to respond to the challenges and opportunities of local media will give a stronger foundation “to do what public media has done for decades, and that is to tell our stories”.

He disagreed with criticisms that the move would lead to dominance of the media sector by a publicly funded behemoth.

RNZ and TVNZ had a long history of editorial independence and Faafoi said he was pleased that would continue, with protections maintained in legislation.

He said the very heart of the proposal was to ensure the content the public media had provided over decades could continue to be delivered in whatever form audiences would consume it from in future.

“Audiences need to know that the government is moving with it.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/10/rnz-and-tvnz-to-be-folded-into-mega-public-media-entity-says-faafoi/feed/ 0 280567
Parliament protest: What the cameras in the crowd witnessed https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/parliament-protest-what-the-cameras-in-the-crowd-witnessed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/parliament-protest-what-the-cameras-in-the-crowd-witnessed/#respond Wed, 09 Mar 2022 03:04:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71378 SPECIAL REPORT: By Rituraj Sapkota of Māori Television

“I have never had that fear before that I might get physically hurt,” says Patrice Allen, a Ngati Kahungunu and Newshub camera operator based in Wellington.

“You’re going down there, you don’t know what it’s going to be like. A person from Wellington Live got beaten up.”

Māori Television’s press gallery videographer David Graham (Taranaki Whānui and Waikato) started working as a news cameraman in Wellington in 1989. He was there for the seabed and foreshore protests, and “in the 1990s it was Moutua and Pakitore,” he recollects. “But this is the most volatile one I have seen.

“Back then we [the media] were part of the show. They wanted us to be there. Now we are a part of the ‘axis of evil’, along with the police and government.”

Up against your own
“Now there are Pākehā calling you kūpapa [Māori warriors who fought on the British colonial troops side during the New Zealand Wars in the 19th century],” he says. He has just returned from filming with his phone in the crowd, and has heard protesters say things. Nasty things.

“Stuff like ‘you should be ashamed of yourself. You should be ashamed of your whakapapa!’”

“I just don’t engage,” says Graham. “And I am not a random man with a camera here. I actually have whakapapa back to this marae on my father’s side,” he says, referring to Pipitea Marae where Taranaki Whānui laid down Te Kahu o Raukura as a cultural protection over the surrounding land that includes the Parliament grounds.

The protesters had lots of livestreams and many of them kept filming media camera-ops who were filming them. (Below: David Graham finds himself in one of the live feeds while a protester in the crowd heckles him.)

A standup by Maori Television's Parliament videographer Dave Graham
A standup by Maori Television’s Parliament videographer David Graham captured on protester’s social media grab. Image: Māori Television

Allen feels the mamae is stronger when it comes from your own people.

“This happened on the day of the last protests,” she says, referring to the protests in November where the crowd threw tennis balls and water bottles at the media. She was filming a timelapse of the crowd leaving when a mother-son duo walked up to her.

“He was a big dude and he was really getting in my face. I was not feeling very safe. And I thought, ‘how can I diffuse this?’” So she asked them where they were from.

“And they were like where are you from? What are you?”

“Oh, Ngati Kahungunu, just over the hill in Wairarapa,” she replied. The man said something targeting not just her but also her iwi. “And that just broke my spirit,” says Allen.

“It was one of the days I went home and cried.”

‘We’re the enemy now’
“We are the enemy now,” says Allen. “And there is nothing you can do or say that will change their minds.”

Her teammate Emma Tiller thinks the camera can be a beacon in the crowd. “As soon as you put it up, everyone knows who you are. And they hate you.”

And even though security cover has become standard practice for all news camera-ops filming in the crowd, there are times she feels vulnerable. “It’s hard to think back to protests when we were out there. We didn’t have security with us. It didn’t even cross our minds.

“But now who wants to risk the violence?” she says.

“They have thrown things at the police. If they can do that to them, what can they do to us?”

The Speaker’s balcony
The Speaker’s balcony is empty today … a far cry from Wednesday, March 2, when it was packed with camera operators and reporters (below) as police cracked down on the occupation and cleared Parliament grounds. Image: Māori Television
The balcony was allocated by the Speaker to media workers
The balcony was allocated by the Speaker of the House to media workers as a safe space. David Graham (left) and Patrice Allen (third from left). Māori Television

“The last time I had security was when I was filming in East Timor,” says Allen. It was a long time ago, she adds, and at a time and place when there were terrorists around.

“It’s really bad because it’s made it ‘us and them’, media against protesters, and it’s not supposed to be like that.”

‘Difficult to turn off’
Sam Anderson, 22, is TVNZ’s camera operator at the press gallery. “It has been difficult to turn off,” he says “ I have been there [on the Speaker’s balcony] from 9am to 6pm just streaming the whole day.

“It’s all you are doing – copping the abuse, being yelled at, having your morality questioned.

“I sometimes hide behind the pillars from the frontliners who can yell all day.

“And throw that in with reading all the signs around you,” says Tiller.

“And they yell at you. And you go home and you can’t switch it off.”

Anti-"mainstream" media signs
Throughout the protests, the signs have been as much anti-“mainstream” media as they have been anti-government. Image: Māori Television

Anderson’s teammate, Sam von Keisenberg, was on that balcony on February 11 when police made many arrests. Shortly after they arrested someone at the forecourt and the crowd was yelling at the police, a lady pointed a finger at him and said “You! You are a paedophile protector!”

“At first I was like, ‘that’s new’. But then she said it 50 times, as loud as she could, just at me.”

He pulled his camera off the tripod. “It was getting to me”, he says. “I have children. I would never protect a paedophile.”

His colleague asked him where he was going. “Just to punch some lady in the face,” he said under his breath. “And I walked out and just went to the bathroom.”

Sweeping generalisations
“Sometimes you have to take a step back,” von Keisenberg says.

“I had never experienced hate [directed] at me before,” RNZ video journalist Angus Dreaver says. Especially this type, he says, where they think media are traitors, and they want them to know.

“Four months ago, I was doing kids’ TV.”

Dreaver thinks the generalisation works both ways. While the protesters see the mainstream media as a monolith and sweep them with one giant brush, “it’s important for us, conversely, not to see them that way.”

Von Keisenberg believes there were more moderates in the crowd than extremists. “I always felt there were enough people around me,” he says. And that made him feel safe in the first week when he was filming undercover, knowing that “if things did get violent, there would be some moderate ones who would stop them”.

He saw that in action, too. In his forays of the first week, when he joined the crowd unmasked to avoid attention. He saw a man there in his 70s wearing a mask.

“The first thing he said to me was that he was immunocompromised, which is why he was wearing the mask.”

“It’s fine, mate. It’s a freedom rally, do what you want,” von Keisenberg said. But another protester came up and “tried to pull his mask off and started berating him, saying he had no identity. The mob mentality started and people around the gate joined in and started giving him grief.”

Von Keisenberg intervened. “Oi! chill out man. It’s a freedom rally, he’s free to wear a mask!”

“A woman close by turned around and said, ‘Yeah, come on guys! leave him alone.’ And they did.”

Mainstream media
When people tell von Keisenberg that they don’t watch mainstream media, his follow-up is, “Well then, how do you know we are ‘lying’?”

“They say, ‘we get our news from Facebook, which is different’. Yeah, different, because there aren’t many rules around it,” von Keisenberg says.

“Mainstream media is held more to account than social media,” Allen says. “But they think the opposite.”

Some of Dreaver’s acquaintances have shared his photos on Instagram, in posts that read “Mainstream media are liars”. “Bro, that’s me!”, he says.

Trying to remain objective in the face of constant harassment is a real challenge.

“I am almost hyper-aware of that, where I am trying to capture the mundane and relax as much as the heightened states,” he adds. “And I am trying to not let my anger affect the pictures I take or how I cover it.”

But for camera operators, the task ends once they take the picture. “We only aim for clear sound and sharp, steady pictures,” Graham says. “The rest of the stuff is for other people to decide what to do with.”

Anderson thinks there are differences in perspectives within newsrooms. People who have watched the protests from a distance or from their desks often take a kinder view of the protesters, he says.

“But me and the other camera ops, we copped a lot of abuse over three weeks. We just have a more bitter taste in our mouths for this crowd.”

The PM in ‘disguise’
There have been the fun moments, though, Anderson admits. There have been “raves” with young people dancing on the frontlines and he found himself almost filming to the beat. And there was a protester who thought he was the prime minister in disguise.

A Reddit thread with a screenshot of a protester’s post
A Reddit thread with a screenshot of a protester’s post. Image: Māori Television screenshot

“Now that is one theory I know is not true,” says his teammate von Keisenberg. But how does he know for sure?

“Because I have seen both of them in the same room at the same time.”

And von Keisenberg has had his fun moments in the crowd, too. In one instance when he was filming undercover, a woman went on the stage and started talking into the mic about electric and magnetic fields (radiation) and how crystals could block them.

“Bullshit!” von Keisenberg turned around and shouted.

“We are here for the mandates,” he added, not snapping out of character, and for the benefit of those around him who were listening to the woman speak.

A potential for volence
“The vibe changed every few days, and that was because people kept coming and going,” von Keisenberg says. “But there were always the elements who were there for whatever happened on day 23.”

One camera op I spoke to said there had been a “potential for violence” right throughout. And when someone like Winston Peters visits the crowd and says “the mainstream media have been gaslighting you for a long time,” it gives them validation, and lends credibility to their theories.

But for those on the ground gathering news amid a hostile crowd, it exacerbates the possibility for harm.

Added to this potential of violence is the constant anticipation of things to come. “You have to be always prepared for when something will happen,” as Tiller puts it. “And that is exhausting.”

Emma Tiller describes her experience of the Speaker’s balcony as, “You feel like you have to be prepared for if something is going to happen, and that is exhausting.”

Emma Tiller on the Speaker’s balcony … “You feel like you have to be prepared for if something is going to happen, and that is exhausting.” Image: Māori Television

“The day things turn to custard, you want to be there on the ground,” Graham said to me a few days before the police operation. “You don’t want to be at home watching it on TV.”

And turn to custard it did; the threat of violence became reality on day 23. While the “battle” raged between the police and the protesters, the media people found themselves being targeted.

Dreaver was in the crowd by the tent where a fire had started. “A Mainstream! We have got a Mainstream here,” a woman who spotted him started shouting.

Brandishing a camping chair, she told him to, “get out of here! Out! Out!” The riot police were advancing behind him and he stood his ground.

“She started hitting me on the back with it,” he said. “She didn’t have a lot of speed but it was still a metal chair.”

“It hurt a bit,” he reckons.

“Get out of here,” demands the woman who attacked Dreaver with a chair. “Just go” shouts a man standing beside her. Screengrab from RNZ’s video story.

RNZ protest screengrab
“Get out of here,” demands a woman who attacked RNZ’s Angus Dreaver with a chair. “Just go” shouts a man standing beside her. Image: RNZ screengrab from video story.

‘Not everyone’
“There were some protesters who were trying to stop the violence. Even right at the end,” says Dreaver, recollecting how when some people were breaking up bits from the concrete slabs to get smaller throw-able chunks, another person tried to physically get in the way and stop them.

“But the other guys had a metal tent pole and whacked him over the head with it.”

Throughout the three weeks of protests, there had been repeated calls from the protesters asking the media to talk to them. On the morning of day 23 when I was filming from the Speaker’s balcony, a TV reporter had just finished a live cross into the bulletin.

A man’s voice rang out from among the crowd, on the PA, inviting the media on the balcony to “come down and talk to real people and report the truth.” The same voice went on to berate us for wearing masks, behind which we were allegedly smiling smugly.

Less than a minute after the initial invitation, he followed up with another call to step down so he could put a fist through the mask.

“Why don’t you come down to talk to us? Because getting bashed with a chair was always inevitable,” says Dreaver. “It’s crazy it took so long.”

Protesters whacked another protester with a tent pole as he tried to stop the violence. “It didn’t look as though it injured him, because the tent poles are quite light, but it looked quite gnarly,” Dreaver says.

Protesters whack another protestor with a tent pole
Protesters whack another protestor with a tent pole as he tries to stop the violence. Image: Screengrab from RNZ video story

The aftermath
Parliament’s grounds have been reclaimed. All but one street around the buildings is now open to the public. On Sunday, Te Āti Awa held a karakia to reinstall the mauri of the land. There is currently a rāhui over the Parliament grounds.

It is time for healing. And moving on.

“I was feeling sad last week. And then I look at Ukraine and realise there are bombs going off next to all these journalists and camera operators,” Dreaver says “I got hit with a camping chair and I am going to sit around and complain about it?”

The effect of these protests linger though. Graham spent last Friday a week ago filming the hau kainga at Wainuiomata on high alert, and trying to keep the protesters from entering and setting up camp on their marae, as have other hapū around the capital.

The crowd has dispersed but not vanished, and neither has their kaupapa.

“I have seen some of their kōrero online,” Graham says. The mandates might be gone soon, but “there will be other stuff,” he reckons.

“It’s definitely not over.”

Rituraj Sapkota is Māori Television’s videographer in Parliament’s press gallery. Republished with permission from Te Ao Māori News.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/09/parliament-protest-what-the-cameras-in-the-crowd-witnessed/feed/ 0 280208
RSF refers Russian strikes on four Ukrainian TV towers for ICC probe https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/rsf-refers-russian-strikes-on-four-ukrainian-tv-towers-for-icc-probe/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/rsf-refers-russian-strikes-on-four-ukrainian-tv-towers-for-icc-probe/#respond Sat, 05 Mar 2022 19:45:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=71223 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has filed a complaint with the International Criminal Court’s chief prosecutor about Russian strikes on four radio and TV towers in Ukraine since March 1 that constitute a war crime.

The strikes have prevented Ukrainian media from broadcasting. At least 32 TV channels and several dozen radio stations have been affected, reports the Paris-based global media freedom watchdog.

Since Russia launched its invasion of Ukraine on February 24, it has deliberately targeted TV antennae throughout the country.

Under international law, antennae used for broadcasting radio and TV signals cannot be regarded as legitimate military targets unless they are used by the armed forces, or are temporarily assigned to military use, or are used for both civilian and military purposes at the same time.

RSF’s complaint demonstrates that the TV towers were civilian in nature, and that Russia deliberately targeted Ukrainian media installations because, Russia said, these installations were participating in “information attacks”.

The complaint filed by RSF emphasises the intentional nature of these attacks, and the fact that they are being carried out on a large scale, which shows that they are part of a deliberate plan.

“Deliberately bombarding many media installations such as television antennae constitutes a war crime and demonstrates the scale of the offensive launched by Putin against the right to news and information,” RSF secretary-general Christophe Deloire said.

Plea on crimes against media
“These crimes are all the more serious for clearly being part of a plan, part of a policy, and for being carried out on a large scale. We call on the International Criminal Court’s prosecutor to put crimes against media and journalists at the heart of the investigation he opened on February 28.”

The ICC’s chief prosecutor announced on February 28 that he was opening an investigation into the situation in Ukraine.

On March 2, 39 countries that are parties to the Rome Statute (the treaty establishing the ICC) formally referred the situation in Ukraine to the prosecutor.

These referrals allow him to begin his investigations at once, without having to seek authorisation from the court’s judges first.

After Kyiv being fired on by the Russian armed forces for the previous week, the city’s TV tower was hit by a precision strike on March 1 that abruptly terminated broadcasting by 32 TV channels and several dozen national radio stations.

This deliberate strike had been announced in advance by the Russian Defence Ministry. Under the guise of protecting civilians, the Defence Ministry issued a signed confession to its crimes.

The Kyiv TV tower — which had an adjoining technical building that was destroyed by the bombardment — had no military use and was used only by civilian TV and radio stations, such as the public TV channel UA Pershiy, the privately-owned TV channel 1+1 and the TV news channel Ukraine 24.

Broadcasts were cut short
The viewers and listeners of these media outlets, whose broadcasts were cut short by the Russian strike, had to switch to satellite operators or go online to access their programming until broadcasting was reinstated later in the day.

The Russian strike killed Evgeny Sakun, a cameraman working for the Kyiv Live local TV channel who was at the TV tower, and four other people.

Since that first major attack on an essential installation for accessing news and information, Russia has attacked other TV towers.

According to the information obtained by RSF and its local partner IMI, at least three other radio and TV towers, in Korosten, Lysychansk and Kharkiv, have been the targets of Russian strikes, and two radio antennae, in Melitopol and Kherson, stopped broadcasting after Russian soldiers took control of those cities.

Strikes targeted the TV tower in the city of Lysychansk (in the Luhansk region, whose independence Russia has recognised) late in the morning of March 2. The radio and TV tower in the northeastern city Kharkiv was targeted by two Russian missiles shortly before 1 pm, causing its broadcast to be suspended.

Later the same day, another strike destroyed the TV tower in the norther city of Korosten.

These strikes against telecommunications antennae show a clear intention by the Russian armed forces to prevent the dissemination of news and information. The warning issued shortly before the attacks makes it clear that Russian military want to end what they call “information attacks”.

This desire is confirmed by the fact that the Russian army has cut Ukrainian TV and radio signals in several cities after taking control of them. In the southern region that Russia has invaded from Crimea, the occupation forces have blocked Ukrainian TV and radio broadcasts from the telecommunication towers in the cities of Melitopol and Kherson.

Russian ‘fake news’ law cripples media
The equipment on these towers has been changed and they are now broadcasting the pro-Kremlin propaganda channel Russia 24.

The satellite signal of UA Pershiy, a TV channel owned by the Ukrainian public broadcasting corporation Suspline, is meanwhile being subjected to jamming attempts by Russia, and its website was hacked on March 1.

Meanwhile, RSF has called on the Russian authorities to immediately repeal a draconian law adopted on March 4 that makes the publication of “false” or “mendacious” information about the Russian armed forces punishable by up to 15 years in prison.

It leaves little hope for the future of the country’s few remaining independent media outlets.

Many leading foreign media — including the BBC, CNN, Bloomberg News, ABC, CBS News and Canada’s CBC/Radio-Canada — have decided to temporarily suspend broadcasting or news gathering in Russia since the amendment, which applies to foreign as well as Russian citizens, was signed into law by President Vladimir Putin.

Ukraine is ranked 97th out of 180 countries in RSF’s 2021 World Press Freedom Index, while Russia is ranked 150th.

Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/05/rsf-refers-russian-strikes-on-four-ukrainian-tv-towers-for-icc-probe/feed/ 0 279455
CPJ ‘deeply disturbed’ by Russian shelling of Ukraine television tower https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/cpj-deeply-disturbed-by-russian-shelling-of-ukraine-television-tower/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/cpj-deeply-disturbed-by-russian-shelling-of-ukraine-television-tower/#respond Tue, 01 Mar 2022 19:39:08 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=171079 New York, March 1, 2022 – In response to media reports that Russian military forces shelled a television tower in Kyiv, Ukraine’s capital, on Tuesday, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued the following statement of condemnation:

“We are deeply disturbed by the Russian military’s attack on television infrastructure in Kyiv, which threatens to deprive Ukrainians of information at a time when it is desperately needed,” said CPJ Europe and Central Asia Program Coordinator Gulnoza Said. “Russian authorities must refrain from reckless attacks that could easily kill journalists and other civilians.”

The attack killed at least five people, knocked some television broadcasts off the air, and damaged the tower’s control room and an electrical substation, according to news reports and a tweet by Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy.

Shortly before the attack, the Russian Defense Ministry warned that Russian forces would strike Ukrainian security service infrastructure and a psychological operations center in Kyiv “to thwart informational attacks against Russia,” according to Russian state news agency TASS.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/cpj-deeply-disturbed-by-russian-shelling-of-ukraine-television-tower/feed/ 0 277995
MEAA condemns EMTV’s ‘assault’ on PNG journalists’ rights https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/24/meaa-condemns-emtvs-assault-on-png-journalists-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/24/meaa-condemns-emtvs-assault-on-png-journalists-rights/#respond Thu, 24 Feb 2022 19:39:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70801 MEAA News

The Media, Entertainment and Arts Alliance’s national media section committee of elected officials has condemned the suspension of 24 Papua New Guinean TV journalists who walked off the job in support of their colleague.

They have alleged intimidation by EMTV management and political interference. The journalists may now lose their jobs.

EMTV head of news and current affairs Sincha Dimara has been suspended for 21 days without pay over a dispute about editorial balance.

The incident is the third time in five years that senior journalists have been suspended for reporting public interest news stories.

MEAA’s National Media Section committee resolved: “MEAA stands in solidarity with the journalists of EMTV in Papua New Guinea and condemns the suspension without pay of news manager Sincha Dimara and notice that 24 journalists face dismissal for walking off in support of her and over on-going editorial interference by management.

“This is an assault not only on workers’ rights but also media freedom in PNG.

“No journalist should be economically sanctioned for alleged ‘insubordination’ involving a dispute over editorial balance or be terminated for taking industrial action in support of a colleague in this circumstance.

Dramatic escalation
“This dramatic escalation by EMTV comes as MEAA continues to hold on-going concerns about allegations of political interference in the editorial decision making at PNG’s only national commercial broadcaster.

“Ms Dimara’s case, alongside those of former EMTV head of news and current affairs Neville Choi and former Lae bureau chief Scott Waide, is the third in five years of senior journalists being suspended for reporting on matters of public interest.

“MEAA calls on EMTV executive management to reinstate Ms Dimara and her staff on full pay and guaranteed journalists’ editorial independence.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/24/meaa-condemns-emtvs-assault-on-png-journalists-rights/feed/ 0 276821
Jack Lapauve: Why we walked out in protest over EMTV news independence https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/jack-lapauve-why-we-walked-out-in-protest-over-emtv-news-independence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/jack-lapauve-why-we-walked-out-in-protest-over-emtv-news-independence/#respond Sun, 20 Feb 2022 21:37:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70514 COMMENTARY: EMTV’s deputy news editor Jack Lapauve Jr in Port Moresby writes in defence of the newsroom’s decision to walk out in protest over the suspension of head of news and current affairs Sincha Dimara on February 7.

The EMTV News editorial decision to run the two stories [about the court cases involving Australian hotel businessman Jamie Pang] was based on two important points in our line of work:

Impartiality and Objectivity.

Impartiality cannot be achieved by the measure of words in a story, it is achieved by:

  • Avoiding bias towards one point of view
  • Avoiding omission of relevant facts
  • Avoiding misleading emphasis

All of which are stated in the EMTV News and Current Affairs Manual 2019 in section 17.5 under standard operations of the television code.

By running the stories, the team was accused of bias.

We fail to see the areas of bias in our stories, especially because we presented more than one point of view in both stories.

The information presented was based on facts and in avoiding any misleading emphasis; we delivered objective television news packages that were fully impartial in the code and conduct of journalism.

Objective stories
Overall, both stories were objective stories where two or more opinions were looked at closely in each story.

To be clear, in television news objectivity is achieved by taking a rational but sceptical approach to ALL points of view.

In this case, Jamie Pang’s arrest, conviction and charges were looked at, as well as his community and social activities:

  • Pang was arrested – Fact
  • Pang was convicted, charged and fined for having firearms and munitions in his possession – Fact
  • Pang was acquitted by a sound and proper court of justice in the PNG judicial system, from charges relating to methamphetamine – Fact
  • Being acquitted by a sound and proper court of justice in the PNG judicial system, makes Pang a free man from drug charges – Fact
  • Pang is heavily involved in social and community works – Fact
  • Pang was rearrested and detained – Fact

All these factual points were documented in one story.

It is important to understand, that in objective writing, the opinion of the interviewees are their own. However, [how] it is perceived by the our viewers is up to them to weigh [up] and decide.

Objective [news] stories are often mistaken as opinion pieces.

They are not the same.

An opinion piece is a commentary on one point of view.

Journalism independence
As journalists we cannot be servants of sectional interests. It is our duty to speak to both “saints” and “sinners”. It is our democratic right to report on the good, bad and the ugly aspects of any story.

There are no instances of perceived impartiality in our reporting which display a lack of objectivity.

And a lack of objectivity leaves room for personal bias which is not acceptable in the journalism code of ethics.

The failure of the interim EMTV CEO, Lesieli Vete, to understand how a newsroom operates and a newsroom’s code of conduct led to the suspension of head of news Sincha Dimara.

Vete’s failure to try to understand the newsroom’s points of objectivity and impartiality in the stories led to her issuing of the statement portraying the newsroom as biased and in support of meth by sympathising with Pang’s employees and friends.

Vete’s statement served the purpose of explaining the leaked memo and portraying a bad picture of her newsroom.

Her statement lacked objectivity and impartiality because a written standpoint of the newsroom’s reasons for airing stories in the coverage of the Pang story were not included in her statement.

Suppression of media freedom
Vete’s questioning of our stance on running the story, and not showing any interest in learning nor understanding the way it was put together, led to further suppression of freedom of speech; direct and daily intimidation of senior and junior staff; micromanagement of staff whereabouts and activities; and direct and indirect threats of termination on staff.

The immense pressure to put a [news] bulletin together while being highly and closely monitored took a direct and serious toll on newsroom staff morale.

This created conditions that were suffocating to work under. A walk off was imminent.

We are making a stand now in solidarity against bullying and ill treatment of newsroom staff in the absence of news managers.

This is the third time we are experiencing a suppression of our right to freedom of speech, and we want it to stop once and for all.

After the suspension of Sincha Dimara, EMTV’s deputy news editor Jack Lapauve Jr is now the most senior news manager and he was with the walk out. He posted this commentary on his Facebook page and it is republished here with his permission.

The empty EMTV newsroom
The empty EMTV newsroom last Thursday … after a walkout in protest by journalists over the suspension of their head of news Sincha Dimara. Image: APN

 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/jack-lapauve-why-we-walked-out-in-protest-over-emtv-news-independence/feed/ 0 275514
Protesting EMTV news staff walk out – no live 6pm news bulletin https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/protesting-emtv-news-staff-walk-out-no-live-6pm-news-bulletin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/protesting-emtv-news-staff-walk-out-no-live-6pm-news-bulletin/#respond Thu, 17 Feb 2022 20:47:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70403 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Papua New Guinean television station EMTV did not run its usual 6pm news bulletin last night as its journalists and news production crew in Port Moresby and countrywide walked off the job demanding their suspended head of news and current affairs, Sincha Dimara, be reinstated, reports PNG Post-Courier.

Papua New Guineans were also denied the right to information when the newsroom team walked off with the production of the 6pm news.

The station was forced to replay Tuesday’s news segment instead.

Dimara was suspended last week by the EMTV management following an internal memo preventing the newsroom from running stories on currently embroiled businessman Jamie Pang.

She was suspended without pay for 21 days on the grounds of alleged insubordination and damaging EMTV’s reputation by running stories that were sympathising with the hotelier who is currently in custody for several serious charges of criminal conduct.

The management in a statement maintained its stand stating that “the leaked internal memo served as a caution for EMTV journalists to be sensitive when conducting interviews and to follow reporting guidelines”.

“The memo did not in any way restrict the journalists’ freedom of press rather the memo was circulated to staff with the view to properly scrutinise the content of the news stories before they were aired that day.”

PNG Media Council condemns suspension
The PNG Media Council, in a statement, condemned the suspension of Dimara and called for her immediate reinstatement, saying that the council saw her suspension solely as an act of intimidation by the interim CEO and management of Media Niugini Limited.

“Media Niugini Limited (MNL) has not learned from its past experiences of sidelining, and even terminating its heads of news, based on political directives,” the council stated.

The president of the Pacific Islands News Association (PINA), Kora Nou, urged all media organisations in the region to “vigorously defend the editorial independence” of their newsrooms.

Nou said both the management and newsroom executives of all media organisations had their distinct roles to play.

He said he had reached out to the interim chief executive officer of EMTV, Lesieli Vete, to get her side of the story but had not received much feedback.

In a statement released late last night by the newsroom staff, they said their decision to walk off their duties was because the issue could have been handled better by the interim CEO, adding that it was the third such incident involving heads of news.

“This is the third time in a space of five years for an EMTV news manager to be suspended due to external influence,” they stated.

On Wednesday, February 9, 2022, the national EMTV News team wrote a letter to Vete expressing concern over the suspension of Dimara. They met with both EMTV and Telikom managements who explained their decision to suspend Dimara.

“The EMTV Newsroom would like to apologise to our viewers for not bringing you tonight’s news bulletin. We will return when the wrongs have been righted,” the statement said.

Republished with permission from the PNG Post-Courier.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/protesting-emtv-news-staff-walk-out-no-live-6pm-news-bulletin/feed/ 0 274955
EMTV news team walk out in protest over suspension of their chief editor https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/emtv-news-team-walk-out-in-protest-over-suspension-of-their-chief-editor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/emtv-news-team-walk-out-in-protest-over-suspension-of-their-chief-editor/#respond Thu, 17 Feb 2022 14:11:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70348 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

The national news team of Papua New Guinea’s major television channel, EMTV, walked out last night in protest over a decision earlier this month to suspend head of news Sincha Dimara for alleged insubordination.

They have condemned the political “endless intimidation” of the news service which has led to the suspension or sacking of three news managers in the past five years.

The news team has vowed to not return until the “wrongs have been righted” by the EMTV management with Dimara, a journalist of 30 years experience, being reinstated, and acting CEO Lesieli Vete being “sidelined and investigated for putting EMTV News into disrepute”.

In a statement signed by the “Newsroom 2022” team made public tonight, the team apologised to viewers for not broadcasting last night’s news bulletin.

“With all that has happened in the last eight days, the EMTV News team has decided to walk off producing EMTV News for tonight, Thursday, 17th February 2022,” the statement said.

“We, therefore demand that Ms Dimara be reinstated and for interim CEO Lesieli Vete to be sidelined and investigated for putting EMTV News into disrepute.

“We no longer have confidence in her leadership.

Apology to viewers
“The EMTV Newsroom would like to apologise to our viewers for not bringing you tonight’s news bulletin. We will return when the wrongs have been righted.”

The controversy arose over a series of news stories about Australian hotel businessman Jamie Pang and his court cases.

According to the newsroom statement, on Monday, 7 February 2022, “a fraction of the EMTV News team was verbally notified of a decision made by EMTV management to suspend EMTV’s head of news and current affairs, Sincha Dimara for a 21-day period”.

The statement said the decision had been based on two grounds:

“Purported insubordination over a series of news stories relating to Jamie Pang and his associates and damaging the reputation of EMTV, which the interim CEO claims EMTV received negative comments from the public on the airing of Jamie Pang’s stories.”

Suspended EMTV news manager Sincha Dimara
Suspended EMTV news manager Sincha Dimara … “”We are dismayed at the extreme harsh treatment of our head of news,” say the EMTV news team. Image: EMTV News

The news team said the issue could have been “handled better” by the interim CEO Vete who “lacked a demonstration of leadership”.

“We are dismayed at the extreme harsh treatment of our head of news and the continuous interferences from outside the newsroom,” the statement said.

Third suspension in five years
“This is the third time in a space of five years for an EMTV news manager to be suspended due to external influence.”

  • Scott Waide was the first manager suspended in 2018 over a story aired during the 2018 APEC meeting.
  • Neville Choi was terminated in August 2019, also on grounds of “insubordination”.
  • And now Sincha Dimara was placed in a similar situation.

On Wednesday, 9 February 2022, the news team wrote a letter to Vete expressing concern on the suspension of Dimara.

According to the news team, Vete queried the letter demanding to know which staff members were involved in sending out the letter.

The same day, Thursday, 10 February 2022, the entire news team expressed their concern in another letter with signatures from all individual members to support the call to re-instate Dimara.

“We are certain that the manner and approach taken by the interim CEO over the suspension of Ms Dimara is not right,” said the news team.

“We consider the grounds of suspension to be shallow, contradictory and irrelevant.

EMTV's defence statement
EMTV’s statement defending the suspension of its news chief by highlighting a memo “leak” on February 8. Image: EMTV website

News reports ‘unbiased and factual’
“The news team strongly believes that the stories that ran on the nightly news relating to Jamie Pang were unbiased and reported with facts and did not impede on any of the current laws nor did not implicate anyone.”

On Thursday, 10 February 2022, the EMTV management team, acting CEO of Telikom – the owners of EMTV’s parent company Media Niugini Limited (MNL)  — and few senior officers met with the news team and explained their decision to suspend Dimara.

The management team initiated an audit investigation into the situation to determine what went wrong. That investigation is still continuing.

After that meeting, the news team wrote another letter addressed to Telikom acting CEO, Amos Tepi and copied in the chairman of Telikom, Johnson Pundari which was sent to both Tepi and Pundari yesterday – February 17.

“The decision to suspend Dimara is wrong as it breaches the Media Code of Ethics which is to report without fear or favour,” the news team said.

The team also said it was standing up against continuous intimidation from the interim CEO.

‘Endless intimidation’
“We condemn the endless direct or indirect intimidation which includes:

  • Threats of terminating news members for not putting together a news bulletin;
  • Micromanaging daily news production by being present in the master control room during live news;
  • Forcing the news team to sign a recently drafted news manual through the HR Department; and
  • Attempts to single out individual staff and asking if they have read the news manual or finding out if they have completed a degree or diploma in their respective fields.

Under Dimara’s leadership, EMTV News has won the award for AVN Outstanding Reporting from the Pacific category for a well-documented series, Last Man Standing, which covered the political life of a founding father of Papua New Guinea, Sir Julius Chan.

Dimara was planning the coverage of Papua New Guinea’s 2022 National Elections and the news team insist they need her leadership.

There was no immediate public response from the EMTV management to the news team’s walkout protest last night, nor was there any mention of the absence of the nightly bulletin on the new channel’s website.

Several media freedom monitoring organisations have made statements with the Paris-based Reporters Without Borders (RSF) condemning the “unacceptable political meddling” and calling for immediate reinstatement of Sincha Dimara.

The Paris-based International Federation of Journalists also condemned Dimara’s suspension and urged the company to immediately reinstate her.  Pacific Media Watch reported on the ongoing intimidation of EMTV editorial staff.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/17/emtv-news-team-walk-out-in-protest-over-suspension-of-their-chief-editor/feed/ 0 274660
RSF condemns ‘unacceptable political meddling’ over PNG news chief suspension https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension/#respond Tue, 15 Feb 2022 12:08:50 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70228 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has condemned the “unacceptable political meddling” behind Sincha Dimara’s suspension as head of news and current affairs at EMTV News, Papua New Guinea’s main public television news channel, after three news stories annoyed a government minister.

The Paris-based global media freedom watchdog said in a statement today she must be reinstated at once.

After 33 years at EMTV News, Sincha Dimara was suspended for at least three weeks without pay on February 7.

From a leaked memo from Lesieli Vete, the CEO of Media Niugini Limited (MNL), EMTV’s owner – which was finally published on February 9 – her staff learned that she had been accused of “insubordination” and “damaging the reputation of the company”.

The “insubordination” consisted of three stories by Dimara’s news team about Australian hotel manager Jamie Pang’s legal problems in Papua New Guinea and suspicions that the police had violated criminal procedure in the case,

Their reporting seems to have displeased Public Enterprises Minister William Duma, who — according to several accounts — was behind the decision to suspend Dimara.

Duma is also in charge of Telikom, the state-owned telecommunications company that owns MNL, and therefore, by extension, EMTV News.

Two days after Dimara’s suspension, the Media Council of PNG issued a statement defending her decision to broadcast the three stories.

Dimara told RSF that she was very concerned that the suspension was “affecting the performance of my staff”.

Deliberate intimidation
“As Sincha Dimara’s suspension is clearly a ploy to intimidate the entire editorial staff at EMTV News, we demand her immediate reinstatement as head of news and current affairs,” said Daniel Bastard, head of RSF’s Asia-Pacific desk.

Suspended EMTV news manager Sincha Dimara
Suspended EMTV head of news Sincha Dimara … “disturbing precedents … coming just four months ahead of the June general elections.” Image: EMTV News

“This political interference weakening diversity in news and information is all the more unacceptable for having disturbing precedents and coming just four months ahead of next June’s general elections.”

Political and commercial pressure aimed at limiting editorial freedom at EMTV News is not new.

Scott Waide, an EMTV News senior journalist of long standing, was suspended in November 2018 over a story suggesting that the government had misused public funds by purchasing luxury cars, as reported by Asia Pacific Report.

The political pressure on EMTV News is such that Neville Choi was fired as head of news in 2019 on the same grounds as his successor now — for “insubordination.” He was eventually reinstated.

Papua New Guinea is ranked 47th out of 180 countries in RSF’s 2021 World Press Freedom Index.

Asia Pacific Report and Pacific Media Watch collaborate with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension/feed/ 0 274042
RSF condemns ‘unacceptable political meddling’ over PNG news chief suspension https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension-2/#respond Tue, 15 Feb 2022 12:08:50 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=70228 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has condemned the “unacceptable political meddling” behind Sincha Dimara’s suspension as head of news and current affairs at EMTV News, Papua New Guinea’s main public television news channel, after three news stories annoyed a government minister.

The Paris-based global media freedom watchdog said in a statement today she must be reinstated at once.

After 33 years at EMTV News, Sincha Dimara was suspended for at least three weeks without pay on February 7.

From a leaked memo from Lesieli Vete, the CEO of Media Niugini Limited (MNL), EMTV’s owner – which was finally published on February 9 – her staff learned that she had been accused of “insubordination” and “damaging the reputation of the company”.

The “insubordination” consisted of three stories by Dimara’s news team about Australian hotel manager Jamie Pang’s legal problems in Papua New Guinea and suspicions that the police had violated criminal procedure in the case,

Their reporting seems to have displeased Public Enterprises Minister William Duma, who — according to several accounts — was behind the decision to suspend Dimara.

Duma is also in charge of Telikom, the state-owned telecommunications company that owns MNL, and therefore, by extension, EMTV News.

Two days after Dimara’s suspension, the Media Council of PNG issued a statement defending her decision to broadcast the three stories.

Dimara told RSF that she was very concerned that the suspension was “affecting the performance of my staff”.

Deliberate intimidation
“As Sincha Dimara’s suspension is clearly a ploy to intimidate the entire editorial staff at EMTV News, we demand her immediate reinstatement as head of news and current affairs,” said Daniel Bastard, head of RSF’s Asia-Pacific desk.

Suspended EMTV news manager Sincha Dimara
Suspended EMTV head of news Sincha Dimara … “disturbing precedents … coming just four months ahead of the June general elections.” Image: EMTV News

“This political interference weakening diversity in news and information is all the more unacceptable for having disturbing precedents and coming just four months ahead of next June’s general elections.”

Political and commercial pressure aimed at limiting editorial freedom at EMTV News is not new.

Scott Waide, an EMTV News senior journalist of long standing, was suspended in November 2018 over a story suggesting that the government had misused public funds by purchasing luxury cars, as reported by Asia Pacific Report.

The political pressure on EMTV News is such that Neville Choi was fired as head of news in 2019 on the same grounds as his successor now — for “insubordination.” He was eventually reinstated.

Papua New Guinea is ranked 47th out of 180 countries in RSF’s 2021 World Press Freedom Index.

Asia Pacific Report and Pacific Media Watch collaborate with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/15/rsf-condemns-unacceptable-political-meddling-over-png-news-chief-suspension-2/feed/ 0 274043
Media Council condemns EMTV over ‘dangerous’ suspension of news chief https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/09/media-council-condemns-emtv-over-dangerous-suspension-of-news-chief/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/09/media-council-condemns-emtv-over-dangerous-suspension-of-news-chief/#respond Wed, 09 Feb 2022 10:40:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=69950 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

The Media Council of PNG has condemned the suspension of the news chief of Papua New Guinea’s major television channel, EMTV, describing the move as a “dangerous precedent … in an election year”.

The council said the suspension of head of news and current affairs Sincha Dimara for 21 days without pay over coverage by EMTV over the rearrest of Australian hotel manager Jamie Pang last month was an an act of intimidation by the interim CEO and management of Media Niugini Ltd in the face of political influence.

It amounted to “suppression of a free media in the country”, the council added in its statement today.

Papua New Guinea faces a general election in June this year.

As a warning to all media managements in PNG, the council said that a strong news service was only as strong as its head of news, with the support of the company’s management and board.

“To resort to suspending its head of news for reasons of performing and complying to a ministerial directive based on personal or emotional reactions to social media comments about a story reeks of undue political influence, and sets a dangerous precedent as the country moves into election year,” it said.

“[This is] a time when strong independent news assessment will be key in news coverage.”

Reinstate Dimara call by Media Council
The council called on EMTV’s interim CEO Lesieli Vete and the management to immediately reinstate Dimara as head of news to “protect the interest of the media industry”.

The suspension had been at the “behest of an executive directive” from the minister responsible for EMTV to “fix the problem”. The minister was not named by the council.

For EMTV’s CEO Vete to “target her head of news in efforts to ‘fix the problem’ clearly shows that Media Niugini Ltd has not learned from its past experiences of sidelining, and even terminating, its heads of news based on political directives“.

The council’s statement also cited four EMTV reports of the Pang coverage, which it described as well-balanced and presented:

  • Friday, January 28, 2022: “Pang acquitted”, about the legal outcome of the case against the hotelier.
  • Monday, January 31, 2022: “Pang’s staff concerned”, focused on the alleged human rights abuse surrounding the re-arrest of Pang.
  • Tuesday, February 1, 2022: “Boxers concerned for Pang”, focused on the views of boxers involved in community martial arts programmes run by Pang.
  • Wednesday, Febuary 2, 2022: “Mixed martial arts”, focused on the Mixed Martial Arts club with no mention of Pang’s association with it.

Other PNG news media reported Pang being acquitted and the concerns of his employees over his rearrest.

‘Shallow’ reasons for suspension
The council said it recognised Dimara’s news assessment over the stories and rejected EMTV management’s reasons for suspending her, describing them as “shallow”.

EMTV’s management claimed staff were neither “restricted nor stopped from reporting unfolding stories on the detained resident”.

It said a leaked internal memo had been the result of “alleged insubordination by staff towards verbal lawful instructions to drop stories sympathising with Pang”.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/09/media-council-condemns-emtv-over-dangerous-suspension-of-news-chief/feed/ 0 272516
Suspension of EMTV’s news chief sparks PNG journo protests https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/08/suspension-of-emtvs-news-chief-sparks-png-journo-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/08/suspension-of-emtvs-news-chief-sparks-png-journo-protests/#respond Tue, 08 Feb 2022 23:28:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=69918 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Suspension of the news manager of Papua New Guinea’s major television channel, EMTV, has sparked a flurry of protest from senior news personalities and independent who condemn the apparent political pressure on the broadcaster.

Long standing and experienced news manager Sincha Dimara has reportedly been suspended over news judgement in a move that a former EMTV senior news executive  said “reeks of external influence” on the company’s top management.

“A CEO is a buffer between staff and any external pressure. You need a heart of steel and buckets of bravery to fend off political pressure,” said independent television journalist and blogger Scott Waide.

Waide was himself subjected to unfair suspension over airing a controversial story about then Peter O’Neill government’s purchase of luxury Maseratis for the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) conference hosted in Port Moresby in 2018. He was later reinstated after an international outcry.

The Maserati saga continues to be a controversy in PNG.

“There is another way to correct coverage that does not ‘fit the aspirations’ of a news organisation — it’s called leadership,” said Waide in response to the Dimara suspension.

“If the CEO is too timid and cannot protect our Papua New Guinean staff, then please resign and go home! This is not the place for you.”

In responses shared on social media, former publisher of the PNG Post-Courier and a regional media consultant Bob Howarth, asked: “What does the Media Council have to say about political meddling in PNG’s struggling ‘free press’ …?”

Another former news executive, Joseph Ealedona, who headed the state broadcaster NBC and was himself involved in controversies, said NBC had built its reputation and integrity for years and “has the people’s protection”.

“It did happen to me but the people’s protest and insistence and the will of senior statesmen and political leaders to right the wrong saw me return for EMTV,” he said.

“in my view, it is just someone trying to protect oneself and fearful of losing privileges and has no guts to say no … and listening to just one or two people.

“I would believe that the PM [James Marape] is not happy with this this, it is at the detriment of the government if allowed to continue, especially when the NGE is around the corner [national general election is in June].

“The freedom of the media is very important to a free democracy but we in the [media] fraternity must carry [on] with utmost respect and do nothing but expose the truth as a responsible profession.”

Ealedona said journalists “must continue to fight against and with the might of the pen”.

He also asked what was the stance of the Suva-based Pacific Islands News Association (PINA) in response.

 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/08/suspension-of-emtvs-news-chief-sparks-png-journo-protests/feed/ 0 272428
Covering Tonga’s volcano eruption – without communications https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications/#respond Wed, 02 Feb 2022 19:22:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=69640 This video shares the ham radio communication efforts for disaster relief after the Hungas twin eruotions in Tonga on January 15. Video: Ham Radio DX

That epic undersea eruption in Tonga was heard around the region – and recorded and analysed in minute detail, even from space. But a comprehensive communications wipeout cut reporters off from sources for days.  So how do they cover a story with almost no access? RNZ Mediawatch presenter Colin Peacock reports.

The Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai island’s convulsion was heard around the region and detected all over the world — and also captured in jaw-dropping satellite images showing large chunks of the island obliterated.

They were blasted more than 20 km into the air and dramatic livestream videos from Tonga on January 15 showed some of it coming back down again.

But it was far from clear from those vivid vignettes just how widespread the damage was or how deadly the disaster had been.

And then it all went quiet.

Phone lines went dead and the cable carrying internet communications to and from Tonga was cut.

Getting much more from Tonga was all but impossible for days.

“I have worked in a lot of emergencies but this is one of the hardest in terms of trying to get information from there,” acting United Nations co-ordinator Jonathan Veitch told RNZ four days later.

“With the severing of the cable they’re just cut off completely. We’re relying 100 percent on satellite phones,” he said.

Five days later – still a silence
Five days after the eruption RNZ Pacific manager Moera Tuilaepa-Taylor told RNZ’s Morning Report things still weren’t much better.

“I’ve covered quite a lot of disasters in the Pacific region – and it’s the first disaster where there has been complete silence. We just heard nothing,” she said.

“The Australian High Commission has been providing a sat phone and so people have been trying to reach their families just to make sure that they’re okay.”

But even the sat phones weren’t always reliable — with all the gunk in the atmosphere interfering with signals.

What other options were there?

A ham radio group in Australia reported no response to its signals to Tonga.

The same day, a San Francisco CBS TV station reported ham radio operators there also transmitting in vain.

“It’s a part of the world it’s difficult from this area to reach. But in Australia and New Zealand they should start hearing lots,” ham radio operator Dick Wade told KPIX5.

But that didn’t happen.

Working around a blackout
“We had contact with our friend and journalist on Nuku’alofa — Marian Kupu — just after the eruption. But after making that initial contact on the phone, we couldn’t reach her at all until five days later,” Michael Morrah, Newshub’s Pacific correspondent told Mediawatch.

“Even during category 4 and 5 cyclones, I haven’t experienced a situation where phones and social media were down for such a long period of time,” Morrah said.

“The prime minister told me just one local radio station was functional after the eruption and able to transmit — which was pretty fortunate as they could get the message out that a tsunami threat was in place,” he said.

“But even interviewing the the PM was tricky. I texted him on his sat phone and then he went to another building where the internet was quite good and that allowed us to do a Zoom,” he said.

“One of the first places where news and information came from was the Ha’apai group. They managed to get a connection up using a setup provided by the University of South Pacific.”

Digicel Tonga’s technical team working on satellite link equipment
Digicel Tonga’s technical team working on satellite link equipment to restore internet connection. Image: RNZ Mediawatch Digicel Tonga

“I’ve traveled to Ha’apai a number of times before and have used this connection to get stories. It’s quite a small sort of makeshift building on a hill and I don’t know exactly how it works. This has been a key method of communication for the residents there too, who have been packed inside this little building talking to people on Facebook.”

After days without communications, reporters and editors also struggled to judge the extent of devastation — and the importance of the story.

Agonising wait for families
Had the crisis peaked — and it was already a matter of recovery? Or was the situation even worse and absolutely desperate?  Should the be story on the way out of the headlines — or one the world’s media should be highlighting?

“The relevance and importance of the story actually increased in the absence of being able to speak to people on the ground, as stories swiftly shifted to the agonising wait for families here in New Zealand to hear their loved ones were okay,” Morrah told Mediawatch.

“We eventually established that islands had been wiped out and homes destroyed. I went about tracking down people who grew up on Mango and could provide some insight about who lives there — and what it was like before the eruption,” Morrah said.

In the absence of footage from Tonga, the relief effort here was centre-stage in TV bulletins. People were desperate to contribute but they also needed to know what to send and where it should go.

“I spoke to a woman packing up food and water who had managed to make contact (with her family) just a few hours before. They told her what they really needed is an electric frying pan because gas supplies are running low — and a water-blaster because ash is just everywhere.

“These items were a bit more difficult to pack into a barrel but may have been pretty crucial,” he said.

No access all areas

mage: RNZ Mediawatch/Pakilau Manase Lua
“Thousands of people around the world have been watching — and for the entire duration of the story.” Image: RNZ Mediawatch/Pakilau Manase Lua

For reporters the best option is to go and see for yourself — but in the covid era that is even more complicated.

Even with the logistical might of the Royal Australian Navy behind it, the HMS Adelaide turned into a “covid carrier”. More than 20 crew members tested positive after setting out with crucial supplies for Tonga, which is still covid-free.

“In normal times I would have been on the first flight out of Auckland — or asking whether we could travel with the New Zealand Defence Force. But of course, their main concern is also covid-19,” Morrah said.

“Even if you’re a resident of Tonga returning on one of these packed-out repatriation flights, you must do three weeks in MIQ. Tonga has done an incredible job at keeping covid-19 at bay and the prime minister told me he is adamant that it must remain that way.” (Another outbreak with a lockdown began in Tonga this week).

Down the years, Pacific issues have often been out-of-sight and out-of-mind in New Zealand news media — not a good thing, given the number of people Pacific Island origin who live here and have deep connections.

Could the scale and drama of this disaster spark greater general interest in Tonga — and in life elsewhere in the Pacific?

“I think it absolutely will. When the first aerial pictures came out — the first time that anyone had had a glimpse into what was actually going on on these outer islands — our digital team got in touch with me to say (our story) had gone gangbusters online.

“Thousands of people around the world have been watching — and for the entire duration of the story,” Morrah said.

“There is huge interest in what’s happening in the Pacific. We do have a huge Pacific population in New Zealand — and there’s the heightened interest among the New Zealand audience and the world,” he said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

The Hungas eruption in Tonga
The undersea volcano eruption in Tonga on January 15, 2022. The eruption of the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai volcano came just a few hours after Friday’s tsunami warning was lifted. Image: RNZ Mediawatch/Tonga Meteorological Services


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications/feed/ 0 270811
Covering Tonga’s volcano eruption – without communications https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications-2/#respond Wed, 02 Feb 2022 19:22:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=69640 This video shares the ham radio communication efforts for disaster relief after the Hungas twin eruotions in Tonga on January 15. Video: Ham Radio DX

That epic undersea eruption in Tonga was heard around the region – and recorded and analysed in minute detail, even from space. But a comprehensive communications wipeout cut reporters off from sources for days.  So how do they cover a story with almost no access? RNZ Mediawatch presenter Colin Peacock reports.

The Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai island’s convulsion was heard around the region and detected all over the world — and also captured in jaw-dropping satellite images showing large chunks of the island obliterated.

They were blasted more than 20 km into the air and dramatic livestream videos from Tonga on January 15 showed some of it coming back down again.

But it was far from clear from those vivid vignettes just how widespread the damage was or how deadly the disaster had been.

And then it all went quiet.

Phone lines went dead and the cable carrying internet communications to and from Tonga was cut.

Getting much more from Tonga was all but impossible for days.

“I have worked in a lot of emergencies but this is one of the hardest in terms of trying to get information from there,” acting United Nations co-ordinator Jonathan Veitch told RNZ four days later.

“With the severing of the cable they’re just cut off completely. We’re relying 100 percent on satellite phones,” he said.

Five days later – still a silence
Five days after the eruption RNZ Pacific manager Moera Tuilaepa-Taylor told RNZ’s Morning Report things still weren’t much better.

“I’ve covered quite a lot of disasters in the Pacific region – and it’s the first disaster where there has been complete silence. We just heard nothing,” she said.

“The Australian High Commission has been providing a sat phone and so people have been trying to reach their families just to make sure that they’re okay.”

But even the sat phones weren’t always reliable — with all the gunk in the atmosphere interfering with signals.

What other options were there?

A ham radio group in Australia reported no response to its signals to Tonga.

The same day, a San Francisco CBS TV station reported ham radio operators there also transmitting in vain.

“It’s a part of the world it’s difficult from this area to reach. But in Australia and New Zealand they should start hearing lots,” ham radio operator Dick Wade told KPIX5.

But that didn’t happen.

Working around a blackout
“We had contact with our friend and journalist on Nuku’alofa — Marian Kupu — just after the eruption. But after making that initial contact on the phone, we couldn’t reach her at all until five days later,” Michael Morrah, Newshub’s Pacific correspondent told Mediawatch.

“Even during category 4 and 5 cyclones, I haven’t experienced a situation where phones and social media were down for such a long period of time,” Morrah said.

“The prime minister told me just one local radio station was functional after the eruption and able to transmit — which was pretty fortunate as they could get the message out that a tsunami threat was in place,” he said.

“But even interviewing the the PM was tricky. I texted him on his sat phone and then he went to another building where the internet was quite good and that allowed us to do a Zoom,” he said.

“One of the first places where news and information came from was the Ha’apai group. They managed to get a connection up using a setup provided by the University of South Pacific.”

Digicel Tonga’s technical team working on satellite link equipment
Digicel Tonga’s technical team working on satellite link equipment to restore internet connection. Image: RNZ Mediawatch Digicel Tonga

“I’ve traveled to Ha’apai a number of times before and have used this connection to get stories. It’s quite a small sort of makeshift building on a hill and I don’t know exactly how it works. This has been a key method of communication for the residents there too, who have been packed inside this little building talking to people on Facebook.”

After days without communications, reporters and editors also struggled to judge the extent of devastation — and the importance of the story.

Agonising wait for families
Had the crisis peaked — and it was already a matter of recovery? Or was the situation even worse and absolutely desperate?  Should the be story on the way out of the headlines — or one the world’s media should be highlighting?

“The relevance and importance of the story actually increased in the absence of being able to speak to people on the ground, as stories swiftly shifted to the agonising wait for families here in New Zealand to hear their loved ones were okay,” Morrah told Mediawatch.

“We eventually established that islands had been wiped out and homes destroyed. I went about tracking down people who grew up on Mango and could provide some insight about who lives there — and what it was like before the eruption,” Morrah said.

In the absence of footage from Tonga, the relief effort here was centre-stage in TV bulletins. People were desperate to contribute but they also needed to know what to send and where it should go.

“I spoke to a woman packing up food and water who had managed to make contact (with her family) just a few hours before. They told her what they really needed is an electric frying pan because gas supplies are running low — and a water-blaster because ash is just everywhere.

“These items were a bit more difficult to pack into a barrel but may have been pretty crucial,” he said.

No access all areas

mage: RNZ Mediawatch/Pakilau Manase Lua
“Thousands of people around the world have been watching — and for the entire duration of the story.” Image: RNZ Mediawatch/Pakilau Manase Lua

For reporters the best option is to go and see for yourself — but in the covid era that is even more complicated.

Even with the logistical might of the Royal Australian Navy behind it, the HMS Adelaide turned into a “covid carrier”. More than 20 crew members tested positive after setting out with crucial supplies for Tonga, which is still covid-free.

“In normal times I would have been on the first flight out of Auckland — or asking whether we could travel with the New Zealand Defence Force. But of course, their main concern is also covid-19,” Morrah said.

“Even if you’re a resident of Tonga returning on one of these packed-out repatriation flights, you must do three weeks in MIQ. Tonga has done an incredible job at keeping covid-19 at bay and the prime minister told me he is adamant that it must remain that way.” (Another outbreak with a lockdown began in Tonga this week).

Down the years, Pacific issues have often been out-of-sight and out-of-mind in New Zealand news media — not a good thing, given the number of people Pacific Island origin who live here and have deep connections.

Could the scale and drama of this disaster spark greater general interest in Tonga — and in life elsewhere in the Pacific?

“I think it absolutely will. When the first aerial pictures came out — the first time that anyone had had a glimpse into what was actually going on on these outer islands — our digital team got in touch with me to say (our story) had gone gangbusters online.

“Thousands of people around the world have been watching — and for the entire duration of the story,” Morrah said.

“There is huge interest in what’s happening in the Pacific. We do have a huge Pacific population in New Zealand — and there’s the heightened interest among the New Zealand audience and the world,” he said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

The Hungas eruption in Tonga
The undersea volcano eruption in Tonga on January 15, 2022. The eruption of the Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai volcano came just a few hours after Friday’s tsunami warning was lifted. Image: RNZ Mediawatch/Tonga Meteorological Services


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/02/covering-tongas-volcano-eruption-without-communications-2/feed/ 0 270812
Prasad warns Fiji government will end 2021 as ‘laughing stock’ over audit inquiry https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/prasad-warns-fiji-government-will-end-2021-as-laughing-stock-over-audit-inquiry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/prasad-warns-fiji-government-will-end-2021-as-laughing-stock-over-audit-inquiry/#respond Fri, 31 Dec 2021 22:11:27 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=68230 By Luke Nacei in Suva

National Federation Party leader Professor Biman Prasad has asked if the Fiji government inquiry into the Office of the Auditor-General will be held in public.

Professor Prasad was responding to the announcement this week of a Commission of Inquiry into the OAG “to inquire into and report on: the conduct, operations and performance of the Office of the Auditor-General” and other issues concerning the office.

Prasad, an economist before his political career, said commissions of inquiry were usually held in public.

“So we ask the government if this will be a public inquiry?” he said.

“Will the public hear the allegations against the Auditor-General’s office? Will the Auditor-General be allowed to respond in public to the Government’s complaints?”

Professor Prasad claimed the commission of inquiry was being formed “to deflect questions about the tens of millions of dollars [the government] has spent on Walesi [Fiji’s controversial free new digital television platform]”.

“The government refuses to talk about Walesi’s accounts. Even though Walesi’s accounts up to 2017 are ready, the government refuses to release them.”

Petty argument while people in poverty
The NFP leader said the government would end 2021 as a “laughing stock”.

He said government “only cares about winning a petty argument even when tens of thousands of people are still living in poverty and despair because of the pandemic”.

“We are once again threatened by the omicron variant,” he said.

“Many families are in isolation because they have tested positive in homes, in villages and settlements on Vanua Levu, are struggling and are in need of help.

“What is the government doing to help? We should be preparing for the cyclone season and ensuring our people are safe.”

Luke Nacei is a Fiji Times reporter. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/31/prasad-warns-fiji-government-will-end-2021-as-laughing-stock-over-audit-inquiry/feed/ 0 262226
Consumer demand should be driving TV to digital platform – ‘not by force’ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/23/consumer-demand-should-be-driving-tv-to-digital-platform-not-by-force/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/23/consumer-demand-should-be-driving-tv-to-digital-platform-not-by-force/#respond Thu, 23 Dec 2021 19:00:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=68064 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

Suva lawyer and media commentator Richard Naidu consumer demand should be driving television stations onto a digital platform like Walesi and not the Fiji government forcing them, reports FijiVillage.

Naidu said he had asking these questions because “we know so little about the amount of tax dollars being spent on Walesi”.

He asked why was the government saying use only the Walesi platform when there were still other platforms available, writes Semi Turaga.

Naidu said he was not saying do not use Walesi, but he was asking why use only Walesi.

He said the first consequence of this change was already in Fiji where there were many people who could no longer access their TV channels.

The Suva lawyer said every content provider who could now only distribute through Walesi was “completely at Walesi’s mercy”.

Naidu asked why private sector television channels were being forced to do something they did not want to do.

He added that after having being forced to do it, the television channels were now also being forced to pay.

Walesi chief executive officer Sanjay Maharaj said Walesi was a service provider and not a content producer, therefore it was not within the company’s means or expertise to inform television viewers of the switchover from analogue to digital television.

In a statement released on the Fiji government Facebook page, Maharaj however said that the company had conducted extensive free installations as well as a media campaign — especially on social media — and awareness roadshows to accommodate broadcasters and viewers over the transition.

Walesi has 21 digital transmitter sites across Fiji claimedby Maharaj to be “300 percent larger” than existing analogue broadcast networks, with expansion plans for Kadavu, Rotuma and Lakeba.

Opposition People’s Alliance Leader Sitiveni Rabuka has called for a public inquiry into Walesi as he said the unilateral decision to transition all television operators to one singular digital platform was typical of the “arrogance of the dictatorial regime”.

Rabuka said Walesi had not tabled audited financial reports in Parliament since it started in 2016 and yet it had received millions of dollars in grants apart.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/23/consumer-demand-should-be-driving-tv-to-digital-platform-not-by-force/feed/ 0 260608
Writer and producer Ryoichi Wada on creating and following your own path https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/20/writer-and-producer-ryoichi-wada-on-creating-and-following-your-own-path/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/20/writer-and-producer-ryoichi-wada-on-creating-and-following-your-own-path/#respond Mon, 20 Dec 2021 08:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/writer-and-producer-ryoichi-wada-on-creating-and-following-your-own-path How did you manage to create your specific path?

When I was in college, I started out learning theater. I was looking to become an actor. Somewhere along the line in school I figured out that I was better at writing and directing. I also realized that creating a team and working with the team made me satisfied. From there I started to direct theater stuff, and also music, and from there I opened up my anime path.

Are you often managing multiple writing and directing projects at once? How do you stay organized?

When I get busy, I have a lot of partners I can share my work with. I get busy and there’s stuff that I just have to do. I do it without sleeping. And I like it.

Do you ever feel like you get burnt out if you’re not sleeping and you’re working really hard? How do you manage when you hit a point where you’re feeling stuck or unmotivated?

When it’s getting there, I like to look at art, something beautiful, the nature out in the open. To see those things calms me a little bit. It also helps to talk to somebody that I really respect in the business, or talking to my colleagues. That’s how I try to get some motivation out of them and get back with what I need to do.

Collaboration seems important to you, especially as a director. Have you ever worked with someone where it was difficult to collaborate with them or they were more difficult to work with? How did you overcome that?

Right now I’m in the middle of that, in a project I’m working on. The music for the anime [NINJAMASX] I’m working on is with a top US rapper. He’s a well known artist, and his status is high, so most of the time it’s difficult that everything is according to their schedule. There’s also time difference between Japan and the US. And, because of the pandemic, we haven’t had a chance to meet with them. It’s always on Zoom, or what have you, and I’ve never actually shook their hands or anything like that. That makes it hard.

How else has the pandemic affected your creative work over the last couple of years?

If there was no pandemic, I would have already been in the US in the last year. But maybe because of the pandemic, I was able to create the particular team I have right now for this project. So there’s good out of it, too.

Can you expand on that?

If I would’ve come last year, I had a strategy already and it would have gone the way [I had planned it]. But because I couldn’t come, I had to come up with a different strategy to meet with people and decide who to partner up with. I think I was able to find more people, or screen more people because of the pandemic. There were also more people available, and I was introduced to Kickstarter. I also met people like Jeff Gomez and a writer, Andrew Cosby, because of it. Because of the pandemic, I couldn’t come [right away] to the US and I had to stop and think a little bit. I had to gear up in a different way to create the team. Since I think I have a very good team right now, I feel that maybe the pandemic helped.

It kind of forced you to slow down and think a little more.

Exactly. With the creative, too.

How do you start a project? If you get an idea, what is that like for you, from the thought to beginning to manifest or materialize that idea?

When I’m watching a Netflix drama or something, I would look at some of them and go, “Oh, that is interesting. But, you know what? If I made it, it would’ve been way better.” That’s where it starts.

How do you know when a project that you’re working on is done?

It’s easier to understand that with my theater work and my music stages because you get the applause. With anime, I’m not sure because I’m not going to get an applause right away. I don’t get a reaction right away. I’m not sure if it’s when it starts or maybe the show grows to another project or if, since it started out as a series, maybe it becomes a feature. I’m not sure when where the actual goal is.

Have you ever abandoned a project? Is it okay to abandon a project? And how have you come to that decision?

I haven’t abandoned a project yet. Some things might not work, but I won’t give up on something.

As far as your creative work is concerned, how would you define success? You mentioned with theater you can tell when something is successful because the audience responds. When it comes to what you’re doing now with anime, even though you’re not sure how people are necessarily responding to it right now, how would you define the success of that project for you?

Failure is easy because if I’m not able to raise the money [to produce the show], that means it’s a failure. The first thing I wanted to make sure was that the story is told in anime. With success, there’s also licensing; it could become a feature, be comicalized [into manga], and there’s also merchandising. Even theatrical work, possibly. Those points are important for me, and if that is happening, then I feel successful.

What steps would you have to take to get to that level of success for you? What does your work entail on a day-to-day level?

What I’m doing right now is… The creative itself… I’m pretty happy with where I’m at. But what’s done is only in my mind, in my head. I’m about to join some creators over here [in the US]. From there the whole thing could be twisted and changed…and I like that idea. I like that I created an idea and somebody’s enhancing it and making things better. I’m very open to that. That’s what’s happening right now with some Hollywood people.

Is there a lot of feedback and criticism that goes back and forth between your initial idea and then of their vision for it? What is that process like?

Right now I’m working with some writers and they’re giving me ideas of maybe [how] it should be—[it should] go this way, that way. But they’re being very polite in their asking and all that. I like that so far. Most of the things [they suggest] I agree with. I feel that the project is being enhanced rather than going backwards.

Did you have or do you now have a day job in addition to what you’re doing? How? Can you talk a little bit about how that started? How did you transition to that?

When I was in my 20s, during the day I was practicing and working on theatrical stuff. Then I had another job at night to support the theatre work. Later, I was able to quit my night job to move to directing and stage work. [It took time] to have enough work for me to be able to make a living.

How did you balance your creative work with the night job? Were there times that you wanted to give up, were there bad habits that you had to fight against?

Every day I had to fight the urge that maybe I wanted to give up. With the stage work, I had schedules, expectations. I had to do it. So even if I had to work nights, having stage performances made me commit.

What has been the most surprising thing that you’ve realized along your creative path?

The most surprising thing is now being outside of Japan. I still live in Japan, but the fact that I have a team over here [in the US] is exciting. Hopefully things are going to work out.

If you were writing or directing or creating a concept, when you’re working alone, instead of collaborating, how do you edit your own work?

I do feel like I can see from the outside sometimes. I look at it over and over and over. And if I get stuck somewhere I will talk to people, especially some of the older people that I respect. Somebody who’s been there, done that.

What kind of advice would they give when you reach out?

It’s usually creative ideas that I’m seeking advice for. I try to pick and choose stuff that encourages me, and I try to forget about stuff that doesn’t encourage me.

What kind of things encourage you?

The happiest moment is when I’m told, “Oh, this is pretty good,” and then “How about this? It may become better.” When I hear that, I get motivated.

Besides the money aspect or the success, like how audiences perceive it, what do you get out of doing this work? What has it taught you about yourself and like your personal goals and your development?

The the project itself, how it’s being done, is what I get out of it. And also if he could feel that this became a very good story and a very good outcome, that what he can feel is what is the most important to feel if it was another success or not. Other than the money that comes and everything like that. It’s something that I feel, that I’ve done a really cool thing.

What’s your favorite thing about the story you’re working on right now?

The concept itself.

Can you talk a little bit about the concept?

There’s three different concepts overall—one is ninja, one’s hip hop, and intermingling that with Japanese anime. I combine all three of those elements in the NINJAMASX animated series I’m creating right now. The hero is not just one person. It starts with one person, who is a descendant of Ninja power, but then there are other descendants that are going to join him, to form into a group of six. It’s different than normal—it’s not like there’s just one superhero, for instance, like a Batman or a Superman. It’s about forming a team, collaborating, to save the world from darkness.

This interview was translated from Japanese

Ryoichi Wada Recommends:

Novel: The Lord of the Rings by J.R.R Tolkien

MISHIMA TISHA (the Grand Shrine): location thought to be flowing with mystical energy

Hattori Hanzo (the legendary NINJA who acutually existed

Sunshine Katsura Rakugo in the world (Rakugo is a Japanese traditional story telling comedy)

ZIIIRO (the watch made by German)- this watch’s concept is “Make Time Fun.”


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Elle Nash.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/12/20/writer-and-producer-ryoichi-wada-on-creating-and-following-your-own-path/feed/ 0 259303
Television writer and showrunner Sera Gamble on diving into what scares you https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/television-writer-and-showrunner-sera-gamble-on-diving-into-what-scares-you/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/television-writer-and-showrunner-sera-gamble-on-diving-into-what-scares-you/#respond Fri, 29 Oct 2021 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/television-writer-and-showrunner-sera-gamble-on-why-theres-no-shortcut-to-good-writing You recently posted about writing poetry on Instagram and dealing with rejection. I was wondering if you could talk a little bit about your more literary ambitions?

I wrote poetry before I ever wrote screenplays. I studied it in college. I took a lot of creative writing classes at UCLA. And even before that, I was doing open mic nights in high school with my tortured poetry I thought everybody needed to definitely hear. Reading poetry has never left. I go to that, it’s almost spiritual. It makes the concerns of the rest of my life shrink to their proper size. The pandemic struck and that put my job into such a strange perspective because I was working pretty much every waking second of my day. It was so complicated to figure out how to produce a show during COVID. All the fun parts of doing the job suddenly seemed far away. I wasn’t hanging out in a room with writers, shooting the shit, talking about our lives. I was not going to drinks with friends. It was only the work part. I had to find something that was for me and not related to the stuff of career.

I’m not a good submitter, I don’t have any method to my madness at all, but when I’m reading a book, I go to the back of it and see where those poems were previously published, and that will lead me down a little rabbit hole. What is this literary magazine where the poetry editor is obsessed with Franny Choi because I’m obsessed with Franny Choi, too?

How do those disciplines like poetry, screenwriting, and producing and show running interrelate for you?

When I’m approaching something from the art and storytelling perspective, a lot of those hard boundaries between different forms melt away for me. I think, frequently, when we’re writing, it’s from this impulse inside us that doesn’t make logical sense and doesn’t start in words. It’s a feeling or an experience that’s haunting us. I think of them as different tools in a toolbox. One thing I really know at this point in my life having written pretty seriously since I was 16-ish, is that you need to write a lot to become a good writer.

There’s no shortcut. You’re going to have to write for years and years to be good. That’s the spiritual side of it you embrace. This is not an easy thing. You’re going to be on a road and it’s going to go parallel to you learning about yourself.

Is it okay to abandon a project? When do you decide that abandoning a project is actually in your best interest?

Sometimes I’m like, maybe now is not the moment. This is a very tricky thing we’re talking about, because writers are sneaky little bastards. We have to learn how to tell the difference between “this is so fucking hard, I’m having a complete temper tantrum about it, and I have seriously hit a wall and I don’t how to solve this problem right now.” Or “I thought this premise had enough juice to write a whole feature, but I’m now not sure it does.” The discipline is in saying, “This is hard, but I have to keep pushing at it.” The self-doubt has come in and I have to push that away. Some stories, they don’t give themselves up so easy.

John McNamara, I wrote The Magicians with him, has been a friend and a mentor to me my whole TV career. There are ideas we’ve been talking about for 10 years at this point. When it comes to writing and fiction, one thing for me, is I have so much control of the world when I write, I can make everything feel exactly how I want. But when it comes to adapting someone else’s work, like with The Magicians, it’s more of a collaborative process.

I was wondering if you could talk about what it’s like to bring someone else’s vision to life in a way that still feels authentically like what you want.

It is a collaboration because you’ve been handed this story that has been told a certain type of way, almost never in a way that will translate totally seamlessly to television or film. Novels are a completely different beast. You can spend the whole novel inside somebody’s head and in fact, the novel, You [which Sera adapted to TV on Netflix], does. I think you have to approach each one on its own terms. I think that that job is different if you happen to be adapting something mind-blowingly popular with a pre-existing fandom that’s especially intense. For me it’s like, why do I love the book? What was the moment in this book where I started texting all my friends that they have to read this? And this is something I keep private, I don’t necessarily wave it around and advertise it, even in a writer’s room, but I also ask myself, “What is the weird spikey, unhealed thing inside of me that’s being spoken to so directly by this character?”

Sometimes we are attracted to a character because somehow the pain they’re in mirrors our own, or the problem they’re in rubs up against something raw inside of us. It’s powerful to examine yourself and be like, “Okay, I’m going to get really honest about something, that excites me. It scares me a little and excites me.”

When it comes to collaborating, are there times where it’s become difficult? What happens when there are creative disagreements or different visions?

It’s quite common for people to disagree in a writer’s room. That’s part of everybody’s job to, we call it, kick the tires on the idea, where someone will pitch something and if something is bothering us or it feels like it’s not going to work, we have to pursue that because we want the story to be really airtight. There is a writer’s room etiquette that I try to instate it in any room I’m running, where there’s a way to be additive when you’re criticizing something. You’re looking at this mushy cookie dough that might one day be an episode, scattered on a corkboard in little cards and you’re going, Will that one work?

It is quite aggravating to look at because it’s stressful, all these problems that have to be solved. The rule I like to have is, don’t kill anything if you don’t have an alternate pitch. Buying that little space of time in a room with eight people in it, frequently is enough to let that weird little nonsensical idea grow enough roots we can now take care of it and make it make sense.

You worked on Supernatural until season seven and moved on to other projects. How did you balance those different projects? How are you balancing different projects now?

My loved ones would be like, She doesn’t handle it well! I’ve never been that balanced. I don’t know why we would ever hold up people who clearly obsessively work all the time as people who will have mastered balance because I don’t know that I ever will. I don’t know that I even really want to. I don’t want to be actively murdering myself with my work, but I have always worked all the time in my head. I think part of being a writer for a lot of us is that it never fully turns off. You think you’re chilling out and watching The Great British Bake Off and suddenly you have an idea and it’s not like you knew you were on or off the clock at 10:30 at night, you are in it when you’re in it.

Back in the day, there were a lot of shows that had 22 to 24 episodes a season, Supernatural was like that. Your year was pretty carved out. You also, by the way, had a couple months to take a vacation in between seasons, because it was definitely going to take up most of your year. Now seasons are 13 episodes, or 10, or 8. It’s more common to see writers have to put together their own slate in the course of a year. If you’re creating shows, if you’re pitching ideas and hoping that somebody puts them on the air, you don’t have control over that. You have to have a lot of irons in the fire in the hopes one of them will go.

The stuff I’m working on now, it’s this pile of stuff and hopefully one or two of them in three years will be [picked up]. It could happen quicker, could never happen, but you have to do a lot at once because otherwise you’ll hit the end of your year and there’ll be nothing lined up. It’s not helpful for living a really chill life.

Do you ever get burnt out on what you’re doing?

Usually the creative side refuels me. Going to actual writing, unless I’m fully exhausted, most of the time I can count on that to put me in a state of flow that is nutritional, rejuvenating to me. The managerial aspects of being a TV producer have the capacity to burn me out if I’m not careful. In my case, that wasn’t anything I came into the business thinking I was capable of, much less that I was seeking out. It turns out I’m a compulsively responsible person. I have a good personality to be a producer, but the tricky thing about that is it could eat your whole day, every day forever. Then there’s no room for the writing part. Other people are doing all the fun stuff.

By the time you’ve jumped through all the hoops and you’re actually writing the dialogue, it’s like eating the icing off the cupcake. The icing is my favorite part. If you’re not careful, there won’t be much icing for you if you’re in meetings all day, every day. That’s the thing I’ve had to learn how to have stronger boundaries around.

During the pandemic I was teaching a writing workshop on top of finishing manuscripts, and what slowly happened was I taught all the time and edited other people’s work. I was like, “Well, where’s my writing? Where’s my stuff?”

This is so common. When younger or newer writers say to me, “But I have to have this day job and I’m taking care of my children, it’s so hard to find time to write.” That struggle is real. We shouldn’t discount that our culture doesn’t give us enough space to be doing what we’re supposed to be doing. But it’s also really good practice for being a professional writer because the dirty secret is you never get time. There’s no regular time in my schedule that says, Sera is writing. That, I fill in before and after and on a break and on the weekend, my whole day is other stuff.

Can you talk about your relationship to social media and digital spaces?

I definitely had some bad moments with that early in the pandemic where I realized I was doom scrolling to the point of actual depression and had to be really strict with myself. Almost like you would be with somebody who had gone off the deep end with cocaine. I always like to have a lot of input, not directly about my work per se, but I like to find other artists, I love going on Instagram and finding art I’ve never seen before, poets and sculptors. I follow them and get really inspired by that scroll.

I like the side of good where it enables you to get actionable advice from people in the business you want to be in. I try to do that, I try to answer people’s questions.Teenage me didn’t have the internet, it was before social media. But I would’ve killed to have a professional writer explain to me how they learn how to write a spec, for example. So, that I’ve really embraced. I am definitely at the point where I have realized that I don’t get much of value out of reading reviews, though.

I think each person gets to have their own relationship to that kind of direct feedback. We can be compassionate about it to ourselves and other people because there’s something almost genetically primal about going, “Oh, people are saying things about me. I probably need to know and listen.” If you got picked down on the playground, that’s hitting you right in your nerdy little strange girl who was picked on and people were talking about her. If you don’t know what boundaries you need, you will be completely porous in 2021. Privacy is dead. Twitter has no guardrails. There is only the deep end of the pool.

I have really asked myself what helps me challenge myself to go further in my work, what enables me to be open to criticism. I’m not trying to avoid people having a problem with what I’m saying. I want to have those conversations in the writer’s room. What do I need to do to wake up the next morning and take a risk again?

When did you become enlightened to what you really wanted to pursue?

Even as a little kid, I always wanted to perform and write and learn how to play musical instruments and sing and dance. I wanted to do all of it. I think it’s my home frequency to want to do all of those things. I did have this very old school Eastern European father who came from the intelligentsia who went to those universities there that have been there for a thousand years. This whole country is too young. He said something to me that I don’t know now if I agree with, but he was like, “You’re not an artist yet, you have to really work at it.” And that is such an old fashioned view of things. Go to the conservatory, become a concert pianist, then you can call yourself an artist.

For better or for worse, whether or not that’s actually true, whether I was born an artist or became one through sweating over years, I couldn’t shake that. He said it to me too young. It was never disconnected from the feeling I had to work my ass off and expect no laurels or rest. This was going to be a really long haul. I was writing stuff to perform [as an actress] and that led to be asked to write more, and I decided to really try to get a job in that area. If it hadn’t worked out, I would’ve tried something else. Either it’s total fate or it’s total coincidence that I ended up in this job.

What would you say is the most surprising thing you’ve learned about yourself in doing this kind of work through your creative career?

A surprising thing. I love this question. I think, in retrospect, it probably wasn’t a surprise, but part of being the artist black sheep of my family, is that I had a reputation for being a bit of a flake growing up and for being off in my head a lot. I had to be told three times what the curfew was or when I should be somewhere. “I don’t know how she’ll do in the real world.” It turns out I love the external structure. Like I said, I’m compulsively responsible. Listen, I definitely have had some jobs before this one where I wasn’t employee of the month, we’ll just say that. Maybe it kicked in because I loved it and it was the right place and I wanted to fight for it.

Sera Gamble Recommends:

The poetry of Tracy K Smith

Never Let Me Go by Kazuo Ishiguru

Tigers Are Not Afraid

Carrying a journal at all times, and filling it with your pettiest thoughts

Picking one bad thing you’re supposed to self-improve your way out of and deciding that instead, you are going to keep it and also never apologize for keeping it.


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Elle Nash.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/29/television-writer-and-showrunner-sera-gamble-on-diving-into-what-scares-you/feed/ 0 245291
Scott Waide: Memo to our younger people – go out to rural PNG and tell their stories https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/scott-waide-memo-to-our-younger-people-go-out-to-rural-png-and-tell-their-stories/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/scott-waide-memo-to-our-younger-people-go-out-to-rural-png-and-tell-their-stories/#respond Fri, 08 Oct 2021 09:00:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=64531 COMMENT: By Scott Waide

Senior EMTV journalist and bureau chief Scott Waide in Papua New Guinea’s second city Lae this week called time on his inspirational 25-year relationship with the television channel. He is taking on other challenges, like Lekmak, and this was his social media message of thanks to supporters.


I didn’t quite realise how many people I touched positively through this work. It has been an emotional week talking to and encouraging, especially younger staff in Lae, Port Moresby, and the outer bureaus.

This transition has been harder on them. Personal messages have been overwhelming. They’ve come both from people I know and total strangers.

It has been a 25-year association with EMTV. Even with short absences, the relationship has always been there.

However, after two and a half decades and a third stint lasting almost 10 years, my contract has ended and I have decided to move on.

There have been a lot of questions and suggestions that I will or should contest in 2022.

The answer is NO. I have no interest in politics.

One of my primary goals was to give young people the opportunity to excel and to guide them as much as possible so that a new generation of journalists take on the challenges.

Creating opportunities
I spent a lot of time between Unitech and Divine Word University (DWU) talking to as many students as possible and creating opportunities – opportunities many of us didn’t have back then.

We live in two worlds – one, urban and convenient and the other rural and difficult where men women and children die every day.

There’s still a lot of work to be done. My hope is to see younger people go out to rural PNG and tell our people’s stories. Because if we don’t, they will only see government presence during election time and continue to suffer.

We must celebrate the good in our country. We must celebrate our people, culture and our way of life. We must appreciate our knowledge keepers, our elders and our children.

Papua New Guinea is a great country with huge opportunities.

For EMTV, it is a Papua New Guinean institution. It is a custodian of nearly 40 years of history. It is not just a cash cow for shareholders.

My appeal to the government is to care for this institution by choosing good people for the board and good organisational heads that understand this country and care about it.

Good leadership vital
Without good leadership, staff will suffer, good people will leave and the institution will be destroyed.

I want to thank my wife — Annette — and my children. They sacrificed and suffered a lot because I was absent when I was needed most.

While the job, from the outside, looked glamorous. It wasn’t. It takes an incredibly strong woman to live through the challenges.

I owe an enormous amount of gratitude to my brothers and sisters and my parents for their understanding.

Thank you to John Eggins, Sincha Dimara, Titi Gabi, Father Zdzislaw Mlak, Father Jan Czuba, Tukaha Mua and Bhanu Sud who gave me the opportunities. If it weren’t for these seven people, a lot of us would not have come this far.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/08/scott-waide-memo-to-our-younger-people-go-out-to-rural-png-and-tell-their-stories/feed/ 0 240461
Fewer than 100 of Kabul’s 700 women journalists still working, says RSF https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/07/fewer-than-100-of-kabuls-700-women-journalists-still-working-says-rsf/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/07/fewer-than-100-of-kabuls-700-women-journalists-still-working-says-rsf/#respond Tue, 07 Sep 2021 20:42:54 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=63201 Asia Pacific Report newsdesk

Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has called on the Taliban to provide immediate guarantees for the freedom and safety of women journalists in Afghanistan, where a new media landscape is emerging from which they are missing.

This is in spite of Taliban assurances that press freedom would be respected and women journalists would be allowed to keep working.

The Taliban has announced an all-male caretaker government three weeks after taking over Kabul and the move has been criticised by UN Women as sending “the wrong signal” for a promised inclusive administration.

What with incidents involving Afghan women journalists since the Taliban takeover on August 15 and orders to respect Islamic laws, an RSF investigation has established that fewer than 100 women journalists are still formally working in privately-owned radio and TV stations in the Afghan capital.

According to a survey by RSF and its partner organisation, the Centre for the Protection of Afghan Women Journalists (CPAWJ), Kabul had 108 media outlets with a total of 4940 employees in 2020.

They included 1080 female employees, of whom 700 were journalists.

Of the 510 women who used to work for eight of the biggest media outlets and press groups, only 76 (including 39 journalists) are still currently working.

Disappearing from Kabul
In other words, women journalists are in the process of disappearing from the capital.

“Taliban respect for the fundamental right of women, including women journalists, to work and to practice their profession is a key issue,” RSF secretary-general Christophe Deloire said.

“Women journalists must be able to resume working without being harassed as soon as possible, because it is their most basic right, because it is essential for their livelihood, and also because their absence from the media landscape would have the effect of silencing all Afghan women.

“We urge the Taliban leadership to provide immediate guarantees for the freedom and safety of women journalists.”

Most women journalists have been forced to stop working in the provinces, where almost all privately-owned media outlets ceased operating as the Taliban forces advanced.

A handful of these women journalists are still more or less managing to work from home, but there is no comparison with 2020, when the survey by RSF and the CPAWJ established that more than 1700 women were working for media outlets in three provinces (the provinces of Kabul, Herat and Balkh, in the east, west and north of the country).

The illusion of normality lasted only a few days. Forty-eight hours after the Taliban took control of the capital, women reporters with privately-owned TV channels such as Tolonews, Ariana News, Kabul News, Shamshad TV and Khurshid TV had dared to resume talking on the air and going out to cover events.

Media executives harassed
But media executives quickly found that they were being harassed. Nahid Bashardost, a reporter for the independent news agency Pajhwok, was beaten by Taliban while doing a report near Kabul airport on 25 August.

Other tearful women journalists described how Taliban guards stationed outside their media prevented them from going out to cover stories.

Women journalists speaking on the air in the studio are tolerated almost as little as they are reporting in the field.

A woman journalist working for a radio station in the southeastern province of Ghazni said that, two days after the Taliban took control of her province, they visited the station and warned: “You are a privately-owned radio station. You can continue, but without any woman’s voice and without music.”

It is the same in Kabul. A Taliban has replaced a female anchor at state-owned Radio Television Afghanistan (RTA), who was told to “stay at home for a few days.”

Another female anchor was denied entry to the building. RTA employed 140 women journalists until mid-August.

Now, none of them dares to go back to work at the state TV channels, which are now under Taliban control.

Stay-at-home advice
Executives and editors with privately-owned media outlets that have not already decided to stop operating confirm that, under pressure, they have advised their women journalist to stay at home.

Zan TV (Dari for “Woman TV”) and Bano TV (Dari for “Mrs TV”) have ceased all activity since August 15.

These two privately owned TV channels employed 35 and 47 women journalists, respectively.

One of these journalists said: “It was the perfect job for me. I wanted to help women. Now I don’t know if I will ever be able to go back to work.”

Deprived of her job and salary, she now faces the prospect of extreme economic hardship, like many other women journalists.

Despite undertakings from Taliban spokesman Zabihullah Mujahid that women would be able to “return to work in a few days,” no measure to this effect has been announced, forcing hundreds of women journalists to stay at home, dreading an uncertain future.

On August 24, UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Michelle Bachelet said: “A fundamental red line will be the Taliban’s treatment of women and girls, and respect for their rights to liberty, freedom of movement, education, self-expression and employment, guided by international human rights norms.”

Afghanistan was ranked 122nd out of 180 countries in the 2021 World Press Freedom Index that RSF published in April.

Asia Pacific Report collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/07/fewer-than-100-of-kabuls-700-women-journalists-still-working-says-rsf/feed/ 0 232504
Taliban take 2 female state TV anchors off-air in Afghanistan, bash 2 journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/19/taliban-take-2-female-state-tv-anchors-off-air-in-afghanistan-bash-2-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/19/taliban-take-2-female-state-tv-anchors-off-air-in-afghanistan-bash-2-journalists/#respond Thu, 19 Aug 2021 23:15:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=62214 Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

The Committee to Protect Journalists has called on the Taliban to immediately cease harassing and attacking journalists for their work, allow women journalists to broadcast the news, and permit the media to operate freely and independently.

Since August 15, members of the Taliban have barred at least two female journalists from their jobs at the public broadcaster Radio Television Afghanistan, and have attacked at least two members of the press while they covered a protest in the eastern Nangarhar province, according to news reports and journalists who spoke with New York-based CPJ.

“Stripping public media of prominent women news presenters is an ominous sign that Afghanistan’s Taliban rulers have no intention of living up their promise of respecting women’s rights, in the media or elsewhere,” said Steven Butler, CPJ’s Asia programme coordinator in a statement.

“The Taliban should let women news anchors return to work, and allow all journalists to work safely and without interference.”

On August 15, the day the Taliban entered Kabul, members of the group arrived at Radio Television Afghanistan’s station and a male Taliban official took the place of Khadija Amin, an anchor with the network, according to news reports and Amin, who spoke with CPJ via messaging app.

When Amin returned to the station yesterday, a Taliban member who took over leadership of the station told her to “stay at home for a few more days”.

He added that the group would inform her when she could return to work, she said.

‘Regime has changed’
Taliban members also denied Shabnam Dawran, a news presenter with Radio Television Afghanistan, entry to the outlet, saying that “the regime has changed” and she should “go home”, according to news reports and Dawran, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

Male employees were permitted entry into the station, but she was denied, according to those sources.


Taliban claims it will respect women’s rights, media freedom at first media conference in Kabul. Video: Al Jazeera

On August 17, a Taliban-appointed newscaster took her place and relayed statements from the group’s leadership, according to those reports.

Separately, Taliban militants yesterday beat Babrak Amirzada, a video reporter with the privately owned news agency Pajhwok Afghan News, and Mahmood Naeemi, a camera operator with the privately owned news and entertainment broadcaster Ariana News, while they covered a protest in the city of Jalalabad, in eastern Nangarhar province, according to news reports and both journalists, who spoke with CPJ via phone and messaging app.

At about 10 am, a group of Taliban militants arrived at a demonstration of people gathering in support of the Afghan national flag, which Amirzada and Naeemi were covering, and beat up protesters and fired gunshots into the air to disperse the crowd, the journalists told CPJ.

Amirzada and Naeemi said that Taliban fighters shoved them both to the ground, beat Amirzada on his head, hands, chest, feet, and legs, and hit Naeemi on his legs and feet with the bottoms of their rifles.

CPJ could not immediately determine the extent of the journalists’ injuries.

Zabihullah Mujahid did not respond
Taliban spokesperson Zabihullah Mujahid did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment via messaging app.

CPJ is also investigating a report today by German public broadcaster Deutsche Welle that Taliban militants searched the home of one of the outlet’s editors in western Afghanistan, shot and killed one of their family members, and seriously injured another.

The militants were searching for the journalist, who has escaped to Germany, according to that report.

Taliban militants have also raided the homes of at least four media workers since taking power in the country earlier this week, according to CPJ reporting.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/08/19/taliban-take-2-female-state-tv-anchors-off-air-in-afghanistan-bash-2-journalists/feed/ 0 227557
Designer and Mystery Science Theater 3000 creator Joel Hodgson on staying curious https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/26/designer-and-mystery-science-theater-3000-creator-joel-hodgson-on-staying-curious/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/26/designer-and-mystery-science-theater-3000-creator-joel-hodgson-on-staying-curious/#respond Mon, 26 Apr 2021 07:00:00 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=190932 You’ve done Mystery Science Theater 3000 for over 30 years. Often when people have a long-term project, they can get sick of it or burnt out. Have you ever had those moments? How do you maintain the excitement for doing the project?

MST is very unique to me because it’s got all the things I love; even camera effects and puppets and all those things are blended into it. There’s always something I’m interested in pursuing, that I’m curious about. I worry when people talk about what they’re passionate about. It seems like a trick to ask, “What are you passionate about?” And then I’m going to write that down and then sell you shit. I don’t really like to talk like that, but I have to say there’s enough pieces of MST that I’m curious about and I think when I came back to it, like six years ago, when we brought it back for the first time, I was treating it like, “Oh, MST is really flexible. MST really keeps moving and I want to do as many looks with it as I can while I’m working with it.”

There’s this playbook that it can go into the future, if it’s meant to. That’s kind of my job. We did it at Netflix and, to me, that was kind of the high-end version because it was such a big platform. Some people loved it and some people, in their minds, were going, “Well, we liked it when it was a little bit more sketchy.” That’s going to happen. We’ll go back to that, too.

Is having it pop up in different places was a way to keep it interesting for you? Suppose it had been on the same network the entire time, maybe you’d approach it a different way. I like the idea of the show’s concept being a container for all these ideas and you can give it different looks and it’s still essentially the same project.

Yeah. There’s a fair amount of people that just want to consume riffs, right? “Give me more riffs. Give me riffs …” Whatever reason. That’s really fun in itself. It’s this ever-changing puzzle that’s fascinating and fun to do. Of course, the secret of it is that I’m not doing very much of it myself. It’s really about collaborating with a lot of people and being able to make it so that, whatever creative stake is when you’re making something, whatever that is, I want that to be available to them. That’s when everything is most available to a creative person.

It reminds me of comedy. There’s a really fun thing with comedy where people who make it are really careful about how they describe themselves because if you call yourself a comedian, it’s just kind of peculiar. I never say that. It makes me uptight. It’s kind of like there’s this decorum that comics have where they don’t refer to themselves as comedians. It’s this forbidden language that if you talk like that, you’re probably not a comedian. It’s weird but I think creativity is a little bit like that, too, where you never want to position yourself as a super creative person, but more of a person who is solving problems and being fair. I mean, being fair is a huge part of what I’m trying to do the whole time.

There are such big fans of the show. Do you ever feel like that alone is a collaboration? I was reading the comments on the new Kickstarter campaign earlier, just seeing people with their thoughts, what they want to see, what they want. Do you take that into consideration too? Or is it too many cooks, if you start thinking about reading the comments?

Most of it’s great and there are only a few things that trigger me and it’s usually these people that just want to tell me what movies we should riff. They ignore that you have to have a lawyer. They ignore that you have to go to a studio and say, “We want to riff on your movie.” We actually do it in reverse, where we don’t go into shopping for movies and then talk to lawyers. We find movies that are available and have a big list of them and cruise through those. We know if we invest the time to screen them and look at them and really consider them, there’s a pathway to get it. I guess I just never explained it to them.

Now they’ll know, which is good. If they read the interview, they’ll get how it works.

That’s true. I think what’s really interesting is we’ve learned so much doing the Kickstarter, it’s really wild. Six years ago, everybody who got involved had a previous experience with MST and were long time fans. Now it’s like almost half are new people because of what we did in the last six years, the live tours and the shows on Netflix. That’s one way of collaborating. It’s almost like we have this chance to alert the fan base and go, “Hey, there’s a bunch of new people here. How do we want to behave around them? Who are we now? What’s happening?” The people who like MST are incredibly great people and they’re very forgiving and they’re amazing in that regard. It goes back to your other question with these different looks, they’re always really forgiving. Like, “Yeah. Come on. It’s great. Do it. Do your thing. Go for it.” That makes it much easier.

Have you ever had a film that you chose and felt like, “We’re going to do this” and you start trying to make riffs and it just doesn’t work out and you have to admit, “Ok, we’re not getting anything funny out of this”?

Yeah. That happened with Manos: The Hands of Fate, which is one of our most famous titles. You know, back in the day we didn’t even really watch these movies all the way through. At lunch we’d screen them and look at them and kind of go, “Yeah. This looks awesome. Let’s do it.” But when we finally got Manos and really watched it all the way through, I got really concerned.

It was one of those things where I felt like should I say something? I’m in the writers room and I’m going, “Should I acknowledge that this may be an unriffable movie? Should I say that or is that irresponsible as the showrunner?” Or the creator of the show. You know?

After a while, everybody else started to say, “Holy shit. This is tough, man.” There’s something special about that movie. There are some unique production elements that made it extra strange for people … Have you seen Manos?

Yeah

Manos has this real troubling … There’s some true horror in that movie that I think is a complete accident based on what I know about the filmmaker. You’re sitting there going, “Does this guy know what he’s doing? Because this is really creepy. This is truly disturbing.” I think that’s why Manos is so popular. It’s almost like … We usually get our sauce on the movie … In that case, Manos got its sauce on us. I remember going, “Should we just throw this out? It’s so weird and nothing is sticking.” We learned a lot from it because it became so popular. It made us reiterate the theme back where we were really acknowledging how bad the movie was and really acknowledging how hard it was. You can forget that part of the premise because you’re working so hard to make it funny that it’s really good to remind people like, “Wow. This is tough. This is hard. Thanks for coming along on the journey.”

You mentioned you have a ist of potential films you can cross off and go through. How do you separate the titles so you know which is which? How do you decide when to use a certain one? Like, “OK, I’m in the mood to collaborate with this one today”?

We’re doing that now, and we do it in threes. We just got funded for the first three episodes and so we landed the first three movies and they have a composite quality to them. It’s a composite, it’s kind of like making a wine with a bunch of different grapes to get a good wine. You can look at the three together that we just cleared, and that’s like the first brace. Then the second brace, we’ll do the same thing again. Whatever the atomic weight is of a movie, we’re trying to balance it with two other movies, so when they see them like three at a time, they’ll all balance out.

You were saying when someone is a comedian they don’t want to call themselves a comedian. I know that early on, obviously, you were on the show and you stepped off camera. If you had to label yourself, do you view yourself as a writer or a comedy writer or if you had to tag it somehow?

I’m not really comfortable with that label. I think designer is much better for me. Just that I have to think about how all the pieces flow together. We do a ton of visual development. We just went through a period where we generated hundreds and hundreds of images. We have to start the show immediately, I had to have just this brace of images I could show people instead of describing it. The written word, you just … People get lost. I’ve never seen two people interpret a document the same way. If a picture is there, it anchors it.

We had to do the entire world of the show remotely. Everybody’s going to be at home, everybody is going to have a green screen and a camera ring and monitors and lights. I had to make sure we felt like you could use that and assemble the show and still present the world of the show. It meant we had to break out a few little ideas that could allow us to manage that. We can’t think like, “Oh, we’re going to go to Raleigh Study in LA, build these sets, and shoot everybody.” It got a little bit fractured.

Production design is really important in the context of how the show is made remotely. Those are all the things that I feel obliged to understand and feel comfortable [with] and that’s the stuff that’s hardest because you have to drag everybody along with you. That’s my biggest obligation. The most shameful thing for me would be creating a show that couldn’t be made. I take a lot of pride in that I understand how all this stuff is made and realize that we can do it and so whenever somebody paints me as, “He’s just frivolous and he just is imaginative and he’s going to paint himself off a cliff,” I really get offended because I go, “This is a really inexpensive show.” Our shows are $350,000 for 90 minutes. It’s like, give me some credit here. That’s the worst thing you could say to me, “You’re unrelated to reality.” You know? It makes me cuckoo.

There’s one other thing I deliberately brought with me to show you about my creative process and that is I’m one of these cats who just does notebooks, right? I use it every day. I take notes. I do a bunch of drawings and stuff. It’s just trying to mess around and solve things. This is how many notebooks I got from COVID, there’s like 16 of them from the last year. That’s kind of my spring board for ideas. If I feel a need to draw something then that means I feel pretty secure about it and I’m interested in it and so if it remains or if I keep drawing, that’s an indicator that I want to do more with it. That’s kind of my trick with letting ideas emerge.

Do you save all the notebooks? Do you have all the ones from the past?

Yeah. I got them all. This is 184 so I’m coming up on 200 of them. I started in college. Basically, everything that’s in MST started out in these notebooks.

It’s interesting, the idea of the archive and keeping good archives. When I was a teenager, I made a zine and it was just a cut and paste kind of thing and I was a teenager so I didn’t think about it but my mother saved them all and I’m so thankful she did, that I have all of those. Following the path is interesting. Have you ever done a drawing on computers or you like to keep it to the notebooks?

It’s really funny. I’ve done Photoshop for like 20 years. For whatever reason, though, I think because I’m on a laptop and it’s kind of like they upgraded Photoshop enough so it’s hard for me to use. I do a ton of cut and paste stuff. I do like that aesthetic so I’m trying to keep that intact. For whatever reason, I just like it better, but it’s really old-fashioned, man. It’s not the way the kids do it.

My wife is an architect and she’s always drawing on computers but she’s recently gone back to drawing on paper. She said she can feel the space a lot better that way and figure it out. She kept getting a bigger and bigger screen to try and replicate it. You realize it’s a lot easier to just have a huge piece of paper and lay it down on the kitchen table and do it that way. There’s something about the laptop, it’s very flat and it’s very small.

I mean, it is a pursuit of the pleasure of making. You have to do it in a way that pleases you and this is the way that has emerged for me. I guess I’m a bit of a Luddite so I just don’t use the computer the way I’m supposed to. Now that I got my shots we’re starting to move back into our office, but this has been really great creatively. There’s much less time spent going to get lunch and doing all the things you do when you’re at an office. It’s that thing where it’s just different ways of making it and then when I’m done, whoever the next person is, they’ll be able to go, “Well, they did it this way and they did it this way and they did it this way. I can borrow things from each of these to make a function right now.” It just is good for the audience to accept the change, that change is always going to be a part of it.

Joel Hodgson Recommends:

“Five books I’m looking at right now…“

The Fantasy Worlds of Irwin Allen by Jeff Bond

Move On Up: Chicago Soul Music and Black Cultural Power by Aaron Cohen

The Hard Stuff: Dope, Crime, the MC5, and My Life of Impossibilities by Wayne Kramer

The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century by Adam Davidson

The Death of Expertise by Tom Nichols.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/04/26/designer-and-mystery-science-theater-3000-creator-joel-hodgson-on-staying-curious/feed/ 0 190932
China formally charges Australian journalist Cheng Lei – half year after being detained https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/08/china-formally-charges-australian-journalist-cheng-lei-half-year-after-being-detained/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/08/china-formally-charges-australian-journalist-cheng-lei-half-year-after-being-detained/#respond Mon, 08 Feb 2021 08:20:48 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=159716 Australian journalist Cheng Lei … charged by Chinese authorities with “illegally supplying state secrets overseas”. Image: RSF

Pacific Media Watch newsdesk

The Chinese government has formally charged Australian journalist Cheng Lei with “illegally supplying state secrets overseas”, almost half a year after she was first detained, reports ABC News.

Lei has been held since August last year under a form of detention that allows Chinese police to imprison and question a suspect for up to six months without access to lawyers.

Australian Foreign Minister Marise Payne said Chinese authorities advised Australia late last week that they had formally charged Lei, meaning an official investigation into her conduct would now begin.

“We have consistently raised concerns [about Cheng Lei] regularly at the most senior levels,” Payne said.

“We have made a number of consular visits to her as part of our bilateral consular agreement – the most recent of those was on the 27th of January – and we continue to seek assurances of her being treated appropriately, humanely and in accordance with international standards, and that will continue to be the case.”

Lei was working as a high profile anchor for China’s state-run English language news service CGTN.

Payne said the charges against Lei were “broad” and she expected the investigation to continue for months.

When asked if the Australian government believed the allegations against Lei were baseless, she said Australia was “seeking further advice in relation to the charges”.

Lei has two young children living with her family in Melbourne.

Last year, a Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman said Lei was “suspected of carrying out criminal activities endangering China’s national security”, but did not provide any further details.

In September, the Paris-based Reporters Without Borders (RSF) media freedom watchdog and other press freedom groups urged the release of Cheng Lei, who had been detained incommunicado and without charge since 14 August 2020.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/02/08/china-formally-charges-australian-journalist-cheng-lei-half-year-after-being-detained/feed/ 0 159716
To publish or not to publish? The media’s free-speech dilemmas in a world of division, violence and extremism https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/21/to-publish-or-not-to-publish-the-medias-free-speech-dilemmas-in-a-world-of-division-violence-and-extremism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/21/to-publish-or-not-to-publish-the-medias-free-speech-dilemmas-in-a-world-of-division-violence-and-extremism/#respond Thu, 21 Jan 2021 20:46:35 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=153110 ANALYSIS: By Denis Muller, University of Melbourne

Terrorism, political extremism, Donald Trump, social media and the phenomenon of “cancel culture” are confronting journalists with a range of agonising free-speech dilemmas to which there are no easy answers.

Do they allow a president of the United States to use their platforms to falsely and provocatively claim the election he has just lost was stolen from him?

How do they cover the activities and rhetoric of political extremists without giving oxygen to race hate and civil insurrection?

How do they integrate news-making social media material into their own content, when it is also hateful or a threat to the civil peace?

Should journalists engage in, or take a stand against, “cancel culture”?

How should editors respond to the “assassin’s veto”, when extremists threaten to kill those who publish content that offends their culture or religion?

The West has experienced concrete examples of all these in recent years. In the US, many of them became pressing during the Trump presidency.

Lying and endangering civil peace
When five of the big US television networks cut away from former President Trump’s White House press conference on November 6 after he claimed the election had been stolen, they did so on the grounds that he was lying and endangering civil peace.

Silencing the president was an extraordinary step, since it is the job of the media to tell people what is going on, hold public officials to account, and uphold the right to free speech. It looked like an abandonment of their role in democratic life.

Against that, television’s acknowledged reach and power imposes a heavy duty not to provide a platform for dangerous speech.

Then on January 6 – two months later to the day – after yet more incitement from Trump, a violent mob laid siege to the Capitol and five people lost their lives. The networks’ decision looked prescient.

They had acted on the principle that a clear and present danger to civil peace, based on credible evidence, should be prioritised over commitments to informing the public, holding public officials to account and freedom of speech.

This case also raised a further dilemma. Even if the danger to peace did not exist, should journalists just go on reporting – or broadcasting – known lies, even when they come from the president of the United States?

Newspaper editors and producers of pre-recorded radio and television content have the time to report lies while simultaneously calling them out as lies. Live radio and television do not. The words are out and the damage is done.

So the medium, the nature and size of the risk, how the informational and accountability functions of journalism are prioritised against the risk, and the free-speech imperative all play into these decisions.

Should the media report known lies, even if uttered by the president of the United States? Image: AAP/EPA/White House handout

Similar considerations arise in respect of reporting political extremism.

The ABC’s Four Corners programme is about to embark on a story about the alt-right in the US. Having advertised this in a promotional tweet, the ABC received some social media blow-back raising the question of why it would give oxygen to these groups.

The influence of the alt-right on Western politics is a matter of real public interest because of the way it shapes political rhetoric and policy responses, particular on race and immigration.

To not report on this phenomenon because it pursues a morally reprehensible ideology would be to fail the ethical obligation of journalism to tell the community about the important things that are going on in the world.

It is not a question of whether to report, but how.

The Four Corners programme will not be live to air. There will be opportunity for judicious editing. Journalists are under no obligation to report everything they are told. In fact they almost never do.

Motive matters
Whether the decision to omit is censorship comes down to motive: is it censorship to omit hate speech or incitement to violence? No. Because the reporter doesn’t agree with it? Yes.

Integrating social media content into professional mass media news presents all these complexities and one more: what is called the news value of “virality”.

Does the fact something has gone viral on social media make it news? For the more responsible professional mass media, something more will usually be needed.

Does the subject matter affect large numbers of people? Is it inherently significant in some way? Does it involve some person who is in a position of authority or public trust?

Trump’s use of Twitter was an exploitation of these decision-rules, but did not invalidate them.

Social media is also the means by which “cancel culture” works. It enables large numbers of people to join a chorus of condemnation against someone for something they have said or done.

It also puts pressure on institutions such as universities or media outlets to shun them.

How voiceless can exert influence
It has become a means by which the otherwise powerless or voiceless can exert influence over people or organisations that would otherwise be beyond their reach.

There are those who are worried about the effects on free speech. In July 2020, Harper’s magazine published a letter of protest signed by 152 authors, academics, journalists, artists, poets, playwrights and critics.

While applauding the intentions behind “cancel culture” in advancing racial and social justice, they raised their voices against what they saw as a new set of moral attitudes that tended to favour ideological conformity.

In the aftermath of the police killings of black people in 2020 and the law-and-order response of the Trump administration, “cancel culture” began to affect journalism ethics. Some journalists on papers such as The Washington Post and The New York Times began taking public positions against the way their papers were reporting race issues.

Black Lives MatterIn the aftermath of the Black Lives Matter protests, some journalists began to question how their papers covered race issues. Image: AAP/AP/Evan Vucci

It led to a lively debate in the profession about the extent to which moral preferences should shape news decisions. The riposte to those who argued that they should, was: whose moral preferences should prevail?

This was yet another illustration of the complexities surrounding free speech issues arising from the social media phenomenon, the Trump presidency and the combination of the two.

Terrorism added contribution
Terrorism has also added its contribution. Over the decade 2005-2015, what became known as the Danish cartoons confronted journalists and editors with life-and-death decisions.

In 2005, the Danish newspaper Jyllands Posten (Jutland Post) published cartoons lampooning the Prophet Mohammed. It was a conscious act of defiance against “the assassin’s veto”, violent threats to free speech by Islamist-jihadis.

In 2009, a Danish-born professor of politics wrote a book, The Cartoons that Shook the World. Yale University Press, which published it, refused to re-publish the cartoons after having taken advice from counter-terrorism experts about the risks.

In November 2011, the French satirical newspaper Charlie Hebdo published an issue called Charia Hebdo, satirically featuring the Prophet as editor. The real editor was placed on an Al-Qaeda hit list and in January 2015, two masked gunmen opened fire on the newspaper office, killing 12 people, including the editor.

The world’s media were confronted with the decision whether to re-publish the cartoons again in defiance of “the assassin’s veto”. Some did, but most – including Jyllands Posten – did not.

The necessary limits of free speech
Free speech is an indispensable civil right under assault from all these forces. But none of the philosophers whose names we immediately associate with free speech have claimed it to be absolute.

The social media platforms, having for years proclaimed themselves extreme libertarians, have in recent times begun to recognise this is indefensible, and strengthened their moderating procedures.

Some of Australia’s senior politicians seem baffled by the issue.

When Twitter shut down Trump’s account, acting Prime Minister Michael McCormack did not seem to know where he stood, saying in one breath it was a violation of free speech to shut down Trump while in the next that Twitter should also take down the false image of an Australian soldier slitting the throat of an Afghan child.

And he is a former country newspaper editor.

This was followed by Treasurer Josh Frydenberg’s remark that he was “uncomfortable” with the Twitter decision. He quoted Voltaire as saying something Voltaire never said: the famous line that while he disagreed with what someone said, he would defend to the death his right to say it. It was a fabrication put into Voltaire’s mouth by a biographer more than 100 years after his death.

Voltaire, Milton, Spinoza, Locke and Mill, to say nothing of the US Supreme Court, have not regarded free speech as an absolute right.

So while the media face some extremely difficult decisions in today’s operating environment, they do not need to burden themselves with the belief that every decision not to publish is the violation of an inviolable right.The Conversation

By Dr Denis Muller, senior research fellow, Centre for Advancing Journalism, University of Melbourne. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2021/01/21/to-publish-or-not-to-publish-the-medias-free-speech-dilemmas-in-a-world-of-division-violence-and-extremism/feed/ 0 153110
In search of our Hawaiki origins – behind the myths and storytelling https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/06/in-search-of-our-hawaiki-origins-behind-the-myths-and-storytelling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/06/in-search-of-our-hawaiki-origins-behind-the-myths-and-storytelling/#respond Tue, 06 Oct 2020 18:33:09 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=98963 REVIEW: By Sri Krishnamurthi of Pacific Media Watch

When I first learned about the mythical place called Hawaiki. I understood it to be Cape Reinga at the tip of Aotearoa New Zealand’s North Island, where the two oceans meet – the Blue Pacific and the Tasman Sea.

As Māori told me, it was the place where their tupuna (ancestors) departed.

In this three-part series Origins (TVNZ), Scotty Morrison, a Te Reo expert and host of Te Karare, goes in search of his Hawaiki and much more beyond. It is a journey through the origins of time in search of where Māori came from.

It’s the universal question – who are we and how did we get here? Morrison travels “across the world and through time” to discover just that.

“When our ancestors were believed to be the last people on earth to inhabit these shores, I want to know who they were these people and how they got here,” he says.

He asks the question: “Were they great sailors or starving refugees?”

He goes back to his marae where the carvings depict his tupuna, including Tamate Kapua, captain of the first waka to bring his ancestors to these shores. However, the tales of legends is not enough to convince of roots.

Waka and names
The Ngati Whakaue man describes Hawaiki as the “Homeland” which is how the eldest of his three children is named.

As he explains, every iwi arrived on a different waka and his was no different, arriving as the Ngati Whakaue did on the waka of captain Tamate Kapua

After the tribulations, they finally arrived at Maketu where the Te Arawa iwi takes it name, settling in the Bay of Plenty. They believe the waka set of from a real place which he wants to visit.

In the first episode, he takes viewers of the documentary to the sacred archaeological site at Wairau Bar, or Te Pokohiwi, where some of the first people to arrive in Aotearoa, are buried.

“There is a whole lot of Hawaikis” says Sir Toby Curtis of Te Arawa. “The last Hawaiki is in the Pacific. The other Hawaikis are named in India and Africa before they moved to the Pacific.

“Wherever they stayed, that place was called Hawaiki.

“So, there are many places that are Hawaiki, but the Hawaikii we talk about is here is the Pacific,” the Te Arawa kaumatua says.

Keeps pointing to Rangitea
“The Hawaiki we talk about keeps on pointing back to Rangitea [in “French” Polynesia], and it is important because we want to know where we came from,” says Toby.

That is the quest that Morrison undertakes tracing the journey of the first people to arrive in New Zealand and also the history of the first people to walk the Earth which features him travelling from Polynesia to Asia to Africa.

As Morrison says, the story “starts here with us and the Māori story, but it turns into a story around human existence basically, and where we all seem to have originated from.”

The series was inspired by Meg Douglas of Scottie Productions who has worked on the project for nearly a decade and was motivated by the tales that her father narrated to her about his own epic journey to uncover and write about the origins of his own iwi.

And so, in 2018 Scottie Productions teamed up with Greenstone TV and TVNZ came on board to support the project.

Production started in early 2019. It was a massive task, with research being undertaken through immeasurable hours of sifting through papers, historical books, and talking to people all over New Zealand and the world.

The project began shooting in July 2019 and finished in January 2020 just before the covid-19 pandemic hit the world.

First tupuna to arrive
For Morrison, the next part of his journey was from the Wairau Bar, Te Pokohiwi, where some of the first tupuna to arrive are buried. After learning the secrets of history that the Bar had to offer him to give him a grounding it was time to move on.

Next, he goes to Tahiti, Eastern Polynesia where finds connections through language as he discovers that he can converse in te reo with a man speaking Tahitian Ma’ohi at the museum and similarities in language can only be described as remarkable.

The indigenous language is no longer commonplace but Ma’ohi is starting to enjoy a revival, as Morrison discovers.

He feels a connection to Tahiti even though the journey to Aotearoa is a 4000km and dangerous voyage.

As Jack Thatcher, a master builder from Aotearoa who prepares to sail his waka from Tahiti to New Zealand tells him: “Hawaiki is an ideal, it’s one of those places, it’s one of those places from whence we came and where we settled we had a Hawaiki back to Rarotonga, Tahitinui, Rangitea, so I think Hawaiki might just be moana,”

After travelling to Meheti’a, or Maketu, where voyagers made their final preparation, he then travels to Rangitea (or Rai’atea) to Taputapuatea, a Unesco World Heritage site on Rai’atea, which is said to be the launch place of Tamatekapua’s waka, Morrison’s Te Arawa ancestor.

“I feel as though I’m about to walk to into my tribe’s sacred places,” he says discovering that the Tainui, Te Arawa and Tokomaru waka left Rai’atea for Aotearoa.

Felt in the DNA
“This is a good point to start because when you come here we feel it in your DNA and genealogy as Maori and I think if you take the time to come here you’ll feel it to.”

The calm serenity on the beach where he sits on Rai’atea reveals that to be his personal Hawaiki.

Morrison learns how early Pākehā researchers got the origins of Māori so wrong. He is surprised to find that several traditional folktales in Samoa are replicated in Māori culture and he makes a shock personal discovery at an ancient Vanuatu urupa (burial place).

Much of Pakeha research is debunked by historian Dr Rawiri Taonui who says: “You really need to go in with your eyes and heart wide open because there is a lot of stuff in these books that are exciting and interesting but not true.”

Then in later episodes he explores links with Western Polynesia and goes to Western Samoa, Vanuatu and Taiwan, where Morrison says there are some linguistic similarities with te reo in an usurping discovery which tells the tale of his ancestors voyagers.

It surprises him that Māori may have travelled from Western Polynesia too and the discovery of Lapita pottery in Samoa then takes him to Vanuatu where it came from.

He is welcomed by a challenge by young warriors like a wero but it is the Lapita pots that gives a clue to the colonisation of Vanuatu where he similarities in the words found in common word.

Pots similar to Taiwan
But the Lapita pots are that similar to those found in Taiwan and in 2003 a major burial site or urupa (burial ground) was discovered.

In the final episode Morrison travels to Taiwan and Ethiopia to explore the place that is said to be the origin of us all, and he visits the Cook Islands – the stepping off point for waka heading to Aotearoa hundreds of years ago.

He travels to Eastern Taiwan which hasn’t been inhabited by the Han Chinese and ancient rituals still hold true.

Once again he finds similarities in the language when he ask an indigenous sailor to recite numbers to 10. And he travels inland to find a structure not to dissimilar to the Wharenui back home.

“It is extraordinary how similar this whare is to the whare back home,” Morrison says in astonishment.

However, his last stop 8000 km away in Addis Abba, Ethiopia, said to be “cradle of humanity” and one which Sir Toby Curtis spoke as a knowing elder of Te Arawa.

He discovers the bones of “Lucy” a 3.2 million-year-old woman whose relics can be found at the National Museum of Ethiopia.

Left in ‘search for food’
As it explained to him by the curator of the mueum, human beings left in “search of food”.

In Ethiopia, he visits the Omo Valley where the cradle of humanity is said to be and where the oldest, completely formed human skeleton was found.

The question of where we come from is “always going to be something that’s debated,” says Morrison, and there are many varying beliefs about how we came to be here.

While visiting with a traditional tribal group in the Omo River Valley, Morrison met a chief who took umbrage at the most popular theory of human evolution.

“I said through an interpreter, ‘Do you believe in the theory that eventually monkeys stood up and walked out of the bush and that was the evolution of human beings?’

“And the chief who I was talking to said to the interpreter, ‘Tell him if he says that to me again I’m going to take his head off’,” laughs Morrison

From visiting the Hamar people in Omo River Valley he then returns fron the 5000-year-old journey to the Cook Islands and to familiar surroundings to where three waka sailed – Te Arawa, Tainui and Takitimu.

The afterbirth is buried
As a master builder and carver from Rarotonga Mike Tavaoni says: Avaiki (Hawaiki) is where you are born, where afterbirth is buried. It is simply where you originated,” that is what it means to the Cook Island Māori.

“Ultimately (the journey) has strengthened my commitment to my own Maori culture and I finish in the firm belief that I visited my Hawaikii in Ra’aitea,” says Morrison.

The documentary is a mammoth feat of research and travel and does much to tell where Māori originated from.

  • Origins: In search of the mythical Hawaiki and beyond (TVNZ), a three-part documentary series.
    Director: Dan Salmon
  • Camera-man: Jack Bryant
    TVNZ On Demand
Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/10/06/in-search-of-our-hawaiki-origins-behind-the-myths-and-storytelling/feed/ 0 98963
Pacific television training initiative boosts region’s broadcasters https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/29/pacific-television-training-initiative-boosts-regions-broadcasters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/29/pacific-television-training-initiative-boosts-regions-broadcasters/#respond Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:29:19 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=99037 Producer Lee Taylor with 1 NEWS Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver … journalists in the region “face unique challenges in meeting their ambitions”. Image: TVNZ

Pacific Media Watch Newsdesk

Television New Zealand and Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Limited (PCBL) have launched a new training programme to help broadcasters across the region deliver a premium news product to their audiences.

Designed and led by 1 NEWS’ Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver and produced by Lee Taylor, the 10-week training programme will be attended by 21 broadcasters, representing 11 Pacific nations.

More than 100 journalists are participating, demonstrating a need from the Pacific broadcasting community for “connection and support” in delivering their services.

READ MORE: Other Pacific Media Watch reports

“I’m incredibly proud of this new initiative. It pulls together experienced individuals across the 1 NEWS floor and makes use of the tools we’re fortunate to have at our disposal,” said Dreaver.

“Pacific broadcasters want to deliver the best news product possible for their viewers.

“They face unique challenges in meeting their ambitions and that’s what this programme is all about.”

The programme is centred around weekly sessions conducted over livestream and covering a range of topics.

With so many broadcasters represented, there is also an opportunity for discussion around shared challenges and issues.

A series of “news bytes” is also being produced, giving all participants a video catalogue of training materials to continually refer to.

1 NEWS journalists around New Zealand will provide material for this.

Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Limited chief executive Natasha Meleisea said the new programme would play an important role in PCBL’s strategy around media resilience in the Pacific.

“Covid-19 has been tough for our broadcasters with their output being severely curtailed,” she said.

“At the same time, the need for local reporting has never been greater.

“This programme is about supporting and sharing what we have, so news in the Pacific continues to go from strength to strength.”

Pacific TV journalistsEMTV Online team journalists on the new training course from Port Moresby. Image: TVNZ

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/29/pacific-television-training-initiative-boosts-regions-broadcasters/feed/ 0 99037
Global media giant set to be NZ’s biggest private TV broadcaster https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/07/global-media-giant-set-to-be-nzs-biggest-private-tv-broadcaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/07/global-media-giant-set-to-be-nzs-biggest-private-tv-broadcaster/#respond Mon, 07 Sep 2020 07:19:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?p=92514 MediaWorks … buy-out by entertainment giant Discovery Inc., which already owns two free-to-air channels in NZ. Image: PMC screenshot

ANALYSIS: By Colin Peacock, RNZ Mediawatch presenter

Commercial broadcasting company MediaWorks has agreed to sell its television channels to Discovery Inc.

The US-based global entertainment company will become the biggest privately-owned player in New Zealand free-to-air TV industry in 2021.

MediaWorks has been trying to sell its television arm – including the free-to-air channel Three (formerly TV3) – since last year.

MediaWorks also owns half the country’s radio stations which have been profitable in recent years while the TV operations have lost money.

The deal will also include the news service Newshub, and on-demand platform 3Now

Bravo, an entertainment channel jointly-owned with US-based NBC Universal, and The Edge TV and The Breeze TV – music channels attached to MediaWorks radio stations – are also part of the deal.

MediaWorks says the sale is expected by the end of the year, subject to “a number of pre-completion approvals.”

Discovery already owns two free-to-air channels here. Choice, set up by local producers in  2012, was sold to a Canadian media company Blue Ant Media two years later which also introduced lifestyle channel HGTV. Discovery Inc acquired both channels without fanfare in 2019.

Discovery also has pay-TV channels here on Sky TV, including Discovery Channel, TLC and Animal Planet.

What is discovery?
Discovery Inc began as a content creation company making documentaries, natural history programmes and entertainment shows.

In the 1990s, Discovery Channel began launching its own channels for cable TV and subscription platforms and taking over other creators of “real life entertainment.”

In recent years it has also invested heavily in digital innovation and online distribution. Growing its slate of broadcast outlets and platforms across the world in markets big and small has gone hand-in-hand with its programme-making and digital content creation.

Who will be in charge?
MediaWorks CEO Michael Anderson had already announced he would step down by the end of this year once the sale of the TV channels was agreed.

Today’s announcement says MediaWorks current commercial director Glen Kyne  – also the current chair of umbrella group Think TV – is now general manager of TV and he will continue in that role when Discovery takes over.

Discovery’s Asia-Pacific operations have offices in Australia, but he will report to Discovery’s New York based president for the region, Simon Robinson. The statement says Discovery’s Sydney-based general manager for Australia, New Zealand and Pacific Islands Rebecca Kent will oversee free-to-air channels Choice and HGTV and Discovery’s pay-TV channels here.

Good news for the staff, stars and viewers?
After years of financial instability under the ownership of private equity funds, repeated refinancing and several months up for sale – during which there was speculation the TV channels could close before Christmas last year – MediaWorks TV staff will be relieved.

In 2019, Michael Anderson complained bitterly about government media policy cementing state-owned TVNZ’s pre-eminence in free-to-air TV. Covid-19 caused an immediate slump in revenue in March this year.

“It’s a cliff we can’t see the bottom of. It’s dark,” Michael Anderson told Parliament’s Pandemic Response Committee in April.

Any local media companies still pondering a play for MediaWorks TV would have shelved their plans at that point.

But Discovery Inc is a business which earned US$11 billion last year and has a track record of investment and innovation.

But its commitment to local content is unknown. News and local entertainment shows have been a critical part of the mix since TV3 was first established 30 years ago.

Many are publicly-funded by NZ On Air, but they are costly to make and don’t always pull a crowd. Very few of the top-rating free-to-air local shows appear on MediaWorks TV.

Discovery’s own shows
Discovery will certainly want to put the company’s own shows on its new channels in 2021.

But the current and prospective bosses were making the right noises though in today’s announcement.

“Under the ownership of Discovery, Three, Newshub and Bravo will have a long-term home and continue to play a vital role in New Zealand society,” said MediaWorks CEO Michael Anderson.

“We are committed to drive MediaWorks TV’s future growth and success, delivering increased value to audiences and advertisers across all screens in New Zealand,” said APAC head Simon Robinson.

“Our very talented teams continue to focus on bringing New Zealanders trusted, local news and current affairs and quality entertainment content,” said Glen Kyne.

The splitting of radio and TV operations will also create problems to solve by 2021.

Newshub was created in 2017 to serve MediaWorks radio, TV and online platforms. The AM show was designed to occupy the breakfast slot on Three and talk radio.

At the time, it was a signal MediaWorks’ owner had no interest in splitting off the profitable parts of the company from the TV bits.

But an awful lot has changed in the media industry since then.

This article is republished by the Pacific Media Centre under a partnership agreement with RNZ.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/07/global-media-giant-set-to-be-nzs-biggest-private-tv-broadcaster/feed/ 0 92514
NZ’s MediaWorks confirms sale of TV operations to Discovery Inc https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/06/nzs-mediaworks-confirms-sale-of-tv-operations-to-discovery-inc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/06/nzs-mediaworks-confirms-sale-of-tv-operations-to-discovery-inc/#respond Sun, 06 Sep 2020 23:40:45 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=92480 New Zealand’s MediaWorks headquarters on Flower Street in Auckland central. Image: Google Maps/RNZ

By RNZ News

New Zealand’s MediaWorks has confirmed it will sell its television operations to US company Discovery Inc.

The deal includes channels Three and Bravo, streaming service ThreeNow, and multi-platform news and current affairs service Newshub, as well as the further channels Three+1, Bravo+1, The Edge TV and The Breeze TV.

The company says the sale is subject to pre-completion approvals and is expected to be completed by the end of the year.

READ MORE: MediaWorks confirms sale to Discovery – Newshub

MediaWorks has been trying to sell its TV operation since late last year and had already done a deal to sell its central Auckland premises.

In May, it announced 130 staff redundancies in response to a covid-19-driven slump in revenue.

Staff hours and pay were also reduced in April.

Chief executive Michael Anderson, who finishes with the company at the end of the year, said this was the best possible outcome.

‘Best possible outcome’
“We are very pleased to have reached a sales agreement with Discovery and to share this news today,” he said.

“This is the best possible outcome for the future of MediaWorks TV and its passionate and dedicated people who work tirelessly to make it a unique and special business.

“Under the ownership of Discovery, Three, Newshub and Bravo will have a long-term home and continue to play a vital role in New Zealand society.”

“The ongoing success of our radio and out-of-home business demonstrates that MediaWorks has a very bright future and with this unique and powerful combination, our focus now is to accelerate the opportunities that exist for our clients.”

Discovery president for Asia-Pacific Simon Robinson said it was an exciting purchase.

“MediaWorks TV is New Zealand’s leading independent free-to-air commercial broadcaster, with popular shows and great brands,” he said.

Global content creator
“Discovery is a global content creator, a major free-to-air broadcaster across several European markets, including the UK, Germany, Italy, Poland and the Nordics, and has expertise in evolving our linear business to direct-to-consumer.

“With a 26-year heritage in the New Zealand market, we are committed to drive MediaWorks TV’s future growth and success, delivering increased value to audiences and advertisers across all screens in New Zealand.”

Glen Kyne has been appointed general manager of TV, and would report to Simon Robinson once the deal was completed.

Discovery has had a presence in New Zealand since 1994, when it first launched Discovery Channel on Sky.

This article is republished by the Pacific Media Centre under a partnership agreement with RNZ.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/06/nzs-mediaworks-confirms-sale-of-tv-operations-to-discovery-inc/feed/ 0 92480
AJF calls for Chinese authorities to free ‘hostage’ TV anchor Cheng Lei https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/01/ajf-calls-for-chinese-authorities-to-free-hostage-tv-anchor-cheng-lei/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/01/ajf-calls-for-chinese-authorities-to-free-hostage-tv-anchor-cheng-lei/#respond Tue, 01 Sep 2020 12:39:29 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?p=90409 Television host Cheng Lei … her detention without charge “sends a very clear message to the rest of the world and the media community in particular”. Image: SBS/Facebook

Pacific Media Watch Newsdesk

The Brisbane-based Alliance for Journalists’ Freedom calls for Chinese authorities to provide due process to Australian television journalist Cheng Lei and release her immediately pending any judicial proceedings – in line with the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (which China has signed).

It has also called on the authorities in China to ensure that any judicial
proceedings follow due process, reports the AJF.

On Monday, Foreign Minister Marise Payne confirmed that her department had been
told on August 14 of Cheng’s detention in Beijing.

According to the ABC, she is being held under what is known as “residential surveillance at a designated location”.

In effect, she has been imprisoned without charge and under Chinese law could remain there for up to six months without access to lawyers or her family.

AJF spokesman Professor Peter Greste said: “We are deeply troubled by Cheng Lei’s unjustified detention. Nothing in her life suggests she is a spy, a terrorist or a criminal of any sort.

“In the absence of evidence, the only conclusion we can come to is that she is being used as a hostage in a wider diplomatic spat between Australia and China, or perhaps because of
some critical comments she may have made.

‘Simply unacceptable’
“Either way, it is simply unacceptable.

“Her detention without charge sends a very clear message to the rest of the world and
the media community in particular – that China has little respect for the role of journalists
in public debate and seems willing to use high profile figures for political and diplomatic
leverage.”

Cheng was born in China but grew up in Australia and studied at the University of
Queensland. For the past eight years, she has worked as an on-air anchor and reporter for
the English-language TV news service, CGTN.

Since her detention, her profile has disappeared from the network’s website and her videos have been taken down.

In a video released by the Australian Global Alumni, an international relations initiative by
the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, Cheng said: “The beauty of an Australian
education is more about what it doesn’t teach.

“It doesn’t teach you to just follow orders.

‘Freedom to think’
“It allows you that freedom to think for yourself, to question even textbooks, even
professors, to judge for yourself, which is critical in journalism.”

The AJF believes that a free, vibrant media benefits everyone apart from those with
things to hide, and is fundamental to any functioning society regardless of its political
system.

The AJF campaigns for legislative reform and the freedom of journalists across
the Asia-Pacific region.

Professor Peter Greste is a director of the AJF and is UNESCO chair in journalism
and communication at the University of Queensland.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/09/01/ajf-calls-for-chinese-authorities-to-free-hostage-tv-anchor-cheng-lei/feed/ 0 90409
Malaysia’s media crackdowns driven by a shaky, sensitive government https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/15/malaysias-media-crackdowns-driven-by-a-shaky-sensitive-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/15/malaysias-media-crackdowns-driven-by-a-shaky-sensitive-government/#respond Wed, 15 Jul 2020 11:12:30 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/15/malaysias-media-crackdowns-driven-by-a-shaky-sensitive-government/ Al Jazeera’s documentary on the plight of migrant workers during covid-19 lockdown.

ANALYSIS: By Ross Tapsell, of the Australian National University

The recent police interrogations of six Al Jazeera journalists in Malaysia – five of whom are Australian – was not about shaping international reportage or a diplomatic rift.

Rather, it was part of a troubling pattern of crackdowns on the media and freedom of speech in the country, driven by the domestic concerns of an insecure government highly sensitive to criticism.

While the previous government led by former Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad was by no means consistent or perfect, Malaysia was hailed just last year as an example of a country improving on press freedom.

READ MORE: Malaysia takes a turn to the right, and many of its people are worried

This started to change in March, however, as Muhyiddin Yassin’s new government came to power. Tolerance for criticism and dissent has since been in short supply.

Since Muhyiddin Yassin’s new government came to power. Tolerance for criticism and dissent has since been in short supply. Image: Ahmad Yusni/EPA

Pattern of repression
The Al Jazeera journalists have been accused of sedition and defamation over a documentary about the government’s treatment of migrant workers during the covid-19 pandemic. Malaysian officials and national television claim the documentary was inaccurate, misleading and unfair.

But these journalists are hardly the only ones to be targeted by the new government.

Steven GanSteven Gan arriving at court this week. Image: Ahmad Yusni/EPA

Steven Gan, chief editor of the trusted online news portal Malaysiakini, is facing contempt of court charges and could be sent to jail over reader comments briefly published on the news site that were apparently critical of the judiciary. Gan’s lawyer warned the case could have a “chilling effect”.

South China Morning Post journalist Tashny Sukamaran has been investigated for reporting on police raids of migrant workers and refugees.

Another journalist, Boo Su-Lyn, is being investigated for publishing the findings of an inquiry into a fire at a hospital in 2016 that left six dead.

A book featuring articles by political analysts and journalists has been banned over the artwork on the cover that allegedly insulted the national coat of arms. Sukamaran and journalists from Malaysiakini have been questioned by police about their involvement.

Opposition politicians have also been questioned by police for tweets and comments they made in the media prior to the new government taking power.

Whistle-blowers are included in this, too. For example, the government this week cancelled the work permit of the migrant worker who was featured in the Al Jazeera documentary.

Why the recent crackdown?
Malaysia’s current coalition government – Perikatan Nasional – was controversially formed earlier this year. The alliance came to power via backdoor politicking and support from the Malaysian king as Mahathir’s dysfunctional coalition imploded.

The new government coalition includes the United Malays National Organisation (UMNO), the party voted out of power in 2018 following a massive corruption scandal. This was the first time Malaysia had changed government in its 60-year history.

With UMNO now back in government, it is perhaps no surprise there are again more crackdowns on the media, as their previous rule saw regular attacks on journalists, activists and opposition figures.

Malaysia has also become known for its “cybertroopers” – social media commentators similar to “trolls” – who drive heated nationalistic and race-related agendas, and target government critics.

After the Al Jazeera documentary, these cyber-troopers provided fervent support for the government’s actions, arguing it had every right to round up migrants and evict them if it sees fit. Al Jazeera said its journalists were also targeted by cyber-troopers, saying they

faced abuse online, including death threats and disclosure of their personal details over social media.

Shaky government looking to firm up support
There’s another reason for the return of media crackdowns and online-driven activity beyond just the government’s desire to control the media.

It is also tactical as it allows government ministers to respond with firm statements asking security forces to intervene – enabling them to look strong, coherent and nationalistic.

Muhyiddin’s coalition is on shaky ground. It holds a slim majority in parliament and internal party factions have come to dominate political debate, with “party-hopping” becoming increasingly common. Malaysiakini even has a rolling news page regularly updated to track politicians’ changing alliances.

Malaysia’s parliament also finally resumed this week after a long and unstable hiatus, and was described as a “circus”. Politicians shouted over one another, with some trading racist and sexist remarks.

The house speaker, who was part of Mahathir’s administration, was also
controversially replaced. There has been consistent talk of snap polls.

In this environment, politicians who don’t respond forcefully enough in the “culture wars” over documentaries and controversial artwork on book covers, or conform with the online mob on immigration, risk looking weak.

A ‘new normal’ settling in
A snap election won’t necessarily help Muyhiddin strengthen his position, as parties within the coalition can become rivals during a campaign for certain seats.

But no matter who rules Malaysia in the coming months, the result will likely be a government that is fragile, insecure and worried about its legitimacy. For Malaysians, this is their “new normal”.

The risk for journalists in this “new normal” is further repression and harassment of independent media. As we have seen elsewhere in Southeast Asia, as well as in Australia, the state seems increasingly willing to use legal and regulatory pressure to make sure journalists and whistle-blowers are afraid to speak up.The Conversation

Dr Ross Tapsell is senior lecturer in the School of Culture, History and Language, College of Asia and the Pacific., Australian National University.  This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/15/malaysias-media-crackdowns-driven-by-a-shaky-sensitive-government/feed/ 0 73700
Southern Cross: Uproar over ABS-CBN denial of TV licence by government https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/13/southern-cross-uproar-over-abs-cbn-denial-of-tv-licence-by-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/13/southern-cross-uproar-over-abs-cbn-denial-of-tv-licence-by-government/#respond Mon, 13 Jul 2020 07:38:50 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/13/southern-cross-uproar-over-abs-cbn-denial-of-tv-licence-by-government/ PMC’s weekly Southern Cross radio programme on 95bFM … with Sri Krishnamurthi, James Tapp, Oscar Perress (not in photo) and the Pacific Media Watch team. Image: David Robie/PMC

Pacific Media Watch

Host Oscar Perress talked to contributing editor of Pacific Media Watch Sri Krishnamurthi today about Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte’s government rejecting a licence for the country’s biggest radio and TV network ABS-CBN.

Its 25-year-old franchise expired in May but the majority of legislators refused to renew in a threat to the post-Marcos democratic constitution.

This was the lead issue on the Pacific Media Centre’s Southern Cross segment of Radio 95bFM’s The Wire.

LISTEN: PMC Southern Cross podcasts

“The parliamentarians who rejected this request for a new franchise will go down in history as legislators who preferred to support the ruling caste’s personal interests instead of defending the spirit of the 1987 constitution,” said Daniel Bastard, head of RSF Asia-Pacific news desk.

The vote count was overwhelmingly 70-11 against awarding the new franchise.

Southern Cross then discussed a comment piece from Benny Wenda, chair of the United Liberation Movement of West Papua.

He was adamant in his commentary article that when the 2001 special autonomy statute expires this year that it was time for the people of West Papua to reject Indonesian-controlled “autonomy” and the only solution was an independence referendum.

“There is only one just, democratic and feasible solution for West Papua: our right to self-determination, exercised through a referendum on independence,” Wenda claimed.

And once again the Philippines was making headlines for all the wrong reasons.

This time it was the #HoldTheLine support for the brave Maria Ressa who is being backed by 60 freedom groups, including the Pacific Media Centre.

At the weekend the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), the International Centre for Journalists (ICFJ), and Reporters Without Borders (RSF) announced the launch of the #HoldTheLine campaign in support of journalist Ressa and independent media under attack in the Philippines.

Acting in coordination with Ressa and her legal team, representatives from the three groups have formed the steering committee and are working alongside dozens of partners on the global campaign and reporting initiatives.

They hope to drup up 30,000 signatures.

Rappler’s chief executive Maria Ressa on June 20 was, alongside her colleague Reynaldo Santos Jr, convicted of “cyber-libel” – a criminal charge for which they could face six years in prison.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/13/southern-cross-uproar-over-abs-cbn-denial-of-tv-licence-by-government/feed/ 0 72634
New Zealand kids prefer YouTube, Netflix and TokTok to local media https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/12/new-zealand-kids-prefer-youtube-netflix-and-toktok-to-local-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/12/new-zealand-kids-prefer-youtube-netflix-and-toktok-to-local-media/#respond Sun, 12 Jul 2020 11:28:40 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/12/new-zealand-kids-prefer-youtube-netflix-and-toktok-to-local-media/ The latest report into what Kiwi kids are watching on screen shows global digital platforms are engaging their eyeballs more than local broadcasters. Image: Commonsense Media

From RNZ Mediawatch

New Zealand children use a lot less Kiwi media than they used to. New research shows its Netflix, YouTube and TikTok engaging their eyeballs big time these days. If our kids screen out our local media, what does the future hold for them?

The news media seized on one startling stat in New Zealand on Air’s latest survey of how children use the media here.

Nearly 90 percent of the 1100 children aged between 10 and 14 surveyed had seen content that had upset them in the past year – such as animal torture and sexual material.

LISTEN: Kiwi kids screening out local TV media – Mediawatch

There is increasing concern they are seeing a lot more potentially upsetting content at an earlier age these days, thanks to the internet. But when it comes to the media kids choose to use, other survey findings were upsetting for homegrown media.

The five most popular networks kids could name were YouTube, Netflix, Disney Plus, Cartoon Network and Nickelodeon – none of them local.

The survey found websites and apps were more popular than television. Children are watching much more video on overseas platforms such as YouTube and Netflix than the kids who were surveyed the same way six years ago.

TikTok did not exist in New Zealand back then – now its the most popular social media platform for kids (Tiktok is a video sharing mobile app created in China eight years ago, only launched outside China in 2017 on major mobile phone platforms and in the US in August 2018).

Real bad news
But the real bad news for New Zealand broadcasters is that it is only one of several global online platforms more popular than old fashioned TV with kids here today.

YouTube (51 percent) and Netflix (47 percent) have the highest daily reach and children spend the longest time watching content there. Of local options, TVNZ 1, with 16 percent daily reach and TVNZ 2 at 15 percent, have the highest reach – but two thirds of the children surveyed couldn’t name a favourite locally-made show.

That is also a dilemma for NZ On Air which spends more than $15 million of public money a year on locally-made programmes and content for New Zealand children.

Back in 2016 it launched a review of its spending when TV1, TV2 and TV3 began backing away from screening children’s shows – even when the taxpayer was picking up the tab for making them.

TV3 – as it was then – shunted its local kids shows onto a slot on its sister channel Four – and they disappeared altogether when MediaWorks canned that channel for the reality TV showcase Bravo.

These days it screens Keeping up with the Kardashians and Dance Mums UK in the after school slots.

The only free-to-air TV channel showing kids shows after school anymore is Māori TV. On Wednesdays for example, it airs youth shows Grid and Swagger, followed by its long running show in te reo: Pūkana.

PūkanaPūkana … popular in the indigenous language Te Reo on Māori Television. Image: PMC screenshot

‘None of us are shocked’
“None of us are shocked by what’s in this research,“ said Nicole Hoey, chief executive of Cinco Cine Film Productions. maker of Pūkana and many other local programmes.

“In terms of the research it’s already old once it’s published in terms of the world we now work and live in. The last time this research was done was six years ago. It’s great research but it’s too far apart,“ she said.

Two years ago, NZ On Air launched an online children’s programme platform  – HeiHei – now hosted by TVNZ on Demand, in the hope it would attract young digital natives to the local programmes alongside the international ones

But only 49 percent of children aged 6-14 are aware of HeiHei and only 17 percent said they had used it.

Janette Howe is chair of the NZ Children’s Screen Trust (Kidsonscreen), which has long advocated for a kid’s TV channel.

“I think it has to be remembered the children’s local content has basically disappeared from free to air platforms in New Zealand, so there’s no alternative basically,” she said.

“Those international platforms and global shows have a lot of money behind them. They are easy to find and you stick with them because there’s a lot of choice once you’re there. I think for HeiHei to thrive it needs more funding and to be more discoverable and there needs to be more choice of content once kids find it,“ she said.

‘Small seed in garden’
“It’s a very small seed in a very populated garden.”

“At Māori TV programmes are still at the forefront for television. HeiHei uptake isn’t too bad but the reality is it’s got to be aggressively marketed in the digital world,“ said Nicole Hoey, who’s also a former board member at NZ On Air.

“What’s important is the parents and kids in the survey are still saying that they value local content and I think that really we have to work out better how we deliver it to them,“ said Janette Howe.

So will today’s tamariki and rangatai have any interest in local media at all?

Howe said that around the world where there are dedicated children’s channels that are established they are holding their own against the rise of streaming services apps and websites.

“If you have kids in your whānau, you know they don’t watch television. Early in the morning you can see kids that have iPhones and from 12 or 14 months and they know how to touch the screen. They don’t even know how to use a remote control for television,” said Nicole Hoey.

“It’s about getting out in front of kids where ever they are,“ she said.

This article is republished by the Pacific Media Centre under a partnership agreement with RNZ.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/12/new-zealand-kids-prefer-youtube-netflix-and-toktok-to-local-media/feed/ 0 72546
Duterte’s congressional supporters seal Philippine TV network’s fate https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/dutertes-congressional-supporters-seal-philippine-tv-networks-fate/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/dutertes-congressional-supporters-seal-philippine-tv-networks-fate/#respond Fri, 10 Jul 2020 22:52:46 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/dutertes-congressional-supporters-seal-philippine-tv-networks-fate/ An employee looks at an announcement of a Philippine TV network shut down on his mobile phone on May 5, 2020. The Lower House Committee on Legislative Franchises drove the final nails into the ABS-CBN network’s coffin on July 10 Image: Maria TAN/RSF/AFP

Pacific Media Watch Newsdesk

A request by the Philippines’ biggest radio and TV network for a new franchise has been rejected by a congressional committee in a vote that will go down in history as a flagrant violation of the country’s constitution, says Reporters Without Borders (RSF).

The Paris-based media freedom watchdog has urged support for the #HoldTheLine coalition as the way to respond.

TV screens will remain dark and radio sets silent as a result of yesterday’s decision by the House Committee on Legislative Franchises to drive the final nails into the ABS-CBN network’s coffin.

READ MORE: #HoldTheLine campaign launched to back Maria Ressa, independent media

Last May, the Philippine congress refused to renew the network’s 25-year franchise when it expired. Today the committee voted overwhelmingly, by 70 votes to 11, not to give it a new one.

Between the two decisions, ABS-CBN’s representatives argued their cause in a series of 13 hearings lasting a total of around 100 hours.

But the committee’s members, most of whom support President Rodrigo Duterte, responded with a range of accusations against the network’s management, including tax evasion and violation of the law on foreign investment in the media.

“Rump parliament”
Above all, they implied that any decision to give ABS-CBN’s TV channels and radio stations a new franchise would be conditioned on a change in editorial policy and on coverage favourable to the Duterte administration’s nationalist and populist policies. The network refused.

This means that ABS-CBN has little chance of getting a new franchise before the end of the current legislature in 2022 – a legislature in which the overwhelming majority behaves likes a “rump parliament” blindly following the executive, said RSF in a statement.

“The parliamentarians who rejected this request for a new franchise will go down in history as legislators who preferred to support the ruling caste’s personal interests instead of defending the spirit of the 1987 constitution,” said Daniel Bastard, head of RSF’s Asia-Pacific desk.

“This vote is like a thunderbolt in the Philippine media landscape’s already troubled sky. It should be noted that, in a sign of how the independent media are persecuted, many of the spurious arguments used by parliamentarians hostile to ABS-CBN were identical to those that government agencies have been using against the Rappler news website.”

Repeated attacks
Rappler and its CEO, Maria Ressa, are also charged with tax evasion and violating the law on foreign investment in the media although “even the quickest analysis shows that the cases against them are riddled with legal inconsistencies”, said RSF.

Compounding all the previous judicial harassment, Ressa and a former Rappler reporter, Reynaldo Santos Jr, were convicted last month on a “Kafkaesque cyber-libel charge” carrying a sentence of up to six years in prison.

In response to these “repeated attacks on the Fourth Estate by the Duterte clique, which has managed to corrupt both legislature and judiciary”, RSF has launched an international “HoldTheLine” campaign in support of independent media that are trying to hold out in the Philippines.

An online petition demands the withdrawal of all the spurious charges against Maria Ressa, Rappler and its journalists.

The Philippines is ranked 136th out of 180 countries and territories in RSF’s 2020 World Press Freedom Index, two places lower than in 2019.

The Pacific Media Centre’s Pacific Media Watch freedom project is an associate of Reporters Without Borders.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/dutertes-congressional-supporters-seal-philippine-tv-networks-fate/feed/ 0 72214
Malaysia police summon Al Jazeera journalists for questioning https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/malaysia-police-summon-al-jazeera-journalists-for-questioning/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/malaysia-police-summon-al-jazeera-journalists-for-questioning/#respond Fri, 10 Jul 2020 08:28:41 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/malaysia-police-summon-al-jazeera-journalists-for-questioning/ The controversial 101 East episode Locked Up in Malaysia’s Lockdown on 3 July 2020. Video: Al Jazeera

Pacific Media Watch Newsdesk

Malaysian police summoned six Al Jazeera media workers today for questioning relating to an investigation for defamation and violation of Malaysia’s Communications and Multimedia Act (CMA), reports IFJ Asia-Pacific.

The International Federation of Journalists (IFJ) and its Australian affiliate the Media, Entertainment and Arts Alliance (MEAA) have called on authorities to drop the case against Al Jazeera immediately.

The IFJ received reports that six media workers were called to Malaysia Central Police Headquarter in Bukit Aman about 8:50 am (GMT+8) on July 10.

They include senior producer and correspondent Drew Ambrose, producer Jenni Henderson, and the network’s bureau chief, executive producer, cameraman, and digital crew.

According to MEAA, five of the six media workers are Australian. The investigation relates to allegations against Al Jazeera for “sedition, defamation and violation of the country’s Communications and Multimedia Act” after airing Al Jazeera’s 101 East documentary Locked Up in Malaysia’s Lockdown that investigated why the covid-19 pandemic has forced migrant workers into hiding.

In its statement, Al Jazeera “strongly refutes” the charges, which criticised the documentary as being inaccurate, misleading and unfair.

The network “stands by the professionalism, quality and impartiality of its journalism”.

Al Jazeera emphasised the episode does not contain the personal opinions of any its staff, stating the network repeatedly requested and was denied interviews with several senior government ministers and officials.

Malaysia’s CMA is routinely abused targetting journalists despite the Communication and Multimedia minister’s commitment to review the act’s restrictions on press freedom.

Since March 2020, the IFJ has recovered 19 instances of authorities enforcing the CMA to intimidate media workers and freedom of expression advocates.

MEAA wrote to the High Commission of Malaysia in Australia noting: “Malaysia’s obligations under UN General Assembly resolution 74/157 The Safety of journalist and the issue of impunity adopted on December 18 2019 that states Malaysia, as a UN member state, should do its ‘utmost to prevent, violence, threats and attacks targeting journalists and media workers.’ MEAA calls on you to fulfil that obligation towards our colleagues.”

The IFJ said: “The IFJ deeply regrets Malaysian authorities abusing the Communications and Multimedia Act to silence and intimidate journalists. There has been a distinct pattern under the Covid-19 crisis of media workers targeted under Malaysia’s Communications and Multimedia Act and Penal Code for simply doing their job. It is urgent for Malaysia during the Covid-19 pandemic to prioritise the public’s right to know and for the media to be able to report freely and fairly without the threat of persecution.”

Al Jazeera journalists arrive at the Bukit Aman police headquarters in Kuala Lumpur today. Image: Mohid Rasfan/AFP

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/07/10/malaysia-police-summon-al-jazeera-journalists-for-questioning/feed/ 0 71703
NZ’s $10m grant for Pasifika TV channel – MFAT clears the air https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/10/nzs-10m-grant-for-pasifika-tv-channel-mfat-clears-the-air-8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/10/nzs-10m-grant-for-pasifika-tv-channel-mfat-clears-the-air-8/#respond Wed, 10 Jun 2020 02:00:37 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/10/nzs-10m-grant-for-pasifika-tv-channel-mfat-clears-the-air-8/ By Sri Krishnamurthi of Pacific Media Watch

After Australia’s misguided attempts at handing over $17.1 of Australian-made television content to the Pacific region last month with programmes such as Neighbours and Border Control, questions have been asked about a $10 million New Zealand grant made in 2018.

At the 2018 Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) meeting in Nauru, New Zealand’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Winston Peters announced that New Zealand would spend $10 million on a Pasifika channel for the region over the next three years.

He said at the time that the plan would improve both the production of more Pacific content, including news and current affairs.

However, little was known of what became of Pasifika TV and today a MFAT spokesperson cleared the air.

Pasifika TV was established to make New Zealand television content available to Pacific broadcasters,” she told Pacific Media Watch.

“In 2018, Pasifika TV moved from providing eight hours of content a day to become a standalone 24 hr TV channel, as announced by Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade Winston Peters.

– Partner –

“This provided Pacific broadcasters the choice to recast it in its entirety alongside their own channels or select content to rebroadcast, reducing the operational demands on small broadcasters,” she explained.

As well as that developmental and skills training for staff in the Pacific was progressing at a steady pace.

“In addition, Pacific Cooperation Broadcasting Limited (PCBL) is providing training and development programmes for Pacific broadcasting staff and content creators to increase operational resilience and skills, including journalism, editing and broadcasting,” the spokesperson said.

“PCBL holds an annual regional conference for chief executives of associated broadcasters and has upgraded broadcasters’ decoders to enable high definition quality broadcasts and future online streaming.”

She also made clear what happened to the NZ Institute of Pacific Research (NZIPR) which was disestablished after an independent review in 2018 found it was not achieving its objectives.

“It has been replaced by ministry-commissioned policy-relevant research, focused on enduring or emerging issues facing the Pacific which align with the Ministry’s priorities.

“The research is published on the Pacific Data Hub, a digital repository of Pacific research knowledge hosted by the South Pacific Community (SPC).

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/06/10/nzs-10m-grant-for-pasifika-tv-channel-mfat-clears-the-air-8/feed/ 0 58728
The Best Reactions to Exoneree Archie Williams’ Powerful ‘America’s Got Talent’ Audition https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/28/the-best-reactions-to-exoneree-archie-williams-powerful-americas-got-talent-audition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/28/the-best-reactions-to-exoneree-archie-williams-powerful-americas-got-talent-audition/#respond Thu, 28 May 2020 17:14:59 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/28/the-best-reactions-to-exoneree-archie-williams-powerful-americas-got-talent-audition/

“As the years go by I sit here year after year, it’s like no one cares … People let you down and give up on you,” Archie Williams wrote to the Innocence Project from a Louisiana prison in 1995.

Twenty-five years later, Williams, finally free, found himself singing the words, “Don’t let the sun go down on me,” on the stage of NBC’s “America’s Got Talent” show. Contrary to the lyrics, the sun isn’t setting on Williams; in fact, he’s begun a new life.

[embedded content]

When Williams sent the letter, he was 12 years into a life sentence with no possibility of parole for a crime he didn’t commit. For more than two decades, the Innocence Project fought to prove that Williams had been wrongfully convicted of a rape and attempted murder that occurred in Baton Rouge, Louisiana — and in 2019, he was exonerated by fingerprint evidence.

Through 36 years of wrongful conviction, Williams said music kept his spirits lifted and his hope alive. Though it’s only been a year since Williams was exonerated and released, he’s wasted no time chasing his long delayed dreams of singing. He has not only successfully auditioned for “America’s Got Talent,” but has also realized his dream of performing at the historic Apollo Theater in Harlem, making it to the semi-finals of the theater’s legendary amateur night last November.

Support Archie as he rebuilds his life and pursues his dreams after 36 years of wrongful conviction.

Williams’ beautiful rendition of Elton John’s hit “Don’t Let the Sun Go Down on Me” brought the judges and the audience at the show’s live taping to its feet. Even Elton John was moved by the performance, and personally reached out to Williams after seeing his audition online.

“He called me personally,” Williams told People. “He gave me an invitation to sing on his show when he comes back to the United States. It was definitely a surprise!”

Williams’ performance, which aired on May 26, has now touched thousands of people around the world who have shared its impact on them online — these are just some of our favorite reactions to Williams’ inspiring audition.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/28/the-best-reactions-to-exoneree-archie-williams-powerful-americas-got-talent-audition/feed/ 0 56073
Pacific Update: 147 new coronavirus cases confirmed across the region https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/02/pacific-update-147-new-coronavirus-cases-confirmed-across-the-region/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/02/pacific-update-147-new-coronavirus-cases-confirmed-across-the-region/#respond Thu, 02 Apr 2020 00:14:05 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/02/pacific-update-147-new-coronavirus-cases-confirmed-across-the-region/ PACIFIC UPDATE: By Barbara Dreaver of TVNZ

There are now 147 positive cases across seven countries in the Pacific region and four deaths.

In Guam, cases continue to grow, with the count now at 77, five of them health workers.

The island nation is facing its own crisis on land, with issues brewing at its port, where a Covid-19 stricken USS Theodore Roosevelt has more than 70 positive cases among its 7000 crew.

READ MORE: More Barbara Dreaver Pacific Update reports

Watch Barbara Dreaver’s Pacific Update for 2 April 2020. Video: TVNZ

Authorities have agreed to allow those who have tested positive to use nearby motels for quarantine, but the captain of the US Navy vessel has been begging for help for the rest of his crew, saying his sailors do not need to die.

– Partner –

Now navy officials are looking in to how they can get sailors off the vessel, with 10 percent of the crew to stay behind and manage critical systems on board.

It is bad news for neighboring Northern Marianas, with six confirmed cases including one death through community transmission.

These new cases include a 14-year-old girl as well as two people over the age of 60.

In the local hospital there are fears their health system, serving a population of around 55,000 people, wouldn’t be able to handle an outbreak.

All schools have been closed in the country and a curfew imposed for the public until next year.

5 Rapa Nui cases
On Rapa Nui, Easter Island, five people have so far tested positive for the virus though it’s believed that all the cases came from the same household.

The island has been on lockdown and residents are only allowed outside for essentials between 5 am and 2 pm.

In the Cook Islands, wage subsidies have been announced starting from Monday, April 6. Cash grants will also be available and welfare payments have been paid out until April 16.

Minister of Finance Mark Brown says a payment system of this magnitude has never been done before in the history of the Cook Islands.

Tonga, which remains in lockdown, is scrambling to prepare for potential Covid-19 cases due to limited supplies of medical equipment and protective gear.

The government has refused to let an aircraft carrying medical supplies from China land, so donated items will instead be shipping from Fiji.

While Samoa has closed its schools, it is offering alternative ways of learning.

A government digital channel will be used by the education ministry to deliver programmes to students.

Local radio station 2AP is doing the same thing. Schedules can be found on the ESC website and their Facebook page.

Barbara Dreaver is Pacific correspondent of Television New Zealand. Her Pacific Update is aired daily. Today’s report is embedded by the Pacific Media Centre with permission.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/02/pacific-update-147-new-coronavirus-cases-confirmed-across-the-region/feed/ 0 44853
CNN Philippines temporarily goes off air as broadcast building disinfected https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/17/cnn-philippines-temporarily-goes-off-air-as-broadcast-building-disinfected/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/17/cnn-philippines-temporarily-goes-off-air-as-broadcast-building-disinfected/#respond Tue, 17 Mar 2020 23:30:31 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/17/cnn-philippines-temporarily-goes-off-air-as-broadcast-building-disinfected/ Pacific Media Watch

CNN Philippines temporarily stopped broadcasting today after another tenant of the building in the capital Manila where it is located confirmed a Covid-19 patient was at its premises.

The management of the Worldwide Corporate Center along Shaw Boulevard in Mandaluyong City — where CNN Philippines is housed — disinfected the building occupied by a number of other companies.

As a result, CNN Philippines was off the air for at least 24 hours.

READ MORE: Al Jazeera’s live coronavirus pandemic global updates

CNN Philippines continued to provide the news through its website and its Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram accounts. Updates were also posted on the CNN Philippines Viber community.

“We have prepared for this emergency. For more than two weeks, many of our colleagues have been isolated and working from home already,” the company said in a statement.

– Partner –

“We took that step in anticipation of something like this to happen. CNN Philippines still has a team working to gather stories that matter and to bring them to you as they happen.”

In the Philippines, 202 have been infected with the virus and 17 have died because of it. Four have recovered, while the rest are admitted at various hospitals in the country. Globally, it has affected more than 198,000 and killed nearly 8000 people.

Disease causes
Covid-19 is a disease caused by a coronavirus called Sars-CoV-2, which is related to the virus which causes Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, but is not as deadly, with the fatality rate standing at around three percent.

According to the World Health Organisation, 80 percent of patients only experience “mild illness” and eventually recover. It added that some 14 percent experience severe illness while five percent were critically ill.

The disease is spread through small droplets from the nose or mouth when people infected with the virus cough or sneeze.

To prevent infection, authorities are urging people to practice regular hand washing, cover their mouth and nose when coughing and sneezing, and avoid close contact with those who show respiratory symptoms.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/17/cnn-philippines-temporarily-goes-off-air-as-broadcast-building-disinfected/feed/ 0 39113
Highlands tribal fighting in PNG – Scott Waide backgrounds the conflict https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/16/highlands-tribal-fighting-in-png-scott-waide-backgrounds-the-conflict/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/16/highlands-tribal-fighting-in-png-scott-waide-backgrounds-the-conflict/#respond Mon, 16 Mar 2020 18:00:07 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/16/highlands-tribal-fighting-in-png-scott-waide-backgrounds-the-conflict/ Scott Waide’s EMTV News report.

Pacific Media Watch

Three children were among ten people killed in a brutal attack in Porgera in Papua New Guinea’s Highlands last week.

This report by EMTV’s deputy news editor Scott Waide provides context and an insight into tribal fighting.

Twenty three people have been killed in tribal fighting so far during March alone.

The men women and children were killed at Suyan village near the Porgera township, the same village where police constable Timot Kavanmur was killed in January.

Initially, nine people had been confirmed dead. However, one of two victims wounded in the attack died in hospital late Wednesday afternoon bringing the total number of dead to ten.

Print Friendly, PDF & Email
]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/16/highlands-tribal-fighting-in-png-scott-waide-backgrounds-the-conflict/feed/ 0 38417